Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/428/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/428/ en-US All rights reserved Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:27 GMT Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:27 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/428/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/428/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/428/ thebookvoice.com no Makayla Kiehn bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/428/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346803 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A New Republic of the Heart: An Ethos for Revolutionaries--A Guide to Inner Work for Holistic Change Author: Terry Patten Narrator: Terry Patten Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A vision to address our environment, economy, politics, culture, and to catalyze the radical whole-system change we need now Recasting current problems as emergent opportunities, Terry Patten offers creative responses, practices, and conscious conversations for tackling the profound inner and outer work we must do to build an integral future. In practical and personal terms, he discusses how we can all become active agents of a transformation of human civilization and why that is necessary to our continued survival. Patten's narrative focuses on two aspects of existence--our dynamic but fractured and threatened world, and our underlying wholeness and unity. Only by honoring both of these realities simultaneously can we make sustainable changes in ourselves, our communities, our body politic, and our planetary life-support system. A New Republic of the Heart provides a comprehensive understanding and inspiring vision for 'being the change' in a way that can address the most intractable problems of our time. Patten shows how we can come together in our communities for conversations that matter and describes new communities, enterprises, and forms of dialogue that integrate both inner personal growth work with outer awareness, activism, and service. Terry Patten Tue, 30 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346803 thebookvoice.com 15:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A New Republic of the Heart: An Ethos for Revolutionaries--A Guide to Inner Work for Holistic Change Author: Terry Patten Narrator: Terry Patten Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A vision to address our environment, economy, politics, culture, and to catalyze the radical whole-system change we need now Recasting current problems as emergent opportunities, Terry Patten offers creative responses, practices, and conscious conversations for tackling the profound inner and outer work we must do to build an integral future. In practical and personal terms, he discusses how we can all become active agents of a transformation of human civilization and why that is necessary to our continued survival. Patten's narrative focuses on two aspects of existence--our dynamic but fractured and threatened world, and our underlying wholeness and unity. Only by honoring both of these realities simultaneously can we make sustainable changes in ourselves, our communities, our body politic, and our planetary life-support system. A New Republic of the Heart provides a comprehensive understanding and inspiring vision for 'being the change' in a way that can address the most intractable problems of our time. Patten shows how we can come together in our communities for conversations that matter and describes new communities, enterprises, and forms of dialogue that integrate both inner personal growth work with outer awareness, activism, and service. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A New Republic of the Heart: An Ethos for Revolutionaries--A Guide to Inner Work for Holistic Change Author: Terry Patten Narrator: Terry Patten Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A vision to address our environment, economy, politics, culture, and to catalyze the radical whole-system change we need now Recasting current problems as emergent opportunities, Terry Patten offers creative responses, practices, and conscious conversations for tackling the profound inner and outer work we must do to build an integral future. In practical and personal terms, he discusses how we can all become active agents of a transformation of human civilization and why that is necessary to our continued survival. Patten's narrative focuses on two aspects of existence--our dynamic but fractured and threatened world, and our underlying wholeness and unity. Only by honoring both of these realities simultaneously can we make sustainable changes in ourselves, our communities, our body politic, and our planetary life-support system. A New Republic of the Heart provides a comprehensive understanding and inspiring vision for 'being the change' in a way that can address the most intractable problems of our time. Patten shows how we can come together in our communities for conversations that matter and describes new communities, enterprises, and forms of dialogue that integrate both inner personal growth work with outer awareness, activism, and service. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346783 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Duel Author: John Lukacs Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 1, 1992 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One is poised on the edge of victory, the other threatened by invasion and defeat yet holding on, his own life in the balance and also that of the free world.    In his reconstruction of the 80 days from May 10 to July 31, 1940, the author shows just how close England came to losing the war. He paints Churchill as resolute, threatened from within and without, yet unshakably determined. And Hitler flushed with victory, yet fatally undecided about how to close with Britain.    'Lukacs’s is a rigorous intelligence making strong arguments in clear language. . . . I wish other writers on the right would ponder Mr. Lukacs’s insight.'—New York Times Book Review    “An outstanding historian.”—Financial Times John Lukacs Sun, 01 Mar 1992 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346783 thebookvoice.com 9:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Duel Author: John Lukacs Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 1, 1992 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One is poised on the edge of victory, the other threatened by invasion and defeat yet holding on, his own life in the balance and also that of the free world.    In his reconstruction of the 80 days from May 10 to July 31, 1940, the author shows just how close England came to losing the war. He paints Churchill as resolute, threatened from within and without, yet unshakably determined. And Hitler flushed with victory, yet fatally undecided about how to close with Britain.    'Lukacs’s is a rigorous intelligence making strong arguments in clear language. . . . I wish other writers on the right would ponder Mr. Lukacs’s insight.'—New York Times Book Review    “An outstanding historian.”—Financial Times Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Duel Author: John Lukacs Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 1, 1992 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One is poised on the edge of victory, the other threatened by invasion and defeat yet holding on, his own life in the balance and also that of the free world.    In his reconstruction of the 80 days from May 10 to July 31, 1940, the author shows just how close England came to losing the war. He paints Churchill as resolute, threatened from within and without, yet unshakably determined. And Hitler flushed with victory, yet fatally undecided about how to close with Britain.    'Lukacs’s is a rigorous intelligence making strong arguments in clear language. . . . I wish other writers on the right would ponder Mr. Lukacs’s insight.'—New York Times Book Review    “An outstanding historian.”—Financial Times https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346777 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate: A New Story Author: Charles Eisenstein Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A stirring case for a wholesale reimagining of the framing, tactics, and goals we employ in our journey to heal from ecological destruction   With research and insight, Charles Eisenstein details how the quantification of the natural world leads to a lack of integration and our “fight” mentality. With an entire chapter unpacking the climate change denier’s point of view, he advocates for expanding our exclusive focus on carbon emissions to see the broader picture beyond our short-sighted and incomplete approach. The rivers, forests, and creatures of the natural and material world are sacred and valuable in their own right—not simply for carbon credits or preventing the extinction of one species versus another. After all, when you ask someone why they first became an environmentalist, they’re likely to point to the river they played in, the ocean they visited, the wild animals they observed, or the trees they climbed when they were a kid. This refocusing away from impending catastrophe and our inevitable doom cultivates meaningful emotional and psychological connections and provides real, actionable steps to caring for the earth. Freeing ourselves from a war mentality and seeing the bigger picture of how everything from prison reform to saving the whales can contribute to our planetary ecological health, we resist reflexive postures of solution and blame and reach toward the deep place where commitment lives. Charles Eisenstein Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346777 thebookvoice.com 10:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate: A New Story Author: Charles Eisenstein Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A stirring case for a wholesale reimagining of the framing, tactics, and goals we employ in our journey to heal from ecological destruction   With research and insight, Charles Eisenstein details how the quantification of the natural world leads to a lack of integration and our “fight” mentality. With an entire chapter unpacking the climate change denier’s point of view, he advocates for expanding our exclusive focus on carbon emissions to see the broader picture beyond our short-sighted and incomplete approach. The rivers, forests, and creatures of the natural and material world are sacred and valuable in their own right—not simply for carbon credits or preventing the extinction of one species versus another. After all, when you ask someone why they first became an environmentalist, they’re likely to point to the river they played in, the ocean they visited, the wild animals they observed, or the trees they climbed when they were a kid. This refocusing away from impending catastrophe and our inevitable doom cultivates meaningful emotional and psychological connections and provides real, actionable steps to caring for the earth. Freeing ourselves from a war mentality and seeing the bigger picture of how everything from prison reform to saving the whales can contribute to our planetary ecological health, we resist reflexive postures of solution and blame and reach toward the deep place where commitment lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate: A New Story Author: Charles Eisenstein Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A stirring case for a wholesale reimagining of the framing, tactics, and goals we employ in our journey to heal from ecological destruction   With research and insight, Charles Eisenstein details how the quantification of the natural world leads to a lack of integration and our “fight” mentality. With an entire chapter unpacking the climate change denier’s point of view, he advocates for expanding our exclusive focus on carbon emissions to see the broader picture beyond our short-sighted and incomplete approach. The rivers, forests, and creatures of the natural and material world are sacred and valuable in their own right—not simply for carbon credits or preventing the extinction of one species versus another. After all, when you ask someone why they first became an environmentalist, they’re likely to point to the river they played in, the ocean they visited, the wild animals they observed, or the trees they climbed when they were a kid. This refocusing away from impending catastrophe and our inevitable doom cultivates meaningful emotional and psychological connections and provides real, actionable steps to caring for the earth. Freeing ourselves from a war mentality and seeing the bigger picture of how everything from prison reform to saving the whales can contribute to our planetary ecological health, we resist reflexive postures of solution and blame and reach toward the deep place where commitment lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346722 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Reason to Believe: Lessons from an Improbable Life Author: Deval Patrick Narrator: Deval Patrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 12, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • 2020 Democratic presidential candidate Deval Patrick, “an inspirational figure guided by optimism and hope who presaged the rise of President Obama” (The Boston Globe), recounts his extraordinary journey from the South Side of Chicago to the governorship of Massachusetts.   “I’ve simply seen too much goodness in this country—and have come so far in my own journey—not to believe in those ideals, and my faith in the future is sometimes restored under the darkest clouds.”—Governor Deval Patrick In January 2007, Deval Patrick became the first black governor of the state of Massachusetts, one of only two black governors elected in American history. But that was just one triumphant step in an improbable life that began in a poor tenement on the South Side of Chicago, taking Patrick from a chaotic childhood to an elite boarding school in New England, from a sojourn doing relief work in Africa to the boardrooms of Fortune 500 companies, and then to a career in politics.   In this heartfelt and inspiring memoir, he pays tribute to the family, friends, and strangers who, through words and deeds, have instilled in him transcendent lessons of faith, perseverance, and friendship. In doing so, he reminds us of the power of community and the imperative of idealism. With humility, humor, and grace, he offers a road map for attaining happiness, empowerment, and success while also making an appeal for readers to cultivate those achievements in others, to feel a greater stake in this world, and to shape a life worth living. Warm, nostalgic, and inspirational, A Reason to Believe is destined to become a timeless tribute to a uniquely American odyssey and a testament to what is possible in our lives and our communities if we are hopeful, generous, and resilient. Governor Deval Patrick is donating a portion of the proceeds from A Reason to Believe to A Better Chance, a national organization dedicated to opening the doors to greater educational opportunities for young people of color. Deval Patrick Tue, 12 Apr 2011 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346722 thebookvoice.com 6:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Reason to Believe: Lessons from an Improbable Life Author: Deval Patrick Narrator: Deval Patrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 12, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • 2020 Democratic presidential candidate Deval Patrick, “an inspirational figure guided by optimism and hope who presaged the rise of President Obama” (The Boston Globe), recounts his extraordinary journey from the South Side of Chicago to the governorship of Massachusetts.   “I’ve simply seen too much goodness in this country—and have come so far in my own journey—not to believe in those ideals, and my faith in the future is sometimes restored under the darkest clouds.”—Governor Deval Patrick In January 2007, Deval Patrick became the first black governor of the state of Massachusetts, one of only two black governors elected in American history. But that was just one triumphant step in an improbable life that began in a poor tenement on the South Side of Chicago, taking Patrick from a chaotic childhood to an elite boarding school in New England, from a sojourn doing relief work in Africa to the boardrooms of Fortune 500 companies, and then to a career in politics.   In this heartfelt and inspiring memoir, he pays tribute to the family, friends, and strangers who, through words and deeds, have instilled in him transcendent lessons of faith, perseverance, and friendship. In doing so, he reminds us of the power of community and the imperative of idealism. With humility, humor, and grace, he offers a road map for attaining happiness, empowerment, and success while also making an appeal for readers to cultivate those achievements in others, to feel a greater stake in this world, and to shape a life worth living. Warm, nostalgic, and inspirational, A Reason to Believe is destined to become a timeless tribute to a uniquely American odyssey and a testament to what is possible in our lives and our communities if we are hopeful, generous, and resilient. Governor Deval Patrick is donating a portion of the proceeds from A Reason to Believe to A Better Chance, a national organization dedicated to opening the doors to greater educational opportunities for young people of color. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Reason to Believe: Lessons from an Improbable Life Author: Deval Patrick Narrator: Deval Patrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 12, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • 2020 Democratic presidential candidate Deval Patrick, “an inspirational figure guided by optimism and hope who presaged the rise of President Obama” (The Boston Globe), recounts his extraordinary journey from the South Side of Chicago to the governorship of Massachusetts.   “I’ve simply seen too much goodness in this country—and have come so far in my own journey—not to believe in those ideals, and my faith in the future is sometimes restored under the darkest clouds.”—Governor Deval Patrick In January 2007, Deval Patrick became the first black governor of the state of Massachusetts, one of only two black governors elected in American history. But that was just one triumphant step in an improbable life that began in a poor tenement on the South Side of Chicago, taking Patrick from a chaotic childhood to an elite boarding school in New England, from a sojourn doing relief work in Africa to the boardrooms of Fortune 500 companies, and then to a career in politics.   In this heartfelt and inspiring memoir, he pays tribute to the family, friends, and strangers who, through words and deeds, have instilled in him transcendent lessons of faith, perseverance, and friendship. In doing so, he reminds us of the power of community and the imperative of idealism. With humility, humor, and grace, he offers a road map for attaining happiness, empowerment, and success while also making an appeal for readers to cultivate those achievements in others, to feel a greater stake in this world, and to shape a life worth living. Warm, nostalgic, and inspirational, A Reason to Believe is destined to become a timeless tribute to a uniquely American odyssey and a testament to what is possible in our lives and our communities if we are hopeful, generous, and resilient. Governor Deval Patrick is donating a portion of the proceeds from A Reason to Believe to A Better Chance, a national organization dedicated to opening the doors to greater educational opportunities for young people of color. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346556 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346556]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defending Free Speech: Selected Commentary by the Ayn Rand Institute Author: Elan Journo, Onkar Ghate, Steve Simpson, Leonard Peikoff Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Freedom of speech is indispensable to a free and civilized society, yet this precious right is increasingly under attack today. Islamic totalitarians repeatedly threaten and kill those deemed blasphemers while our political leaders stand idly by—and many intellectuals blame the victims. College students seek “trigger warnings” and “safe spaces” from controversial ideas. The government harasses tea party groups, preventing them from speaking out during an election, and it investigates oil companies and advocacy groups for the “crime” of dissenting from climate change orthodoxy. Why is this happening? What can be done? This hard-hitting collection provides answers. Applying Ayn Rand’s philosophy of Objectivism to the most pressing free speech issues of the day, the essays in this book reveal the attacks on free speech to be the product of destructive ideas—ideas that are eroding Western culture at its foundation. They expose those ideas and the individuals who hold them, and, importantly, they identify the only ideas on which Western civilization can be sustained: reason, egoism, and individual rights. Elan Journo, Onkar Ghate, Steve Simpson, Leonard Peikoff Tue, 04 Dec 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346556 thebookvoice.com 3:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346556]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defending Free Speech: Selected Commentary by the Ayn Rand Institute Author: Elan Journo, Onkar Ghate, Steve Simpson, Leonard Peikoff Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Freedom of speech is indispensable to a free and civilized society, yet this precious right is increasingly under attack today. Islamic totalitarians repeatedly threaten and kill those deemed blasphemers while our political leaders stand idly by—and many intellectuals blame the victims. College students seek “trigger warnings” and “safe spaces” from controversial ideas. The government harasses tea party groups, preventing them from speaking out during an election, and it investigates oil companies and advocacy groups for the “crime” of dissenting from climate change orthodoxy. Why is this happening? What can be done? This hard-hitting collection provides answers. Applying Ayn Rand’s philosophy of Objectivism to the most pressing free speech issues of the day, the essays in this book reveal the attacks on free speech to be the product of destructive ideas—ideas that are eroding Western culture at its foundation. They expose those ideas and the individuals who hold them, and, importantly, they identify the only ideas on which Western civilization can be sustained: reason, egoism, and individual rights. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346556]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defending Free Speech: Selected Commentary by the Ayn Rand Institute Author: Elan Journo, Onkar Ghate, Steve Simpson, Leonard Peikoff Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Freedom of speech is indispensable to a free and civilized society, yet this precious right is increasingly under attack today. Islamic totalitarians repeatedly threaten and kill those deemed blasphemers while our political leaders stand idly by—and many intellectuals blame the victims. College students seek “trigger warnings” and “safe spaces” from controversial ideas. The government harasses tea party groups, preventing them from speaking out during an election, and it investigates oil companies and advocacy groups for the “crime” of dissenting from climate change orthodoxy. Why is this happening? What can be done? This hard-hitting collection provides answers. Applying Ayn Rand’s philosophy of Objectivism to the most pressing free speech issues of the day, the essays in this book reveal the attacks on free speech to be the product of destructive ideas—ideas that are eroding Western culture at its foundation. They expose those ideas and the individuals who hold them, and, importantly, they identify the only ideas on which Western civilization can be sustained: reason, egoism, and individual rights. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346509 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Field of Blood: Violence in Congress and the Road to Civil War Author: Joanne B. Freeman Narrator: Joanne B. Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. 'One of the best history books I've read in the last few years.' —Chris Hayes The Field of Blood recounts the previously untold story of the violence in Congress that helped spark the Civil War. Historian Joanne B. Freeman recovers the long-lost story of physical violence on the floor of the U.S. Congress. Drawing on an extraordinary range of sources, she shows that the Capitol was rife with conflict in the decades before the Civil War. Legislative sessions were often punctuated by mortal threats, canings, flipped desks, and all-out slugfests. When debate broke down, congressmen drew pistols and waved Bowie knives. One representative even killed another in a duel. Many were beaten and bullied in an attempt to intimidate them into compliance, particularly on the issue of slavery. These fights didn’t happen in a vacuum. Freeman’s dramatic accounts of brawls and thrashings tell a larger story of how fisticuffs and journalism, and the powerful emotions they elicited, raised tensions between North and South and led toward war. In the process, she brings the antebellum Congress to life, revealing its rough realities—the feel, sense, and sound of it—as well as its nation-shaping import. Funny, tragic, and rivetingly told, The Field of Blood offers a front-row view of congressional mayhem and sheds new light on the careers of John Quincy Adams, Henry Clay, and other luminaries, as well as introducing a host of lesser-known but no less fascinating men. The result is a fresh understanding of the workings of American democracy and the bonds of Union on the eve of their greatest peril. A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR AN NPR BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR ONE OF SMITHSONIAN'S BEST HISTORY BOOKS OF THE YEAR Joanne B. Freeman Tue, 11 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346509 thebookvoice.com 11:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Field of Blood: Violence in Congress and the Road to Civil War Author: Joanne B. Freeman Narrator: Joanne B. Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. 'One of the best history books I've read in the last few years.' —Chris Hayes The Field of Blood recounts the previously untold story of the violence in Congress that helped spark the Civil War. Historian Joanne B. Freeman recovers the long-lost story of physical violence on the floor of the U.S. Congress. Drawing on an extraordinary range of sources, she shows that the Capitol was rife with conflict in the decades before the Civil War. Legislative sessions were often punctuated by mortal threats, canings, flipped desks, and all-out slugfests. When debate broke down, congressmen drew pistols and waved Bowie knives. One representative even killed another in a duel. Many were beaten and bullied in an attempt to intimidate them into compliance, particularly on the issue of slavery. These fights didn’t happen in a vacuum. Freeman’s dramatic accounts of brawls and thrashings tell a larger story of how fisticuffs and journalism, and the powerful emotions they elicited, raised tensions between North and South and led toward war. In the process, she brings the antebellum Congress to life, revealing its rough realities—the feel, sense, and sound of it—as well as its nation-shaping import. Funny, tragic, and rivetingly told, The Field of Blood offers a front-row view of congressional mayhem and sheds new light on the careers of John Quincy Adams, Henry Clay, and other luminaries, as well as introducing a host of lesser-known but no less fascinating men. The result is a fresh understanding of the workings of American democracy and the bonds of Union on the eve of their greatest peril. A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR AN NPR BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR ONE OF SMITHSONIAN'S BEST HISTORY BOOKS OF THE YEAR Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Field of Blood: Violence in Congress and the Road to Civil War Author: Joanne B. Freeman Narrator: Joanne B. Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. 'One of the best history books I've read in the last few years.' —Chris Hayes The Field of Blood recounts the previously untold story of the violence in Congress that helped spark the Civil War. Historian Joanne B. Freeman recovers the long-lost story of physical violence on the floor of the U.S. Congress. Drawing on an extraordinary range of sources, she shows that the Capitol was rife with conflict in the decades before the Civil War. Legislative sessions were often punctuated by mortal threats, canings, flipped desks, and all-out slugfests. When debate broke down, congressmen drew pistols and waved Bowie knives. One representative even killed another in a duel. Many were beaten and bullied in an attempt to intimidate them into compliance, particularly on the issue of slavery. These fights didn’t happen in a vacuum. Freeman’s dramatic accounts of brawls and thrashings tell a larger story of how fisticuffs and journalism, and the powerful emotions they elicited, raised tensions between North and South and led toward war. In the process, she brings the antebellum Congress to life, revealing its rough realities—the feel, sense, and sound of it—as well as its nation-shaping import. Funny, tragic, and rivetingly told, The Field of Blood offers a front-row view of congressional mayhem and sheds new light on the careers of John Quincy Adams, Henry Clay, and other luminaries, as well as introducing a host of lesser-known but no less fascinating men. The result is a fresh understanding of the workings of American democracy and the bonds of Union on the eve of their greatest peril. A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR AN NPR BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR ONE OF SMITHSONIAN'S BEST HISTORY BOOKS OF THE YEAR https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346410 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #DoNotDisturb: How I Ghosted My Cell Phone to Take Back My Life Author: Jedediah Bila Narrator: Jedediah Bila Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Have you ever looked at your email, then texts, then Facebook, then Twitter, then email, then Instagram, then Candy Crush, then texts, then Snapchat, then texts again, and now you’ve wasted the time you had set aside for more important things?  Jedediah Bila has solved her own Obsessive Compulsive Tech Disorder, and she did it without throwing away her devices. It's time to switch on airplane mode and settle into Jedediah Bila’s #DoNotDisturb: How I Ghosted My Cell Phone to Take Back My Life. In this timely, entertaining and inspiring book, Jedediah Bila chronicles her chaotic, confusing, and all-consuming love-hate relationship with - her cell phone. Stepping back from the whirlwind of texting, social media, and an endless sea of apps, Bila questions how our relationships, character, and sanity have suffered from our deep dive into the digital abyss. Exploring the toll that tech addiction took on her life, Bila reveals her missteps and mistakes, including several upending, life-altering months swirling in an ex-boyfriend’s cell-phone-enabled double life, and how a low-tech millennial later stole her heart. Travel with Jedediah through the embarrassing and catastrophic consequences of Ménage-a-Tech relationships, social media's Perception Deception, and the One-Potato-Chip-Problem of trying to resist Silicon Valley's hypnotic, slot-machine software designed to lure you in. Bila reveals how she navigated away from an unhealthy, oversaturated diet of tech junk food to striking just the right balance with technology to let her unplugged, real-life moments take charge. In #DoNotDisturb, Bila applies her trademark no-nonsense, common-sense, personal responsibility and accountability-centered approach, warning us that if we don’t stop acting like robots, our very humanity is at stake.    Through warm anecdotes and cold, hard truths, Bila reveals how she pulled her way out of the tech fog to keep her eyes focused on the life right in front of her. And how you can too. Jedediah Bila Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346410 thebookvoice.com 7:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #DoNotDisturb: How I Ghosted My Cell Phone to Take Back My Life Author: Jedediah Bila Narrator: Jedediah Bila Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Have you ever looked at your email, then texts, then Facebook, then Twitter, then email, then Instagram, then Candy Crush, then texts, then Snapchat, then texts again, and now you’ve wasted the time you had set aside for more important things?  Jedediah Bila has solved her own Obsessive Compulsive Tech Disorder, and she did it without throwing away her devices. It's time to switch on airplane mode and settle into Jedediah Bila’s #DoNotDisturb: How I Ghosted My Cell Phone to Take Back My Life. In this timely, entertaining and inspiring book, Jedediah Bila chronicles her chaotic, confusing, and all-consuming love-hate relationship with - her cell phone. Stepping back from the whirlwind of texting, social media, and an endless sea of apps, Bila questions how our relationships, character, and sanity have suffered from our deep dive into the digital abyss. Exploring the toll that tech addiction took on her life, Bila reveals her missteps and mistakes, including several upending, life-altering months swirling in an ex-boyfriend’s cell-phone-enabled double life, and how a low-tech millennial later stole her heart. Travel with Jedediah through the embarrassing and catastrophic consequences of Ménage-a-Tech relationships, social media's Perception Deception, and the One-Potato-Chip-Problem of trying to resist Silicon Valley's hypnotic, slot-machine software designed to lure you in. Bila reveals how she navigated away from an unhealthy, oversaturated diet of tech junk food to striking just the right balance with technology to let her unplugged, real-life moments take charge. In #DoNotDisturb, Bila applies her trademark no-nonsense, common-sense, personal responsibility and accountability-centered approach, warning us that if we don’t stop acting like robots, our very humanity is at stake.    Through warm anecdotes and cold, hard truths, Bila reveals how she pulled her way out of the tech fog to keep her eyes focused on the life right in front of her. And how you can too. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #DoNotDisturb: How I Ghosted My Cell Phone to Take Back My Life Author: Jedediah Bila Narrator: Jedediah Bila Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Have you ever looked at your email, then texts, then Facebook, then Twitter, then email, then Instagram, then Candy Crush, then texts, then Snapchat, then texts again, and now you’ve wasted the time you had set aside for more important things?  Jedediah Bila has solved her own Obsessive Compulsive Tech Disorder, and she did it without throwing away her devices. It's time to switch on airplane mode and settle into Jedediah Bila’s #DoNotDisturb: How I Ghosted My Cell Phone to Take Back My Life. In this timely, entertaining and inspiring book, Jedediah Bila chronicles her chaotic, confusing, and all-consuming love-hate relationship with - her cell phone. Stepping back from the whirlwind of texting, social media, and an endless sea of apps, Bila questions how our relationships, character, and sanity have suffered from our deep dive into the digital abyss. Exploring the toll that tech addiction took on her life, Bila reveals her missteps and mistakes, including several upending, life-altering months swirling in an ex-boyfriend’s cell-phone-enabled double life, and how a low-tech millennial later stole her heart. Travel with Jedediah through the embarrassing and catastrophic consequences of Ménage-a-Tech relationships, social media's Perception Deception, and the One-Potato-Chip-Problem of trying to resist Silicon Valley's hypnotic, slot-machine software designed to lure you in. Bila reveals how she navigated away from an unhealthy, oversaturated diet of tech junk food to striking just the right balance with technology to let her unplugged, real-life moments take charge. In #DoNotDisturb, Bila applies her trademark no-nonsense, common-sense, personal responsibility and accountability-centered approach, warning us that if we don’t stop acting like robots, our very humanity is at stake.    Through warm anecdotes and cold, hard truths, Bila reveals how she pulled her way out of the tech fog to keep her eyes focused on the life right in front of her. And how you can too. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346367 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Russia with Blood: Putin’s Ruthless Killing Campaign and Secret War on the West Author: Heidi Blake Narrator: Marisa Calin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The explosive, untold story of how Russia mastered the art and science of targeted assassination ‘A real life thriller, packed with characters that even John le Carré couldn't dream of. If this doesn't scare you, then you're not paying attention.’ Oliver Bullough They thought they had found a safe haven in the green hills of England. They were wrong. One by one, the Russian oligarchs, dissidents, and gangsters who fled to Britain after Vladimir Putin came to power dropped dead in strange or suspicious circumstances. One by one, their British lawyers and fixers met similarly grisly ends. Yet, one by one, the British authorities shut down every investigation-and carried on courting the Kremlin. In From Russia With Blood, multi-award-winning investigative journalist Heidi Blake unflinchingly documents the growing web of Russian-linked deaths on British and American soil, tracking the men who lived and died in the Kremlin’s crosshairs from London’s high-end night clubs to Miami’s million-dollar hideouts, and following a trail of increasingly savage attacks onto the streets of Salisbury, where the Russian double agent Sergei Skripal was poisoned with a deadly nerve agent in 2018. Working with bags of crime scene evidence, hundreds of thousands of pages of exclusive documents, surveillance footage, classified intelligence briefings, forensically restored phones and computers, and hundreds of insider interviews, Blake bravely exposes how Russia’s killing campaign fits into Putin’s pursuit of global dominance – and why Western governments have failed time and again to stop the bloodshed. This heart-stopping international investigation – written with the page-turning pace and chilling narrative of a thriller – reveals one of the most important and terrifying stories of our time. Heidi Blake Tue, 19 Nov 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346367 thebookvoice.com 10:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Russia with Blood: Putin’s Ruthless Killing Campaign and Secret War on the West Author: Heidi Blake Narrator: Marisa Calin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The explosive, untold story of how Russia mastered the art and science of targeted assassination ‘A real life thriller, packed with characters that even John le Carré couldn't dream of. If this doesn't scare you, then you're not paying attention.’ Oliver Bullough They thought they had found a safe haven in the green hills of England. They were wrong. One by one, the Russian oligarchs, dissidents, and gangsters who fled to Britain after Vladimir Putin came to power dropped dead in strange or suspicious circumstances. One by one, their British lawyers and fixers met similarly grisly ends. Yet, one by one, the British authorities shut down every investigation-and carried on courting the Kremlin. In From Russia With Blood, multi-award-winning investigative journalist Heidi Blake unflinchingly documents the growing web of Russian-linked deaths on British and American soil, tracking the men who lived and died in the Kremlin’s crosshairs from London’s high-end night clubs to Miami’s million-dollar hideouts, and following a trail of increasingly savage attacks onto the streets of Salisbury, where the Russian double agent Sergei Skripal was poisoned with a deadly nerve agent in 2018. Working with bags of crime scene evidence, hundreds of thousands of pages of exclusive documents, surveillance footage, classified intelligence briefings, forensically restored phones and computers, and hundreds of insider interviews, Blake bravely exposes how Russia’s killing campaign fits into Putin’s pursuit of global dominance – and why Western governments have failed time and again to stop the bloodshed. This heart-stopping international investigation – written with the page-turning pace and chilling narrative of a thriller – reveals one of the most important and terrifying stories of our time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Russia with Blood: Putin’s Ruthless Killing Campaign and Secret War on the West Author: Heidi Blake Narrator: Marisa Calin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The explosive, untold story of how Russia mastered the art and science of targeted assassination ‘A real life thriller, packed with characters that even John le Carré couldn't dream of. If this doesn't scare you, then you're not paying attention.’ Oliver Bullough They thought they had found a safe haven in the green hills of England. They were wrong. One by one, the Russian oligarchs, dissidents, and gangsters who fled to Britain after Vladimir Putin came to power dropped dead in strange or suspicious circumstances. One by one, their British lawyers and fixers met similarly grisly ends. Yet, one by one, the British authorities shut down every investigation-and carried on courting the Kremlin. In From Russia With Blood, multi-award-winning investigative journalist Heidi Blake unflinchingly documents the growing web of Russian-linked deaths on British and American soil, tracking the men who lived and died in the Kremlin’s crosshairs from London’s high-end night clubs to Miami’s million-dollar hideouts, and following a trail of increasingly savage attacks onto the streets of Salisbury, where the Russian double agent Sergei Skripal was poisoned with a deadly nerve agent in 2018. Working with bags of crime scene evidence, hundreds of thousands of pages of exclusive documents, surveillance footage, classified intelligence briefings, forensically restored phones and computers, and hundreds of insider interviews, Blake bravely exposes how Russia’s killing campaign fits into Putin’s pursuit of global dominance – and why Western governments have failed time and again to stop the bloodshed. This heart-stopping international investigation – written with the page-turning pace and chilling narrative of a thriller – reveals one of the most important and terrifying stories of our time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346328 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346328]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: House of Trump, House of Putin: The Untold Story of Donald Trump and the Russian Mafia Author: Craig Unger Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of House of Trump, House of Putin by Craig Unger, read by Jason Culp. House of Trump, House of Putin offers the first comprehensive investigation into the decades-long relationship among Donald Trump, Vladimir Putin, and the Russian Mafia that ultimately helped win Trump the White House. It is a chilling story that begins in the 1970s, when Trump made his first splash in the booming, money-drenched world of New York real estate, and ends with Trump’s inauguration as president of the United States. That moment was the culmination of Vladimir Putin’s long mission to undermine Western democracy, a mission that he and his hand-selected group of oligarchs and associates had ensnared Trump in, starting more than twenty years ago with the massive bailout of a string of sensational Trump hotel and casino failures in Atlantic City. This book confirms the most incredible American paranoias about Russian malevolence. To most, it will be a hair-raising revelation that the Cold War did not end in 1991—that it merely evolved, with Trump’s apartments offering the perfect vehicle for billions of dollars to leave the collapsing Soviet Union. In House of Trump, House of Putin, Craig Unger methodically traces the deep-rooted alliance between the highest echelons of American political operatives and the biggest players in the frightening underworld of the Russian Mafia. He traces Donald Trump’s sordid ascent from foundering real estate tycoon to leader of the free world. He traces Russia’s phoenixlike rise from the ashes of the post–Cold War Soviet Union as well as its ceaseless covert efforts to retaliate against the West and reclaim its status as a global superpower. Without Trump, Russia would have lacked a key component in its attempts to return to imperial greatness. Without Russia, Trump would not be president. This essential book is crucial to understanding the real powers at play in the shadows of today’s world. Craig Unger Thu, 20 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346328 thebookvoice.com 11:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346328]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: House of Trump, House of Putin: The Untold Story of Donald Trump and the Russian Mafia Author: Craig Unger Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of House of Trump, House of Putin by Craig Unger, read by Jason Culp. House of Trump, House of Putin offers the first comprehensive investigation into the decades-long relationship among Donald Trump, Vladimir Putin, and the Russian Mafia that ultimately helped win Trump the White House. It is a chilling story that begins in the 1970s, when Trump made his first splash in the booming, money-drenched world of New York real estate, and ends with Trump’s inauguration as president of the United States. That moment was the culmination of Vladimir Putin’s long mission to undermine Western democracy, a mission that he and his hand-selected group of oligarchs and associates had ensnared Trump in, starting more than twenty years ago with the massive bailout of a string of sensational Trump hotel and casino failures in Atlantic City. This book confirms the most incredible American paranoias about Russian malevolence. To most, it will be a hair-raising revelation that the Cold War did not end in 1991—that it merely evolved, with Trump’s apartments offering the perfect vehicle for billions of dollars to leave the collapsing Soviet Union. In House of Trump, House of Putin, Craig Unger methodically traces the deep-rooted alliance between the highest echelons of American political operatives and the biggest players in the frightening underworld of the Russian Mafia. He traces Donald Trump’s sordid ascent from foundering real estate tycoon to leader of the free world. He traces Russia’s phoenixlike rise from the ashes of the post–Cold War Soviet Union as well as its ceaseless covert efforts to retaliate against the West and reclaim its status as a global superpower. Without Trump, Russia would have lacked a key component in its attempts to return to imperial greatness. Without Russia, Trump would not be president. This essential book is crucial to understanding the real powers at play in the shadows of today’s world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346328]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: House of Trump, House of Putin: The Untold Story of Donald Trump and the Russian Mafia Author: Craig Unger Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of House of Trump, House of Putin by Craig Unger, read by Jason Culp. House of Trump, House of Putin offers the first comprehensive investigation into the decades-long relationship among Donald Trump, Vladimir Putin, and the Russian Mafia that ultimately helped win Trump the White House. It is a chilling story that begins in the 1970s, when Trump made his first splash in the booming, money-drenched world of New York real estate, and ends with Trump’s inauguration as president of the United States. That moment was the culmination of Vladimir Putin’s long mission to undermine Western democracy, a mission that he and his hand-selected group of oligarchs and associates had ensnared Trump in, starting more than twenty years ago with the massive bailout of a string of sensational Trump hotel and casino failures in Atlantic City. This book confirms the most incredible American paranoias about Russian malevolence. To most, it will be a hair-raising revelation that the Cold War did not end in 1991—that it merely evolved, with Trump’s apartments offering the perfect vehicle for billions of dollars to leave the collapsing Soviet Union. In House of Trump, House of Putin, Craig Unger methodically traces the deep-rooted alliance between the highest echelons of American political operatives and the biggest players in the frightening underworld of the Russian Mafia. He traces Donald Trump’s sordid ascent from foundering real estate tycoon to leader of the free world. He traces Russia’s phoenixlike rise from the ashes of the post–Cold War Soviet Union as well as its ceaseless covert efforts to retaliate against the West and reclaim its status as a global superpower. Without Trump, Russia would have lacked a key component in its attempts to return to imperial greatness. Without Russia, Trump would not be president. This essential book is crucial to understanding the real powers at play in the shadows of today’s world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346326 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 21 Lessons for the 21st Century Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 247 Ratings of Narrator: 4.53 of Total 38 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The audiobook edition of 21 Lessons for the 21st Century by Yuval Noah Harari, read by Derek Perkins. **THE NUMBER ONE BESTSELLER** In twenty-one bite-sized lessons, Yuval Noah Harari explores what it means to be human in an age of bewilderment. How can we protect ourselves from nuclear war, ecological cataclysms and technological disruptions? What can we do about the epidemic of fake news or the threat of terrorism? What should we teach our children? The world-renowned historian and intellectual Yuval Noah Harari takes us on a thrilling journey through today's most urgent issues. The golden thread running through his exhilarating new book is the challenge of maintaining our collective and individual focus in the face of constant and disorienting change. Faced with a litany of existential and real crises, are we still capable of understanding the world we have created? 'Fascinating... compelling... [Harari] has teed up a crucial global conversation about how to take on the problems of the 21st century' Bill Gates, New York Times 'Truly mind-expanding... Ultra-topical' Guardian '21 Lessons is, simply put, a crucial book' Adam Kay © Yuval Noah Harari 2018 (P) Penguin Audio 2018 Yuval Noah Harari Thu, 30 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346326 thebookvoice.com 11:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 21 Lessons for the 21st Century Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 247 Ratings of Narrator: 4.53 of Total 38 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The audiobook edition of 21 Lessons for the 21st Century by Yuval Noah Harari, read by Derek Perkins. **THE NUMBER ONE BESTSELLER** In twenty-one bite-sized lessons, Yuval Noah Harari explores what it means to be human in an age of bewilderment. How can we protect ourselves from nuclear war, ecological cataclysms and technological disruptions? What can we do about the epidemic of fake news or the threat of terrorism? What should we teach our children? The world-renowned historian and intellectual Yuval Noah Harari takes us on a thrilling journey through today's most urgent issues. The golden thread running through his exhilarating new book is the challenge of maintaining our collective and individual focus in the face of constant and disorienting change. Faced with a litany of existential and real crises, are we still capable of understanding the world we have created? 'Fascinating... compelling... [Harari] has teed up a crucial global conversation about how to take on the problems of the 21st century' Bill Gates, New York Times 'Truly mind-expanding... Ultra-topical' Guardian '21 Lessons is, simply put, a crucial book' Adam Kay © Yuval Noah Harari 2018 (P) Penguin Audio 2018 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 21 Lessons for the 21st Century Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 247 Ratings of Narrator: 4.53 of Total 38 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The audiobook edition of 21 Lessons for the 21st Century by Yuval Noah Harari, read by Derek Perkins. **THE NUMBER ONE BESTSELLER** In twenty-one bite-sized lessons, Yuval Noah Harari explores what it means to be human in an age of bewilderment. How can we protect ourselves from nuclear war, ecological cataclysms and technological disruptions? What can we do about the epidemic of fake news or the threat of terrorism? What should we teach our children? The world-renowned historian and intellectual Yuval Noah Harari takes us on a thrilling journey through today's most urgent issues. The golden thread running through his exhilarating new book is the challenge of maintaining our collective and individual focus in the face of constant and disorienting change. Faced with a litany of existential and real crises, are we still capable of understanding the world we have created? 'Fascinating... compelling... [Harari] has teed up a crucial global conversation about how to take on the problems of the 21st century' Bill Gates, New York Times 'Truly mind-expanding... Ultra-topical' Guardian '21 Lessons is, simply put, a crucial book' Adam Kay © Yuval Noah Harari 2018 (P) Penguin Audio 2018 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346227 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346227]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fear: Trump in the White House Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.12 of Total 365 Ratings of Narrator: 4.48 of Total 56 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: OVER 2 MILLION COPIES SOLD RUNAWAY #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER SENSATIONAL #1 INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER “Explosive.”—The Washington Post “Devastating.”—The New Yorker “Unprecedented.”—CNN “Great reporting...astute.”—Hugh Hewitt THE INSIDE STORY ON PRESIDENT TRUMP, AS ONLY BOB WOODWARD CAN TELL IT With authoritative reporting honed through nine presidencies, author Bob Woodward reveals in unprecedented detail the harrowing life inside President Donald Trump’s White House and precisely how he makes decisions on major foreign and domestic policies. Fear is the most intimate portrait of a sitting president ever published during the president’s first years in office. The focus is on the explosive debates and the decision-making in the Oval Office, the Situation Room, Air Force One and the White House residence. Woodward draws from hundreds of hours of interviews with firsthand sources, meeting notes, personal diaries, files and documents. Often with day-by-day details, dialogue and documentation, Fear tracks key foreign issues from North Korea, Afghanistan, Iran, the Middle East, NATO, China and Russia. It reports in-depth on Trump’s key domestic issues particularly trade and tariff disputes, immigration, tax legislation, the Paris Climate Accord and the racial violence in Charlottesville in 2017. Fear presents vivid details of the negotiations between Trump’s attorneys and Robert Mueller, the special counsel in the Russia investigation, laying out for the first time the meeting-by-meeting discussions and strategies. It discloses how senior Trump White House officials joined together to steal draft orders from the president’s Oval Office desk so he would not issue directives that would jeopardize top secret intelligence operations. “It was no less than an administrative coup d’état,” Woodward writes, “a nervous breakdown of the executive power of the most powerful country in the world.” Bob Woodward Tue, 11 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346227 thebookvoice.com 12:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346227]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fear: Trump in the White House Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.12 of Total 365 Ratings of Narrator: 4.48 of Total 56 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: OVER 2 MILLION COPIES SOLD RUNAWAY #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER SENSATIONAL #1 INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER “Explosive.”—The Washington Post “Devastating.”—The New Yorker “Unprecedented.”—CNN “Great reporting...astute.”—Hugh Hewitt THE INSIDE STORY ON PRESIDENT TRUMP, AS ONLY BOB WOODWARD CAN TELL IT With authoritative reporting honed through nine presidencies, author Bob Woodward reveals in unprecedented detail the harrowing life inside President Donald Trump’s White House and precisely how he makes decisions on major foreign and domestic policies. Fear is the most intimate portrait of a sitting president ever published during the president’s first years in office. The focus is on the explosive debates and the decision-making in the Oval Office, the Situation Room, Air Force One and the White House residence. Woodward draws from hundreds of hours of interviews with firsthand sources, meeting notes, personal diaries, files and documents. Often with day-by-day details, dialogue and documentation, Fear tracks key foreign issues from North Korea, Afghanistan, Iran, the Middle East, NATO, China and Russia. It reports in-depth on Trump’s key domestic issues particularly trade and tariff disputes, immigration, tax legislation, the Paris Climate Accord and the racial violence in Charlottesville in 2017. Fear presents vivid details of the negotiations between Trump’s attorneys and Robert Mueller, the special counsel in the Russia investigation, laying out for the first time the meeting-by-meeting discussions and strategies. It discloses how senior Trump White House officials joined together to steal draft orders from the president’s Oval Office desk so he would not issue directives that would jeopardize top secret intelligence operations. “It was no less than an administrative coup d’état,” Woodward writes, “a nervous breakdown of the executive power of the most powerful country in the world.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346227]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fear: Trump in the White House Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.12 of Total 365 Ratings of Narrator: 4.48 of Total 56 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: OVER 2 MILLION COPIES SOLD RUNAWAY #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER SENSATIONAL #1 INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER “Explosive.”—The Washington Post “Devastating.”—The New Yorker “Unprecedented.”—CNN “Great reporting...astute.”—Hugh Hewitt THE INSIDE STORY ON PRESIDENT TRUMP, AS ONLY BOB WOODWARD CAN TELL IT With authoritative reporting honed through nine presidencies, author Bob Woodward reveals in unprecedented detail the harrowing life inside President Donald Trump’s White House and precisely how he makes decisions on major foreign and domestic policies. Fear is the most intimate portrait of a sitting president ever published during the president’s first years in office. The focus is on the explosive debates and the decision-making in the Oval Office, the Situation Room, Air Force One and the White House residence. Woodward draws from hundreds of hours of interviews with firsthand sources, meeting notes, personal diaries, files and documents. Often with day-by-day details, dialogue and documentation, Fear tracks key foreign issues from North Korea, Afghanistan, Iran, the Middle East, NATO, China and Russia. It reports in-depth on Trump’s key domestic issues particularly trade and tariff disputes, immigration, tax legislation, the Paris Climate Accord and the racial violence in Charlottesville in 2017. Fear presents vivid details of the negotiations between Trump’s attorneys and Robert Mueller, the special counsel in the Russia investigation, laying out for the first time the meeting-by-meeting discussions and strategies. It discloses how senior Trump White House officials joined together to steal draft orders from the president’s Oval Office desk so he would not issue directives that would jeopardize top secret intelligence operations. “It was no less than an administrative coup d’état,” Woodward writes, “a nervous breakdown of the executive power of the most powerful country in the world.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346224 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346224]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Did You Get This Number?: A Pollster's Guide to Making Sense of the World Author: Anthony Salvanto Narrator: Anthony Salvanto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: CBS News’ Elections and Surveys Director Anthony Salvanto takes you behind the scenes of polling to show you how to think about who we are and where we’re headed as a nation. As Elections and Surveys Director for CBS News, it’s Anthony Salvanto’s job to understand you—what you think and how you vote. He’s the person behind so many of the poll numbers you see today, making the winner calls on election nights and surveying thousands of Americans. In Where Did You Get This Number? A Pollster’s Guide to Making Sense of the World, Salvanto takes readers on a fast-paced, eye-opening tour through the world of polling and elections and what they really show about America today, beyond the who's-up-who’s-down headlines and horse races. Salvanto is just the person to bring much-needed clarity in a time when divisions seem to run so deep. The language of polling may be numbers, but the stories it tells are about people. In this engaging insider’s account, Salvanto demystifies jargon with plain language and answers readers’ biggest questions about polling and pollsters. How can they talk to 1,000 people and know the country? How do they know the winner so fast? How do they decide what questions to ask? Why didn't they call you? Salvanto offers data-driven perspective on how Americans see the biggest issues of our time, from the surprising 2016 election, to the shocks of the financial crisis, the response to terrorism and the backlash against big money. He doesn’t shy away from pointing out what’s worked and what hasn’t. Salvanto takes readers inside the CBS newsroom on Election Night 2016 and makes readers rethink conventional wisdom and punditry just in time for the 2018 midterms. He shows who really decides elections and why you should think about a poll differently from the forecasts popularized by Nate Silver and others. Where Did You Get This Number? is an essential resource for anyone interested in politics—and how to better measure and understand patterns of human behavior. For any American who wants to get a better read on what America is thinking, this book shows you how to make sense of it all. Anthony Salvanto Tue, 21 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346224 thebookvoice.com 5:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346224]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Did You Get This Number?: A Pollster's Guide to Making Sense of the World Author: Anthony Salvanto Narrator: Anthony Salvanto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: CBS News’ Elections and Surveys Director Anthony Salvanto takes you behind the scenes of polling to show you how to think about who we are and where we’re headed as a nation. As Elections and Surveys Director for CBS News, it’s Anthony Salvanto’s job to understand you—what you think and how you vote. He’s the person behind so many of the poll numbers you see today, making the winner calls on election nights and surveying thousands of Americans. In Where Did You Get This Number? A Pollster’s Guide to Making Sense of the World, Salvanto takes readers on a fast-paced, eye-opening tour through the world of polling and elections and what they really show about America today, beyond the who's-up-who’s-down headlines and horse races. Salvanto is just the person to bring much-needed clarity in a time when divisions seem to run so deep. The language of polling may be numbers, but the stories it tells are about people. In this engaging insider’s account, Salvanto demystifies jargon with plain language and answers readers’ biggest questions about polling and pollsters. How can they talk to 1,000 people and know the country? How do they know the winner so fast? How do they decide what questions to ask? Why didn't they call you? Salvanto offers data-driven perspective on how Americans see the biggest issues of our time, from the surprising 2016 election, to the shocks of the financial crisis, the response to terrorism and the backlash against big money. He doesn’t shy away from pointing out what’s worked and what hasn’t. Salvanto takes readers inside the CBS newsroom on Election Night 2016 and makes readers rethink conventional wisdom and punditry just in time for the 2018 midterms. He shows who really decides elections and why you should think about a poll differently from the forecasts popularized by Nate Silver and others. Where Did You Get This Number? is an essential resource for anyone interested in politics—and how to better measure and understand patterns of human behavior. For any American who wants to get a better read on what America is thinking, this book shows you how to make sense of it all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346224]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Did You Get This Number?: A Pollster's Guide to Making Sense of the World Author: Anthony Salvanto Narrator: Anthony Salvanto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: CBS News’ Elections and Surveys Director Anthony Salvanto takes you behind the scenes of polling to show you how to think about who we are and where we’re headed as a nation. As Elections and Surveys Director for CBS News, it’s Anthony Salvanto’s job to understand you—what you think and how you vote. He’s the person behind so many of the poll numbers you see today, making the winner calls on election nights and surveying thousands of Americans. In Where Did You Get This Number? A Pollster’s Guide to Making Sense of the World, Salvanto takes readers on a fast-paced, eye-opening tour through the world of polling and elections and what they really show about America today, beyond the who's-up-who’s-down headlines and horse races. Salvanto is just the person to bring much-needed clarity in a time when divisions seem to run so deep. The language of polling may be numbers, but the stories it tells are about people. In this engaging insider’s account, Salvanto demystifies jargon with plain language and answers readers’ biggest questions about polling and pollsters. How can they talk to 1,000 people and know the country? How do they know the winner so fast? How do they decide what questions to ask? Why didn't they call you? Salvanto offers data-driven perspective on how Americans see the biggest issues of our time, from the surprising 2016 election, to the shocks of the financial crisis, the response to terrorism and the backlash against big money. He doesn’t shy away from pointing out what’s worked and what hasn’t. Salvanto takes readers inside the CBS newsroom on Election Night 2016 and makes readers rethink conventional wisdom and punditry just in time for the 2018 midterms. He shows who really decides elections and why you should think about a poll differently from the forecasts popularized by Nate Silver and others. Where Did You Get This Number? is an essential resource for anyone interested in politics—and how to better measure and understand patterns of human behavior. For any American who wants to get a better read on what America is thinking, this book shows you how to make sense of it all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346222 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fighters Author: C. J. Chivers Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The harrowing account of US soldiers caught in America’s forever wars in Iraq and Afghanistan that The New York Times calls “relentless...a classic of war reporting,” by Pulitzer Prize winner and former Marine C.J. Chivers. More than 2.7 million Americans have served in Afghanistan or Iraq since September 11, 2001, and C.J. Chivers reported on both wars from their beginnings. The Fighters vividly conveys the physical and emotional experience of war as lived by six combatants: a fighter pilot, a corpsman, a scout helicopter pilot, a grunt, an infantry officer, and a Special Forces sergeant. Chivers captures their courage, commitment, sense of purpose, and ultimately their suffering, frustration, and moral confusion as new enemies arise and invasions give way to counterinsurgency duties for which American forces were often not prepared. The Fighters is a “gripping, unforgettable” (The Boston Globe) portrait of modern warfare. Told with the empathy and understanding of an author who is himself an infantry veteran, The Fighters is “a masterful work of atmospheric reporting, and it’s a book that will have every reader asking—with varying degrees of urgency or anger or despair—the final question Chivers himself asks: ‘How many lives had these wars wrecked?’” (Christian Science Monitor). C. J. Chivers Tue, 14 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346222 thebookvoice.com 13:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fighters Author: C. J. Chivers Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The harrowing account of US soldiers caught in America’s forever wars in Iraq and Afghanistan that The New York Times calls “relentless...a classic of war reporting,” by Pulitzer Prize winner and former Marine C.J. Chivers. More than 2.7 million Americans have served in Afghanistan or Iraq since September 11, 2001, and C.J. Chivers reported on both wars from their beginnings. The Fighters vividly conveys the physical and emotional experience of war as lived by six combatants: a fighter pilot, a corpsman, a scout helicopter pilot, a grunt, an infantry officer, and a Special Forces sergeant. Chivers captures their courage, commitment, sense of purpose, and ultimately their suffering, frustration, and moral confusion as new enemies arise and invasions give way to counterinsurgency duties for which American forces were often not prepared. The Fighters is a “gripping, unforgettable” (The Boston Globe) portrait of modern warfare. Told with the empathy and understanding of an author who is himself an infantry veteran, The Fighters is “a masterful work of atmospheric reporting, and it’s a book that will have every reader asking—with varying degrees of urgency or anger or despair—the final question Chivers himself asks: ‘How many lives had these wars wrecked?’” (Christian Science Monitor). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fighters Author: C. J. Chivers Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The harrowing account of US soldiers caught in America’s forever wars in Iraq and Afghanistan that The New York Times calls “relentless...a classic of war reporting,” by Pulitzer Prize winner and former Marine C.J. Chivers. More than 2.7 million Americans have served in Afghanistan or Iraq since September 11, 2001, and C.J. Chivers reported on both wars from their beginnings. The Fighters vividly conveys the physical and emotional experience of war as lived by six combatants: a fighter pilot, a corpsman, a scout helicopter pilot, a grunt, an infantry officer, and a Special Forces sergeant. Chivers captures their courage, commitment, sense of purpose, and ultimately their suffering, frustration, and moral confusion as new enemies arise and invasions give way to counterinsurgency duties for which American forces were often not prepared. The Fighters is a “gripping, unforgettable” (The Boston Globe) portrait of modern warfare. Told with the empathy and understanding of an author who is himself an infantry veteran, The Fighters is “a masterful work of atmospheric reporting, and it’s a book that will have every reader asking—with varying degrees of urgency or anger or despair—the final question Chivers himself asks: ‘How many lives had these wars wrecked?’” (Christian Science Monitor). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346196 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Iran: A Modern History Author: Abbas Amanat Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 41 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This history of modern Iran is not a survey in the conventional sense but an ambitious exploration of the story of a nation. It offers a revealing look at how events, people, and institutions are shaped by currents that sometimes reach back hundreds of years. The book covers the complex history of the diverse societies and economies of Iran against the background of dynastic changes, revolutions, civil wars, foreign occupation, and the rise of the Islamic Republic. Abbas Amanat combines chronological and thematic approaches, exploring events with lasting implications for modern Iran and the world. Drawing on diverse historical scholarship and emphasizing the twentieth century, he addresses debates about Iran's culture and politics. Political history is the driving narrative force, given impetus by Amanat's decades of research and study. He layers the book with discussions of literature, music, and the arts; ideology and religion; economy and society; and cultural identity and heritage. Abbas Amanat Tue, 07 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346196 thebookvoice.com 41:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Iran: A Modern History Author: Abbas Amanat Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 41 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This history of modern Iran is not a survey in the conventional sense but an ambitious exploration of the story of a nation. It offers a revealing look at how events, people, and institutions are shaped by currents that sometimes reach back hundreds of years. The book covers the complex history of the diverse societies and economies of Iran against the background of dynastic changes, revolutions, civil wars, foreign occupation, and the rise of the Islamic Republic. Abbas Amanat combines chronological and thematic approaches, exploring events with lasting implications for modern Iran and the world. Drawing on diverse historical scholarship and emphasizing the twentieth century, he addresses debates about Iran's culture and politics. Political history is the driving narrative force, given impetus by Amanat's decades of research and study. He layers the book with discussions of literature, music, and the arts; ideology and religion; economy and society; and cultural identity and heritage. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Iran: A Modern History Author: Abbas Amanat Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 41 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This history of modern Iran is not a survey in the conventional sense but an ambitious exploration of the story of a nation. It offers a revealing look at how events, people, and institutions are shaped by currents that sometimes reach back hundreds of years. The book covers the complex history of the diverse societies and economies of Iran against the background of dynastic changes, revolutions, civil wars, foreign occupation, and the rise of the Islamic Republic. Abbas Amanat combines chronological and thematic approaches, exploring events with lasting implications for modern Iran and the world. Drawing on diverse historical scholarship and emphasizing the twentieth century, he addresses debates about Iran's culture and politics. Political history is the driving narrative force, given impetus by Amanat's decades of research and study. He layers the book with discussions of literature, music, and the arts; ideology and religion; economy and society; and cultural identity and heritage. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346163 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346163]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics at Work: How Companies Turn Their Workers into Lobbyists Author: Alexander Hertel-Fernandez Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Employers are increasingly recruiting their workers into politics to change elections and public policy—sometimes in coercive ways. Using a diverse array of evidence, including national surveys of workers and employers, as well as in-depth interviews with top corporate managers, Alexander Hertel-Fernandez's Politics at Work explains why mobilization of workers has become an appealing corporate political strategy in recent decades. The book also assesses the effect of employer mobilization on the political process more broadly, including its consequences for electoral contests, policy debates, and political representation. Hertel-Fernandez shows that while employer political recruitment has some benefits for American democracy, it also has troubling implications for our democratic system. Workers face considerable pressure to respond to their managers' political requests because of the economic power employers possess over workers. In spite of these worrisome patterns, Hertel-Fernandez found that corporate managers view the mobilization of their own workers as an important strategy for influencing politics. As he shows, companies consider mobilization of their workers to be even more effective at changing public policy than making campaign contributions or buying electoral ads. Alexander Hertel-Fernandez Tue, 31 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346163 thebookvoice.com 10:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346163]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics at Work: How Companies Turn Their Workers into Lobbyists Author: Alexander Hertel-Fernandez Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Employers are increasingly recruiting their workers into politics to change elections and public policy—sometimes in coercive ways. Using a diverse array of evidence, including national surveys of workers and employers, as well as in-depth interviews with top corporate managers, Alexander Hertel-Fernandez's Politics at Work explains why mobilization of workers has become an appealing corporate political strategy in recent decades. The book also assesses the effect of employer mobilization on the political process more broadly, including its consequences for electoral contests, policy debates, and political representation. Hertel-Fernandez shows that while employer political recruitment has some benefits for American democracy, it also has troubling implications for our democratic system. Workers face considerable pressure to respond to their managers' political requests because of the economic power employers possess over workers. In spite of these worrisome patterns, Hertel-Fernandez found that corporate managers view the mobilization of their own workers as an important strategy for influencing politics. As he shows, companies consider mobilization of their workers to be even more effective at changing public policy than making campaign contributions or buying electoral ads. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346163]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics at Work: How Companies Turn Their Workers into Lobbyists Author: Alexander Hertel-Fernandez Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Employers are increasingly recruiting their workers into politics to change elections and public policy—sometimes in coercive ways. Using a diverse array of evidence, including national surveys of workers and employers, as well as in-depth interviews with top corporate managers, Alexander Hertel-Fernandez's Politics at Work explains why mobilization of workers has become an appealing corporate political strategy in recent decades. The book also assesses the effect of employer mobilization on the political process more broadly, including its consequences for electoral contests, policy debates, and political representation. Hertel-Fernandez shows that while employer political recruitment has some benefits for American democracy, it also has troubling implications for our democratic system. Workers face considerable pressure to respond to their managers' political requests because of the economic power employers possess over workers. In spite of these worrisome patterns, Hertel-Fernandez found that corporate managers view the mobilization of their own workers as an important strategy for influencing politics. As he shows, companies consider mobilization of their workers to be even more effective at changing public policy than making campaign contributions or buying electoral ads. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346114 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Stops Today: Eric Garner’s Mother Seeks Justice after Losing Her Son Author: Gwen Carr Narrator: Myra Lucretia Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 1, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After the death of her son, Eric Garner, at the hands of New York City police officers on Staten Island went viral, Gwen Carr’s life changed forever. The illegal choke hold that took Garner’s life has been seared into the public consciousness forever as the large black man struggled to breathe while a white policeman held him down on a hot concrete sidewalk. His death set the tone for a new normal where young black men and women now automatically document police interactions with their cell phones for fear of brutality and even death. As one of the Mothers of the Movement, Gwen Carr, a retired transit-train operator, now dedicates her time to fighting for racial equality, especially the way law enforcement treats blacks in the United States. In This Stops Today, Carr shares the tragedies she has faced, recalls her son’s life and death, and recounts her newfound role as an activist in the fight for racial equality. More than the story of a single moment, her book recounts a life of family, community, and of a woman who now speaks for those who no longer can. She has to do it for her firstborn. She has to do it for Eric. Gwen Carr Mon, 01 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346114 thebookvoice.com 8:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Stops Today: Eric Garner’s Mother Seeks Justice after Losing Her Son Author: Gwen Carr Narrator: Myra Lucretia Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 1, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After the death of her son, Eric Garner, at the hands of New York City police officers on Staten Island went viral, Gwen Carr’s life changed forever. The illegal choke hold that took Garner’s life has been seared into the public consciousness forever as the large black man struggled to breathe while a white policeman held him down on a hot concrete sidewalk. His death set the tone for a new normal where young black men and women now automatically document police interactions with their cell phones for fear of brutality and even death. As one of the Mothers of the Movement, Gwen Carr, a retired transit-train operator, now dedicates her time to fighting for racial equality, especially the way law enforcement treats blacks in the United States. In This Stops Today, Carr shares the tragedies she has faced, recalls her son’s life and death, and recounts her newfound role as an activist in the fight for racial equality. More than the story of a single moment, her book recounts a life of family, community, and of a woman who now speaks for those who no longer can. She has to do it for her firstborn. She has to do it for Eric. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Stops Today: Eric Garner’s Mother Seeks Justice after Losing Her Son Author: Gwen Carr Narrator: Myra Lucretia Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 1, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After the death of her son, Eric Garner, at the hands of New York City police officers on Staten Island went viral, Gwen Carr’s life changed forever. The illegal choke hold that took Garner’s life has been seared into the public consciousness forever as the large black man struggled to breathe while a white policeman held him down on a hot concrete sidewalk. His death set the tone for a new normal where young black men and women now automatically document police interactions with their cell phones for fear of brutality and even death. As one of the Mothers of the Movement, Gwen Carr, a retired transit-train operator, now dedicates her time to fighting for racial equality, especially the way law enforcement treats blacks in the United States. In This Stops Today, Carr shares the tragedies she has faced, recalls her son’s life and death, and recounts her newfound role as an activist in the fight for racial equality. More than the story of a single moment, her book recounts a life of family, community, and of a woman who now speaks for those who no longer can. She has to do it for her firstborn. She has to do it for Eric. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346111 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346111]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America First: Understanding the Trump Doctrine Author: Danny Toma Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For decades, Americans have been conditioned to believe “foreign policy” is the policy of prioritzing the interests of foreign nations over American interests. After all, that’s how previous presential administrations have behaved. But Donald Trump won the presidency because he promised a foreign policy that put America first. So what does Trump’s “America First” foreign policy doctrine mean in practice? What does putting America first actually look like in terms of our relations with the nearly two hundred countries around the globe? This book, written for those who scratch their heads at the mention of South Ossetia or Kurdistan, will take the entire world and break it down piece by piece, showing where America’s vital interests lie in the current geopolitical climate. Danny Toma Tue, 11 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346111 thebookvoice.com 9:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346111]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America First: Understanding the Trump Doctrine Author: Danny Toma Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For decades, Americans have been conditioned to believe “foreign policy” is the policy of prioritzing the interests of foreign nations over American interests. After all, that’s how previous presential administrations have behaved. But Donald Trump won the presidency because he promised a foreign policy that put America first. So what does Trump’s “America First” foreign policy doctrine mean in practice? What does putting America first actually look like in terms of our relations with the nearly two hundred countries around the globe? This book, written for those who scratch their heads at the mention of South Ossetia or Kurdistan, will take the entire world and break it down piece by piece, showing where America’s vital interests lie in the current geopolitical climate. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346111]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America First: Understanding the Trump Doctrine Author: Danny Toma Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For decades, Americans have been conditioned to believe “foreign policy” is the policy of prioritzing the interests of foreign nations over American interests. After all, that’s how previous presential administrations have behaved. But Donald Trump won the presidency because he promised a foreign policy that put America first. So what does Trump’s “America First” foreign policy doctrine mean in practice? What does putting America first actually look like in terms of our relations with the nearly two hundred countries around the globe? This book, written for those who scratch their heads at the mention of South Ossetia or Kurdistan, will take the entire world and break it down piece by piece, showing where America’s vital interests lie in the current geopolitical climate. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346060 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outside the Wire: Ten Lessons I've Learned in Everyday Courage Author: Jason Kander Narrator: Jason Kander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A smart and revealing political memoir from a rising star of the Democratic Party. 'In life and in politics, the most important work is often that which happens outside the wire.' Going 'outside the wire' -- military lingo for leaving the safety of a base -- has taught Jason Kander to take risks and make change rather than settling for the easy option. After you've volunteered to put your life on the line with and for your fellow Americans in Afghanistan, cynical politics and empty posturing back home just feel like an insult. Kander understands that showing political courage really just means doing the right thing no matter what. He won a seat in the Missouri Legislature at age twenty-seven and then, at thirty-one, became the first millennial in the country elected to statewide office. An unapologetic progressive from the heartland, he rejected conventional political wisdom and stood up to the NRA in 2016 with a now-famous Senate campaign ad in which he argued for gun reform while assembling a rifle blindfolded. That fearless commitment to service has placed him at the forefront of a new generation of American political leaders. In his final interview as President, Barack Obama pointed to Kander as the future of the Democratic Party. '...do something rather than be something...' In Outside the Wire, Jason Kander describes his journey from Midwestern suburban kid to soldier to politician and details what he's learned along the way: lessons imparted by his dad on the baseball diamond, wisdom gained outside the wire in Kabul, and cautionary tales witnessed under the Missouri Capitol dome. Kander faced down petty tyrants in Jefferson City -- no big deal after encountering real ones in Afghanistan. He put in 90,000 miles campaigning for statewide office in 2012 -- no sweat compared to the thirty-seven miles between Bagram Air Base and Camp Eggers. When confronted with a choice between what's easy and what's right, he's never hesitated. Outside the Wire is a candid, practical guide for anyone thinking about public service and everyone wishing to make a difference. It's a call to action, an entertaining meditation on the demands and rewards of civic engagement, and, ultimately, a hopeful vision for America's future -- all seen through the eyes of one of its most dedicated servants. Jason Kander Tue, 07 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346060 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outside the Wire: Ten Lessons I've Learned in Everyday Courage Author: Jason Kander Narrator: Jason Kander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A smart and revealing political memoir from a rising star of the Democratic Party. 'In life and in politics, the most important work is often that which happens outside the wire.' Going 'outside the wire' -- military lingo for leaving the safety of a base -- has taught Jason Kander to take risks and make change rather than settling for the easy option. After you've volunteered to put your life on the line with and for your fellow Americans in Afghanistan, cynical politics and empty posturing back home just feel like an insult. Kander understands that showing political courage really just means doing the right thing no matter what. He won a seat in the Missouri Legislature at age twenty-seven and then, at thirty-one, became the first millennial in the country elected to statewide office. An unapologetic progressive from the heartland, he rejected conventional political wisdom and stood up to the NRA in 2016 with a now-famous Senate campaign ad in which he argued for gun reform while assembling a rifle blindfolded. That fearless commitment to service has placed him at the forefront of a new generation of American political leaders. In his final interview as President, Barack Obama pointed to Kander as the future of the Democratic Party. '...do something rather than be something...' In Outside the Wire, Jason Kander describes his journey from Midwestern suburban kid to soldier to politician and details what he's learned along the way: lessons imparted by his dad on the baseball diamond, wisdom gained outside the wire in Kabul, and cautionary tales witnessed under the Missouri Capitol dome. Kander faced down petty tyrants in Jefferson City -- no big deal after encountering real ones in Afghanistan. He put in 90,000 miles campaigning for statewide office in 2012 -- no sweat compared to the thirty-seven miles between Bagram Air Base and Camp Eggers. When confronted with a choice between what's easy and what's right, he's never hesitated. Outside the Wire is a candid, practical guide for anyone thinking about public service and everyone wishing to make a difference. It's a call to action, an entertaining meditation on the demands and rewards of civic engagement, and, ultimately, a hopeful vision for America's future -- all seen through the eyes of one of its most dedicated servants. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outside the Wire: Ten Lessons I've Learned in Everyday Courage Author: Jason Kander Narrator: Jason Kander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A smart and revealing political memoir from a rising star of the Democratic Party. 'In life and in politics, the most important work is often that which happens outside the wire.' Going 'outside the wire' -- military lingo for leaving the safety of a base -- has taught Jason Kander to take risks and make change rather than settling for the easy option. After you've volunteered to put your life on the line with and for your fellow Americans in Afghanistan, cynical politics and empty posturing back home just feel like an insult. Kander understands that showing political courage really just means doing the right thing no matter what. He won a seat in the Missouri Legislature at age twenty-seven and then, at thirty-one, became the first millennial in the country elected to statewide office. An unapologetic progressive from the heartland, he rejected conventional political wisdom and stood up to the NRA in 2016 with a now-famous Senate campaign ad in which he argued for gun reform while assembling a rifle blindfolded. That fearless commitment to service has placed him at the forefront of a new generation of American political leaders. In his final interview as President, Barack Obama pointed to Kander as the future of the Democratic Party. '...do something rather than be something...' In Outside the Wire, Jason Kander describes his journey from Midwestern suburban kid to soldier to politician and details what he's learned along the way: lessons imparted by his dad on the baseball diamond, wisdom gained outside the wire in Kabul, and cautionary tales witnessed under the Missouri Capitol dome. Kander faced down petty tyrants in Jefferson City -- no big deal after encountering real ones in Afghanistan. He put in 90,000 miles campaigning for statewide office in 2012 -- no sweat compared to the thirty-seven miles between Bagram Air Base and Camp Eggers. When confronted with a choice between what's easy and what's right, he's never hesitated. Outside the Wire is a candid, practical guide for anyone thinking about public service and everyone wishing to make a difference. It's a call to action, an entertaining meditation on the demands and rewards of civic engagement, and, ultimately, a hopeful vision for America's future -- all seen through the eyes of one of its most dedicated servants. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346057 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gutfeld Monologues: Classic Rants from the Five Author: Greg Gutfeld Narrator: G.N. Young, Greg Gutfeld Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling collection from FOX News star Greg Gutfeld features his best and pithiest monologues on the current state of the world, covering everything from pop culture to politics, annotated for the modern day with all new content. “Wherever I go, I am hit repeatedly by the same question: where can I read your monologues? It should be easy to find these little nuggets of knowledge.” Well, now it is. In the past few years, Fox News host Greg Gutfeld has covered everything from crazed academics, to unhinged celebrities, to the wildest election in recent history on his shows The Five and The Greg Gutfeld Show. In The Gutfeld Monologues, he brings together his best and favorite monologues in this funny, unconventional collection for new and longtime fans alike. Scored through with marginal edits, scratch-outs, 20/20 hindsight, and up-to-the-minute commentary on what he got wrong, this book isn’t your typical anthology collection. With his signature humor, wit, and insight, Greg explains it all in this memorable collection about some of our country’s most crucial—and not so crucial—modern moments. Greg Gutfeld Tue, 31 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346057 thebookvoice.com 7:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gutfeld Monologues: Classic Rants from the Five Author: Greg Gutfeld Narrator: G.N. Young, Greg Gutfeld Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling collection from FOX News star Greg Gutfeld features his best and pithiest monologues on the current state of the world, covering everything from pop culture to politics, annotated for the modern day with all new content. “Wherever I go, I am hit repeatedly by the same question: where can I read your monologues? It should be easy to find these little nuggets of knowledge.” Well, now it is. In the past few years, Fox News host Greg Gutfeld has covered everything from crazed academics, to unhinged celebrities, to the wildest election in recent history on his shows The Five and The Greg Gutfeld Show. In The Gutfeld Monologues, he brings together his best and favorite monologues in this funny, unconventional collection for new and longtime fans alike. Scored through with marginal edits, scratch-outs, 20/20 hindsight, and up-to-the-minute commentary on what he got wrong, this book isn’t your typical anthology collection. With his signature humor, wit, and insight, Greg explains it all in this memorable collection about some of our country’s most crucial—and not so crucial—modern moments. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gutfeld Monologues: Classic Rants from the Five Author: Greg Gutfeld Narrator: G.N. Young, Greg Gutfeld Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling collection from FOX News star Greg Gutfeld features his best and pithiest monologues on the current state of the world, covering everything from pop culture to politics, annotated for the modern day with all new content. “Wherever I go, I am hit repeatedly by the same question: where can I read your monologues? It should be easy to find these little nuggets of knowledge.” Well, now it is. In the past few years, Fox News host Greg Gutfeld has covered everything from crazed academics, to unhinged celebrities, to the wildest election in recent history on his shows The Five and The Greg Gutfeld Show. In The Gutfeld Monologues, he brings together his best and favorite monologues in this funny, unconventional collection for new and longtime fans alike. Scored through with marginal edits, scratch-outs, 20/20 hindsight, and up-to-the-minute commentary on what he got wrong, this book isn’t your typical anthology collection. With his signature humor, wit, and insight, Greg explains it all in this memorable collection about some of our country’s most crucial—and not so crucial—modern moments. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346013 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America: The Farewell Tour Author: Chris Hedges Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Chris Hedges’s profound and provocative examination of America in crisis is “an exceedingly…provocative book, certain to arouse controversy, but offering a point of view that needs to be heard” (Booklist), about how bitter hopelessness and malaise have resulted in a culture of sadism and hate. America, says Pulitzer Prize­–winning reporter Chris Hedges, is convulsed by an array of pathologies that have arisen out of profound hopelessness, a bitter despair, and a civil society that has ceased to function. The opioid crisis; the retreat into gambling to cope with economic distress; the pornification of culture; the rise of magical thinking; the celebration of sadism, hate, and plagues of suicides are the physical manifestations of a society that is being ravaged by corporate pillage and a failed democracy. As our society unravels, we also face global upheaval caused by catastrophic climate change. All these ills presage a frightening reconfiguration of the nation and the planet. Donald Trump rode this disenchantment to power. In his “forceful and direct” (Publishers Weekly) America: The Farewell Tour, Hedges argues that neither political party, now captured by corporate power, addresses the systemic problem. Until our corporate coup d’état is reversed these diseases will grow and ravage the country. “With a trademark blend of…sharply observed detail, Hedges writes a requiem for the American dream” (Kirkus Reviews) and seeks to jolt us out of our complacency while there is still time. Chris Hedges Tue, 21 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346013 thebookvoice.com 14:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America: The Farewell Tour Author: Chris Hedges Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Chris Hedges’s profound and provocative examination of America in crisis is “an exceedingly…provocative book, certain to arouse controversy, but offering a point of view that needs to be heard” (Booklist), about how bitter hopelessness and malaise have resulted in a culture of sadism and hate. America, says Pulitzer Prize­–winning reporter Chris Hedges, is convulsed by an array of pathologies that have arisen out of profound hopelessness, a bitter despair, and a civil society that has ceased to function. The opioid crisis; the retreat into gambling to cope with economic distress; the pornification of culture; the rise of magical thinking; the celebration of sadism, hate, and plagues of suicides are the physical manifestations of a society that is being ravaged by corporate pillage and a failed democracy. As our society unravels, we also face global upheaval caused by catastrophic climate change. All these ills presage a frightening reconfiguration of the nation and the planet. Donald Trump rode this disenchantment to power. In his “forceful and direct” (Publishers Weekly) America: The Farewell Tour, Hedges argues that neither political party, now captured by corporate power, addresses the systemic problem. Until our corporate coup d’état is reversed these diseases will grow and ravage the country. “With a trademark blend of…sharply observed detail, Hedges writes a requiem for the American dream” (Kirkus Reviews) and seeks to jolt us out of our complacency while there is still time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America: The Farewell Tour Author: Chris Hedges Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Chris Hedges’s profound and provocative examination of America in crisis is “an exceedingly…provocative book, certain to arouse controversy, but offering a point of view that needs to be heard” (Booklist), about how bitter hopelessness and malaise have resulted in a culture of sadism and hate. America, says Pulitzer Prize­–winning reporter Chris Hedges, is convulsed by an array of pathologies that have arisen out of profound hopelessness, a bitter despair, and a civil society that has ceased to function. The opioid crisis; the retreat into gambling to cope with economic distress; the pornification of culture; the rise of magical thinking; the celebration of sadism, hate, and plagues of suicides are the physical manifestations of a society that is being ravaged by corporate pillage and a failed democracy. As our society unravels, we also face global upheaval caused by catastrophic climate change. All these ills presage a frightening reconfiguration of the nation and the planet. Donald Trump rode this disenchantment to power. In his “forceful and direct” (Publishers Weekly) America: The Farewell Tour, Hedges argues that neither political party, now captured by corporate power, addresses the systemic problem. Until our corporate coup d’état is reversed these diseases will grow and ravage the country. “With a trademark blend of…sharply observed detail, Hedges writes a requiem for the American dream” (Kirkus Reviews) and seeks to jolt us out of our complacency while there is still time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345967 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345967]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unhinged: An Insider's Account of the Trump White House Author: Omarosa Manigault Newman Narrator: Omarosa Manigault Newman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 88 Ratings of Narrator: 4.22 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the #1 New York Times bestseller, the former Assistant to the President and Director of Communications for the Office of Public Liaison in the Trump White House provides an eye-opening and “explosive” (The Boston Globe) look into the corruption and controversy of the current administration. Few were a member of Donald Trump’s inner orbit longer than Omarosa Manigault Newman. Their relationship spanned fifteen years—through four television shows, a presidential campaign, and a year by his side in the most chaotic, outrageous White House in history. But that relationship came to a decisive and definitive end, and Omarosa finally shares her side of the story in this “deftly executed” (The Guardian), jaw-dropping account. A stunning tell-all and takedown from a strong, intelligent woman who took every name and number, Unhinged is a must-read for any concerned citizen. Omarosa Manigault Newman Tue, 14 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345967 thebookvoice.com 11:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345967]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unhinged: An Insider's Account of the Trump White House Author: Omarosa Manigault Newman Narrator: Omarosa Manigault Newman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 88 Ratings of Narrator: 4.22 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the #1 New York Times bestseller, the former Assistant to the President and Director of Communications for the Office of Public Liaison in the Trump White House provides an eye-opening and “explosive” (The Boston Globe) look into the corruption and controversy of the current administration. Few were a member of Donald Trump’s inner orbit longer than Omarosa Manigault Newman. Their relationship spanned fifteen years—through four television shows, a presidential campaign, and a year by his side in the most chaotic, outrageous White House in history. But that relationship came to a decisive and definitive end, and Omarosa finally shares her side of the story in this “deftly executed” (The Guardian), jaw-dropping account. A stunning tell-all and takedown from a strong, intelligent woman who took every name and number, Unhinged is a must-read for any concerned citizen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345967]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unhinged: An Insider's Account of the Trump White House Author: Omarosa Manigault Newman Narrator: Omarosa Manigault Newman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 88 Ratings of Narrator: 4.22 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the #1 New York Times bestseller, the former Assistant to the President and Director of Communications for the Office of Public Liaison in the Trump White House provides an eye-opening and “explosive” (The Boston Globe) look into the corruption and controversy of the current administration. Few were a member of Donald Trump’s inner orbit longer than Omarosa Manigault Newman. Their relationship spanned fifteen years—through four television shows, a presidential campaign, and a year by his side in the most chaotic, outrageous White House in history. But that relationship came to a decisive and definitive end, and Omarosa finally shares her side of the story in this “deftly executed” (The Guardian), jaw-dropping account. A stunning tell-all and takedown from a strong, intelligent woman who took every name and number, Unhinged is a must-read for any concerned citizen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345769 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Again: How We Can Fix Our Broken Politics Author: Philip Collins Narrator: Philip Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘The bible for The Independent Group and many others’ Nick Robinson, Today Programme Start Again is a life-raft for all those who find themselves politically adrift and a rallying cry for a better kind of politics Britain is today divided old against young, class against class, region against region, nativist against cosmopolitan, rich against poor and London against the rest. Our country is divided by generation, by education, by place and by attitude. Politics needs to be turned off and started again. In this time of tumult, when Britain is wrestling with the question of what sort of nation it wishes to be, its politics is stuck. Power is hoarded by a distant and unresponsive centre and our two largest political parties have both been captured by those on their outer edges. Too many of us have been left politically homeless. In Start Again, Philip Collins, Times journalist and until recently a lifelong Labour voter, offers a road map to a different political destination. It is a road map that, in recent days, has been taken up by many from both sides of the political divide. Drawing on lessons from history Collins proposes new answers to today’s most urgent questions: questions of education, work, health, housing, security, nationhood, and of how we can achieve a better future. Hopeful, indignant and inspirational, this is a book for anyone who feels that politics no longer speaks to them. Philip Collins Thu, 18 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345769 thebookvoice.com 5:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Again: How We Can Fix Our Broken Politics Author: Philip Collins Narrator: Philip Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘The bible for The Independent Group and many others’ Nick Robinson, Today Programme Start Again is a life-raft for all those who find themselves politically adrift and a rallying cry for a better kind of politics Britain is today divided old against young, class against class, region against region, nativist against cosmopolitan, rich against poor and London against the rest. Our country is divided by generation, by education, by place and by attitude. Politics needs to be turned off and started again. In this time of tumult, when Britain is wrestling with the question of what sort of nation it wishes to be, its politics is stuck. Power is hoarded by a distant and unresponsive centre and our two largest political parties have both been captured by those on their outer edges. Too many of us have been left politically homeless. In Start Again, Philip Collins, Times journalist and until recently a lifelong Labour voter, offers a road map to a different political destination. It is a road map that, in recent days, has been taken up by many from both sides of the political divide. Drawing on lessons from history Collins proposes new answers to today’s most urgent questions: questions of education, work, health, housing, security, nationhood, and of how we can achieve a better future. Hopeful, indignant and inspirational, this is a book for anyone who feels that politics no longer speaks to them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Again: How We Can Fix Our Broken Politics Author: Philip Collins Narrator: Philip Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘The bible for The Independent Group and many others’ Nick Robinson, Today Programme Start Again is a life-raft for all those who find themselves politically adrift and a rallying cry for a better kind of politics Britain is today divided old against young, class against class, region against region, nativist against cosmopolitan, rich against poor and London against the rest. Our country is divided by generation, by education, by place and by attitude. Politics needs to be turned off and started again. In this time of tumult, when Britain is wrestling with the question of what sort of nation it wishes to be, its politics is stuck. Power is hoarded by a distant and unresponsive centre and our two largest political parties have both been captured by those on their outer edges. Too many of us have been left politically homeless. In Start Again, Philip Collins, Times journalist and until recently a lifelong Labour voter, offers a road map to a different political destination. It is a road map that, in recent days, has been taken up by many from both sides of the political divide. Drawing on lessons from history Collins proposes new answers to today’s most urgent questions: questions of education, work, health, housing, security, nationhood, and of how we can achieve a better future. Hopeful, indignant and inspirational, this is a book for anyone who feels that politics no longer speaks to them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345718 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erasing America: Losing Our Future by Destroying Our Past Author: James S. Robbins Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Remember America? There may come a time when no one will. There will be no monuments to American heroes, no stories that will praise them. The United States will have become a dark chapter in human history, best forgotten. In Erasing America: Destroying Our Future by Erasing Our Past, James Robbins reveals that the radical Left controls education, the media, and the Democratic party … and they seek to demean, demolish, and relentlessly attack America’s past in order to control America’s present. This toxic movement has already brainwashed an entire generation and is rapidly changing the cultural, historical, and spiritual bonds of our nation. American exceptionalism, history, and patriotism are a magnificent legacy, Robbins warns, but to pass it on to our children, we must view the past with understanding, the present with gratitude, and the future with hope. Wondering if it’s really that bad? Here are some facts you’ll learn in Erasing America: At Yale, residential Calhoun College is being renamed after students complained about the pro-slavery sentiments of John C. Calhoun.In Massachusetts, Simmons College claims saying, “God bless you” is an “Islamophobic microaggression.” In Virginia, school districts seek to ban To Kill a Mockingbird and The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn because parents complained about the racial slurs in the books.Across the country, Christmas songs and movies are labelled as racist and sexist—and banned.In California, a San Francisco school district wants to rename George Washington High School because our first president owned slaves.In Arkansas, a monument engraved with the Ten Commandments was smashed to smithereens by a protester in a Dodge Dart.And in parks and squares across the South, statues of confederate generals and soldiers are disappearing.Robbins wants you to understand the critical situation in America, and to use Erasing America to equip your fellow Americans against this Leftist propaganda—before it’s too late! James S. Robbins Tue, 21 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345718 thebookvoice.com 8:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erasing America: Losing Our Future by Destroying Our Past Author: James S. Robbins Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Remember America? There may come a time when no one will. There will be no monuments to American heroes, no stories that will praise them. The United States will have become a dark chapter in human history, best forgotten. In Erasing America: Destroying Our Future by Erasing Our Past, James Robbins reveals that the radical Left controls education, the media, and the Democratic party … and they seek to demean, demolish, and relentlessly attack America’s past in order to control America’s present. This toxic movement has already brainwashed an entire generation and is rapidly changing the cultural, historical, and spiritual bonds of our nation. American exceptionalism, history, and patriotism are a magnificent legacy, Robbins warns, but to pass it on to our children, we must view the past with understanding, the present with gratitude, and the future with hope. Wondering if it’s really that bad? Here are some facts you’ll learn in Erasing America: At Yale, residential Calhoun College is being renamed after students complained about the pro-slavery sentiments of John C. Calhoun.In Massachusetts, Simmons College claims saying, “God bless you” is an “Islamophobic microaggression.” In Virginia, school districts seek to ban To Kill a Mockingbird and The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn because parents complained about the racial slurs in the books.Across the country, Christmas songs and movies are labelled as racist and sexist—and banned.In California, a San Francisco school district wants to rename George Washington High School because our first president owned slaves.In Arkansas, a monument engraved with the Ten Commandments was smashed to smithereens by a protester in a Dodge Dart.And in parks and squares across the South, statues of confederate generals and soldiers are disappearing.Robbins wants you to understand the critical situation in America, and to use Erasing America to equip your fellow Americans against this Leftist propaganda—before it’s too late! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erasing America: Losing Our Future by Destroying Our Past Author: James S. Robbins Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Remember America? There may come a time when no one will. There will be no monuments to American heroes, no stories that will praise them. The United States will have become a dark chapter in human history, best forgotten. In Erasing America: Destroying Our Future by Erasing Our Past, James Robbins reveals that the radical Left controls education, the media, and the Democratic party … and they seek to demean, demolish, and relentlessly attack America’s past in order to control America’s present. This toxic movement has already brainwashed an entire generation and is rapidly changing the cultural, historical, and spiritual bonds of our nation. American exceptionalism, history, and patriotism are a magnificent legacy, Robbins warns, but to pass it on to our children, we must view the past with understanding, the present with gratitude, and the future with hope. Wondering if it’s really that bad? Here are some facts you’ll learn in Erasing America: At Yale, residential Calhoun College is being renamed after students complained about the pro-slavery sentiments of John C. Calhoun.In Massachusetts, Simmons College claims saying, “God bless you” is an “Islamophobic microaggression.” In Virginia, school districts seek to ban To Kill a Mockingbird and The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn because parents complained about the racial slurs in the books.Across the country, Christmas songs and movies are labelled as racist and sexist—and banned.In California, a San Francisco school district wants to rename George Washington High School because our first president owned slaves.In Arkansas, a monument engraved with the Ten Commandments was smashed to smithereens by a protester in a Dodge Dart.And in parks and squares across the South, statues of confederate generals and soldiers are disappearing.Robbins wants you to understand the critical situation in America, and to use Erasing America to equip your fellow Americans against this Leftist propaganda—before it’s too late! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345716 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Embattled Vote in America: From the Founding to the Present Author: Allan J. Lichtman Narrator: Dennis Holland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans have fought and died for the right to vote. Yet the world’s oldest continuously operating democracy guarantees no one, not even citizens, the opportunity to elect a government. In this rousing work, the bestselling author of The Case for Impeachment calls attention to the founders’ crucial error: leaving the franchise to the discretion of individual states. For most of US history, America’s political leaders have considered suffrage not a natural right but a privilege restricted by wealth, sex, race, residence, literacy, criminal conviction, and citizenship. As a result, the right to vote has both expanded and contracted over time, depending on political circumstances. In the nineteenth century, states eliminated economic qualifications for voting, but the ideal of a white man’s republic persisted through much of the twentieth century. And today, voter identification laws, political gerrymandering, registration requirements, felon disenfranchisement, and voter purges deny many millions of American citizens the opportunity to express their views at the ballot box. We cannot blame the founders alone for America’s embattled vote. Allan Lichtman, who has testified in more than ninety voting rights cases, notes that subsequent generations have failed to establish suffrage as a universal right. The players in the struggle for the vote have changed over time, but the arguments remain familiar. Voting restrictions impose a grave injustice on the many disenfranchised Americans and stunt the growth of our democracy. Allan J. Lichtman Mon, 10 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345716 thebookvoice.com 9:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Embattled Vote in America: From the Founding to the Present Author: Allan J. Lichtman Narrator: Dennis Holland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans have fought and died for the right to vote. Yet the world’s oldest continuously operating democracy guarantees no one, not even citizens, the opportunity to elect a government. In this rousing work, the bestselling author of The Case for Impeachment calls attention to the founders’ crucial error: leaving the franchise to the discretion of individual states. For most of US history, America’s political leaders have considered suffrage not a natural right but a privilege restricted by wealth, sex, race, residence, literacy, criminal conviction, and citizenship. As a result, the right to vote has both expanded and contracted over time, depending on political circumstances. In the nineteenth century, states eliminated economic qualifications for voting, but the ideal of a white man’s republic persisted through much of the twentieth century. And today, voter identification laws, political gerrymandering, registration requirements, felon disenfranchisement, and voter purges deny many millions of American citizens the opportunity to express their views at the ballot box. We cannot blame the founders alone for America’s embattled vote. Allan Lichtman, who has testified in more than ninety voting rights cases, notes that subsequent generations have failed to establish suffrage as a universal right. The players in the struggle for the vote have changed over time, but the arguments remain familiar. Voting restrictions impose a grave injustice on the many disenfranchised Americans and stunt the growth of our democracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Embattled Vote in America: From the Founding to the Present Author: Allan J. Lichtman Narrator: Dennis Holland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans have fought and died for the right to vote. Yet the world’s oldest continuously operating democracy guarantees no one, not even citizens, the opportunity to elect a government. In this rousing work, the bestselling author of The Case for Impeachment calls attention to the founders’ crucial error: leaving the franchise to the discretion of individual states. For most of US history, America’s political leaders have considered suffrage not a natural right but a privilege restricted by wealth, sex, race, residence, literacy, criminal conviction, and citizenship. As a result, the right to vote has both expanded and contracted over time, depending on political circumstances. In the nineteenth century, states eliminated economic qualifications for voting, but the ideal of a white man’s republic persisted through much of the twentieth century. And today, voter identification laws, political gerrymandering, registration requirements, felon disenfranchisement, and voter purges deny many millions of American citizens the opportunity to express their views at the ballot box. We cannot blame the founders alone for America’s embattled vote. Allan Lichtman, who has testified in more than ninety voting rights cases, notes that subsequent generations have failed to establish suffrage as a universal right. The players in the struggle for the vote have changed over time, but the arguments remain familiar. Voting restrictions impose a grave injustice on the many disenfranchised Americans and stunt the growth of our democracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345712 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ordinary Virtues: Moral Order in a Divided World Author: Michael Ignatieff Narrator: Michael Ignatieff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What moral values do human beings hold in common? As globalization draws us together economically, are our values converging or diverging? In particular, are human rights becoming a global ethic? These were the questions that led Michael Ignatieff to embark on a three-year, eight-nation journey in search of answers. The Ordinary Virtues presents Ignatieff’s discoveries and his interpretation of what globalization―and resistance to it―is doing to our conscience and our moral understanding. Through dialogues with favela dwellers in Brazil, South Africans and Zimbabweans living in shacks, Japanese farmers, gang leaders in Los Angeles, and monks in Myanmar, Ignatieff found that while human rights may be the language of states and liberal elites, the moral language that resonates with most people is that of everyday virtues: tolerance, forgiveness, trust, and resilience. These ordinary virtues are the moral operating system in global cities and obscure shantytowns alike, the glue that makes the multicultural experiment work. Ignatieff seeks to understand the moral structure and psychology of these core values, which privilege the local over the universal, and citizens’ claims over those of strangers. Ordinary virtues, he concludes, are antitheoretical and anti-ideological. They can be cheerfully inconsistent. When order breaks down and conflicts break out, they are easily exploited for a politics of fear and exclusion―reserved for one’s own group and denied to others. But they are also the key to healing, reconciliation, and solidarity on both a local and a global scale. Michael Ignatieff Tue, 20 Nov 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345712 thebookvoice.com 7:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ordinary Virtues: Moral Order in a Divided World Author: Michael Ignatieff Narrator: Michael Ignatieff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What moral values do human beings hold in common? As globalization draws us together economically, are our values converging or diverging? In particular, are human rights becoming a global ethic? These were the questions that led Michael Ignatieff to embark on a three-year, eight-nation journey in search of answers. The Ordinary Virtues presents Ignatieff’s discoveries and his interpretation of what globalization―and resistance to it―is doing to our conscience and our moral understanding. Through dialogues with favela dwellers in Brazil, South Africans and Zimbabweans living in shacks, Japanese farmers, gang leaders in Los Angeles, and monks in Myanmar, Ignatieff found that while human rights may be the language of states and liberal elites, the moral language that resonates with most people is that of everyday virtues: tolerance, forgiveness, trust, and resilience. These ordinary virtues are the moral operating system in global cities and obscure shantytowns alike, the glue that makes the multicultural experiment work. Ignatieff seeks to understand the moral structure and psychology of these core values, which privilege the local over the universal, and citizens’ claims over those of strangers. Ordinary virtues, he concludes, are antitheoretical and anti-ideological. They can be cheerfully inconsistent. When order breaks down and conflicts break out, they are easily exploited for a politics of fear and exclusion―reserved for one’s own group and denied to others. But they are also the key to healing, reconciliation, and solidarity on both a local and a global scale. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ordinary Virtues: Moral Order in a Divided World Author: Michael Ignatieff Narrator: Michael Ignatieff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What moral values do human beings hold in common? As globalization draws us together economically, are our values converging or diverging? In particular, are human rights becoming a global ethic? These were the questions that led Michael Ignatieff to embark on a three-year, eight-nation journey in search of answers. The Ordinary Virtues presents Ignatieff’s discoveries and his interpretation of what globalization―and resistance to it―is doing to our conscience and our moral understanding. Through dialogues with favela dwellers in Brazil, South Africans and Zimbabweans living in shacks, Japanese farmers, gang leaders in Los Angeles, and monks in Myanmar, Ignatieff found that while human rights may be the language of states and liberal elites, the moral language that resonates with most people is that of everyday virtues: tolerance, forgiveness, trust, and resilience. These ordinary virtues are the moral operating system in global cities and obscure shantytowns alike, the glue that makes the multicultural experiment work. Ignatieff seeks to understand the moral structure and psychology of these core values, which privilege the local over the universal, and citizens’ claims over those of strangers. Ordinary virtues, he concludes, are antitheoretical and anti-ideological. They can be cheerfully inconsistent. When order breaks down and conflicts break out, they are easily exploited for a politics of fear and exclusion―reserved for one’s own group and denied to others. But they are also the key to healing, reconciliation, and solidarity on both a local and a global scale. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345690 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rectify: The Power of Restorative Justice After Wrongful Conviction Author: Lara Bazelon Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Makes a powerful argument for adopting a model of restorative justice as part of the Innocence Movement so exonerees, crime victims, and their communities can come together to heal. In Rectify, a former Innocence Project director and journalist Lara Bazelon puts a face to the growing number of men and women exonerated from crimes that kept them behind bars for years—sometimes decades—and that devastate not only the exonerees but also their families, the crime victims who mistakenly identified them as perpetrators, the jurors who convicted them, and the prosecutors who realized too late that they helped convict an innocent person. Bazelon focuses on Thomas Haynesworth, a teenager arrested for multiple rapes in Virginia, and Janet Burke, a rape victim who mistakenly IDed him. It took over two decades before he was exonerated. Conventional wisdom points to an exoneration as a happy ending to tragic tales of injustice, such as Haynesworth’s. However, even when the physical shackles are left behind, invisible ones can be profoundly more difficult to unlock. In the midst of Bazelon’s frustration over the blatant limitations of courts and advocates, her hope is renewed by the fledgling but growing movement to apply the centuries-old practice of restorative justice to wrongful conviction cases. Using the stories of Thomas Haynesworth, Janet Burke, and other crime victims and exonerees, she demonstrates how the transformative experience of connecting isolated individuals around mutual trauma and a shared purpose of repairing harm unite unlikely allies. Movingly written and vigorously researched, Rectify takes to task the far-reaching failures of our criminal justice system and offers a window into a future where the power it yields can be used in pursuit of healing and unity rather than punishment and blame. Lara Bazelon Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345690 thebookvoice.com 9:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rectify: The Power of Restorative Justice After Wrongful Conviction Author: Lara Bazelon Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Makes a powerful argument for adopting a model of restorative justice as part of the Innocence Movement so exonerees, crime victims, and their communities can come together to heal. In Rectify, a former Innocence Project director and journalist Lara Bazelon puts a face to the growing number of men and women exonerated from crimes that kept them behind bars for years—sometimes decades—and that devastate not only the exonerees but also their families, the crime victims who mistakenly identified them as perpetrators, the jurors who convicted them, and the prosecutors who realized too late that they helped convict an innocent person. Bazelon focuses on Thomas Haynesworth, a teenager arrested for multiple rapes in Virginia, and Janet Burke, a rape victim who mistakenly IDed him. It took over two decades before he was exonerated. Conventional wisdom points to an exoneration as a happy ending to tragic tales of injustice, such as Haynesworth’s. However, even when the physical shackles are left behind, invisible ones can be profoundly more difficult to unlock. In the midst of Bazelon’s frustration over the blatant limitations of courts and advocates, her hope is renewed by the fledgling but growing movement to apply the centuries-old practice of restorative justice to wrongful conviction cases. Using the stories of Thomas Haynesworth, Janet Burke, and other crime victims and exonerees, she demonstrates how the transformative experience of connecting isolated individuals around mutual trauma and a shared purpose of repairing harm unite unlikely allies. Movingly written and vigorously researched, Rectify takes to task the far-reaching failures of our criminal justice system and offers a window into a future where the power it yields can be used in pursuit of healing and unity rather than punishment and blame. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rectify: The Power of Restorative Justice After Wrongful Conviction Author: Lara Bazelon Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Makes a powerful argument for adopting a model of restorative justice as part of the Innocence Movement so exonerees, crime victims, and their communities can come together to heal. In Rectify, a former Innocence Project director and journalist Lara Bazelon puts a face to the growing number of men and women exonerated from crimes that kept them behind bars for years—sometimes decades—and that devastate not only the exonerees but also their families, the crime victims who mistakenly identified them as perpetrators, the jurors who convicted them, and the prosecutors who realized too late that they helped convict an innocent person. Bazelon focuses on Thomas Haynesworth, a teenager arrested for multiple rapes in Virginia, and Janet Burke, a rape victim who mistakenly IDed him. It took over two decades before he was exonerated. Conventional wisdom points to an exoneration as a happy ending to tragic tales of injustice, such as Haynesworth’s. However, even when the physical shackles are left behind, invisible ones can be profoundly more difficult to unlock. In the midst of Bazelon’s frustration over the blatant limitations of courts and advocates, her hope is renewed by the fledgling but growing movement to apply the centuries-old practice of restorative justice to wrongful conviction cases. Using the stories of Thomas Haynesworth, Janet Burke, and other crime victims and exonerees, she demonstrates how the transformative experience of connecting isolated individuals around mutual trauma and a shared purpose of repairing harm unite unlikely allies. Movingly written and vigorously researched, Rectify takes to task the far-reaching failures of our criminal justice system and offers a window into a future where the power it yields can be used in pursuit of healing and unity rather than punishment and blame. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345683 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infinite Hope: How Wrongful Conviction, Solitary Confinement, and 12 Years on Death Row Failed to Kill My Soul Author: Anthony Graves Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Written by a wrongfully convicted man who spent 16 years in solitary confinement and 12 years on death row, a powerful memoir about fighting for—and winning—exoneration. In the summer of 1992, a grandmother, a teenage girl, and four children under the age of ten were beaten and stabbed to death in Somerville, Texas. The perpetrator set the house on fire to cover his tracks, deepening the heinousness of the crime and rocking the tiny community to its core. Authorities were eager to make an arrest. Five days later, Anthony Graves was in custody. Graves, then twenty-six years old and without an attorney, was certain that his innocence was obvious. He did not know the victims, he had no knowledge about the crime, and he had an airtight alibi with witnesses. There was also no physical evidence linking him to the scene. Yet Graves was indicted, convicted of capital murder, sentenced to death, and, over the course of twelve years on death row, given two execution dates. He was not freed for eighteen years, two months, four days. Through years of suffering the whims of rogue prosecutors, vote-hungry district attorneys, and Texas State Rangers who played by their own rules, Graves was frequently exposed to the dire realities of being poor and black in the criminal justice system. He witnessed fellow inmates who became his friends and confidants be taken away, one by one, to their deaths. And he missed out on seeing his three young sons mature into men. Graves’s only solace was his infinite hope that the state would not execute him for a crime he did not commit. To maintain his dignity and sanity, Graves made sure as many people as possible knew about his case. He wrote letters to whomever he thought would listen. Pen pals in countries all over the world became allies, and he attracted the attention of a savvy legal team that overcame setback after setback, chiseling away at the state’s faulty case against him. Everyone’s efforts eventually worked. After Graves’s exoneration, the original prosecutor on his case was disbarred. Graves is one of a growing number of innocent people exonerated from death row. The moving account of his saga—of his ultimate fight for freedom from inside a prison cell—is as haunting as it is poignant, and as shameful to the legal system as it is inspiring to those on the losing end of it. Anthony Graves Tue, 16 Jan 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345683 thebookvoice.com 7:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infinite Hope: How Wrongful Conviction, Solitary Confinement, and 12 Years on Death Row Failed to Kill My Soul Author: Anthony Graves Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Written by a wrongfully convicted man who spent 16 years in solitary confinement and 12 years on death row, a powerful memoir about fighting for—and winning—exoneration. In the summer of 1992, a grandmother, a teenage girl, and four children under the age of ten were beaten and stabbed to death in Somerville, Texas. The perpetrator set the house on fire to cover his tracks, deepening the heinousness of the crime and rocking the tiny community to its core. Authorities were eager to make an arrest. Five days later, Anthony Graves was in custody. Graves, then twenty-six years old and without an attorney, was certain that his innocence was obvious. He did not know the victims, he had no knowledge about the crime, and he had an airtight alibi with witnesses. There was also no physical evidence linking him to the scene. Yet Graves was indicted, convicted of capital murder, sentenced to death, and, over the course of twelve years on death row, given two execution dates. He was not freed for eighteen years, two months, four days. Through years of suffering the whims of rogue prosecutors, vote-hungry district attorneys, and Texas State Rangers who played by their own rules, Graves was frequently exposed to the dire realities of being poor and black in the criminal justice system. He witnessed fellow inmates who became his friends and confidants be taken away, one by one, to their deaths. And he missed out on seeing his three young sons mature into men. Graves’s only solace was his infinite hope that the state would not execute him for a crime he did not commit. To maintain his dignity and sanity, Graves made sure as many people as possible knew about his case. He wrote letters to whomever he thought would listen. Pen pals in countries all over the world became allies, and he attracted the attention of a savvy legal team that overcame setback after setback, chiseling away at the state’s faulty case against him. Everyone’s efforts eventually worked. After Graves’s exoneration, the original prosecutor on his case was disbarred. Graves is one of a growing number of innocent people exonerated from death row. The moving account of his saga—of his ultimate fight for freedom from inside a prison cell—is as haunting as it is poignant, and as shameful to the legal system as it is inspiring to those on the losing end of it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infinite Hope: How Wrongful Conviction, Solitary Confinement, and 12 Years on Death Row Failed to Kill My Soul Author: Anthony Graves Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Written by a wrongfully convicted man who spent 16 years in solitary confinement and 12 years on death row, a powerful memoir about fighting for—and winning—exoneration. In the summer of 1992, a grandmother, a teenage girl, and four children under the age of ten were beaten and stabbed to death in Somerville, Texas. The perpetrator set the house on fire to cover his tracks, deepening the heinousness of the crime and rocking the tiny community to its core. Authorities were eager to make an arrest. Five days later, Anthony Graves was in custody. Graves, then twenty-six years old and without an attorney, was certain that his innocence was obvious. He did not know the victims, he had no knowledge about the crime, and he had an airtight alibi with witnesses. There was also no physical evidence linking him to the scene. Yet Graves was indicted, convicted of capital murder, sentenced to death, and, over the course of twelve years on death row, given two execution dates. He was not freed for eighteen years, two months, four days. Through years of suffering the whims of rogue prosecutors, vote-hungry district attorneys, and Texas State Rangers who played by their own rules, Graves was frequently exposed to the dire realities of being poor and black in the criminal justice system. He witnessed fellow inmates who became his friends and confidants be taken away, one by one, to their deaths. And he missed out on seeing his three young sons mature into men. Graves’s only solace was his infinite hope that the state would not execute him for a crime he did not commit. To maintain his dignity and sanity, Graves made sure as many people as possible knew about his case. He wrote letters to whomever he thought would listen. Pen pals in countries all over the world became allies, and he attracted the attention of a savvy legal team that overcame setback after setback, chiseling away at the state’s faulty case against him. Everyone’s efforts eventually worked. After Graves’s exoneration, the original prosecutor on his case was disbarred. Graves is one of a growing number of innocent people exonerated from death row. The moving account of his saga—of his ultimate fight for freedom from inside a prison cell—is as haunting as it is poignant, and as shameful to the legal system as it is inspiring to those on the losing end of it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345682 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memes to Movements: How the World's Most Viral Media Is Changing Social Protest and Power Author: An Xiao Mina Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A global exploration of internet memes as agents of pop culture, politics, protest, and propaganda on- and offline, and how they will save or destroy us all. Memes are the street art of the social web. Using social media–driven movements as her guide, technologist and digital media scholar An Xiao Mina unpacks the mechanics of memes and how they operate to reinforce, amplify, and shape today’s politics. She finds that the “silly” stuff of meme culture—the photo remixes, the selfies, the YouTube songs, and the pun-tastic hashtags—are fundamentally intertwined with how we find and affirm one another, direct attention to human rights and social justice issues, build narratives, and make culture. Mina finds parallels, for example, between a photo of Black Lives Matter protestors in Ferguson, Missouri, raising their hands in a gesture of resistance and one from eight thousand miles away, in Hong Kong, of Umbrella Movement activists raising yellow umbrellas as they fight for voting rights. She shows how a viral video of then presidential nominee Donald Trump laid the groundwork for pink pussyhats, a meme come to life as the widely recognized symbol for the international Women’s March. Crucially, Mina reveals how, in parts of the world where public dissent is downright dangerous, memes can belie contentious political opinions that would incur drastic consequences if expressed outright. Activists in China evade censorship by critiquing their government with grass mud horse pictures online. Meanwhile, governments and hate groups are also beginning to utilize memes to spread propaganda, xenophobia, and misinformation. Botnets and state-sponsored agents spread them to confuse and distract internet communities. On the long, winding road from innocuous cat photos, internet memes have become a central practice for political contention and civic engagement. Memes to Movements unveils the transformative power of memes, for better and for worse. At a time when our movements are growing more complex and open-ended—when governments are learning to wield the internet as effectively as protestors—Mina brings a fresh and sharply innovative take to the media discourse. An Xiao Mina Tue, 08 Jan 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345682 thebookvoice.com 8:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memes to Movements: How the World's Most Viral Media Is Changing Social Protest and Power Author: An Xiao Mina Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A global exploration of internet memes as agents of pop culture, politics, protest, and propaganda on- and offline, and how they will save or destroy us all. Memes are the street art of the social web. Using social media–driven movements as her guide, technologist and digital media scholar An Xiao Mina unpacks the mechanics of memes and how they operate to reinforce, amplify, and shape today’s politics. She finds that the “silly” stuff of meme culture—the photo remixes, the selfies, the YouTube songs, and the pun-tastic hashtags—are fundamentally intertwined with how we find and affirm one another, direct attention to human rights and social justice issues, build narratives, and make culture. Mina finds parallels, for example, between a photo of Black Lives Matter protestors in Ferguson, Missouri, raising their hands in a gesture of resistance and one from eight thousand miles away, in Hong Kong, of Umbrella Movement activists raising yellow umbrellas as they fight for voting rights. She shows how a viral video of then presidential nominee Donald Trump laid the groundwork for pink pussyhats, a meme come to life as the widely recognized symbol for the international Women’s March. Crucially, Mina reveals how, in parts of the world where public dissent is downright dangerous, memes can belie contentious political opinions that would incur drastic consequences if expressed outright. Activists in China evade censorship by critiquing their government with grass mud horse pictures online. Meanwhile, governments and hate groups are also beginning to utilize memes to spread propaganda, xenophobia, and misinformation. Botnets and state-sponsored agents spread them to confuse and distract internet communities. On the long, winding road from innocuous cat photos, internet memes have become a central practice for political contention and civic engagement. Memes to Movements unveils the transformative power of memes, for better and for worse. At a time when our movements are growing more complex and open-ended—when governments are learning to wield the internet as effectively as protestors—Mina brings a fresh and sharply innovative take to the media discourse. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memes to Movements: How the World's Most Viral Media Is Changing Social Protest and Power Author: An Xiao Mina Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A global exploration of internet memes as agents of pop culture, politics, protest, and propaganda on- and offline, and how they will save or destroy us all. Memes are the street art of the social web. Using social media–driven movements as her guide, technologist and digital media scholar An Xiao Mina unpacks the mechanics of memes and how they operate to reinforce, amplify, and shape today’s politics. She finds that the “silly” stuff of meme culture—the photo remixes, the selfies, the YouTube songs, and the pun-tastic hashtags—are fundamentally intertwined with how we find and affirm one another, direct attention to human rights and social justice issues, build narratives, and make culture. Mina finds parallels, for example, between a photo of Black Lives Matter protestors in Ferguson, Missouri, raising their hands in a gesture of resistance and one from eight thousand miles away, in Hong Kong, of Umbrella Movement activists raising yellow umbrellas as they fight for voting rights. She shows how a viral video of then presidential nominee Donald Trump laid the groundwork for pink pussyhats, a meme come to life as the widely recognized symbol for the international Women’s March. Crucially, Mina reveals how, in parts of the world where public dissent is downright dangerous, memes can belie contentious political opinions that would incur drastic consequences if expressed outright. Activists in China evade censorship by critiquing their government with grass mud horse pictures online. Meanwhile, governments and hate groups are also beginning to utilize memes to spread propaganda, xenophobia, and misinformation. Botnets and state-sponsored agents spread them to confuse and distract internet communities. On the long, winding road from innocuous cat photos, internet memes have become a central practice for political contention and civic engagement. Memes to Movements unveils the transformative power of memes, for better and for worse. At a time when our movements are growing more complex and open-ended—when governments are learning to wield the internet as effectively as protestors—Mina brings a fresh and sharply innovative take to the media discourse. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345677 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revive Us Again: Vision and Action in Moral Organizing Author: Rick Lowery, William J. Barber, Liz Theoharis Narrator: Jd Jackson, Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A collection of sermons and speeches that lay out a groundbreaking vision for intersectional organizing, paired with inspirational and practical essays from activists in today’s Poor People’s Campaign The Rev. Dr. William J. Barber II has been called “the closest person we have to Martin Luther King Jr. in our midst” (Cornel West) and “one of the most gifted organizers and orators in the country today” (Ari Berman). In this age of political division and civic unrest, Rev. Barber’s message is more necessary than ever. This volume features Rev. Barber’s most stirring sermons and speeches, with response essays by prominent public intellectuals, activists, and faith leaders. Drawing from the history of social movements in the US, especially the Rev. Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.’s Poor People’s Campaign, Rev. Barber and the contributors to this volume speak to the most pressing issues of our time, including Black Lives Matter, the fight for a $15 minimum wage, the struggle to protect voting rights, the march for women’s rights, and the movement to overcome poverty and unite the dispossessed across all dividing lines. Grounded in the fundamental biblical theme of poor and oppressed people taking action together, the book suggests ways to effectively build a fusion movement to make America fair and just for everyone. Rick Lowery, William J. Barber, Liz Theoharis Tue, 04 Dec 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345677 thebookvoice.com 9:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revive Us Again: Vision and Action in Moral Organizing Author: Rick Lowery, William J. Barber, Liz Theoharis Narrator: Jd Jackson, Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A collection of sermons and speeches that lay out a groundbreaking vision for intersectional organizing, paired with inspirational and practical essays from activists in today’s Poor People’s Campaign The Rev. Dr. William J. Barber II has been called “the closest person we have to Martin Luther King Jr. in our midst” (Cornel West) and “one of the most gifted organizers and orators in the country today” (Ari Berman). In this age of political division and civic unrest, Rev. Barber’s message is more necessary than ever. This volume features Rev. Barber’s most stirring sermons and speeches, with response essays by prominent public intellectuals, activists, and faith leaders. Drawing from the history of social movements in the US, especially the Rev. Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.’s Poor People’s Campaign, Rev. Barber and the contributors to this volume speak to the most pressing issues of our time, including Black Lives Matter, the fight for a $15 minimum wage, the struggle to protect voting rights, the march for women’s rights, and the movement to overcome poverty and unite the dispossessed across all dividing lines. Grounded in the fundamental biblical theme of poor and oppressed people taking action together, the book suggests ways to effectively build a fusion movement to make America fair and just for everyone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revive Us Again: Vision and Action in Moral Organizing Author: Rick Lowery, William J. Barber, Liz Theoharis Narrator: Jd Jackson, Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A collection of sermons and speeches that lay out a groundbreaking vision for intersectional organizing, paired with inspirational and practical essays from activists in today’s Poor People’s Campaign The Rev. Dr. William J. Barber II has been called “the closest person we have to Martin Luther King Jr. in our midst” (Cornel West) and “one of the most gifted organizers and orators in the country today” (Ari Berman). In this age of political division and civic unrest, Rev. Barber’s message is more necessary than ever. This volume features Rev. Barber’s most stirring sermons and speeches, with response essays by prominent public intellectuals, activists, and faith leaders. Drawing from the history of social movements in the US, especially the Rev. Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.’s Poor People’s Campaign, Rev. Barber and the contributors to this volume speak to the most pressing issues of our time, including Black Lives Matter, the fight for a $15 minimum wage, the struggle to protect voting rights, the march for women’s rights, and the movement to overcome poverty and unite the dispossessed across all dividing lines. Grounded in the fundamental biblical theme of poor and oppressed people taking action together, the book suggests ways to effectively build a fusion movement to make America fair and just for everyone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345675 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Does It Feel to Be Unwanted?: Stories of Resistance and Resilience from Mexicans Living in the United States Author: Eileen Truax Narrator: Kyla Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In an era of increasing anti-immigrant sentiment and bigotry, each of these 13 stories illuminates the issues affecting the Mexican community and shows the breadth of a frequently stereotyped population. Dreamers and their allies, those who care about immigration justice, and anyone interested in the experience of Mexicans in the US will respond to these stories of Mexican immigrants (some documented, some not) illuminating their complex lives. Regardless of status, many are subjected to rights violations, inequality, and violence--all of which existed well before the Trump administration--and have profound feelings of being unwanted in the country they call home. There's Monica Robles, the undocumented mother of three US citizens who is literally confined to a strip of territory between two checkpoints--one at the Mexico border and one twenty-seven miles north of the border. We meet Jeanette Vizguerra, who came to symbolize the sanctuary movement when she took shelter in a Denver church in February 2017 to avoid deportation. (Later that year, Time magazine named her one of the one hundred most influential people in the world.) There's Daniel Rodriguez, the first undocumented immigration lawyer in Arizona to successfully obtain a license to practice. Alberto Mendoza, who suffered persecution as a gay man for years, in 2013 founded Honor 41, a national Latina/o LGBTQ organization that promotes positive images of their community. After crossing the border illegally with his mother as a child, Al Labrada later joined the military to get on a path to citizenship; in March 2017, he was promoted to captain in the Los Angeles Police Department. These and eight other stories will broaden how you think about Mexicans in America. Eileen Truax Tue, 11 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345675 thebookvoice.com 7:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Does It Feel to Be Unwanted?: Stories of Resistance and Resilience from Mexicans Living in the United States Author: Eileen Truax Narrator: Kyla Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In an era of increasing anti-immigrant sentiment and bigotry, each of these 13 stories illuminates the issues affecting the Mexican community and shows the breadth of a frequently stereotyped population. Dreamers and their allies, those who care about immigration justice, and anyone interested in the experience of Mexicans in the US will respond to these stories of Mexican immigrants (some documented, some not) illuminating their complex lives. Regardless of status, many are subjected to rights violations, inequality, and violence--all of which existed well before the Trump administration--and have profound feelings of being unwanted in the country they call home. There's Monica Robles, the undocumented mother of three US citizens who is literally confined to a strip of territory between two checkpoints--one at the Mexico border and one twenty-seven miles north of the border. We meet Jeanette Vizguerra, who came to symbolize the sanctuary movement when she took shelter in a Denver church in February 2017 to avoid deportation. (Later that year, Time magazine named her one of the one hundred most influential people in the world.) There's Daniel Rodriguez, the first undocumented immigration lawyer in Arizona to successfully obtain a license to practice. Alberto Mendoza, who suffered persecution as a gay man for years, in 2013 founded Honor 41, a national Latina/o LGBTQ organization that promotes positive images of their community. After crossing the border illegally with his mother as a child, Al Labrada later joined the military to get on a path to citizenship; in March 2017, he was promoted to captain in the Los Angeles Police Department. These and eight other stories will broaden how you think about Mexicans in America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Does It Feel to Be Unwanted?: Stories of Resistance and Resilience from Mexicans Living in the United States Author: Eileen Truax Narrator: Kyla Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In an era of increasing anti-immigrant sentiment and bigotry, each of these 13 stories illuminates the issues affecting the Mexican community and shows the breadth of a frequently stereotyped population. Dreamers and their allies, those who care about immigration justice, and anyone interested in the experience of Mexicans in the US will respond to these stories of Mexican immigrants (some documented, some not) illuminating their complex lives. Regardless of status, many are subjected to rights violations, inequality, and violence--all of which existed well before the Trump administration--and have profound feelings of being unwanted in the country they call home. There's Monica Robles, the undocumented mother of three US citizens who is literally confined to a strip of territory between two checkpoints--one at the Mexico border and one twenty-seven miles north of the border. We meet Jeanette Vizguerra, who came to symbolize the sanctuary movement when she took shelter in a Denver church in February 2017 to avoid deportation. (Later that year, Time magazine named her one of the one hundred most influential people in the world.) There's Daniel Rodriguez, the first undocumented immigration lawyer in Arizona to successfully obtain a license to practice. Alberto Mendoza, who suffered persecution as a gay man for years, in 2013 founded Honor 41, a national Latina/o LGBTQ organization that promotes positive images of their community. After crossing the border illegally with his mother as a child, Al Labrada later joined the military to get on a path to citizenship; in March 2017, he was promoted to captain in the Los Angeles Police Department. These and eight other stories will broaden how you think about Mexicans in America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345599 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345599]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Label Me: An Incredible Conversation for Divided Times Author: Irshad Manji Narrator: Fatima Boorman, Irshad Manji Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Charming and disarming, a story like this heals the divides that threaten to destroy America. Don’t Label Me speaks for all of us who are more than the boxes that others put us into.” — Marianne Williamson, New York Times bestselling author. A unique conversation about diversity, bigotry, and our common humanity, by the New York Timesbestselling author, Oprah “Chutzpah” award-winner, and founder of the Moral Courage Project. In these United States, discord has hit emergency levels. Civility isn't the reason to repair our caustic chasms. Diversity is. Don't Label Me shows that America's founding genius is diversity of thought. Which is why social justice activists won't win by labeling those who disagree with them. At a time when minorities are fast becoming the majority, a truly new America requires a new way to tribe out. Enter Irshad Manji and her dog, Lily. Raised to believe that dogs are evil, Manji overcame her fear of the 'other' to adopt Lily. She got more than she bargained for. Defying her labels as an old, blind dog, Lily engages Manji in a taboo-busting conversation about identity, power, and politics. They're feisty. They're funny. And in working through their challenges to one another, they reveal how to open the hearts of opponents for the sake of enduring progress. Readers who crave concrete tips will be delighted. Studded with insights from epigenetics and epistemology, layered with the lessons of Bruce Lee, Ben Franklin, and Audre Lorde, punctuated with stories about Manji's own experiences as a refugee from Africa, a Muslim immigrant to the U.S., and a professor of moral courage, Don't Label Me makes diversity great again. Irshad Manji Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345599 thebookvoice.com 10:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345599]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Label Me: An Incredible Conversation for Divided Times Author: Irshad Manji Narrator: Fatima Boorman, Irshad Manji Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Charming and disarming, a story like this heals the divides that threaten to destroy America. Don’t Label Me speaks for all of us who are more than the boxes that others put us into.” — Marianne Williamson, New York Times bestselling author. A unique conversation about diversity, bigotry, and our common humanity, by the New York Timesbestselling author, Oprah “Chutzpah” award-winner, and founder of the Moral Courage Project. In these United States, discord has hit emergency levels. Civility isn't the reason to repair our caustic chasms. Diversity is. Don't Label Me shows that America's founding genius is diversity of thought. Which is why social justice activists won't win by labeling those who disagree with them. At a time when minorities are fast becoming the majority, a truly new America requires a new way to tribe out. Enter Irshad Manji and her dog, Lily. Raised to believe that dogs are evil, Manji overcame her fear of the 'other' to adopt Lily. She got more than she bargained for. Defying her labels as an old, blind dog, Lily engages Manji in a taboo-busting conversation about identity, power, and politics. They're feisty. They're funny. And in working through their challenges to one another, they reveal how to open the hearts of opponents for the sake of enduring progress. Readers who crave concrete tips will be delighted. Studded with insights from epigenetics and epistemology, layered with the lessons of Bruce Lee, Ben Franklin, and Audre Lorde, punctuated with stories about Manji's own experiences as a refugee from Africa, a Muslim immigrant to the U.S., and a professor of moral courage, Don't Label Me makes diversity great again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345599]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Label Me: An Incredible Conversation for Divided Times Author: Irshad Manji Narrator: Fatima Boorman, Irshad Manji Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Charming and disarming, a story like this heals the divides that threaten to destroy America. Don’t Label Me speaks for all of us who are more than the boxes that others put us into.” — Marianne Williamson, New York Times bestselling author. A unique conversation about diversity, bigotry, and our common humanity, by the New York Timesbestselling author, Oprah “Chutzpah” award-winner, and founder of the Moral Courage Project. In these United States, discord has hit emergency levels. Civility isn't the reason to repair our caustic chasms. Diversity is. Don't Label Me shows that America's founding genius is diversity of thought. Which is why social justice activists won't win by labeling those who disagree with them. At a time when minorities are fast becoming the majority, a truly new America requires a new way to tribe out. Enter Irshad Manji and her dog, Lily. Raised to believe that dogs are evil, Manji overcame her fear of the 'other' to adopt Lily. She got more than she bargained for. Defying her labels as an old, blind dog, Lily engages Manji in a taboo-busting conversation about identity, power, and politics. They're feisty. They're funny. And in working through their challenges to one another, they reveal how to open the hearts of opponents for the sake of enduring progress. Readers who crave concrete tips will be delighted. Studded with insights from epigenetics and epistemology, layered with the lessons of Bruce Lee, Ben Franklin, and Audre Lorde, punctuated with stories about Manji's own experiences as a refugee from Africa, a Muslim immigrant to the U.S., and a professor of moral courage, Don't Label Me makes diversity great again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345585 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can American Capitalism Survive?: Why Greed Is Not Good, Opportunity Is Not Equal, and Fairness Won't Make Us Poor Author: Steven Pearlstein Narrator: Steven Pearlstein, L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Pulitzer Prize-winning economic journalist Steven Pearlstein argues that our thirty year experiment in unfettered markets has undermined core values required to make capitalism and democracy work. Thirty years ago, “greed is good” and “maximizing shareholder value” became the new mantras woven into the fabric of our business culture, economy, and politics. Although, around the world, free market capitalism has lifted more than a billion people from poverty, in the United States most of the benefits of economic growth have been captured by the richest 10%, along with providing justification for squeezing workers, cheating customers, avoiding taxes, and leaving communities in the lurch. As a result, Americans are losing faith that a free market economy is the best system. In Can American Capitalism Survive?, Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Steven Pearlstein chronicles our descent and challenges the theories being taught in business schools and exercised in boardrooms around the country. We’re missing a key tenet of Adam Smith’s wealth of nations: without trust and social capital, democratic capitalism cannot survive. Further, equality of incomes and opportunity need not come at the expense of economic growth. Pearlstein lays out bold steps we can take as a country: a guaranteed minimum income paired with universal national service, tax incentives for companies to share profits with workers, ending class segregation in public education, and restoring competition to markets. He provides a path forward that will create the shared prosperity that will sustain capitalism over the long term. Praise for Can American Capitalism Survive?: 'In the Venn diagram of 'economics' and 'interesting,' Steven Pearlstein occupies the (tiny) overlapping area in the middle.' — Malcolm Gladwell “Americans have begun to lose faith in capitalism, and that has sapped our optimism and poisoned our politics. In this enlightening and important book, Steven Pearlstein explains how our economic system gradually has undermined our sense of community by glorifying greed rather than fairness.” — Walter Isaacson Steven Pearlstein Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345585 thebookvoice.com 6:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can American Capitalism Survive?: Why Greed Is Not Good, Opportunity Is Not Equal, and Fairness Won't Make Us Poor Author: Steven Pearlstein Narrator: Steven Pearlstein, L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Pulitzer Prize-winning economic journalist Steven Pearlstein argues that our thirty year experiment in unfettered markets has undermined core values required to make capitalism and democracy work. Thirty years ago, “greed is good” and “maximizing shareholder value” became the new mantras woven into the fabric of our business culture, economy, and politics. Although, around the world, free market capitalism has lifted more than a billion people from poverty, in the United States most of the benefits of economic growth have been captured by the richest 10%, along with providing justification for squeezing workers, cheating customers, avoiding taxes, and leaving communities in the lurch. As a result, Americans are losing faith that a free market economy is the best system. In Can American Capitalism Survive?, Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Steven Pearlstein chronicles our descent and challenges the theories being taught in business schools and exercised in boardrooms around the country. We’re missing a key tenet of Adam Smith’s wealth of nations: without trust and social capital, democratic capitalism cannot survive. Further, equality of incomes and opportunity need not come at the expense of economic growth. Pearlstein lays out bold steps we can take as a country: a guaranteed minimum income paired with universal national service, tax incentives for companies to share profits with workers, ending class segregation in public education, and restoring competition to markets. He provides a path forward that will create the shared prosperity that will sustain capitalism over the long term. Praise for Can American Capitalism Survive?: 'In the Venn diagram of 'economics' and 'interesting,' Steven Pearlstein occupies the (tiny) overlapping area in the middle.' — Malcolm Gladwell “Americans have begun to lose faith in capitalism, and that has sapped our optimism and poisoned our politics. In this enlightening and important book, Steven Pearlstein explains how our economic system gradually has undermined our sense of community by glorifying greed rather than fairness.” — Walter Isaacson Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can American Capitalism Survive?: Why Greed Is Not Good, Opportunity Is Not Equal, and Fairness Won't Make Us Poor Author: Steven Pearlstein Narrator: Steven Pearlstein, L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Pulitzer Prize-winning economic journalist Steven Pearlstein argues that our thirty year experiment in unfettered markets has undermined core values required to make capitalism and democracy work. Thirty years ago, “greed is good” and “maximizing shareholder value” became the new mantras woven into the fabric of our business culture, economy, and politics. Although, around the world, free market capitalism has lifted more than a billion people from poverty, in the United States most of the benefits of economic growth have been captured by the richest 10%, along with providing justification for squeezing workers, cheating customers, avoiding taxes, and leaving communities in the lurch. As a result, Americans are losing faith that a free market economy is the best system. In Can American Capitalism Survive?, Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Steven Pearlstein chronicles our descent and challenges the theories being taught in business schools and exercised in boardrooms around the country. We’re missing a key tenet of Adam Smith’s wealth of nations: without trust and social capital, democratic capitalism cannot survive. Further, equality of incomes and opportunity need not come at the expense of economic growth. Pearlstein lays out bold steps we can take as a country: a guaranteed minimum income paired with universal national service, tax incentives for companies to share profits with workers, ending class segregation in public education, and restoring competition to markets. He provides a path forward that will create the shared prosperity that will sustain capitalism over the long term. Praise for Can American Capitalism Survive?: 'In the Venn diagram of 'economics' and 'interesting,' Steven Pearlstein occupies the (tiny) overlapping area in the middle.' — Malcolm Gladwell “Americans have begun to lose faith in capitalism, and that has sapped our optimism and poisoned our politics. In this enlightening and important book, Steven Pearlstein explains how our economic system gradually has undermined our sense of community by glorifying greed rather than fairness.” — Walter Isaacson https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345572 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345572]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Democracy Ends Author: David Runciman Narrator: David Runciman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How will democracy end? And what will replace it? A preeminent political scientist examines the past, present, and future of an endangered political philosophy Since the end of World War II, democracy's sweep across the globe seemed inexorable. Yet today, it seems radically imperiled, even in some of the world's most stable democracies. How bad could things get? In How Democracy Ends, David Runciman argues that we are trapped in outdated twentieth-century ideas of democratic failure. By fixating on coups and violence, we are focusing on the wrong threats. Our societies are too affluent, too elderly, and too networked to fall apart as they did in the past. We need new ways of thinking the unthinkable -- a twenty-first-century vision of the end of democracy, and whether its collapse might allow us to move forward to something better. A provocative book by a major political philosopher, How Democracy Ends asks the most trenchant questions that underlie the disturbing patterns of our contemporary political life. David Runciman Tue, 24 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345572 thebookvoice.com 7:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345572]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Democracy Ends Author: David Runciman Narrator: David Runciman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How will democracy end? And what will replace it? A preeminent political scientist examines the past, present, and future of an endangered political philosophy Since the end of World War II, democracy's sweep across the globe seemed inexorable. Yet today, it seems radically imperiled, even in some of the world's most stable democracies. How bad could things get? In How Democracy Ends, David Runciman argues that we are trapped in outdated twentieth-century ideas of democratic failure. By fixating on coups and violence, we are focusing on the wrong threats. Our societies are too affluent, too elderly, and too networked to fall apart as they did in the past. We need new ways of thinking the unthinkable -- a twenty-first-century vision of the end of democracy, and whether its collapse might allow us to move forward to something better. A provocative book by a major political philosopher, How Democracy Ends asks the most trenchant questions that underlie the disturbing patterns of our contemporary political life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345572]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Democracy Ends Author: David Runciman Narrator: David Runciman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How will democracy end? And what will replace it? A preeminent political scientist examines the past, present, and future of an endangered political philosophy Since the end of World War II, democracy's sweep across the globe seemed inexorable. Yet today, it seems radically imperiled, even in some of the world's most stable democracies. How bad could things get? In How Democracy Ends, David Runciman argues that we are trapped in outdated twentieth-century ideas of democratic failure. By fixating on coups and violence, we are focusing on the wrong threats. Our societies are too affluent, too elderly, and too networked to fall apart as they did in the past. We need new ways of thinking the unthinkable -- a twenty-first-century vision of the end of democracy, and whether its collapse might allow us to move forward to something better. A provocative book by a major political philosopher, How Democracy Ends asks the most trenchant questions that underlie the disturbing patterns of our contemporary political life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345557 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can We All Be Feminists?: New Writing from Brit Bennett, Nicole Dennis-Benn, and 15 Others on Intersectionality, Identity, and the Way Forward for Feminism Author: June Eric-Udorie Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'As timely as it is well-written, this clear-eyed collection is just what I need right now.'  —Jacqueline Woodson, author of Brown Girl Dreaming 'The intersectional feminist anthology we all need to read' (Bustle), edited by a feminist activist and writer who 'calls to mind a young Audre Lorde' (Kirkus) Why do some women struggle to identify as feminists, despite their commitment to gender equality? How do other aspects of our identities – such as race, religion, sexuality, gender identity, and more – impact how we relate to feminism? Why is intersectionality so important? In challenging, incisive, and fearless essays – all of which appear here for the first time – seventeen writers from diverse backgrounds wrestle with these questions, and more. A groundbreaking book that elevates underrepresented voices, Can We All Be Feminists? offers the tools and perspective we need to create a 21st century feminism that is truly for all. Including essays by: Soofiya Andry, Gabrielle Bellot, Caitlin Cruz, Nicole Dennis-Benn, Brit Bennett, Evette Dionne, Aisha Gani, Afua Hirsch, Juliet Jacques, Wei Ming Kam, Mariya Karimjee, Eishar Kaur, Emer O’Toole, Frances Ryan, Zoé Samudzi, Charlotte Shane, and Selina Thompson Audiobook Table of Contents: Introduction, Acknowledgments, About the Contributors, and Suggestions for Further Reading by June Eric-Udorie, read by the author 'No Wave Feminism' by Charlotte Shane, read by the author 'Unapologetic' by Nicole Dennis- Benn, read by the author 'Fat Demands' by Selina Thompson, read by the author 'Borderlands' by Gabrielle Bellot, read by the author 'Intersectionality and the Black Lives Matter Movement' by Evette Dionne, read by the author 'No Disabled Access' by Frances Ryan, read by the author 'A Hundred Small Rebellions' by Eishar Kaur, read by the author 'Ends, Means, and Subterfuge in Feminist Activism' by Emer O’Toole, read by the author 'Afro-Diasporic Feminism and a Freedom in Fluidity' by Zoé Samudzi, read by the author 'Representation as a Feminist Act' by Aisha Gani, read by the author 'In Search of Gender Troublemakers' by Juliet Jacques, read by Hannah Curis 'Body and Blood' by Brit Bennett, read by Adenrele Ojo 'Loving Two Things at Once: On Bisexuality, Feminism, and Catholicism' by Caitlin Cruz, read by the author 'Imperial Feminism' by Afua Hirsch, read by the author 'The Machinery of Disbelief' by Wei Ming Kam, read by the author 'Brown on the Outside' by Mariya Karimjee, read by the author 'Deviant Bodies' by Soofiya Andry, read by the author June Eric-Udorie Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345557 thebookvoice.com 9:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can We All Be Feminists?: New Writing from Brit Bennett, Nicole Dennis-Benn, and 15 Others on Intersectionality, Identity, and the Way Forward for Feminism Author: June Eric-Udorie Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'As timely as it is well-written, this clear-eyed collection is just what I need right now.'  —Jacqueline Woodson, author of Brown Girl Dreaming 'The intersectional feminist anthology we all need to read' (Bustle), edited by a feminist activist and writer who 'calls to mind a young Audre Lorde' (Kirkus) Why do some women struggle to identify as feminists, despite their commitment to gender equality? How do other aspects of our identities – such as race, religion, sexuality, gender identity, and more – impact how we relate to feminism? Why is intersectionality so important? In challenging, incisive, and fearless essays – all of which appear here for the first time – seventeen writers from diverse backgrounds wrestle with these questions, and more. A groundbreaking book that elevates underrepresented voices, Can We All Be Feminists? offers the tools and perspective we need to create a 21st century feminism that is truly for all. Including essays by: Soofiya Andry, Gabrielle Bellot, Caitlin Cruz, Nicole Dennis-Benn, Brit Bennett, Evette Dionne, Aisha Gani, Afua Hirsch, Juliet Jacques, Wei Ming Kam, Mariya Karimjee, Eishar Kaur, Emer O’Toole, Frances Ryan, Zoé Samudzi, Charlotte Shane, and Selina Thompson Audiobook Table of Contents: Introduction, Acknowledgments, About the Contributors, and Suggestions for Further Reading by June Eric-Udorie, read by the author 'No Wave Feminism' by Charlotte Shane, read by the author 'Unapologetic' by Nicole Dennis- Benn, read by the author 'Fat Demands' by Selina Thompson, read by the author 'Borderlands' by Gabrielle Bellot, read by the author 'Intersectionality and the Black Lives Matter Movement' by Evette Dionne, read by the author 'No Disabled Access' by Frances Ryan, read by the author 'A Hundred Small Rebellions' by Eishar Kaur, read by the author 'Ends, Means, and Subterfuge in Feminist Activism' by Emer O’Toole, read by the author 'Afro-Diasporic Feminism and a Freedom in Fluidity' by Zoé Samudzi, read by the author 'Representation as a Feminist Act' by Aisha Gani, read by the author 'In Search of Gender Troublemakers' by Juliet Jacques, read by Hannah Curis 'Body and Blood' by Brit Bennett, read by Adenrele Ojo 'Loving Two Things at Once: On Bisexuality, Feminism, and Catholicism' by Caitlin Cruz, read by the author 'Imperial Feminism' by Afua Hirsch, read by the author 'The Machinery of Disbelief' by Wei Ming Kam, read by the author 'Brown on the Outside' by Mariya Karimjee, read by the author 'Deviant Bodies' by Soofiya Andry, read by the author Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can We All Be Feminists?: New Writing from Brit Bennett, Nicole Dennis-Benn, and 15 Others on Intersectionality, Identity, and the Way Forward for Feminism Author: June Eric-Udorie Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'As timely as it is well-written, this clear-eyed collection is just what I need right now.'  —Jacqueline Woodson, author of Brown Girl Dreaming 'The intersectional feminist anthology we all need to read' (Bustle), edited by a feminist activist and writer who 'calls to mind a young Audre Lorde' (Kirkus) Why do some women struggle to identify as feminists, despite their commitment to gender equality? How do other aspects of our identities – such as race, religion, sexuality, gender identity, and more – impact how we relate to feminism? Why is intersectionality so important? In challenging, incisive, and fearless essays – all of which appear here for the first time – seventeen writers from diverse backgrounds wrestle with these questions, and more. A groundbreaking book that elevates underrepresented voices, Can We All Be Feminists? offers the tools and perspective we need to create a 21st century feminism that is truly for all. Including essays by: Soofiya Andry, Gabrielle Bellot, Caitlin Cruz, Nicole Dennis-Benn, Brit Bennett, Evette Dionne, Aisha Gani, Afua Hirsch, Juliet Jacques, Wei Ming Kam, Mariya Karimjee, Eishar Kaur, Emer O’Toole, Frances Ryan, Zoé Samudzi, Charlotte Shane, and Selina Thompson Audiobook Table of Contents: Introduction, Acknowledgments, About the Contributors, and Suggestions for Further Reading by June Eric-Udorie, read by the author 'No Wave Feminism' by Charlotte Shane, read by the author 'Unapologetic' by Nicole Dennis- Benn, read by the author 'Fat Demands' by Selina Thompson, read by the author 'Borderlands' by Gabrielle Bellot, read by the author 'Intersectionality and the Black Lives Matter Movement' by Evette Dionne, read by the author 'No Disabled Access' by Frances Ryan, read by the author 'A Hundred Small Rebellions' by Eishar Kaur, read by the author 'Ends, Means, and Subterfuge in Feminist Activism' by Emer O’Toole, read by the author 'Afro-Diasporic Feminism and a Freedom in Fluidity' by Zoé Samudzi, read by the author 'Representation as a Feminist Act' by Aisha Gani, read by the author 'In Search of Gender Troublemakers' by Juliet Jacques, read by Hannah Curis 'Body and Blood' by Brit Bennett, read by Adenrele Ojo 'Loving Two Things at Once: On Bisexuality, Feminism, and Catholicism' by Caitlin Cruz, read by the author 'Imperial Feminism' by Afua Hirsch, read by the author 'The Machinery of Disbelief' by Wei Ming Kam, read by the author 'Brown on the Outside' by Mariya Karimjee, read by the author 'Deviant Bodies' by Soofiya Andry, read by the author https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345495 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Piety & Power: Mike Pence and the Taking of the White House Author: Tom Lobianco Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A revealing, in-depth biography of Mike Pence, the most secretive and ingratiating vice president in modern history, from a reporter with remarkable access. No journalist has covered Mike Pence for as long or as closely as Tom LoBianco. The seasoned political reporter was at the first campaign rally governor Pence held in his hometown of Columbus, Indiana. He was there when Pence returned to Washington as Donald Trump’s vice president. Drawing on his deep ties both within the Beltway and in Indiana state politics, as well as reams of research and deep access to the vice president and his staff, LoBianco offers a revealing portrait of the devout Christian who shocked many of his closest followers when he joined the campaign and became one of the strongest champions of Donald Trump. He also explores the rumors—much debated inside the Beltway and among pundits in the media—surrounding the Vice President’s ambitions to succeed and even ''overthrow'' Trump. LoBianco dissects Pence’s entire political life, from his detours in the ’90s, to his rapid ascension through the first decade of the twenty-first century, to the White House, and provides an inside account of how Pence nearly crashed and burned his career while governor, only to miraculously rise from the ashes thanks to the unlikely election of Trump. He also gives a rare look inside the ''shadow government'' Pence has built—a conservative machine at Trump’s call for now, but one that could just as easily step in if Trump is removed from office. Piety & Power cuts to the core of the nation’s most enigmatic politician, and unearths new, important, and fascinating anecdotes about Pence’s faith, his marriage to Karen Pence, his bizarre, obsequious relationship with Trump, his deeply buried personality, his ascent to power under John Boehner, and his presidential aspirations and plans for America’s future. From the explosive revelations of the Russia investigation to the sea change affecting the Republican party and its direction under Trump, it is vital that Americans know more about the man who could ascend to the Oval Office. Piety & Power provides insights and answers as it sheds light on this ambitious Midwestern politician, his past, and his possible future. Tom Lobianco Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345495 thebookvoice.com 11:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Piety & Power: Mike Pence and the Taking of the White House Author: Tom Lobianco Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A revealing, in-depth biography of Mike Pence, the most secretive and ingratiating vice president in modern history, from a reporter with remarkable access. No journalist has covered Mike Pence for as long or as closely as Tom LoBianco. The seasoned political reporter was at the first campaign rally governor Pence held in his hometown of Columbus, Indiana. He was there when Pence returned to Washington as Donald Trump’s vice president. Drawing on his deep ties both within the Beltway and in Indiana state politics, as well as reams of research and deep access to the vice president and his staff, LoBianco offers a revealing portrait of the devout Christian who shocked many of his closest followers when he joined the campaign and became one of the strongest champions of Donald Trump. He also explores the rumors—much debated inside the Beltway and among pundits in the media—surrounding the Vice President’s ambitions to succeed and even ''overthrow'' Trump. LoBianco dissects Pence’s entire political life, from his detours in the ’90s, to his rapid ascension through the first decade of the twenty-first century, to the White House, and provides an inside account of how Pence nearly crashed and burned his career while governor, only to miraculously rise from the ashes thanks to the unlikely election of Trump. He also gives a rare look inside the ''shadow government'' Pence has built—a conservative machine at Trump’s call for now, but one that could just as easily step in if Trump is removed from office. Piety & Power cuts to the core of the nation’s most enigmatic politician, and unearths new, important, and fascinating anecdotes about Pence’s faith, his marriage to Karen Pence, his bizarre, obsequious relationship with Trump, his deeply buried personality, his ascent to power under John Boehner, and his presidential aspirations and plans for America’s future. From the explosive revelations of the Russia investigation to the sea change affecting the Republican party and its direction under Trump, it is vital that Americans know more about the man who could ascend to the Oval Office. Piety & Power provides insights and answers as it sheds light on this ambitious Midwestern politician, his past, and his possible future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Piety & Power: Mike Pence and the Taking of the White House Author: Tom Lobianco Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A revealing, in-depth biography of Mike Pence, the most secretive and ingratiating vice president in modern history, from a reporter with remarkable access. No journalist has covered Mike Pence for as long or as closely as Tom LoBianco. The seasoned political reporter was at the first campaign rally governor Pence held in his hometown of Columbus, Indiana. He was there when Pence returned to Washington as Donald Trump’s vice president. Drawing on his deep ties both within the Beltway and in Indiana state politics, as well as reams of research and deep access to the vice president and his staff, LoBianco offers a revealing portrait of the devout Christian who shocked many of his closest followers when he joined the campaign and became one of the strongest champions of Donald Trump. He also explores the rumors—much debated inside the Beltway and among pundits in the media—surrounding the Vice President’s ambitions to succeed and even ''overthrow'' Trump. LoBianco dissects Pence’s entire political life, from his detours in the ’90s, to his rapid ascension through the first decade of the twenty-first century, to the White House, and provides an inside account of how Pence nearly crashed and burned his career while governor, only to miraculously rise from the ashes thanks to the unlikely election of Trump. He also gives a rare look inside the ''shadow government'' Pence has built—a conservative machine at Trump’s call for now, but one that could just as easily step in if Trump is removed from office. Piety & Power cuts to the core of the nation’s most enigmatic politician, and unearths new, important, and fascinating anecdotes about Pence’s faith, his marriage to Karen Pence, his bizarre, obsequious relationship with Trump, his deeply buried personality, his ascent to power under John Boehner, and his presidential aspirations and plans for America’s future. From the explosive revelations of the Russia investigation to the sea change affecting the Republican party and its direction under Trump, it is vital that Americans know more about the man who could ascend to the Oval Office. Piety & Power provides insights and answers as it sheds light on this ambitious Midwestern politician, his past, and his possible future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345468 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alienated America: Why Some Places Thrive While Others Collapse Author: Timothy P. Carney Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Respected conservative journalist and commentator Timothy P. Carney continues the conversation begun with Hillbilly Elegy and the classic Bowling Alone in this hard-hitting analysis that identifies the true factor behind the decline of the American dream: it is not purely the result of economics as the left claims, but the collapse of the institutions that made us successful, including marriage, church, and civic life. During the 2016 presidential campaign, Donald J. Trump proclaimed, “the American dream is dead,” and this message resonated across the country. Why do so many people believe that the American dream is no longer within reach? Growing inequality, stubborn pockets of immobility, rising rates of deadly addiction, the increasing and troubling fact that where you start determines where you end up, heightening political strife—these are the disturbing realities threatening ordinary American lives today. The standard accounts pointed to economic problems among the working class, but the root was a cultural collapse: While the educated and wealthy elites still enjoy strong communities, most blue-collar Americans lack strong communities and institutions that bind them to their neighbors. And outside of the elites, the central American institution has been religion. That is, it’s not the factory closings that have torn us apart; it’s the church closings. The dissolution of our most cherished institutions—nuclear families, places of worship, civic organizations—has not only divided us, but eroded our sense of worth, belief in opportunity, and connection to one another. In Alienated America, Carney visits all corners of America, from the dim country bars of Southwestern Pennsylvania., to the bustling Mormon wards of Salt Lake City, and explains the most important data and research to demonstrate how the social connection is the great divide in America. He shows that Trump’s surprising victory was the most visible symptom of this deep-seated problem. In addition to his detailed exploration of how a range of societal changes have, in tandem, damaged us, Carney provides a framework that will lead us back out of a lonely, modern wilderness. Timothy P. Carney Tue, 19 Feb 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345468 thebookvoice.com 10:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alienated America: Why Some Places Thrive While Others Collapse Author: Timothy P. Carney Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Respected conservative journalist and commentator Timothy P. Carney continues the conversation begun with Hillbilly Elegy and the classic Bowling Alone in this hard-hitting analysis that identifies the true factor behind the decline of the American dream: it is not purely the result of economics as the left claims, but the collapse of the institutions that made us successful, including marriage, church, and civic life. During the 2016 presidential campaign, Donald J. Trump proclaimed, “the American dream is dead,” and this message resonated across the country. Why do so many people believe that the American dream is no longer within reach? Growing inequality, stubborn pockets of immobility, rising rates of deadly addiction, the increasing and troubling fact that where you start determines where you end up, heightening political strife—these are the disturbing realities threatening ordinary American lives today. The standard accounts pointed to economic problems among the working class, but the root was a cultural collapse: While the educated and wealthy elites still enjoy strong communities, most blue-collar Americans lack strong communities and institutions that bind them to their neighbors. And outside of the elites, the central American institution has been religion. That is, it’s not the factory closings that have torn us apart; it’s the church closings. The dissolution of our most cherished institutions—nuclear families, places of worship, civic organizations—has not only divided us, but eroded our sense of worth, belief in opportunity, and connection to one another. In Alienated America, Carney visits all corners of America, from the dim country bars of Southwestern Pennsylvania., to the bustling Mormon wards of Salt Lake City, and explains the most important data and research to demonstrate how the social connection is the great divide in America. He shows that Trump’s surprising victory was the most visible symptom of this deep-seated problem. In addition to his detailed exploration of how a range of societal changes have, in tandem, damaged us, Carney provides a framework that will lead us back out of a lonely, modern wilderness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alienated America: Why Some Places Thrive While Others Collapse Author: Timothy P. Carney Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Respected conservative journalist and commentator Timothy P. Carney continues the conversation begun with Hillbilly Elegy and the classic Bowling Alone in this hard-hitting analysis that identifies the true factor behind the decline of the American dream: it is not purely the result of economics as the left claims, but the collapse of the institutions that made us successful, including marriage, church, and civic life. During the 2016 presidential campaign, Donald J. Trump proclaimed, “the American dream is dead,” and this message resonated across the country. Why do so many people believe that the American dream is no longer within reach? Growing inequality, stubborn pockets of immobility, rising rates of deadly addiction, the increasing and troubling fact that where you start determines where you end up, heightening political strife—these are the disturbing realities threatening ordinary American lives today. The standard accounts pointed to economic problems among the working class, but the root was a cultural collapse: While the educated and wealthy elites still enjoy strong communities, most blue-collar Americans lack strong communities and institutions that bind them to their neighbors. And outside of the elites, the central American institution has been religion. That is, it’s not the factory closings that have torn us apart; it’s the church closings. The dissolution of our most cherished institutions—nuclear families, places of worship, civic organizations—has not only divided us, but eroded our sense of worth, belief in opportunity, and connection to one another. In Alienated America, Carney visits all corners of America, from the dim country bars of Southwestern Pennsylvania., to the bustling Mormon wards of Salt Lake City, and explains the most important data and research to demonstrate how the social connection is the great divide in America. He shows that Trump’s surprising victory was the most visible symptom of this deep-seated problem. In addition to his detailed exploration of how a range of societal changes have, in tandem, damaged us, Carney provides a framework that will lead us back out of a lonely, modern wilderness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345392 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Who Sold America: Trump and the Unraveling of the American Story Author: Joy-Ann Reid Narrator: Joy-Ann Reid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER MSNBC'S Joy-Ann Reid calculates the true price of the Trump presidency ''The host of AM Joy on MSNBC argues that President Trump’s administration is characterized by grift and venality that demeans the office and diminishes America.” —New York Times Book Review, “New & Notable” Is Donald Trump running the “longest con” in U.S. history? How did we get here? What will be left of America when he leaves office?  Candidate Trump sold Americans a vision that was seemingly at odds with their country’s founding principles. Now in office, he’s put up a “for sale” sign—on the prestige of the presidency, on America’s global stature, and on our national identity. At what cost have these deals come? Joy-Ann Reid's essential new book, The Man Who Sold America, delivers an urgent accounting of our national crisis from one of our foremost political commentators. Three years ago, Donald Trump pitched millions of voters on the idea that their country was broken, and that the rest of the world was playing us “for suckers.” All we needed to fix this was Donald Trump, who rebranded prejudice as patriotism, presented diversity as our weakness, and promised that money really could make the world go ’round. Trump made the sale to enough Americans in three key swing states to win the Electoral College. As president, Trump’s raft of self-dealing, scandal, and corruption has overwhelmed the national conversation. And with prosecutors bearing down on Trump and his family business, the web of criminality is circling closer to the Oval Office. All this while Trump seemingly makes his administration a pawn for the ultimate villain: an autocratic former KGB officer in Russia who found in the untutored and eager forty-fifth president the perfect “apprentice.” What is the hidden impact of Trump, beyond the headlines? Through interviews with American and international thought leaders and in-depth analysis, Reid situates the Trump era within the context of modern history, examining the profound social changes that led us to this point. Providing new context and depth to our understanding, The Man Who Sold America reveals the causes and consequences of the Trump presidency and contends with the future that awaits us. Joy-Ann Reid Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345392 thebookvoice.com 9:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Who Sold America: Trump and the Unraveling of the American Story Author: Joy-Ann Reid Narrator: Joy-Ann Reid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER MSNBC'S Joy-Ann Reid calculates the true price of the Trump presidency ''The host of AM Joy on MSNBC argues that President Trump’s administration is characterized by grift and venality that demeans the office and diminishes America.” —New York Times Book Review, “New & Notable” Is Donald Trump running the “longest con” in U.S. history? How did we get here? What will be left of America when he leaves office?  Candidate Trump sold Americans a vision that was seemingly at odds with their country’s founding principles. Now in office, he’s put up a “for sale” sign—on the prestige of the presidency, on America’s global stature, and on our national identity. At what cost have these deals come? Joy-Ann Reid's essential new book, The Man Who Sold America, delivers an urgent accounting of our national crisis from one of our foremost political commentators. Three years ago, Donald Trump pitched millions of voters on the idea that their country was broken, and that the rest of the world was playing us “for suckers.” All we needed to fix this was Donald Trump, who rebranded prejudice as patriotism, presented diversity as our weakness, and promised that money really could make the world go ’round. Trump made the sale to enough Americans in three key swing states to win the Electoral College. As president, Trump’s raft of self-dealing, scandal, and corruption has overwhelmed the national conversation. And with prosecutors bearing down on Trump and his family business, the web of criminality is circling closer to the Oval Office. All this while Trump seemingly makes his administration a pawn for the ultimate villain: an autocratic former KGB officer in Russia who found in the untutored and eager forty-fifth president the perfect “apprentice.” What is the hidden impact of Trump, beyond the headlines? Through interviews with American and international thought leaders and in-depth analysis, Reid situates the Trump era within the context of modern history, examining the profound social changes that led us to this point. Providing new context and depth to our understanding, The Man Who Sold America reveals the causes and consequences of the Trump presidency and contends with the future that awaits us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Who Sold America: Trump and the Unraveling of the American Story Author: Joy-Ann Reid Narrator: Joy-Ann Reid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER MSNBC'S Joy-Ann Reid calculates the true price of the Trump presidency ''The host of AM Joy on MSNBC argues that President Trump’s administration is characterized by grift and venality that demeans the office and diminishes America.” —New York Times Book Review, “New & Notable” Is Donald Trump running the “longest con” in U.S. history? How did we get here? What will be left of America when he leaves office?  Candidate Trump sold Americans a vision that was seemingly at odds with their country’s founding principles. Now in office, he’s put up a “for sale” sign—on the prestige of the presidency, on America’s global stature, and on our national identity. At what cost have these deals come? Joy-Ann Reid's essential new book, The Man Who Sold America, delivers an urgent accounting of our national crisis from one of our foremost political commentators. Three years ago, Donald Trump pitched millions of voters on the idea that their country was broken, and that the rest of the world was playing us “for suckers.” All we needed to fix this was Donald Trump, who rebranded prejudice as patriotism, presented diversity as our weakness, and promised that money really could make the world go ’round. Trump made the sale to enough Americans in three key swing states to win the Electoral College. As president, Trump’s raft of self-dealing, scandal, and corruption has overwhelmed the national conversation. And with prosecutors bearing down on Trump and his family business, the web of criminality is circling closer to the Oval Office. All this while Trump seemingly makes his administration a pawn for the ultimate villain: an autocratic former KGB officer in Russia who found in the untutored and eager forty-fifth president the perfect “apprentice.” What is the hidden impact of Trump, beyond the headlines? Through interviews with American and international thought leaders and in-depth analysis, Reid situates the Trump era within the context of modern history, examining the profound social changes that led us to this point. Providing new context and depth to our understanding, The Man Who Sold America reveals the causes and consequences of the Trump presidency and contends with the future that awaits us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345375 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Capitalism: Facing the New Anxieties Author: Paul Collier Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From world-renowned economist Paul Collier, a candid diagnosis of the failures of capitalism and a pragmatic and realistic vision for how we can repair it. Deep new rifts are tearing apart the fabric of the United States and other Western societies: thriving cities versus rural counties, the highly skilled elite versus the less educated, wealthy versus developing countries. As these divides deepen, we have lost the sense of ethical obligation to others that was crucial to the rise of post-war social democracy. So far these rifts have been answered only by the revivalist ideologies of populism and socialism, leading to the seismic upheavals of Trump, Brexit, and the return of the far-right in Germany. We have heard many critiques of capitalism but no one has laid out a realistic way to fix it, until now. In a passionate and polemical book, celebrated economist Paul Collier outlines brilliantly original and ethical ways of healing these rifts—economic, social and cultural—with the cool head of pragmatism, rather than the fervor of ideological revivalism. He reveals how he has personally lived across these three divides, moving from working-class Sheffield to hyper-competitive Oxford, and working between Britain and Africa, and acknowledges some of the failings of his profession. Drawing on his own solutions as well as ideas from some of the world’s most distinguished social scientists, he shows us how to save capitalism from itself—and free ourselves from the intellectual baggage of the twentieth century. Paul Collier Tue, 04 Dec 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345375 thebookvoice.com 9:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Capitalism: Facing the New Anxieties Author: Paul Collier Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From world-renowned economist Paul Collier, a candid diagnosis of the failures of capitalism and a pragmatic and realistic vision for how we can repair it. Deep new rifts are tearing apart the fabric of the United States and other Western societies: thriving cities versus rural counties, the highly skilled elite versus the less educated, wealthy versus developing countries. As these divides deepen, we have lost the sense of ethical obligation to others that was crucial to the rise of post-war social democracy. So far these rifts have been answered only by the revivalist ideologies of populism and socialism, leading to the seismic upheavals of Trump, Brexit, and the return of the far-right in Germany. We have heard many critiques of capitalism but no one has laid out a realistic way to fix it, until now. In a passionate and polemical book, celebrated economist Paul Collier outlines brilliantly original and ethical ways of healing these rifts—economic, social and cultural—with the cool head of pragmatism, rather than the fervor of ideological revivalism. He reveals how he has personally lived across these three divides, moving from working-class Sheffield to hyper-competitive Oxford, and working between Britain and Africa, and acknowledges some of the failings of his profession. Drawing on his own solutions as well as ideas from some of the world’s most distinguished social scientists, he shows us how to save capitalism from itself—and free ourselves from the intellectual baggage of the twentieth century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Capitalism: Facing the New Anxieties Author: Paul Collier Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From world-renowned economist Paul Collier, a candid diagnosis of the failures of capitalism and a pragmatic and realistic vision for how we can repair it. Deep new rifts are tearing apart the fabric of the United States and other Western societies: thriving cities versus rural counties, the highly skilled elite versus the less educated, wealthy versus developing countries. As these divides deepen, we have lost the sense of ethical obligation to others that was crucial to the rise of post-war social democracy. So far these rifts have been answered only by the revivalist ideologies of populism and socialism, leading to the seismic upheavals of Trump, Brexit, and the return of the far-right in Germany. We have heard many critiques of capitalism but no one has laid out a realistic way to fix it, until now. In a passionate and polemical book, celebrated economist Paul Collier outlines brilliantly original and ethical ways of healing these rifts—economic, social and cultural—with the cool head of pragmatism, rather than the fervor of ideological revivalism. He reveals how he has personally lived across these three divides, moving from working-class Sheffield to hyper-competitive Oxford, and working between Britain and Africa, and acknowledges some of the failings of his profession. Drawing on his own solutions as well as ideas from some of the world’s most distinguished social scientists, he shows us how to save capitalism from itself—and free ourselves from the intellectual baggage of the twentieth century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345303 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Uncivil War: Taking Back Our Democracy in An Age of Trumpian Disinformation and Thunderdome Politics Author: Greg Sargent Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The author of the Washington Post’s hugely influential ''Plum Line'' sounds the alarm on the subversion of our democracy by self-interested politicians, greedy plutocrats, foreign government hacking, racial prejudice, media propaganda and our own lack of vigilance, and what must be done to save it before it’s too late. The sophistication and ambition of those now eroding American democracy by gaming the rules in their favor is unprecedented, including computer-generated gerrymandering, unreasonable voter ID laws, limitations on voting hours, a lack of convenient polling places, and efforts to disenfranchise likely Democratic voters. This has been accompanied by foreign government intervention and an unprecedented level of political disinformation that threatens to undermine the very possibility of shared agreement on facts and poses profound new challenges to the media’s ability to inform the citizenry. Yet it would be wrong to think that the problem is that Republicans alone have learned how to work the system—our electoral process is undermining itself from within: its dysfunctional rules incentivize vicious partisan efforts to tilt the playing field, combining in a toxic escalation of polarization and a frightening corrosion of basic norms that threaten to totally eradicate fair play in politics. In An Uncivil War, Washington Post journalist Greg Sargent vividly lifts the curtain on the nightmare dynamic that is transforming American politics into little more than a naked power struggle. Yet An Uncivil War is not only a thorough dissection of an ultimately immoral system, but a handbook for turning that around by restoring authentic democracy. Given the incredibly high stakes in 2018 and 2020, Sargent’s book could not be more essential. Greg Sargent Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345303 thebookvoice.com 5:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Uncivil War: Taking Back Our Democracy in An Age of Trumpian Disinformation and Thunderdome Politics Author: Greg Sargent Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The author of the Washington Post’s hugely influential ''Plum Line'' sounds the alarm on the subversion of our democracy by self-interested politicians, greedy plutocrats, foreign government hacking, racial prejudice, media propaganda and our own lack of vigilance, and what must be done to save it before it’s too late. The sophistication and ambition of those now eroding American democracy by gaming the rules in their favor is unprecedented, including computer-generated gerrymandering, unreasonable voter ID laws, limitations on voting hours, a lack of convenient polling places, and efforts to disenfranchise likely Democratic voters. This has been accompanied by foreign government intervention and an unprecedented level of political disinformation that threatens to undermine the very possibility of shared agreement on facts and poses profound new challenges to the media’s ability to inform the citizenry. Yet it would be wrong to think that the problem is that Republicans alone have learned how to work the system—our electoral process is undermining itself from within: its dysfunctional rules incentivize vicious partisan efforts to tilt the playing field, combining in a toxic escalation of polarization and a frightening corrosion of basic norms that threaten to totally eradicate fair play in politics. In An Uncivil War, Washington Post journalist Greg Sargent vividly lifts the curtain on the nightmare dynamic that is transforming American politics into little more than a naked power struggle. Yet An Uncivil War is not only a thorough dissection of an ultimately immoral system, but a handbook for turning that around by restoring authentic democracy. Given the incredibly high stakes in 2018 and 2020, Sargent’s book could not be more essential. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Uncivil War: Taking Back Our Democracy in An Age of Trumpian Disinformation and Thunderdome Politics Author: Greg Sargent Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The author of the Washington Post’s hugely influential ''Plum Line'' sounds the alarm on the subversion of our democracy by self-interested politicians, greedy plutocrats, foreign government hacking, racial prejudice, media propaganda and our own lack of vigilance, and what must be done to save it before it’s too late. The sophistication and ambition of those now eroding American democracy by gaming the rules in their favor is unprecedented, including computer-generated gerrymandering, unreasonable voter ID laws, limitations on voting hours, a lack of convenient polling places, and efforts to disenfranchise likely Democratic voters. This has been accompanied by foreign government intervention and an unprecedented level of political disinformation that threatens to undermine the very possibility of shared agreement on facts and poses profound new challenges to the media’s ability to inform the citizenry. Yet it would be wrong to think that the problem is that Republicans alone have learned how to work the system—our electoral process is undermining itself from within: its dysfunctional rules incentivize vicious partisan efforts to tilt the playing field, combining in a toxic escalation of polarization and a frightening corrosion of basic norms that threaten to totally eradicate fair play in politics. In An Uncivil War, Washington Post journalist Greg Sargent vividly lifts the curtain on the nightmare dynamic that is transforming American politics into little more than a naked power struggle. Yet An Uncivil War is not only a thorough dissection of an ultimately immoral system, but a handbook for turning that around by restoring authentic democracy. Given the incredibly high stakes in 2018 and 2020, Sargent’s book could not be more essential. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345291 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345291]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Apprentice: Trump, Russia, and the Subversion of American Democracy Author: Greg Miller Narrator: Greg Miller, Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It has been called the political crime of the century: a foreign government, led by a brutal authoritarian leader, secretly interfering with the American presidential election to help elect the candidate of its choice. Now two-time Pulitzer Prize–winning Washington Post national security reporter Greg Miller investigates the truth about the Kremlin’s covert attempt to destroy Hillary Clinton and help Donald Trump win the presidency, Trump’s steadfast allegiance to Vladimir Putin, and Robert Mueller’s ensuing investigation of the president and those close to him. Based on interviews with hundreds of people in Trump’s inner circle, current and former government officials, individuals with close ties to the White House, members of the law enforcement and intelligence communities, foreign officials, and confidential documents, The Apprentice offers striking new information about: - the hacking of the Democrats by Russian intelligence; - Russian hijacking of Facebook and Twitter; - National Security Adviser Michael Flynn’s hidden communications with the Russians; - the attempt by Jared Kushner, Trump’s son-in-law, to create a secret back channel to Moscow using Russian diplomatic facilities; - Trump’s disclosure to Russian officials of highly classified information about Israeli intelligence operations; - Trump’s battles with the CIA and the FBI and fierce clashes within the West Wing; - Trump’s efforts to enlist the director of national intelligence and the director of the National Security Agency to push back against the FBI’s investigation of his campaign; - the mysterious Trump Tower meeting; - the firing of FBI Director James Comey; - the appointment of Mueller and the investigation that has followed; - the tumultuous skirmishing within Trump’s legal camp; - and Trump’s jaw-dropping behavior in Helsinki. Deeply reported and masterfully told, The Apprentice is essential listening for anyone trying to understand Vladimir Putin’s secret operation, its catastrophic impact, and the nature of betrayal. Greg Miller Tue, 02 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345291 thebookvoice.com 11:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345291]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Apprentice: Trump, Russia, and the Subversion of American Democracy Author: Greg Miller Narrator: Greg Miller, Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It has been called the political crime of the century: a foreign government, led by a brutal authoritarian leader, secretly interfering with the American presidential election to help elect the candidate of its choice. Now two-time Pulitzer Prize–winning Washington Post national security reporter Greg Miller investigates the truth about the Kremlin’s covert attempt to destroy Hillary Clinton and help Donald Trump win the presidency, Trump’s steadfast allegiance to Vladimir Putin, and Robert Mueller’s ensuing investigation of the president and those close to him. Based on interviews with hundreds of people in Trump’s inner circle, current and former government officials, individuals with close ties to the White House, members of the law enforcement and intelligence communities, foreign officials, and confidential documents, The Apprentice offers striking new information about: - the hacking of the Democrats by Russian intelligence; - Russian hijacking of Facebook and Twitter; - National Security Adviser Michael Flynn’s hidden communications with the Russians; - the attempt by Jared Kushner, Trump’s son-in-law, to create a secret back channel to Moscow using Russian diplomatic facilities; - Trump’s disclosure to Russian officials of highly classified information about Israeli intelligence operations; - Trump’s battles with the CIA and the FBI and fierce clashes within the West Wing; - Trump’s efforts to enlist the director of national intelligence and the director of the National Security Agency to push back against the FBI’s investigation of his campaign; - the mysterious Trump Tower meeting; - the firing of FBI Director James Comey; - the appointment of Mueller and the investigation that has followed; - the tumultuous skirmishing within Trump’s legal camp; - and Trump’s jaw-dropping behavior in Helsinki. Deeply reported and masterfully told, The Apprentice is essential listening for anyone trying to understand Vladimir Putin’s secret operation, its catastrophic impact, and the nature of betrayal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345291]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Apprentice: Trump, Russia, and the Subversion of American Democracy Author: Greg Miller Narrator: Greg Miller, Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It has been called the political crime of the century: a foreign government, led by a brutal authoritarian leader, secretly interfering with the American presidential election to help elect the candidate of its choice. Now two-time Pulitzer Prize–winning Washington Post national security reporter Greg Miller investigates the truth about the Kremlin’s covert attempt to destroy Hillary Clinton and help Donald Trump win the presidency, Trump’s steadfast allegiance to Vladimir Putin, and Robert Mueller’s ensuing investigation of the president and those close to him. Based on interviews with hundreds of people in Trump’s inner circle, current and former government officials, individuals with close ties to the White House, members of the law enforcement and intelligence communities, foreign officials, and confidential documents, The Apprentice offers striking new information about: - the hacking of the Democrats by Russian intelligence; - Russian hijacking of Facebook and Twitter; - National Security Adviser Michael Flynn’s hidden communications with the Russians; - the attempt by Jared Kushner, Trump’s son-in-law, to create a secret back channel to Moscow using Russian diplomatic facilities; - Trump’s disclosure to Russian officials of highly classified information about Israeli intelligence operations; - Trump’s battles with the CIA and the FBI and fierce clashes within the West Wing; - Trump’s efforts to enlist the director of national intelligence and the director of the National Security Agency to push back against the FBI’s investigation of his campaign; - the mysterious Trump Tower meeting; - the firing of FBI Director James Comey; - the appointment of Mueller and the investigation that has followed; - the tumultuous skirmishing within Trump’s legal camp; - and Trump’s jaw-dropping behavior in Helsinki. Deeply reported and masterfully told, The Apprentice is essential listening for anyone trying to understand Vladimir Putin’s secret operation, its catastrophic impact, and the nature of betrayal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345283 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Red and the Blue: The 1990s and the Birth of Political Tribalism Author: Steve Kornacki Narrator: Steve Kornacki, Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From MSNBC correspondent Steve Kornacki, a lively and sweeping history of the 1990s—one that brings critical new understanding to our current political landscape. In The Red and the Blue, cable news star and acclaimed journalist Steve Kornacki follows the twin paths of Bill Clinton and Newt Gingrich, two larger-than-life politicians who exploited the weakened structure of their respective parties to attain the highest offices. For Clinton, that meant contorting himself around the various factions of the Democratic party to win the presidency. Gingrich employed a scorched-earth strategy to upend the permanent Republican minority in the House, making him Speaker.  The Clinton/Gingrich battles were bare-knuckled brawls that brought about massive policy shifts and high-stakes showdowns—their collisions had far-reaching political consequences. But the ’90s were not just about them.  Kornacki writes about Mario Cuomo’s stubborn presence around Clinton’s 1992 campaign; Hillary Clinton’s star turn during the 1998 midterms, seeding the idea for her own candidacy; Ross Perot’s wild run in 1992 that inspired him to launch the Reform Party, giving Donald Trump his first taste of electoral politics in 1999; and many others.  With novelistic prose and a clear sense of history, Steve Kornacki masterfully weaves together the various elements of this rambunctious and hugely impactful era in American history, whose effects set the stage for our current political landscape. Steve Kornacki Tue, 02 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345283 thebookvoice.com 17:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Red and the Blue: The 1990s and the Birth of Political Tribalism Author: Steve Kornacki Narrator: Steve Kornacki, Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From MSNBC correspondent Steve Kornacki, a lively and sweeping history of the 1990s—one that brings critical new understanding to our current political landscape. In The Red and the Blue, cable news star and acclaimed journalist Steve Kornacki follows the twin paths of Bill Clinton and Newt Gingrich, two larger-than-life politicians who exploited the weakened structure of their respective parties to attain the highest offices. For Clinton, that meant contorting himself around the various factions of the Democratic party to win the presidency. Gingrich employed a scorched-earth strategy to upend the permanent Republican minority in the House, making him Speaker.  The Clinton/Gingrich battles were bare-knuckled brawls that brought about massive policy shifts and high-stakes showdowns—their collisions had far-reaching political consequences. But the ’90s were not just about them.  Kornacki writes about Mario Cuomo’s stubborn presence around Clinton’s 1992 campaign; Hillary Clinton’s star turn during the 1998 midterms, seeding the idea for her own candidacy; Ross Perot’s wild run in 1992 that inspired him to launch the Reform Party, giving Donald Trump his first taste of electoral politics in 1999; and many others.  With novelistic prose and a clear sense of history, Steve Kornacki masterfully weaves together the various elements of this rambunctious and hugely impactful era in American history, whose effects set the stage for our current political landscape. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Red and the Blue: The 1990s and the Birth of Political Tribalism Author: Steve Kornacki Narrator: Steve Kornacki, Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From MSNBC correspondent Steve Kornacki, a lively and sweeping history of the 1990s—one that brings critical new understanding to our current political landscape. In The Red and the Blue, cable news star and acclaimed journalist Steve Kornacki follows the twin paths of Bill Clinton and Newt Gingrich, two larger-than-life politicians who exploited the weakened structure of their respective parties to attain the highest offices. For Clinton, that meant contorting himself around the various factions of the Democratic party to win the presidency. Gingrich employed a scorched-earth strategy to upend the permanent Republican minority in the House, making him Speaker.  The Clinton/Gingrich battles were bare-knuckled brawls that brought about massive policy shifts and high-stakes showdowns—their collisions had far-reaching political consequences. But the ’90s were not just about them.  Kornacki writes about Mario Cuomo’s stubborn presence around Clinton’s 1992 campaign; Hillary Clinton’s star turn during the 1998 midterms, seeding the idea for her own candidacy; Ross Perot’s wild run in 1992 that inspired him to launch the Reform Party, giving Donald Trump his first taste of electoral politics in 1999; and many others.  With novelistic prose and a clear sense of history, Steve Kornacki masterfully weaves together the various elements of this rambunctious and hugely impactful era in American history, whose effects set the stage for our current political landscape. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345258 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deep State: How an Army of Bureaucrats Protected Barack Obama and Is Working to Destroy the Trump Agenda Author: Jason Chaffetz Narrator: Jason Chaffetz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 50 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former Congressman and current Fox News contributor Jason Chaffetz explains how we ended up with a politicized federal bureaucracy that actively works to promote the Democrat party agenda and undermine Donald Trump. The liberal media loves to characterize the Obama years as free of scandal. They pretend this is true because virtually every office in the executive branch worked to withhold evidence of wrongdoing, silence witness testimony, destroy federal records, classify embarrassing information, and retaliate against truth tellers. Yet these same tight-lipped lifers leaked like a sieve once President Trump was sworn in, freely promoting the illusion that everything he does is the new Watergate. Sometimes even conservatives portray the Deep State as nothing more than dumb inefficient bureaucracy. In fact, it’s the opposite; the Deep State is intentional, unconstitutional, and organized. In Deep State, Jason Chaffetz reveals an entrenched leadership within the civil service that resists exposure, accountability, and responsibility.  At the highest levels, they fight back, outlast, and work the system for their own advantage.  And they certainly don’t like disruptive forces such as Donald Trump.  As Chairman of the House Oversight Committee, Chaffetz was the tip of the spear challenging the Deep State and trying to hold them accountable. He and his colleagues took on the powerful forces at the IRS, the EPA, the DOJ, the Department of State, and more.  The deeper he dove in, the more shocking he found the brazen approach by the power brokers.  The balance of power has shifted. The Deep State has gotten used to operating anonymously and without consequence.  This is a problem bigger than we can even imagine and getting worse.  Unless we do something dramatic to wrest back control, we risk losing the ability to successfully challenge wrongdoing by the most powerful bureaucracy in the world.  In Deep State, Chaffetz highlights the Deep State’s tactics, illuminates the problems, and offers a way to fight back and win. It is important to expose the stories, but if the American People are going to win, Congress is going to have to do things differently.  This book helps the concerned citizen understand what must be done--so they can demand real change. Jason Chaffetz Tue, 18 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345258 thebookvoice.com 7:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deep State: How an Army of Bureaucrats Protected Barack Obama and Is Working to Destroy the Trump Agenda Author: Jason Chaffetz Narrator: Jason Chaffetz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 50 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former Congressman and current Fox News contributor Jason Chaffetz explains how we ended up with a politicized federal bureaucracy that actively works to promote the Democrat party agenda and undermine Donald Trump. The liberal media loves to characterize the Obama years as free of scandal. They pretend this is true because virtually every office in the executive branch worked to withhold evidence of wrongdoing, silence witness testimony, destroy federal records, classify embarrassing information, and retaliate against truth tellers. Yet these same tight-lipped lifers leaked like a sieve once President Trump was sworn in, freely promoting the illusion that everything he does is the new Watergate. Sometimes even conservatives portray the Deep State as nothing more than dumb inefficient bureaucracy. In fact, it’s the opposite; the Deep State is intentional, unconstitutional, and organized. In Deep State, Jason Chaffetz reveals an entrenched leadership within the civil service that resists exposure, accountability, and responsibility.  At the highest levels, they fight back, outlast, and work the system for their own advantage.  And they certainly don’t like disruptive forces such as Donald Trump.  As Chairman of the House Oversight Committee, Chaffetz was the tip of the spear challenging the Deep State and trying to hold them accountable. He and his colleagues took on the powerful forces at the IRS, the EPA, the DOJ, the Department of State, and more.  The deeper he dove in, the more shocking he found the brazen approach by the power brokers.  The balance of power has shifted. The Deep State has gotten used to operating anonymously and without consequence.  This is a problem bigger than we can even imagine and getting worse.  Unless we do something dramatic to wrest back control, we risk losing the ability to successfully challenge wrongdoing by the most powerful bureaucracy in the world.  In Deep State, Chaffetz highlights the Deep State’s tactics, illuminates the problems, and offers a way to fight back and win. It is important to expose the stories, but if the American People are going to win, Congress is going to have to do things differently.  This book helps the concerned citizen understand what must be done--so they can demand real change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deep State: How an Army of Bureaucrats Protected Barack Obama and Is Working to Destroy the Trump Agenda Author: Jason Chaffetz Narrator: Jason Chaffetz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 50 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former Congressman and current Fox News contributor Jason Chaffetz explains how we ended up with a politicized federal bureaucracy that actively works to promote the Democrat party agenda and undermine Donald Trump. The liberal media loves to characterize the Obama years as free of scandal. They pretend this is true because virtually every office in the executive branch worked to withhold evidence of wrongdoing, silence witness testimony, destroy federal records, classify embarrassing information, and retaliate against truth tellers. Yet these same tight-lipped lifers leaked like a sieve once President Trump was sworn in, freely promoting the illusion that everything he does is the new Watergate. Sometimes even conservatives portray the Deep State as nothing more than dumb inefficient bureaucracy. In fact, it’s the opposite; the Deep State is intentional, unconstitutional, and organized. In Deep State, Jason Chaffetz reveals an entrenched leadership within the civil service that resists exposure, accountability, and responsibility.  At the highest levels, they fight back, outlast, and work the system for their own advantage.  And they certainly don’t like disruptive forces such as Donald Trump.  As Chairman of the House Oversight Committee, Chaffetz was the tip of the spear challenging the Deep State and trying to hold them accountable. He and his colleagues took on the powerful forces at the IRS, the EPA, the DOJ, the Department of State, and more.  The deeper he dove in, the more shocking he found the brazen approach by the power brokers.  The balance of power has shifted. The Deep State has gotten used to operating anonymously and without consequence.  This is a problem bigger than we can even imagine and getting worse.  Unless we do something dramatic to wrest back control, we risk losing the ability to successfully challenge wrongdoing by the most powerful bureaucracy in the world.  In Deep State, Chaffetz highlights the Deep State’s tactics, illuminates the problems, and offers a way to fight back and win. It is important to expose the stories, but if the American People are going to win, Congress is going to have to do things differently.  This book helps the concerned citizen understand what must be done--so they can demand real change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345191 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345191]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HOMICIDE Author: David Simon Narrator: Reed Diamond Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Through wonderfully descriptive writing, Simon details the work of fifteen detectives, three sergeants and a lieutenant charged with investigating dozens of Baltimore's 234 murders that year. Simon takes listeners inside the detectives' lives, describing the frustration of departmental red tape and politics, the bursts of energy and moments of despair. With an eye for the scenes of slaughter and pursuit and an ear for the cadences of cop talk, both business and banter, Simon gives this brilliant, harrowing account its authenticity and fascinating edge. Simon plants us so close to these detectives that we see everything--the Police Department, the prosecutors, the courts, the city of Baltimore itself--from their angle. This is a never-before-seen look at what it's really like to investigate murders for a living. David Simon Tue, 04 Jul 2000 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345191 thebookvoice.com 6:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345191]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HOMICIDE Author: David Simon Narrator: Reed Diamond Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Through wonderfully descriptive writing, Simon details the work of fifteen detectives, three sergeants and a lieutenant charged with investigating dozens of Baltimore's 234 murders that year. Simon takes listeners inside the detectives' lives, describing the frustration of departmental red tape and politics, the bursts of energy and moments of despair. With an eye for the scenes of slaughter and pursuit and an ear for the cadences of cop talk, both business and banter, Simon gives this brilliant, harrowing account its authenticity and fascinating edge. Simon plants us so close to these detectives that we see everything--the Police Department, the prosecutors, the courts, the city of Baltimore itself--from their angle. This is a never-before-seen look at what it's really like to investigate murders for a living. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345191]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HOMICIDE Author: David Simon Narrator: Reed Diamond Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Through wonderfully descriptive writing, Simon details the work of fifteen detectives, three sergeants and a lieutenant charged with investigating dozens of Baltimore's 234 murders that year. Simon takes listeners inside the detectives' lives, describing the frustration of departmental red tape and politics, the bursts of energy and moments of despair. With an eye for the scenes of slaughter and pursuit and an ear for the cadences of cop talk, both business and banter, Simon gives this brilliant, harrowing account its authenticity and fascinating edge. Simon plants us so close to these detectives that we see everything--the Police Department, the prosecutors, the courts, the city of Baltimore itself--from their angle. This is a never-before-seen look at what it's really like to investigate murders for a living. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345114 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charged: The New Movement to Transform American Prosecution and End Mass Incarceration Author: Emily Bazelon Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A renowned journalist and legal commentator exposes the unchecked power of the prosecutor as a driving force in America’s mass incarceration crisis—and charts a way out. “An important, thoughtful, and thorough examination of criminal justice in America that speaks directly to how we reduce mass incarceration.”—Bryan Stevenson, author of Just Mercy “This harrowing, often enraging book is a hopeful one, as well, profiling innovative new approaches and the frontline advocates who champion them.”—Matthew Desmond, author of Evicted FINALIST FOR THE LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE • SHORTLISTED FOR THE J. ANTHONY LUKAS BOOK PRIZE • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR • The New York Public Library • Library Journal • Publishers Weekly • Kirkus Reviews The American criminal justice system is supposed to be a contest between two equal adversaries, the prosecution and the defense, with judges ensuring a fair fight. That image of the law does not match the reality in the courtroom, however. Much of the time, it is prosecutors more than judges who control the outcome of a case, from choosing the charge to setting bail to determining the plea bargain. They often decide who goes free and who goes to prison, even who lives and who dies. In Charged, Emily Bazelon reveals how this kind of unchecked power is the underreported cause of enormous injustice—and the missing piece in the mass incarceration puzzle. Charged follows the story of two young people caught up in the criminal justice system: Kevin, a twenty-year-old in Brooklyn who picked up his friend’s gun as the cops burst in and was charged with a serious violent felony, and Noura, a teenage girl in Memphis indicted for the murder of her mother. Bazelon tracks both cases—from arrest and charging to trial and sentencing—and, with her trademark blend of deeply reported narrative, legal analysis, and investigative journalism, illustrates just how criminal prosecutions can go wrong and, more important, why they don’t have to. Bazelon also details the second chances they prosecutors can extend, if they choose, to Kevin and Noura and so many others. She follows a wave of reform-minded D.A.s who have been elected in some of our biggest cities, as well as in rural areas in every region of the country, put in office to do nothing less than reinvent how their job is done. If they succeed, they can point the country toward a different and profoundly better future. Emily Bazelon Tue, 09 Apr 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345114 thebookvoice.com 13:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charged: The New Movement to Transform American Prosecution and End Mass Incarceration Author: Emily Bazelon Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A renowned journalist and legal commentator exposes the unchecked power of the prosecutor as a driving force in America’s mass incarceration crisis—and charts a way out. “An important, thoughtful, and thorough examination of criminal justice in America that speaks directly to how we reduce mass incarceration.”—Bryan Stevenson, author of Just Mercy “This harrowing, often enraging book is a hopeful one, as well, profiling innovative new approaches and the frontline advocates who champion them.”—Matthew Desmond, author of Evicted FINALIST FOR THE LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE • SHORTLISTED FOR THE J. ANTHONY LUKAS BOOK PRIZE • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR • The New York Public Library • Library Journal • Publishers Weekly • Kirkus Reviews The American criminal justice system is supposed to be a contest between two equal adversaries, the prosecution and the defense, with judges ensuring a fair fight. That image of the law does not match the reality in the courtroom, however. Much of the time, it is prosecutors more than judges who control the outcome of a case, from choosing the charge to setting bail to determining the plea bargain. They often decide who goes free and who goes to prison, even who lives and who dies. In Charged, Emily Bazelon reveals how this kind of unchecked power is the underreported cause of enormous injustice—and the missing piece in the mass incarceration puzzle. Charged follows the story of two young people caught up in the criminal justice system: Kevin, a twenty-year-old in Brooklyn who picked up his friend’s gun as the cops burst in and was charged with a serious violent felony, and Noura, a teenage girl in Memphis indicted for the murder of her mother. Bazelon tracks both cases—from arrest and charging to trial and sentencing—and, with her trademark blend of deeply reported narrative, legal analysis, and investigative journalism, illustrates just how criminal prosecutions can go wrong and, more important, why they don’t have to. Bazelon also details the second chances they prosecutors can extend, if they choose, to Kevin and Noura and so many others. She follows a wave of reform-minded D.A.s who have been elected in some of our biggest cities, as well as in rural areas in every region of the country, put in office to do nothing less than reinvent how their job is done. If they succeed, they can point the country toward a different and profoundly better future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charged: The New Movement to Transform American Prosecution and End Mass Incarceration Author: Emily Bazelon Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A renowned journalist and legal commentator exposes the unchecked power of the prosecutor as a driving force in America’s mass incarceration crisis—and charts a way out. “An important, thoughtful, and thorough examination of criminal justice in America that speaks directly to how we reduce mass incarceration.”—Bryan Stevenson, author of Just Mercy “This harrowing, often enraging book is a hopeful one, as well, profiling innovative new approaches and the frontline advocates who champion them.”—Matthew Desmond, author of Evicted FINALIST FOR THE LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE • SHORTLISTED FOR THE J. ANTHONY LUKAS BOOK PRIZE • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR • The New York Public Library • Library Journal • Publishers Weekly • Kirkus Reviews The American criminal justice system is supposed to be a contest between two equal adversaries, the prosecution and the defense, with judges ensuring a fair fight. That image of the law does not match the reality in the courtroom, however. Much of the time, it is prosecutors more than judges who control the outcome of a case, from choosing the charge to setting bail to determining the plea bargain. They often decide who goes free and who goes to prison, even who lives and who dies. In Charged, Emily Bazelon reveals how this kind of unchecked power is the underreported cause of enormous injustice—and the missing piece in the mass incarceration puzzle. Charged follows the story of two young people caught up in the criminal justice system: Kevin, a twenty-year-old in Brooklyn who picked up his friend’s gun as the cops burst in and was charged with a serious violent felony, and Noura, a teenage girl in Memphis indicted for the murder of her mother. Bazelon tracks both cases—from arrest and charging to trial and sentencing—and, with her trademark blend of deeply reported narrative, legal analysis, and investigative journalism, illustrates just how criminal prosecutions can go wrong and, more important, why they don’t have to. Bazelon also details the second chances they prosecutors can extend, if they choose, to Kevin and Noura and so many others. She follows a wave of reform-minded D.A.s who have been elected in some of our biggest cities, as well as in rural areas in every region of the country, put in office to do nothing less than reinvent how their job is done. If they succeed, they can point the country toward a different and profoundly better future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345113 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Shoe: How a New Breed of Wall Street Lawyers Changed Big Business and the American Century Author: John Oller Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The fascinating true story of how a group of visionary attorneys helped make American business synonymous with Big Business, and Wall Street the center of the financial world “Entertaining.”—The Wall Street Journal • “Fast-paced history.”—Library Journal • “Insightful and revealing.'—Kirkus • “Captivating.”—BookPage The legal profession once operated on a smaller scale—folksy lawyers arguing for fairness and justice before a judge and jury. But by the year 1900, a new type of lawyer was born, one who understood business as well as the law. Working hand in glove with their clients, over the next two decades these New York City “white shoe” lawyers devised and implemented legal strategies that would drive the business world throughout the twentieth century. These lawyers were architects of the monopolistic new corporations so despised by many, and acted as guardians who helped the kings of industry fend off government overreaching. Yet they also quietly steered their robber baron clients away from a “public be damned” attitude toward more enlightened corporate behavior during a period of progressive, turbulent change in America. Author John Oller, himself a former Wall Street lawyer, gives us a richly-written glimpse of turn-of-the-century New York, from the grandeur of private mansions and elegant hotels and the city’s early skyscrapers and transportation systems, to the depths of its deplorable tenement housing conditions. Some of the biggest names of the era are featured, including business titans J. P. Morgan and John D. Rockefeller, lawyer-statesmen Elihu Root and Charles Evans Hughes, and presidents Theodore Roosevelt, William Howard Taft, and Woodrow Wilson. Among the colorful, high-powered lawyers vividly portrayed, White Shoe focuses on three: Paul Cravath, who guided his client George Westinghouse in his war against Thomas Edison and launched a new model of law firm management—the “Cravath system”; Frank Stetson, the “attorney general” for financier J. P. Morgan who fiercely defended against government lawsuits to break up Morgan’s business empires; and William Nelson Cromwell, the lawyer “who taught the robber barons how to rob,” and was best known for his instrumental role in creating the Panama Canal. In White Shoe, the story of this small but influential band of Wall Street lawyers who created Big Business is fully told for the first time. John Oller Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345113 thebookvoice.com 13:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Shoe: How a New Breed of Wall Street Lawyers Changed Big Business and the American Century Author: John Oller Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The fascinating true story of how a group of visionary attorneys helped make American business synonymous with Big Business, and Wall Street the center of the financial world “Entertaining.”—The Wall Street Journal • “Fast-paced history.”—Library Journal • “Insightful and revealing.'—Kirkus • “Captivating.”—BookPage The legal profession once operated on a smaller scale—folksy lawyers arguing for fairness and justice before a judge and jury. But by the year 1900, a new type of lawyer was born, one who understood business as well as the law. Working hand in glove with their clients, over the next two decades these New York City “white shoe” lawyers devised and implemented legal strategies that would drive the business world throughout the twentieth century. These lawyers were architects of the monopolistic new corporations so despised by many, and acted as guardians who helped the kings of industry fend off government overreaching. Yet they also quietly steered their robber baron clients away from a “public be damned” attitude toward more enlightened corporate behavior during a period of progressive, turbulent change in America. Author John Oller, himself a former Wall Street lawyer, gives us a richly-written glimpse of turn-of-the-century New York, from the grandeur of private mansions and elegant hotels and the city’s early skyscrapers and transportation systems, to the depths of its deplorable tenement housing conditions. Some of the biggest names of the era are featured, including business titans J. P. Morgan and John D. Rockefeller, lawyer-statesmen Elihu Root and Charles Evans Hughes, and presidents Theodore Roosevelt, William Howard Taft, and Woodrow Wilson. Among the colorful, high-powered lawyers vividly portrayed, White Shoe focuses on three: Paul Cravath, who guided his client George Westinghouse in his war against Thomas Edison and launched a new model of law firm management—the “Cravath system”; Frank Stetson, the “attorney general” for financier J. P. Morgan who fiercely defended against government lawsuits to break up Morgan’s business empires; and William Nelson Cromwell, the lawyer “who taught the robber barons how to rob,” and was best known for his instrumental role in creating the Panama Canal. In White Shoe, the story of this small but influential band of Wall Street lawyers who created Big Business is fully told for the first time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Shoe: How a New Breed of Wall Street Lawyers Changed Big Business and the American Century Author: John Oller Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The fascinating true story of how a group of visionary attorneys helped make American business synonymous with Big Business, and Wall Street the center of the financial world “Entertaining.”—The Wall Street Journal • “Fast-paced history.”—Library Journal • “Insightful and revealing.'—Kirkus • “Captivating.”—BookPage The legal profession once operated on a smaller scale—folksy lawyers arguing for fairness and justice before a judge and jury. But by the year 1900, a new type of lawyer was born, one who understood business as well as the law. Working hand in glove with their clients, over the next two decades these New York City “white shoe” lawyers devised and implemented legal strategies that would drive the business world throughout the twentieth century. These lawyers were architects of the monopolistic new corporations so despised by many, and acted as guardians who helped the kings of industry fend off government overreaching. Yet they also quietly steered their robber baron clients away from a “public be damned” attitude toward more enlightened corporate behavior during a period of progressive, turbulent change in America. Author John Oller, himself a former Wall Street lawyer, gives us a richly-written glimpse of turn-of-the-century New York, from the grandeur of private mansions and elegant hotels and the city’s early skyscrapers and transportation systems, to the depths of its deplorable tenement housing conditions. Some of the biggest names of the era are featured, including business titans J. P. Morgan and John D. Rockefeller, lawyer-statesmen Elihu Root and Charles Evans Hughes, and presidents Theodore Roosevelt, William Howard Taft, and Woodrow Wilson. Among the colorful, high-powered lawyers vividly portrayed, White Shoe focuses on three: Paul Cravath, who guided his client George Westinghouse in his war against Thomas Edison and launched a new model of law firm management—the “Cravath system”; Frank Stetson, the “attorney general” for financier J. P. Morgan who fiercely defended against government lawsuits to break up Morgan’s business empires; and William Nelson Cromwell, the lawyer “who taught the robber barons how to rob,” and was best known for his instrumental role in creating the Panama Canal. In White Shoe, the story of this small but influential band of Wall Street lawyers who created Big Business is fully told for the first time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345109 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding My Voice: My Journey to the West Wing and the Path Forward Author: Valerie Jarrett Narrator: Valerie Jarrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Finalist for the NAACP Image Award for 'Outstanding Literary Work' 'Valerie has been one of Barack and my closest confidantes for decades... the world would feel a lot better if there were more people like Valerie blazing the trail for the rest of us.'--Michelle Obama 'The ultimate Obama insider' (The New York Times) and longest-serving senior advisor in the Obama White House shares her journey as a daughter, mother, lawyer, business leader, public servant, and leader in government at a historic moment in American history. When Valerie Jarrett interviewed a promising young lawyer named Michelle Robinson in July 1991 for a job in Chicago city government, neither knew that it was the first step on a path that would end in the White House. Jarrett soon became Michelle and Barack Obama's trusted personal adviser and family confidante; in the White House, she was known as the one who 'got' him and helped him engage his public life. Jarrett joined the White House team on January 20, 2009 and departed with the First Family on January 20, 2017, and she was in the room--in the Oval Office, on Air Force One, and everywhere else--when it all happened. No one has as intimate a view of the Obama Years, nor one that reaches back as many decades, as Jarrett shares in Finding My Voice. Born in Iran (where her father, a doctor, sought a better job than he could find in segregated America), Jarrett grew up in Chicago in the 60s as racial and gender barriers were being challenged. A single mother stagnating in corporate law, she found her voice in Harold Washington's historic administration, where she began a remarkable journey, ultimately becoming one of the most visible and influential African-American women of the twenty-first century. From her work ensuring equality for women and girls, advancing civil rights, reforming our criminal justice system, and improving the lives of working families, to the real stories behind some of the most stirring moments of the Obama presidency, Jarrett shares her forthright, optimistic perspective on the importance of leadership and the responsibilities of citizenship in the twenty-first century, inspiring readers to lift their own voices. Valerie Jarrett Tue, 02 Apr 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345109 thebookvoice.com 11:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding My Voice: My Journey to the West Wing and the Path Forward Author: Valerie Jarrett Narrator: Valerie Jarrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Finalist for the NAACP Image Award for 'Outstanding Literary Work' 'Valerie has been one of Barack and my closest confidantes for decades... the world would feel a lot better if there were more people like Valerie blazing the trail for the rest of us.'--Michelle Obama 'The ultimate Obama insider' (The New York Times) and longest-serving senior advisor in the Obama White House shares her journey as a daughter, mother, lawyer, business leader, public servant, and leader in government at a historic moment in American history. When Valerie Jarrett interviewed a promising young lawyer named Michelle Robinson in July 1991 for a job in Chicago city government, neither knew that it was the first step on a path that would end in the White House. Jarrett soon became Michelle and Barack Obama's trusted personal adviser and family confidante; in the White House, she was known as the one who 'got' him and helped him engage his public life. Jarrett joined the White House team on January 20, 2009 and departed with the First Family on January 20, 2017, and she was in the room--in the Oval Office, on Air Force One, and everywhere else--when it all happened. No one has as intimate a view of the Obama Years, nor one that reaches back as many decades, as Jarrett shares in Finding My Voice. Born in Iran (where her father, a doctor, sought a better job than he could find in segregated America), Jarrett grew up in Chicago in the 60s as racial and gender barriers were being challenged. A single mother stagnating in corporate law, she found her voice in Harold Washington's historic administration, where she began a remarkable journey, ultimately becoming one of the most visible and influential African-American women of the twenty-first century. From her work ensuring equality for women and girls, advancing civil rights, reforming our criminal justice system, and improving the lives of working families, to the real stories behind some of the most stirring moments of the Obama presidency, Jarrett shares her forthright, optimistic perspective on the importance of leadership and the responsibilities of citizenship in the twenty-first century, inspiring readers to lift their own voices. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding My Voice: My Journey to the West Wing and the Path Forward Author: Valerie Jarrett Narrator: Valerie Jarrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Finalist for the NAACP Image Award for 'Outstanding Literary Work' 'Valerie has been one of Barack and my closest confidantes for decades... the world would feel a lot better if there were more people like Valerie blazing the trail for the rest of us.'--Michelle Obama 'The ultimate Obama insider' (The New York Times) and longest-serving senior advisor in the Obama White House shares her journey as a daughter, mother, lawyer, business leader, public servant, and leader in government at a historic moment in American history. When Valerie Jarrett interviewed a promising young lawyer named Michelle Robinson in July 1991 for a job in Chicago city government, neither knew that it was the first step on a path that would end in the White House. Jarrett soon became Michelle and Barack Obama's trusted personal adviser and family confidante; in the White House, she was known as the one who 'got' him and helped him engage his public life. Jarrett joined the White House team on January 20, 2009 and departed with the First Family on January 20, 2017, and she was in the room--in the Oval Office, on Air Force One, and everywhere else--when it all happened. No one has as intimate a view of the Obama Years, nor one that reaches back as many decades, as Jarrett shares in Finding My Voice. Born in Iran (where her father, a doctor, sought a better job than he could find in segregated America), Jarrett grew up in Chicago in the 60s as racial and gender barriers were being challenged. A single mother stagnating in corporate law, she found her voice in Harold Washington's historic administration, where she began a remarkable journey, ultimately becoming one of the most visible and influential African-American women of the twenty-first century. From her work ensuring equality for women and girls, advancing civil rights, reforming our criminal justice system, and improving the lives of working families, to the real stories behind some of the most stirring moments of the Obama presidency, Jarrett shares her forthright, optimistic perspective on the importance of leadership and the responsibilities of citizenship in the twenty-first century, inspiring readers to lift their own voices. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345050 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stalin: The First In-depth Biography Based on Explosive New Documents from Russia's Secret Archives Author: Edvard Radzinsky Narrator: David Mccallum Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of The Last Tsar, the first full-scale life of Stalin to have what no previous biography has fully obtained: the facts. Granted privileged access to Russia's secret archives, Edvard Radzinsky paints a picture of the Soviet strongman as more calculating, ruthless, and blood-crazed than has ever been described or imagined. Stalin was a man for whom power was all, terror a useful weapon, and deceit a constant companion. As Radzinsky narrates the high drama of Stalin's epic quest for domination-first within the Communist Party, then over the Soviet Union and the world-he uncovers the startling truth about this most enigmatic of historical figures. Only now, in the post-Soviet era, can what was suppressed be told: Stalin's long-denied involvement with terrorism as a young revolutionary; the crucial importance of his misunderstood, behind-the-scenes role during the October Revolution; his often hostile relationship with Lenin; the details of his organization of terror, culminating in the infamous show trials of the 1930s; his secret dealings with Hitler, and how they backfired; and the horrifying plans he was making before his death to send the Soviet Union's Jews to concentration camps-tantamount to a potential second Holocaust. Radzinsky also takes an intimate look at Stalin's private life, marked by his turbulent relationship with his wife Nadezhda, and recreates the circumstances that led to her suicide. As he did in The Last Tsar, Radzinsky thrillingly brings the past to life. The Kremlin intrigues, the ceaseless round of double-dealing and back-stabbing, the private worlds of the Soviet Empire's ruling class-all become, in Radzinsky's hands, as gripping and powerful as the great Russian sagas. And the riddle of that most cold-blooded of leaders, a man for whom nothing was sacred in his pursuit of absolute might--and perhaps the greatest mass murderer in Western history--is solved. Edvard Radzinsky Wed, 05 Jul 2000 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345050 thebookvoice.com 6:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stalin: The First In-depth Biography Based on Explosive New Documents from Russia's Secret Archives Author: Edvard Radzinsky Narrator: David Mccallum Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of The Last Tsar, the first full-scale life of Stalin to have what no previous biography has fully obtained: the facts. Granted privileged access to Russia's secret archives, Edvard Radzinsky paints a picture of the Soviet strongman as more calculating, ruthless, and blood-crazed than has ever been described or imagined. Stalin was a man for whom power was all, terror a useful weapon, and deceit a constant companion. As Radzinsky narrates the high drama of Stalin's epic quest for domination-first within the Communist Party, then over the Soviet Union and the world-he uncovers the startling truth about this most enigmatic of historical figures. Only now, in the post-Soviet era, can what was suppressed be told: Stalin's long-denied involvement with terrorism as a young revolutionary; the crucial importance of his misunderstood, behind-the-scenes role during the October Revolution; his often hostile relationship with Lenin; the details of his organization of terror, culminating in the infamous show trials of the 1930s; his secret dealings with Hitler, and how they backfired; and the horrifying plans he was making before his death to send the Soviet Union's Jews to concentration camps-tantamount to a potential second Holocaust. Radzinsky also takes an intimate look at Stalin's private life, marked by his turbulent relationship with his wife Nadezhda, and recreates the circumstances that led to her suicide. As he did in The Last Tsar, Radzinsky thrillingly brings the past to life. The Kremlin intrigues, the ceaseless round of double-dealing and back-stabbing, the private worlds of the Soviet Empire's ruling class-all become, in Radzinsky's hands, as gripping and powerful as the great Russian sagas. And the riddle of that most cold-blooded of leaders, a man for whom nothing was sacred in his pursuit of absolute might--and perhaps the greatest mass murderer in Western history--is solved. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stalin: The First In-depth Biography Based on Explosive New Documents from Russia's Secret Archives Author: Edvard Radzinsky Narrator: David Mccallum Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of The Last Tsar, the first full-scale life of Stalin to have what no previous biography has fully obtained: the facts. Granted privileged access to Russia's secret archives, Edvard Radzinsky paints a picture of the Soviet strongman as more calculating, ruthless, and blood-crazed than has ever been described or imagined. Stalin was a man for whom power was all, terror a useful weapon, and deceit a constant companion. As Radzinsky narrates the high drama of Stalin's epic quest for domination-first within the Communist Party, then over the Soviet Union and the world-he uncovers the startling truth about this most enigmatic of historical figures. Only now, in the post-Soviet era, can what was suppressed be told: Stalin's long-denied involvement with terrorism as a young revolutionary; the crucial importance of his misunderstood, behind-the-scenes role during the October Revolution; his often hostile relationship with Lenin; the details of his organization of terror, culminating in the infamous show trials of the 1930s; his secret dealings with Hitler, and how they backfired; and the horrifying plans he was making before his death to send the Soviet Union's Jews to concentration camps-tantamount to a potential second Holocaust. Radzinsky also takes an intimate look at Stalin's private life, marked by his turbulent relationship with his wife Nadezhda, and recreates the circumstances that led to her suicide. As he did in The Last Tsar, Radzinsky thrillingly brings the past to life. The Kremlin intrigues, the ceaseless round of double-dealing and back-stabbing, the private worlds of the Soviet Empire's ruling class-all become, in Radzinsky's hands, as gripping and powerful as the great Russian sagas. And the riddle of that most cold-blooded of leaders, a man for whom nothing was sacred in his pursuit of absolute might--and perhaps the greatest mass murderer in Western history--is solved. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344997 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Cipher: Bowe Bergdahl and the U.S. Tragedy in Afghanistan Author: Michael Ames, Matt Farwell Narrator: Christopher Ryan Grant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The explosive narrative of the life, captivity, and trial of Bowe Bergdahl, the soldier who was abducted by the Taliban and whose story has served as a symbol for America's foundering war in Afghanistan ”An unsettling and riveting book filled with the mysteries of human nature.” —Kirkus Private First Class Bowe Bergdahl left his platoon's base in eastern Afghanistan in the early hours of June 30, 2009. Since that day, easy answers to the many questions surrounding his case—why did he leave his post? What kinds of efforts were made to recover him from the Taliban? And why, facing a court martial, did he plead guilty to the serious charges against him?—have proved elusive. Taut in its pacing but sweeping in its scope, American Cipher is the riveting and deeply sourced account of the nearly decade-old Bergdahl quagmire—which, as journalists Matt Farwell and Michael Ames persuasively argue, is as illuminating an episode as we have as we seek the larger truths of how the United States lost its way in Afghanistan. The book tells the parallel stories of a young man's halting coming of age and a nation stalled in an unwinnable war, revealing the fallout that ensued when the two collided: a fumbling recovery effort that suppressed intelligence on Bergdahl's true location and bungled multiple opportunities to bring him back sooner; a homecoming that served to deepen the nation's already-vast political fissure; a trial that cast judgment on not only the defendant, but most everyone involved. The book's beating heart is Bergdahl himself—an idealistic, misguided soldier onto whom a nation projected the political and emotional complications of service. Based on years of exclusive reporting drawing on dozens of sources throughout the military, government, and Bergdahl's family, friends, and fellow soldiers, American Cipher is at once a meticulous investigation of government dysfunction and political posturing, a blistering commentary on America's presence in Afghanistan, and a heartbreaking story of a naïve young man who thought he could fix the world and wound up the tool of forces far beyond his understanding. Michael Ames, Matt Farwell Tue, 12 Mar 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344997 thebookvoice.com 12:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Cipher: Bowe Bergdahl and the U.S. Tragedy in Afghanistan Author: Michael Ames, Matt Farwell Narrator: Christopher Ryan Grant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The explosive narrative of the life, captivity, and trial of Bowe Bergdahl, the soldier who was abducted by the Taliban and whose story has served as a symbol for America's foundering war in Afghanistan ”An unsettling and riveting book filled with the mysteries of human nature.” —Kirkus Private First Class Bowe Bergdahl left his platoon's base in eastern Afghanistan in the early hours of June 30, 2009. Since that day, easy answers to the many questions surrounding his case—why did he leave his post? What kinds of efforts were made to recover him from the Taliban? And why, facing a court martial, did he plead guilty to the serious charges against him?—have proved elusive. Taut in its pacing but sweeping in its scope, American Cipher is the riveting and deeply sourced account of the nearly decade-old Bergdahl quagmire—which, as journalists Matt Farwell and Michael Ames persuasively argue, is as illuminating an episode as we have as we seek the larger truths of how the United States lost its way in Afghanistan. The book tells the parallel stories of a young man's halting coming of age and a nation stalled in an unwinnable war, revealing the fallout that ensued when the two collided: a fumbling recovery effort that suppressed intelligence on Bergdahl's true location and bungled multiple opportunities to bring him back sooner; a homecoming that served to deepen the nation's already-vast political fissure; a trial that cast judgment on not only the defendant, but most everyone involved. The book's beating heart is Bergdahl himself—an idealistic, misguided soldier onto whom a nation projected the political and emotional complications of service. Based on years of exclusive reporting drawing on dozens of sources throughout the military, government, and Bergdahl's family, friends, and fellow soldiers, American Cipher is at once a meticulous investigation of government dysfunction and political posturing, a blistering commentary on America's presence in Afghanistan, and a heartbreaking story of a naïve young man who thought he could fix the world and wound up the tool of forces far beyond his understanding. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Cipher: Bowe Bergdahl and the U.S. Tragedy in Afghanistan Author: Michael Ames, Matt Farwell Narrator: Christopher Ryan Grant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The explosive narrative of the life, captivity, and trial of Bowe Bergdahl, the soldier who was abducted by the Taliban and whose story has served as a symbol for America's foundering war in Afghanistan ”An unsettling and riveting book filled with the mysteries of human nature.” —Kirkus Private First Class Bowe Bergdahl left his platoon's base in eastern Afghanistan in the early hours of June 30, 2009. Since that day, easy answers to the many questions surrounding his case—why did he leave his post? What kinds of efforts were made to recover him from the Taliban? And why, facing a court martial, did he plead guilty to the serious charges against him?—have proved elusive. Taut in its pacing but sweeping in its scope, American Cipher is the riveting and deeply sourced account of the nearly decade-old Bergdahl quagmire—which, as journalists Matt Farwell and Michael Ames persuasively argue, is as illuminating an episode as we have as we seek the larger truths of how the United States lost its way in Afghanistan. The book tells the parallel stories of a young man's halting coming of age and a nation stalled in an unwinnable war, revealing the fallout that ensued when the two collided: a fumbling recovery effort that suppressed intelligence on Bergdahl's true location and bungled multiple opportunities to bring him back sooner; a homecoming that served to deepen the nation's already-vast political fissure; a trial that cast judgment on not only the defendant, but most everyone involved. The book's beating heart is Bergdahl himself—an idealistic, misguided soldier onto whom a nation projected the political and emotional complications of service. Based on years of exclusive reporting drawing on dozens of sources throughout the military, government, and Bergdahl's family, friends, and fellow soldiers, American Cipher is at once a meticulous investigation of government dysfunction and political posturing, a blistering commentary on America's presence in Afghanistan, and a heartbreaking story of a naïve young man who thought he could fix the world and wound up the tool of forces far beyond his understanding. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344926 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Like a Woman: A Manifesto For Change Author: Mary Portas Narrator: Mary Portas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Work Like a Woman written and read by Mary Portas. By most people’s standards I would say I’ve had a pretty good career. I’ve reached the top of the ‘ladder’ and been lucky enough to have had a damned good life. But at what cost? At the cost of who I truly was. I played the business game for years, where the rules were set by men for men. I was tough and aggressive. I put in long hours, was competitive and resilient. But I suppressed my natural energy, sensitivity and instinct. I worked like this until I couldn’t any more. And then I changed. My team and I rebuilt my business on the values that matter: collaboration, empathy, instinct and trust. Values not always associated with leadership or winning, but which have made every one of us feel good. Now I want to share what I’ve learned through my own experiences, and am still learning, to change the way you work so that female energy and power will be seen as the most valuable currency in today’s new world of work. It’s time to create an unstoppable force for change. A feminine force. It’s time to #WorkLikeAWoman. Mary Portas Thu, 01 Nov 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344926 thebookvoice.com 5:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Like a Woman: A Manifesto For Change Author: Mary Portas Narrator: Mary Portas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Work Like a Woman written and read by Mary Portas. By most people’s standards I would say I’ve had a pretty good career. I’ve reached the top of the ‘ladder’ and been lucky enough to have had a damned good life. But at what cost? At the cost of who I truly was. I played the business game for years, where the rules were set by men for men. I was tough and aggressive. I put in long hours, was competitive and resilient. But I suppressed my natural energy, sensitivity and instinct. I worked like this until I couldn’t any more. And then I changed. My team and I rebuilt my business on the values that matter: collaboration, empathy, instinct and trust. Values not always associated with leadership or winning, but which have made every one of us feel good. Now I want to share what I’ve learned through my own experiences, and am still learning, to change the way you work so that female energy and power will be seen as the most valuable currency in today’s new world of work. It’s time to create an unstoppable force for change. A feminine force. It’s time to #WorkLikeAWoman. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Like a Woman: A Manifesto For Change Author: Mary Portas Narrator: Mary Portas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Work Like a Woman written and read by Mary Portas. By most people’s standards I would say I’ve had a pretty good career. I’ve reached the top of the ‘ladder’ and been lucky enough to have had a damned good life. But at what cost? At the cost of who I truly was. I played the business game for years, where the rules were set by men for men. I was tough and aggressive. I put in long hours, was competitive and resilient. But I suppressed my natural energy, sensitivity and instinct. I worked like this until I couldn’t any more. And then I changed. My team and I rebuilt my business on the values that matter: collaboration, empathy, instinct and trust. Values not always associated with leadership or winning, but which have made every one of us feel good. Now I want to share what I’ve learned through my own experiences, and am still learning, to change the way you work so that female energy and power will be seen as the most valuable currency in today’s new world of work. It’s time to create an unstoppable force for change. A feminine force. It’s time to #WorkLikeAWoman. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344892 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Value of Everything: Making and Taking in the Global Economy Author: Mariana Mazzucato Narrator: Amy Finegan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Value of Everything by Mariana Mazzucato, read by Amy Finegan. Who really creates wealth in our world? And how do we decide the value of what they do? At the heart of today's financial and economic crisis is a problem hiding in plain sight. In modern capitalism, value-extraction is rewarded more highly than value-creation: the productive process that drives a healthy economy and society. From companies driven solely to maximize shareholder value to astronomically high prices of medicines justified through big pharma's 'value pricing', we misidentify taking with making, and have lost sight of what value really means. Once a central plank of economic thought, this concept of value - what it is, why it matters to us - is simply no longer discussed. Yet, argues Mariana Mazzucato in this penetrating and passionate new book, if we are to reform capitalism - radically to transform an increasingly sick system rather than continue feeding it - we urgently need to rethink where wealth comes from. Which activities create it, which extract it, which destroy it? Answers to these questions are key if we want to replace the current parasitic system with a type of capitalism that is more sustainable, more symbiotic - that works for us all. The Value of Everything will reignite a long-needed debate about the kind of world we really want to live in. Mariana Mazzucato Thu, 01 Nov 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344892 thebookvoice.com 11:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Value of Everything: Making and Taking in the Global Economy Author: Mariana Mazzucato Narrator: Amy Finegan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Value of Everything by Mariana Mazzucato, read by Amy Finegan. Who really creates wealth in our world? And how do we decide the value of what they do? At the heart of today's financial and economic crisis is a problem hiding in plain sight. In modern capitalism, value-extraction is rewarded more highly than value-creation: the productive process that drives a healthy economy and society. From companies driven solely to maximize shareholder value to astronomically high prices of medicines justified through big pharma's 'value pricing', we misidentify taking with making, and have lost sight of what value really means. Once a central plank of economic thought, this concept of value - what it is, why it matters to us - is simply no longer discussed. Yet, argues Mariana Mazzucato in this penetrating and passionate new book, if we are to reform capitalism - radically to transform an increasingly sick system rather than continue feeding it - we urgently need to rethink where wealth comes from. Which activities create it, which extract it, which destroy it? Answers to these questions are key if we want to replace the current parasitic system with a type of capitalism that is more sustainable, more symbiotic - that works for us all. The Value of Everything will reignite a long-needed debate about the kind of world we really want to live in. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Value of Everything: Making and Taking in the Global Economy Author: Mariana Mazzucato Narrator: Amy Finegan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Value of Everything by Mariana Mazzucato, read by Amy Finegan. Who really creates wealth in our world? And how do we decide the value of what they do? At the heart of today's financial and economic crisis is a problem hiding in plain sight. In modern capitalism, value-extraction is rewarded more highly than value-creation: the productive process that drives a healthy economy and society. From companies driven solely to maximize shareholder value to astronomically high prices of medicines justified through big pharma's 'value pricing', we misidentify taking with making, and have lost sight of what value really means. Once a central plank of economic thought, this concept of value - what it is, why it matters to us - is simply no longer discussed. Yet, argues Mariana Mazzucato in this penetrating and passionate new book, if we are to reform capitalism - radically to transform an increasingly sick system rather than continue feeding it - we urgently need to rethink where wealth comes from. Which activities create it, which extract it, which destroy it? Answers to these questions are key if we want to replace the current parasitic system with a type of capitalism that is more sustainable, more symbiotic - that works for us all. The Value of Everything will reignite a long-needed debate about the kind of world we really want to live in. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344745 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344745]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Is Racial Equality Unconstitutional? Author: Mark Golub Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: More than just a legal doctrine, color-blind constitutionalism has emerged as the defining metaphor of the post–Civil Rights era. Even for those challenging its constitutional authority, the language of color-blindness sets the terms of debate. Critics of color-blind constitutionalism are in this sense captured by the object of their critique. And yet, paradoxically, to enact a color-blind rule actually requires a heightened awareness of race. As such, color-blind constitutionalism represents a particular form of racial consciousness rather than an alternative to it. Challenging familiar understandings of race, rights, and American law, Is Racial Equality Unconstitutional? explores how current equal protection law renders the pursuit of racial equality constitutionally suspect. Identifying hierarchy rather than equality as an enduring constitutional norm, the book demonstrates how the pursuit of racial equality, historically, has been viewed as a violation of white rights. Arguing against conservative and liberal redemption narratives, both of which imagine racial equality as the perfection of American democracy, Is Racial Equality Unconstitutional? calls instead for a break from the current constitutional order, that it may be re-founded upon principles of racial democracy. Mark Golub Tue, 31 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344745 thebookvoice.com 7:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344745]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Is Racial Equality Unconstitutional? Author: Mark Golub Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: More than just a legal doctrine, color-blind constitutionalism has emerged as the defining metaphor of the post–Civil Rights era. Even for those challenging its constitutional authority, the language of color-blindness sets the terms of debate. Critics of color-blind constitutionalism are in this sense captured by the object of their critique. And yet, paradoxically, to enact a color-blind rule actually requires a heightened awareness of race. As such, color-blind constitutionalism represents a particular form of racial consciousness rather than an alternative to it. Challenging familiar understandings of race, rights, and American law, Is Racial Equality Unconstitutional? explores how current equal protection law renders the pursuit of racial equality constitutionally suspect. Identifying hierarchy rather than equality as an enduring constitutional norm, the book demonstrates how the pursuit of racial equality, historically, has been viewed as a violation of white rights. Arguing against conservative and liberal redemption narratives, both of which imagine racial equality as the perfection of American democracy, Is Racial Equality Unconstitutional? calls instead for a break from the current constitutional order, that it may be re-founded upon principles of racial democracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344745]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Is Racial Equality Unconstitutional? Author: Mark Golub Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: More than just a legal doctrine, color-blind constitutionalism has emerged as the defining metaphor of the post–Civil Rights era. Even for those challenging its constitutional authority, the language of color-blindness sets the terms of debate. Critics of color-blind constitutionalism are in this sense captured by the object of their critique. And yet, paradoxically, to enact a color-blind rule actually requires a heightened awareness of race. As such, color-blind constitutionalism represents a particular form of racial consciousness rather than an alternative to it. Challenging familiar understandings of race, rights, and American law, Is Racial Equality Unconstitutional? explores how current equal protection law renders the pursuit of racial equality constitutionally suspect. Identifying hierarchy rather than equality as an enduring constitutional norm, the book demonstrates how the pursuit of racial equality, historically, has been viewed as a violation of white rights. Arguing against conservative and liberal redemption narratives, both of which imagine racial equality as the perfection of American democracy, Is Racial Equality Unconstitutional? calls instead for a break from the current constitutional order, that it may be re-founded upon principles of racial democracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344739 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fascism: A Very Short Introduction Author: Kevin Passmore Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What is fascism? Is it revolutionary? Or is it reactionary? Can it be both? Fascism is notoriously hard to define. How do we make sense of an ideology that appeals to streetfighters and intellectuals alike? That is overtly macho in style, yet attracts many women? That calls for a return to tradition while maintaining a fascination with technology? And that preaches violence in the name of an ordered society? In the new edition of this Very Short Introduction, Kevin Passmore brilliantly unravels the paradoxes of one of the most important phenomena in the modern world—tracing its origins in the intellectual, political, and social crises of the late nineteenth century, the rise of fascism following World War I, including fascist regimes in Italy and Germany, and the fortunes of 'failed' fascist movements in Eastern Europe, Spain, and the Americas. He also considers fascism in culture, the new interest in transnational research, and the progress of the far right since 2002. Kevin Passmore Tue, 31 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344739 thebookvoice.com 6:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fascism: A Very Short Introduction Author: Kevin Passmore Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What is fascism? Is it revolutionary? Or is it reactionary? Can it be both? Fascism is notoriously hard to define. How do we make sense of an ideology that appeals to streetfighters and intellectuals alike? That is overtly macho in style, yet attracts many women? That calls for a return to tradition while maintaining a fascination with technology? And that preaches violence in the name of an ordered society? In the new edition of this Very Short Introduction, Kevin Passmore brilliantly unravels the paradoxes of one of the most important phenomena in the modern world—tracing its origins in the intellectual, political, and social crises of the late nineteenth century, the rise of fascism following World War I, including fascist regimes in Italy and Germany, and the fortunes of 'failed' fascist movements in Eastern Europe, Spain, and the Americas. He also considers fascism in culture, the new interest in transnational research, and the progress of the far right since 2002. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fascism: A Very Short Introduction Author: Kevin Passmore Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What is fascism? Is it revolutionary? Or is it reactionary? Can it be both? Fascism is notoriously hard to define. How do we make sense of an ideology that appeals to streetfighters and intellectuals alike? That is overtly macho in style, yet attracts many women? That calls for a return to tradition while maintaining a fascination with technology? And that preaches violence in the name of an ordered society? In the new edition of this Very Short Introduction, Kevin Passmore brilliantly unravels the paradoxes of one of the most important phenomena in the modern world—tracing its origins in the intellectual, political, and social crises of the late nineteenth century, the rise of fascism following World War I, including fascist regimes in Italy and Germany, and the fortunes of 'failed' fascist movements in Eastern Europe, Spain, and the Americas. He also considers fascism in culture, the new interest in transnational research, and the progress of the far right since 2002. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344740 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Politics: A Very Short Introduction Author: Richard M. Valelly Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American politics seems to grow more contentious and complicated by the day, and whether American democracy works well is hotly debated. Amidst all this roiling partisan argument and confusing claims and counterclaims, there has never been a greater need for an impartial primer on the basics of the American political system. This Very Short Introduction gives listeners a concise, accessible, and sophisticated overview of the vital elements of American democracy, emphasizing both how these elements function, their historical origins, and how they have evolved into their present forms. Richard Valelly covers all facets of America's political system: the bicameral Congress and the place of the filibuster, the legislative-executive process, the role of the Supreme Court, political parties and democratic choice, bureaucracy, the partisan revival, and the political economy. He offers as well an original analysis of the evolution of the American presidency and a fascinating chapter on the effects of public polling on political decision-making and voter representation. Valelly shows that the American political system is, and always has been, very much a work in progress—unfolding within, and also constantly updating, an eighteenth-century constitutional framework. In a refreshingly balanced and judicious assessment, he explores the strengths of American democracy while candidly acknowledging both gaps in representation and the increasing income inequality have sparked protest and intense public discussion. Finally, Valelly considers the remarkable persistence, for more than two centuries, of the basic constitutional forms established in 1787, despite the dramatic social changes that have reshaped virtually all aspects of American life. For anyone wishing to understand the nuts and bolts of how our political system works—and sometimes fails to work—this Very Short Introduction is the very best place to start. Richard M. Valelly Tue, 31 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344740 thebookvoice.com 3:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Politics: A Very Short Introduction Author: Richard M. Valelly Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American politics seems to grow more contentious and complicated by the day, and whether American democracy works well is hotly debated. Amidst all this roiling partisan argument and confusing claims and counterclaims, there has never been a greater need for an impartial primer on the basics of the American political system. This Very Short Introduction gives listeners a concise, accessible, and sophisticated overview of the vital elements of American democracy, emphasizing both how these elements function, their historical origins, and how they have evolved into their present forms. Richard Valelly covers all facets of America's political system: the bicameral Congress and the place of the filibuster, the legislative-executive process, the role of the Supreme Court, political parties and democratic choice, bureaucracy, the partisan revival, and the political economy. He offers as well an original analysis of the evolution of the American presidency and a fascinating chapter on the effects of public polling on political decision-making and voter representation. Valelly shows that the American political system is, and always has been, very much a work in progress—unfolding within, and also constantly updating, an eighteenth-century constitutional framework. In a refreshingly balanced and judicious assessment, he explores the strengths of American democracy while candidly acknowledging both gaps in representation and the increasing income inequality have sparked protest and intense public discussion. Finally, Valelly considers the remarkable persistence, for more than two centuries, of the basic constitutional forms established in 1787, despite the dramatic social changes that have reshaped virtually all aspects of American life. For anyone wishing to understand the nuts and bolts of how our political system works—and sometimes fails to work—this Very Short Introduction is the very best place to start. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Politics: A Very Short Introduction Author: Richard M. Valelly Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American politics seems to grow more contentious and complicated by the day, and whether American democracy works well is hotly debated. Amidst all this roiling partisan argument and confusing claims and counterclaims, there has never been a greater need for an impartial primer on the basics of the American political system. This Very Short Introduction gives listeners a concise, accessible, and sophisticated overview of the vital elements of American democracy, emphasizing both how these elements function, their historical origins, and how they have evolved into their present forms. Richard Valelly covers all facets of America's political system: the bicameral Congress and the place of the filibuster, the legislative-executive process, the role of the Supreme Court, political parties and democratic choice, bureaucracy, the partisan revival, and the political economy. He offers as well an original analysis of the evolution of the American presidency and a fascinating chapter on the effects of public polling on political decision-making and voter representation. Valelly shows that the American political system is, and always has been, very much a work in progress—unfolding within, and also constantly updating, an eighteenth-century constitutional framework. In a refreshingly balanced and judicious assessment, he explores the strengths of American democracy while candidly acknowledging both gaps in representation and the increasing income inequality have sparked protest and intense public discussion. Finally, Valelly considers the remarkable persistence, for more than two centuries, of the basic constitutional forms established in 1787, despite the dramatic social changes that have reshaped virtually all aspects of American life. For anyone wishing to understand the nuts and bolts of how our political system works—and sometimes fails to work—this Very Short Introduction is the very best place to start. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344705 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing the SS: The Hunt for the Worst War Criminals in History Series: Part of Bill O'Reilly's Killing Series Author: Martin Dugard, Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.98 of Total 313 Ratings of Narrator: 4.36 of Total 33 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Instant #1 New York Times Bestseller (October 2018) Confronting Nazi evil is the subject of the next installment in the mega-bestselling Killing series As the true horrors of the Third Reich began to be exposed immediately after World War II, the Nazi war criminals who committed genocide went on the run. A few were swiftly caught, including the notorious SS leader, Heinrich Himmler. Others, however, evaded capture through a sophisticated Nazi organization designed to hide them. Among those war criminals were Josef Mengele, the “Angel of Death” who performed hideous medical experiments at Auschwitz; Martin Bormann, Hitler’s brutal personal secretary; Klaus Barbie, the cruel 'Butcher of Lyon'; and perhaps the most awful Nazi of all: Adolf Eichmann. Killing the SS is the epic saga of the espionage and daring waged by self-styled 'Nazi hunters.' This determined and disparate group included a French husband and wife team, an American lawyer who served in the army on D-Day, a German prosecutor who had signed an oath to the Nazi Party, Israeli Mossad agents, and a death camp survivor. Over decades, these men and women scoured the world, tracking down the SS fugitives and bringing them to justice, which often meant death. Written in the fast-paced style of the Killing series, Killing the SS will educate and stun the listener. The final chapter is truly shocking. Martin Dugard, Bill O'Reilly Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344705 thebookvoice.com 7:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing the SS: The Hunt for the Worst War Criminals in History Series: Part of Bill O'Reilly's Killing Series Author: Martin Dugard, Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.98 of Total 313 Ratings of Narrator: 4.36 of Total 33 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Instant #1 New York Times Bestseller (October 2018) Confronting Nazi evil is the subject of the next installment in the mega-bestselling Killing series As the true horrors of the Third Reich began to be exposed immediately after World War II, the Nazi war criminals who committed genocide went on the run. A few were swiftly caught, including the notorious SS leader, Heinrich Himmler. Others, however, evaded capture through a sophisticated Nazi organization designed to hide them. Among those war criminals were Josef Mengele, the “Angel of Death” who performed hideous medical experiments at Auschwitz; Martin Bormann, Hitler’s brutal personal secretary; Klaus Barbie, the cruel 'Butcher of Lyon'; and perhaps the most awful Nazi of all: Adolf Eichmann. Killing the SS is the epic saga of the espionage and daring waged by self-styled 'Nazi hunters.' This determined and disparate group included a French husband and wife team, an American lawyer who served in the army on D-Day, a German prosecutor who had signed an oath to the Nazi Party, Israeli Mossad agents, and a death camp survivor. Over decades, these men and women scoured the world, tracking down the SS fugitives and bringing them to justice, which often meant death. Written in the fast-paced style of the Killing series, Killing the SS will educate and stun the listener. The final chapter is truly shocking. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing the SS: The Hunt for the Worst War Criminals in History Series: Part of Bill O'Reilly's Killing Series Author: Martin Dugard, Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.98 of Total 313 Ratings of Narrator: 4.36 of Total 33 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Instant #1 New York Times Bestseller (October 2018) Confronting Nazi evil is the subject of the next installment in the mega-bestselling Killing series As the true horrors of the Third Reich began to be exposed immediately after World War II, the Nazi war criminals who committed genocide went on the run. A few were swiftly caught, including the notorious SS leader, Heinrich Himmler. Others, however, evaded capture through a sophisticated Nazi organization designed to hide them. Among those war criminals were Josef Mengele, the “Angel of Death” who performed hideous medical experiments at Auschwitz; Martin Bormann, Hitler’s brutal personal secretary; Klaus Barbie, the cruel 'Butcher of Lyon'; and perhaps the most awful Nazi of all: Adolf Eichmann. Killing the SS is the epic saga of the espionage and daring waged by self-styled 'Nazi hunters.' This determined and disparate group included a French husband and wife team, an American lawyer who served in the army on D-Day, a German prosecutor who had signed an oath to the Nazi Party, Israeli Mossad agents, and a death camp survivor. Over decades, these men and women scoured the world, tracking down the SS fugitives and bringing them to justice, which often meant death. Written in the fast-paced style of the Killing series, Killing the SS will educate and stun the listener. The final chapter is truly shocking. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344701 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mr. Trump's Wild Ride: The Thrills, Chills, Screams, and Occasional Blackouts of an Extraordinary Presidency Author: Major Garrett Narrator: Major Garrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A chronicle of the Trump administration from the inside perspective of a White House press correspondent. 'Garrett's assessment of Trump manages the difficult task of being both hard-hitting and even-handed, as well as smartly entertaining...The result is one of the best accounts yet of Trump's impact.' — Publishers Weekly Major Garrett Tue, 18 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344701 thebookvoice.com 12:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mr. Trump's Wild Ride: The Thrills, Chills, Screams, and Occasional Blackouts of an Extraordinary Presidency Author: Major Garrett Narrator: Major Garrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A chronicle of the Trump administration from the inside perspective of a White House press correspondent. 'Garrett's assessment of Trump manages the difficult task of being both hard-hitting and even-handed, as well as smartly entertaining...The result is one of the best accounts yet of Trump's impact.' — Publishers Weekly Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mr. Trump's Wild Ride: The Thrills, Chills, Screams, and Occasional Blackouts of an Extraordinary Presidency Author: Major Garrett Narrator: Major Garrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A chronicle of the Trump administration from the inside perspective of a White House press correspondent. 'Garrett's assessment of Trump manages the difficult task of being both hard-hitting and even-handed, as well as smartly entertaining...The result is one of the best accounts yet of Trump's impact.' — Publishers Weekly https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344672 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Glorious Defeats: Hacktivist, Narcissist, Anonymous: A Memoir Author: Barrett Brown Narrator: Barrett Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. Barrett Brown went to prison for four years for leaking intelligence documents. He was released to Trump’s America. This is his story. After a series of escapades both online and off that brought him in and out of 4chan forums, the halls of power, heroin addiction, and federal prison, Barrett Brown is a free man. He was arrested for his part in an attempt to catalog, interpret, and disseminate top-secret documents exposed in a security lapse by the intelligence contractor Stratfor in 2011. An influential journalist who is also active in the hacktivist collective Anonymous, Brown recounts exploits from a life shaped by an often self-destructive drive to speak truth to power. With inimitable wit and style, palpable anger and conviction, he exposes the incompetence and injustices that plague media and politics, reflects on the successes and failures of the transparency movement, and shows the way forward in harnessing digital communication tools for collective action. But My Glorious Defeats is more than just the tale of the clever and hilarious Brown; it’s also a rigorously researched dissection of our decaying institutions and of human nature itself. As Brown makes clear, institutions are made of people—people with personal ambitions and personal vices—and it is people, just like him, just like us, who hold power. As optimistic as it is heartbreaking, My Glorious Defeats is an entertaining and illuminating manual for insurgency in the information age. A Macmillan Audio production from Farrar, Straus and Giroux. Barrett Brown Tue, 09 Jul 2024 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344672 thebookvoice.com 9:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Glorious Defeats: Hacktivist, Narcissist, Anonymous: A Memoir Author: Barrett Brown Narrator: Barrett Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. Barrett Brown went to prison for four years for leaking intelligence documents. He was released to Trump’s America. This is his story. After a series of escapades both online and off that brought him in and out of 4chan forums, the halls of power, heroin addiction, and federal prison, Barrett Brown is a free man. He was arrested for his part in an attempt to catalog, interpret, and disseminate top-secret documents exposed in a security lapse by the intelligence contractor Stratfor in 2011. An influential journalist who is also active in the hacktivist collective Anonymous, Brown recounts exploits from a life shaped by an often self-destructive drive to speak truth to power. With inimitable wit and style, palpable anger and conviction, he exposes the incompetence and injustices that plague media and politics, reflects on the successes and failures of the transparency movement, and shows the way forward in harnessing digital communication tools for collective action. But My Glorious Defeats is more than just the tale of the clever and hilarious Brown; it’s also a rigorously researched dissection of our decaying institutions and of human nature itself. As Brown makes clear, institutions are made of people—people with personal ambitions and personal vices—and it is people, just like him, just like us, who hold power. As optimistic as it is heartbreaking, My Glorious Defeats is an entertaining and illuminating manual for insurgency in the information age. A Macmillan Audio production from Farrar, Straus and Giroux. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Glorious Defeats: Hacktivist, Narcissist, Anonymous: A Memoir Author: Barrett Brown Narrator: Barrett Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. Barrett Brown went to prison for four years for leaking intelligence documents. He was released to Trump’s America. This is his story. After a series of escapades both online and off that brought him in and out of 4chan forums, the halls of power, heroin addiction, and federal prison, Barrett Brown is a free man. He was arrested for his part in an attempt to catalog, interpret, and disseminate top-secret documents exposed in a security lapse by the intelligence contractor Stratfor in 2011. An influential journalist who is also active in the hacktivist collective Anonymous, Brown recounts exploits from a life shaped by an often self-destructive drive to speak truth to power. With inimitable wit and style, palpable anger and conviction, he exposes the incompetence and injustices that plague media and politics, reflects on the successes and failures of the transparency movement, and shows the way forward in harnessing digital communication tools for collective action. But My Glorious Defeats is more than just the tale of the clever and hilarious Brown; it’s also a rigorously researched dissection of our decaying institutions and of human nature itself. As Brown makes clear, institutions are made of people—people with personal ambitions and personal vices—and it is people, just like him, just like us, who hold power. As optimistic as it is heartbreaking, My Glorious Defeats is an entertaining and illuminating manual for insurgency in the information age. A Macmillan Audio production from Farrar, Straus and Giroux. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344665 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bending Toward Justice: The Birmingham Church Bombing that Changed the Course of Civil Rights Author: Doug Jones Narrator: Doug Jones, Rick Bragg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “For 40 years, justice had gone undone in the brutal murder of four young girls in the Sixteenth Street Baptist Church...Doug Jones said no more. Justice had to be done. Those young girls deserved it. Their families deserved it. The community needed it. It took courage, commitment, and persistence. And—maybe most of all—heart.” — Former Vice President Joe Biden This program is read by the author. The story of the decades-long fight to bring justice to the victims of the 16th Street Baptist Church bombing, culminating in Sen. Doug Jones' prosecution of the last living bombers. On September 15, 1963, the 16th Street Baptist Church in Birmingham, Alabama was bombed. The blast killed four young girls and injured twenty-two others. The FBI suspected four particularly radical Ku Klux Klan members. Yet due to reluctant witnesses, a lack of physical evidence, and pervasive racial prejudice the case was closed without any indictments. But as Martin Luther King, Jr. famously expressed it, 'the arc of the moral universe is long, but it bends toward justice.' Years later, Alabama Attorney General William Baxley reopened the case, ultimately convicting one of the bombers in 1977. Another suspect passed away in 1994, and US Attorney Doug Jones tried and convicted the final two in 2001 and 2002, representing the correction of an outrageous miscarriage of justice nearly forty years in the making. Jones himself went on to win election as Alabama’s first Democratic Senator since 1992 in a dramatic race against Republican challenger Roy Moore. Bending Toward Justice is a dramatic and compelling account of a key moment in our long national struggle for equality, relayed by an author who played a major role in these events. A distinguished work of legal and personal history, this audiobook is destined to take its place alongside other canonical civil rights histories. Doug Jones Tue, 05 Mar 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344665 thebookvoice.com 15:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bending Toward Justice: The Birmingham Church Bombing that Changed the Course of Civil Rights Author: Doug Jones Narrator: Doug Jones, Rick Bragg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “For 40 years, justice had gone undone in the brutal murder of four young girls in the Sixteenth Street Baptist Church...Doug Jones said no more. Justice had to be done. Those young girls deserved it. Their families deserved it. The community needed it. It took courage, commitment, and persistence. And—maybe most of all—heart.” — Former Vice President Joe Biden This program is read by the author. The story of the decades-long fight to bring justice to the victims of the 16th Street Baptist Church bombing, culminating in Sen. Doug Jones' prosecution of the last living bombers. On September 15, 1963, the 16th Street Baptist Church in Birmingham, Alabama was bombed. The blast killed four young girls and injured twenty-two others. The FBI suspected four particularly radical Ku Klux Klan members. Yet due to reluctant witnesses, a lack of physical evidence, and pervasive racial prejudice the case was closed without any indictments. But as Martin Luther King, Jr. famously expressed it, 'the arc of the moral universe is long, but it bends toward justice.' Years later, Alabama Attorney General William Baxley reopened the case, ultimately convicting one of the bombers in 1977. Another suspect passed away in 1994, and US Attorney Doug Jones tried and convicted the final two in 2001 and 2002, representing the correction of an outrageous miscarriage of justice nearly forty years in the making. Jones himself went on to win election as Alabama’s first Democratic Senator since 1992 in a dramatic race against Republican challenger Roy Moore. Bending Toward Justice is a dramatic and compelling account of a key moment in our long national struggle for equality, relayed by an author who played a major role in these events. A distinguished work of legal and personal history, this audiobook is destined to take its place alongside other canonical civil rights histories. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bending Toward Justice: The Birmingham Church Bombing that Changed the Course of Civil Rights Author: Doug Jones Narrator: Doug Jones, Rick Bragg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “For 40 years, justice had gone undone in the brutal murder of four young girls in the Sixteenth Street Baptist Church...Doug Jones said no more. Justice had to be done. Those young girls deserved it. Their families deserved it. The community needed it. It took courage, commitment, and persistence. And—maybe most of all—heart.” — Former Vice President Joe Biden This program is read by the author. The story of the decades-long fight to bring justice to the victims of the 16th Street Baptist Church bombing, culminating in Sen. Doug Jones' prosecution of the last living bombers. On September 15, 1963, the 16th Street Baptist Church in Birmingham, Alabama was bombed. The blast killed four young girls and injured twenty-two others. The FBI suspected four particularly radical Ku Klux Klan members. Yet due to reluctant witnesses, a lack of physical evidence, and pervasive racial prejudice the case was closed without any indictments. But as Martin Luther King, Jr. famously expressed it, 'the arc of the moral universe is long, but it bends toward justice.' Years later, Alabama Attorney General William Baxley reopened the case, ultimately convicting one of the bombers in 1977. Another suspect passed away in 1994, and US Attorney Doug Jones tried and convicted the final two in 2001 and 2002, representing the correction of an outrageous miscarriage of justice nearly forty years in the making. Jones himself went on to win election as Alabama’s first Democratic Senator since 1992 in a dramatic race against Republican challenger Roy Moore. Bending Toward Justice is a dramatic and compelling account of a key moment in our long national struggle for equality, relayed by an author who played a major role in these events. A distinguished work of legal and personal history, this audiobook is destined to take its place alongside other canonical civil rights histories. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344650 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344650]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Falter: Has the Human Game Begun to Play Itself Out? Author: Bill Mckibben Narrator: Bill Mckibben, Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: '[Oliver Wyman's] skillful, nuanced performance is enough to keep listeners from tossing their earbuds aside in despair...This isn't easy listening, but it's essential for anyone concerned about humanity's future.' — AudioFile Magazine This program includes a foreword read by the author. Thirty years ago Bill McKibben offered one of the earliest warnings about climate change. Now he broadens the warning: the entire human game, he suggests, has begun to play itself out. Bill McKibben’s groundbreaking book The End of Nature -- issued in dozens of languages and long regarded as a classic -- was the first book to alert us to global warming. But the danger is broader than that: even as climate change shrinks the space where our civilization can exist, new technologies like artificial intelligence and robotics threaten to bleach away the variety of human experience. Falter tells the story of these converging trends and of the ideological fervor that keeps us from bringing them under control. And then, drawing on McKibben’s experience in building 350.org, the first truly global citizens movement to combat climate change, it offers some possible ways out of the trap. We’re at a bleak moment in human history -- and we’ll either confront that bleakness or watch the civilization our forebears built slip away. Falter is a powerful and sobering call to arms, to save not only our planet but also our humanity. Bill Mckibben Tue, 16 Apr 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344650 thebookvoice.com 10:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344650]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Falter: Has the Human Game Begun to Play Itself Out? Author: Bill Mckibben Narrator: Bill Mckibben, Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: '[Oliver Wyman's] skillful, nuanced performance is enough to keep listeners from tossing their earbuds aside in despair...This isn't easy listening, but it's essential for anyone concerned about humanity's future.' — AudioFile Magazine This program includes a foreword read by the author. Thirty years ago Bill McKibben offered one of the earliest warnings about climate change. Now he broadens the warning: the entire human game, he suggests, has begun to play itself out. Bill McKibben’s groundbreaking book The End of Nature -- issued in dozens of languages and long regarded as a classic -- was the first book to alert us to global warming. But the danger is broader than that: even as climate change shrinks the space where our civilization can exist, new technologies like artificial intelligence and robotics threaten to bleach away the variety of human experience. Falter tells the story of these converging trends and of the ideological fervor that keeps us from bringing them under control. And then, drawing on McKibben’s experience in building 350.org, the first truly global citizens movement to combat climate change, it offers some possible ways out of the trap. We’re at a bleak moment in human history -- and we’ll either confront that bleakness or watch the civilization our forebears built slip away. Falter is a powerful and sobering call to arms, to save not only our planet but also our humanity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344650]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Falter: Has the Human Game Begun to Play Itself Out? Author: Bill Mckibben Narrator: Bill Mckibben, Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: '[Oliver Wyman's] skillful, nuanced performance is enough to keep listeners from tossing their earbuds aside in despair...This isn't easy listening, but it's essential for anyone concerned about humanity's future.' — AudioFile Magazine This program includes a foreword read by the author. Thirty years ago Bill McKibben offered one of the earliest warnings about climate change. Now he broadens the warning: the entire human game, he suggests, has begun to play itself out. Bill McKibben’s groundbreaking book The End of Nature -- issued in dozens of languages and long regarded as a classic -- was the first book to alert us to global warming. But the danger is broader than that: even as climate change shrinks the space where our civilization can exist, new technologies like artificial intelligence and robotics threaten to bleach away the variety of human experience. Falter tells the story of these converging trends and of the ideological fervor that keeps us from bringing them under control. And then, drawing on McKibben’s experience in building 350.org, the first truly global citizens movement to combat climate change, it offers some possible ways out of the trap. We’re at a bleak moment in human history -- and we’ll either confront that bleakness or watch the civilization our forebears built slip away. Falter is a powerful and sobering call to arms, to save not only our planet but also our humanity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344640 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Hell Breaking Loose: The Pentagon's Perspective on Climate Change Author: Michael T. Klare Narrator: Richard Poe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: All Hell Breaking Loose is an eye-opening examination of climate change from the perspective of the U.S. military. The Pentagon, unsentimental and politically conservative, might not seem likely to be worried about climate change—still linked, for many people, with polar bears and coral reefs. Yet of all the major institutions in American society, none take climate change as seriously as the U.S. military. Both as participants in climate-triggered conflicts abroad, and as first responders to hurricanes and other disasters on American soil, the armed services are already confronting the impacts of global warming. The military now regards climate change as one of the top threats to American national security—and is busy developing strategies to cope with it. Drawing on previously obscure reports and government documents, renowned security expert Michael Klare shows that the U.S. military sees the climate threat as imperiling the country on several fronts at once. Droughts and food shortages are stoking conflicts in ethnically divided nations, with “climate refugees” producing worldwide havoc. Pandemics and other humanitarian disasters will increasingly require extensive military involvement. The melting Arctic is creating new seaways to defend. And rising seas threaten American cities and military bases themselves. While others still debate the causes of global warming, the Pentagon is intensely focused on its effects. Its response makes it clear that where it counts, the immense impact of climate change is not in doubt. Michael T. Klare Tue, 12 Nov 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344640 thebookvoice.com 7:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Hell Breaking Loose: The Pentagon's Perspective on Climate Change Author: Michael T. Klare Narrator: Richard Poe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: All Hell Breaking Loose is an eye-opening examination of climate change from the perspective of the U.S. military. The Pentagon, unsentimental and politically conservative, might not seem likely to be worried about climate change—still linked, for many people, with polar bears and coral reefs. Yet of all the major institutions in American society, none take climate change as seriously as the U.S. military. Both as participants in climate-triggered conflicts abroad, and as first responders to hurricanes and other disasters on American soil, the armed services are already confronting the impacts of global warming. The military now regards climate change as one of the top threats to American national security—and is busy developing strategies to cope with it. Drawing on previously obscure reports and government documents, renowned security expert Michael Klare shows that the U.S. military sees the climate threat as imperiling the country on several fronts at once. Droughts and food shortages are stoking conflicts in ethnically divided nations, with “climate refugees” producing worldwide havoc. Pandemics and other humanitarian disasters will increasingly require extensive military involvement. The melting Arctic is creating new seaways to defend. And rising seas threaten American cities and military bases themselves. While others still debate the causes of global warming, the Pentagon is intensely focused on its effects. Its response makes it clear that where it counts, the immense impact of climate change is not in doubt. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Hell Breaking Loose: The Pentagon's Perspective on Climate Change Author: Michael T. Klare Narrator: Richard Poe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: All Hell Breaking Loose is an eye-opening examination of climate change from the perspective of the U.S. military. The Pentagon, unsentimental and politically conservative, might not seem likely to be worried about climate change—still linked, for many people, with polar bears and coral reefs. Yet of all the major institutions in American society, none take climate change as seriously as the U.S. military. Both as participants in climate-triggered conflicts abroad, and as first responders to hurricanes and other disasters on American soil, the armed services are already confronting the impacts of global warming. The military now regards climate change as one of the top threats to American national security—and is busy developing strategies to cope with it. Drawing on previously obscure reports and government documents, renowned security expert Michael Klare shows that the U.S. military sees the climate threat as imperiling the country on several fronts at once. Droughts and food shortages are stoking conflicts in ethnically divided nations, with “climate refugees” producing worldwide havoc. Pandemics and other humanitarian disasters will increasingly require extensive military involvement. The melting Arctic is creating new seaways to defend. And rising seas threaten American cities and military bases themselves. While others still debate the causes of global warming, the Pentagon is intensely focused on its effects. Its response makes it clear that where it counts, the immense impact of climate change is not in doubt. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344636 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ruth Bader Ginsburg: A Life Author: Jane Sherron De Hart Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first full life—private, public, legal, philosophical—of the 107th Supreme Court Justice, one of the most profound and profoundly transformative legal minds of our time; a book fifteen years in work, written with the cooperation of Ruth Bader Ginsburg herself and based on many interviews with the justice, her husband, her children, her friends, and her associates. In this large, comprehensive, revelatory biography, Jane De Hart explores the central experiences that crucially shaped Ginsburg’s passion for justice, her advocacy for gender equality, her meticulous jurisprudence: her desire to make We the People more united and our union more perfect. At the heart of her story and abiding beliefs—her Jewish background. Tikkun olam, the Hebrew injunction to “repair the world,” with its profound meaning for a young girl who grew up during the Holocaust and World War II. We see the influence of her mother, Celia Amster Bader, whose intellect inspired her daughter’s feminism, insisting that Ruth become independent, as she witnessed her mother coping with terminal cervical cancer (Celia died the day before Ruth, at seventeen, graduated from high school).      From Ruth’s days as a baton twirler at Brooklyn’s James Madison High School, to Cornell University, Harvard and Columbia Law Schools (first in her class), to being a law professor at Rutgers University (one of the few women in the field and fighting pay discrimination), hiding her second pregnancy so as not to risk losing her job; founding the Women's Rights Law Reporter, writing the brief for the first case that persuaded the Supreme Court to strike down a sex-discriminatory state law, then at Columbia (the law school’s first tenured female professor); becoming the director of the women’s rights project of the ACLU, persuading the Supreme Court in a series of decisions to ban laws that denied women full citizenship status with men.      Her years on the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, deciding cases the way she played golf, as she, left-handed, played with right-handed clubs—aiming left, swinging right, hitting down the middle. Her years on the Supreme Court . . .       A pioneering life and legal career whose profound mark on American jurisprudence, on American society, on our American character and spirit, will reverberate deep into the twenty-first century and beyond. Jane Sherron De Hart Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344636 thebookvoice.com 24:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ruth Bader Ginsburg: A Life Author: Jane Sherron De Hart Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first full life—private, public, legal, philosophical—of the 107th Supreme Court Justice, one of the most profound and profoundly transformative legal minds of our time; a book fifteen years in work, written with the cooperation of Ruth Bader Ginsburg herself and based on many interviews with the justice, her husband, her children, her friends, and her associates. In this large, comprehensive, revelatory biography, Jane De Hart explores the central experiences that crucially shaped Ginsburg’s passion for justice, her advocacy for gender equality, her meticulous jurisprudence: her desire to make We the People more united and our union more perfect. At the heart of her story and abiding beliefs—her Jewish background. Tikkun olam, the Hebrew injunction to “repair the world,” with its profound meaning for a young girl who grew up during the Holocaust and World War II. We see the influence of her mother, Celia Amster Bader, whose intellect inspired her daughter’s feminism, insisting that Ruth become independent, as she witnessed her mother coping with terminal cervical cancer (Celia died the day before Ruth, at seventeen, graduated from high school).      From Ruth’s days as a baton twirler at Brooklyn’s James Madison High School, to Cornell University, Harvard and Columbia Law Schools (first in her class), to being a law professor at Rutgers University (one of the few women in the field and fighting pay discrimination), hiding her second pregnancy so as not to risk losing her job; founding the Women's Rights Law Reporter, writing the brief for the first case that persuaded the Supreme Court to strike down a sex-discriminatory state law, then at Columbia (the law school’s first tenured female professor); becoming the director of the women’s rights project of the ACLU, persuading the Supreme Court in a series of decisions to ban laws that denied women full citizenship status with men.      Her years on the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, deciding cases the way she played golf, as she, left-handed, played with right-handed clubs—aiming left, swinging right, hitting down the middle. Her years on the Supreme Court . . .       A pioneering life and legal career whose profound mark on American jurisprudence, on American society, on our American character and spirit, will reverberate deep into the twenty-first century and beyond. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ruth Bader Ginsburg: A Life Author: Jane Sherron De Hart Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first full life—private, public, legal, philosophical—of the 107th Supreme Court Justice, one of the most profound and profoundly transformative legal minds of our time; a book fifteen years in work, written with the cooperation of Ruth Bader Ginsburg herself and based on many interviews with the justice, her husband, her children, her friends, and her associates. In this large, comprehensive, revelatory biography, Jane De Hart explores the central experiences that crucially shaped Ginsburg’s passion for justice, her advocacy for gender equality, her meticulous jurisprudence: her desire to make We the People more united and our union more perfect. At the heart of her story and abiding beliefs—her Jewish background. Tikkun olam, the Hebrew injunction to “repair the world,” with its profound meaning for a young girl who grew up during the Holocaust and World War II. We see the influence of her mother, Celia Amster Bader, whose intellect inspired her daughter’s feminism, insisting that Ruth become independent, as she witnessed her mother coping with terminal cervical cancer (Celia died the day before Ruth, at seventeen, graduated from high school).      From Ruth’s days as a baton twirler at Brooklyn’s James Madison High School, to Cornell University, Harvard and Columbia Law Schools (first in her class), to being a law professor at Rutgers University (one of the few women in the field and fighting pay discrimination), hiding her second pregnancy so as not to risk losing her job; founding the Women's Rights Law Reporter, writing the brief for the first case that persuaded the Supreme Court to strike down a sex-discriminatory state law, then at Columbia (the law school’s first tenured female professor); becoming the director of the women’s rights project of the ACLU, persuading the Supreme Court in a series of decisions to ban laws that denied women full citizenship status with men.      Her years on the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, deciding cases the way she played golf, as she, left-handed, played with right-handed clubs—aiming left, swinging right, hitting down the middle. Her years on the Supreme Court . . .       A pioneering life and legal career whose profound mark on American jurisprudence, on American society, on our American character and spirit, will reverberate deep into the twenty-first century and beyond. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344635 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Children Author: David Halberstam Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Children is David Halberstam's brilliant and moving evocation of the early days of the civil rights movement, as seen through the story of the young people--the Children--who met in the 1960s and went on to lead the revolution.  Magisterial in scope, with a strong you-are-there quality, The Children is a story one of America's preeminent journalists has waited years to write, a powerful book about one of the most dramatic movements in American history. They came together as part of Reverend James Lawson's workshops on nonviolence, eight idealistic black students whose families had sacrificed much so that they could go to college.  And they risked it all, and their lives besides, when they joined the growing civil rights movement.  David Halberstam shows how Martin Luther King, Jr. recruited Lawson to come to Nashville to train students in Gandhian techniques of nonviolence.  We see the strength of the families the Children came from, moving portraits of several generations of the black experience in America.  We feel Diane Nash's fear before the first  sit-in to protest segregation of Nashville lunch counters, and then we see how Diane Nash and others--John Lewis, Gloria Johnson, Bernard Lafayette, Marion Barry, Curtis Murphy, James Bevel, Rodney Powell--persevered until they ultimately accomplished that goal.  After the sit-ins, when the Freedom Rides to desegregate interstate buses were in danger of being stopped because of violence, it was these same young people who led the bitter battle into the Deep South.  Halberstam takes us into those buses, lets us witness the violence the students encountered in Montgomery, Birmingham, Selma.  And he shows what has happened to the Children since the 1960s, as they have gone on with their lives. The Children bears the trademark qualities that have made David Halberstam one of the leading nonfiction writers of our era.  The Children is his most personal book since The Best and the Brightest, a magnificent re-creation of a unique period in America, and of the lives of the ordinary people whose courage and vision changed history.two David Halberstam Tue, 06 Nov 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344635 thebookvoice.com 32:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Children Author: David Halberstam Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Children is David Halberstam's brilliant and moving evocation of the early days of the civil rights movement, as seen through the story of the young people--the Children--who met in the 1960s and went on to lead the revolution.  Magisterial in scope, with a strong you-are-there quality, The Children is a story one of America's preeminent journalists has waited years to write, a powerful book about one of the most dramatic movements in American history. They came together as part of Reverend James Lawson's workshops on nonviolence, eight idealistic black students whose families had sacrificed much so that they could go to college.  And they risked it all, and their lives besides, when they joined the growing civil rights movement.  David Halberstam shows how Martin Luther King, Jr. recruited Lawson to come to Nashville to train students in Gandhian techniques of nonviolence.  We see the strength of the families the Children came from, moving portraits of several generations of the black experience in America.  We feel Diane Nash's fear before the first  sit-in to protest segregation of Nashville lunch counters, and then we see how Diane Nash and others--John Lewis, Gloria Johnson, Bernard Lafayette, Marion Barry, Curtis Murphy, James Bevel, Rodney Powell--persevered until they ultimately accomplished that goal.  After the sit-ins, when the Freedom Rides to desegregate interstate buses were in danger of being stopped because of violence, it was these same young people who led the bitter battle into the Deep South.  Halberstam takes us into those buses, lets us witness the violence the students encountered in Montgomery, Birmingham, Selma.  And he shows what has happened to the Children since the 1960s, as they have gone on with their lives. The Children bears the trademark qualities that have made David Halberstam one of the leading nonfiction writers of our era.  The Children is his most personal book since The Best and the Brightest, a magnificent re-creation of a unique period in America, and of the lives of the ordinary people whose courage and vision changed history.two Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Children Author: David Halberstam Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Children is David Halberstam's brilliant and moving evocation of the early days of the civil rights movement, as seen through the story of the young people--the Children--who met in the 1960s and went on to lead the revolution.  Magisterial in scope, with a strong you-are-there quality, The Children is a story one of America's preeminent journalists has waited years to write, a powerful book about one of the most dramatic movements in American history. They came together as part of Reverend James Lawson's workshops on nonviolence, eight idealistic black students whose families had sacrificed much so that they could go to college.  And they risked it all, and their lives besides, when they joined the growing civil rights movement.  David Halberstam shows how Martin Luther King, Jr. recruited Lawson to come to Nashville to train students in Gandhian techniques of nonviolence.  We see the strength of the families the Children came from, moving portraits of several generations of the black experience in America.  We feel Diane Nash's fear before the first  sit-in to protest segregation of Nashville lunch counters, and then we see how Diane Nash and others--John Lewis, Gloria Johnson, Bernard Lafayette, Marion Barry, Curtis Murphy, James Bevel, Rodney Powell--persevered until they ultimately accomplished that goal.  After the sit-ins, when the Freedom Rides to desegregate interstate buses were in danger of being stopped because of violence, it was these same young people who led the bitter battle into the Deep South.  Halberstam takes us into those buses, lets us witness the violence the students encountered in Montgomery, Birmingham, Selma.  And he shows what has happened to the Children since the 1960s, as they have gone on with their lives. The Children bears the trademark qualities that have made David Halberstam one of the leading nonfiction writers of our era.  The Children is his most personal book since The Best and the Brightest, a magnificent re-creation of a unique period in America, and of the lives of the ordinary people whose courage and vision changed history.two https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344621 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344621]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood of the Liberals Author: George Packer Narrator: George Packer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An acclaimed journalist and novelist explores the legacy and future of American liberalism through the history of his family's politically active history George Packer's maternal grandfather, George Huddleston, was a populist congressman from Alabama in the early part of the century--an agrarian liberal in the Jacksonian mold who opposed the New Deal. Packer's father was a Kennedy-era liberal, a law professor and dean at Stanford whose convictions were sorely--and ultimately fatally--tested in the campus upheavals of the 1960s. The inheritor of two sometimes conflicting strains of the great American liberal tradition, Packer discusses the testing of ideals in the lives of his father and grandfather and his own struggle to understand the place of the progressive tradition in our currently polarized political climate. Searching, engrossing, and persuasive, this is an original, intimate examination of the meaning of politics in American lives. George Packer Tue, 06 Nov 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344621 thebookvoice.com 17:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344621]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood of the Liberals Author: George Packer Narrator: George Packer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An acclaimed journalist and novelist explores the legacy and future of American liberalism through the history of his family's politically active history George Packer's maternal grandfather, George Huddleston, was a populist congressman from Alabama in the early part of the century--an agrarian liberal in the Jacksonian mold who opposed the New Deal. Packer's father was a Kennedy-era liberal, a law professor and dean at Stanford whose convictions were sorely--and ultimately fatally--tested in the campus upheavals of the 1960s. The inheritor of two sometimes conflicting strains of the great American liberal tradition, Packer discusses the testing of ideals in the lives of his father and grandfather and his own struggle to understand the place of the progressive tradition in our currently polarized political climate. Searching, engrossing, and persuasive, this is an original, intimate examination of the meaning of politics in American lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344621]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood of the Liberals Author: George Packer Narrator: George Packer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An acclaimed journalist and novelist explores the legacy and future of American liberalism through the history of his family's politically active history George Packer's maternal grandfather, George Huddleston, was a populist congressman from Alabama in the early part of the century--an agrarian liberal in the Jacksonian mold who opposed the New Deal. Packer's father was a Kennedy-era liberal, a law professor and dean at Stanford whose convictions were sorely--and ultimately fatally--tested in the campus upheavals of the 1960s. The inheritor of two sometimes conflicting strains of the great American liberal tradition, Packer discusses the testing of ideals in the lives of his father and grandfather and his own struggle to understand the place of the progressive tradition in our currently polarized political climate. Searching, engrossing, and persuasive, this is an original, intimate examination of the meaning of politics in American lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344622 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Man: Richard Holbrooke and the End of the American Century Author: George Packer Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.13 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *Finalist for the Pulitzer Prize for Biography* *Winner of the Los Angeles Times Prize for Biography* *Winner of the 2019 Hitchens Prize* 'Portrays Holbrooke in all of his endearing and exasperating self-willed glory...Both a sweeping diplomatic history and a Shakespearean tragicomedy... If you could read one book to comprehend American's foreign policy and its quixotic forays into quicksands over the past 50 years, this would be it.'--Walter Isaacson, The New York Times Book Review 'By the end of the second page, maybe the third, you will be hooked...There never was a diplomat-activist quite like [Holbrooke], and there seldom has been a book quite like this -- sweeping and sentimental, beguiling and brutal, catty and critical, much like the man himself.'--David M. Shribman, The Boston Globe Richard Holbrooke was brilliant, utterly self-absorbed, and possessed of almost inhuman energy and appetites. Admired and detested, he was the force behind the Dayton Accords that ended the Balkan wars, America's greatest diplomatic achievement in the post-Cold War era. His power lay in an utter belief in himself and his idea of a muscular, generous foreign policy. From his days as a young adviser in Vietnam to his last efforts to end the war in Afghanistan, Holbrooke embodied the postwar American impulse to take the lead on the global stage. But his sharp elbows and tireless self-promotion ensured that he never rose to the highest levels in government that he so desperately coveted. His story is thus the story of America during its era of supremacy: its strength, drive, and sense of possibility, as well as its penchant for overreach and heedless self-confidence. In Our Man, drawn from Holbrooke's diaries and papers, we are given a nonfiction narrative that is both intimate and epic in its revelatory portrait of this extraordinary and deeply flawed man and the elite spheres of society and government he inhabited. George Packer Tue, 07 May 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344622 thebookvoice.com 20:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Man: Richard Holbrooke and the End of the American Century Author: George Packer Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.13 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *Finalist for the Pulitzer Prize for Biography* *Winner of the Los Angeles Times Prize for Biography* *Winner of the 2019 Hitchens Prize* 'Portrays Holbrooke in all of his endearing and exasperating self-willed glory...Both a sweeping diplomatic history and a Shakespearean tragicomedy... If you could read one book to comprehend American's foreign policy and its quixotic forays into quicksands over the past 50 years, this would be it.'--Walter Isaacson, The New York Times Book Review 'By the end of the second page, maybe the third, you will be hooked...There never was a diplomat-activist quite like [Holbrooke], and there seldom has been a book quite like this -- sweeping and sentimental, beguiling and brutal, catty and critical, much like the man himself.'--David M. Shribman, The Boston Globe Richard Holbrooke was brilliant, utterly self-absorbed, and possessed of almost inhuman energy and appetites. Admired and detested, he was the force behind the Dayton Accords that ended the Balkan wars, America's greatest diplomatic achievement in the post-Cold War era. His power lay in an utter belief in himself and his idea of a muscular, generous foreign policy. From his days as a young adviser in Vietnam to his last efforts to end the war in Afghanistan, Holbrooke embodied the postwar American impulse to take the lead on the global stage. But his sharp elbows and tireless self-promotion ensured that he never rose to the highest levels in government that he so desperately coveted. His story is thus the story of America during its era of supremacy: its strength, drive, and sense of possibility, as well as its penchant for overreach and heedless self-confidence. In Our Man, drawn from Holbrooke's diaries and papers, we are given a nonfiction narrative that is both intimate and epic in its revelatory portrait of this extraordinary and deeply flawed man and the elite spheres of society and government he inhabited. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Man: Richard Holbrooke and the End of the American Century Author: George Packer Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.13 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *Finalist for the Pulitzer Prize for Biography* *Winner of the Los Angeles Times Prize for Biography* *Winner of the 2019 Hitchens Prize* 'Portrays Holbrooke in all of his endearing and exasperating self-willed glory...Both a sweeping diplomatic history and a Shakespearean tragicomedy... If you could read one book to comprehend American's foreign policy and its quixotic forays into quicksands over the past 50 years, this would be it.'--Walter Isaacson, The New York Times Book Review 'By the end of the second page, maybe the third, you will be hooked...There never was a diplomat-activist quite like [Holbrooke], and there seldom has been a book quite like this -- sweeping and sentimental, beguiling and brutal, catty and critical, much like the man himself.'--David M. Shribman, The Boston Globe Richard Holbrooke was brilliant, utterly self-absorbed, and possessed of almost inhuman energy and appetites. Admired and detested, he was the force behind the Dayton Accords that ended the Balkan wars, America's greatest diplomatic achievement in the post-Cold War era. His power lay in an utter belief in himself and his idea of a muscular, generous foreign policy. From his days as a young adviser in Vietnam to his last efforts to end the war in Afghanistan, Holbrooke embodied the postwar American impulse to take the lead on the global stage. But his sharp elbows and tireless self-promotion ensured that he never rose to the highest levels in government that he so desperately coveted. His story is thus the story of America during its era of supremacy: its strength, drive, and sense of possibility, as well as its penchant for overreach and heedless self-confidence. In Our Man, drawn from Holbrooke's diaries and papers, we are given a nonfiction narrative that is both intimate and epic in its revelatory portrait of this extraordinary and deeply flawed man and the elite spheres of society and government he inhabited. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344597 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Dialogue: The Founders and Us Author: Joseph J. Ellis Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The award-winning author of Founding Brothers and The Quartet now gives us a deeply insightful examination of the relevance of the views of George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, and John Adams to some of the most divisive issues in America today. The story of history is a ceaseless conversation between past and present, and in American Dialogue Joseph J. Ellis focuses the conversation on the often-asked question 'What would the Founding Fathers think?' He examines four of our most seminal historical figures through the prism of particular topics, using the perspective of the present to shed light on their views and, in turn, to make clear how their now centuries-old ideas illuminate the disturbing impasse of today's political conflicts. He discusses Jefferson and the issue of racism, Adams and the specter of economic inequality, Washington and American imperialism, Madison and the doctrine of original intent. Through these juxtapositions--and in his hallmark dramatic and compelling narrative voice--Ellis illuminates the obstacles and pitfalls paralyzing contemporary discussions of these fundamentally important issues. Cover image: Three Flags, 1958 by Jasper Johns. Encaustic on canvas (three panels) © Jasper Johns/Licensed by VAGA, New York, NY; Print: Whitney Museum of American Art, New York, USA/Bridgeman Images Joseph J. Ellis Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344597 thebookvoice.com 8:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Dialogue: The Founders and Us Author: Joseph J. Ellis Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The award-winning author of Founding Brothers and The Quartet now gives us a deeply insightful examination of the relevance of the views of George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, and John Adams to some of the most divisive issues in America today. The story of history is a ceaseless conversation between past and present, and in American Dialogue Joseph J. Ellis focuses the conversation on the often-asked question 'What would the Founding Fathers think?' He examines four of our most seminal historical figures through the prism of particular topics, using the perspective of the present to shed light on their views and, in turn, to make clear how their now centuries-old ideas illuminate the disturbing impasse of today's political conflicts. He discusses Jefferson and the issue of racism, Adams and the specter of economic inequality, Washington and American imperialism, Madison and the doctrine of original intent. Through these juxtapositions--and in his hallmark dramatic and compelling narrative voice--Ellis illuminates the obstacles and pitfalls paralyzing contemporary discussions of these fundamentally important issues. Cover image: Three Flags, 1958 by Jasper Johns. Encaustic on canvas (three panels) © Jasper Johns/Licensed by VAGA, New York, NY; Print: Whitney Museum of American Art, New York, USA/Bridgeman Images Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Dialogue: The Founders and Us Author: Joseph J. Ellis Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The award-winning author of Founding Brothers and The Quartet now gives us a deeply insightful examination of the relevance of the views of George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, and John Adams to some of the most divisive issues in America today. The story of history is a ceaseless conversation between past and present, and in American Dialogue Joseph J. Ellis focuses the conversation on the often-asked question 'What would the Founding Fathers think?' He examines four of our most seminal historical figures through the prism of particular topics, using the perspective of the present to shed light on their views and, in turn, to make clear how their now centuries-old ideas illuminate the disturbing impasse of today's political conflicts. He discusses Jefferson and the issue of racism, Adams and the specter of economic inequality, Washington and American imperialism, Madison and the doctrine of original intent. Through these juxtapositions--and in his hallmark dramatic and compelling narrative voice--Ellis illuminates the obstacles and pitfalls paralyzing contemporary discussions of these fundamentally important issues. Cover image: Three Flags, 1958 by Jasper Johns. Encaustic on canvas (three panels) © Jasper Johns/Licensed by VAGA, New York, NY; Print: Whitney Museum of American Art, New York, USA/Bridgeman Images https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344588 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Washington War: FDR's Inner Circle and the Politics of Power That Won World War II Author: James Lacey Narrator: James Lacey, Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Team of Rivals for World War II—the inside story of how FDR and the towering personalities around him waged war in the corridors of Washington, D.C., to secure ultimate victory on the battlefields of Europe and the Pacific.   The Washington War is the story of how the Second World War was fought and won in the capital’s halls of power—and how the United States, which in December 1941 had a nominal army and a decimated naval fleet, was able in only thirty months to fling huge forces onto the European continent and shortly thereafter shatter Imperial Japan’s Pacific strongholds.   Three quarters of a century after the overwhelming defeat of the totalitarian Axis forces, the terrifying, razor-thin calculus on which so many critical decisions turned has been forgotten—but had any of these debates gone the other way, the outcome of the war could have been far different: The army in August 1941, about to be disbanded, saved by a single vote. Production plans that would have delayed adequate war matériel for years after Pearl Harbor, circumvented by one uncompromising man’s courage and drive. The delicate ballet that precluded a separate peace between Stalin and Hitler. The almost-adopted strategy to stage D-Day at a fatally different time and place. It was all a breathtakingly close-run thing, again and again.   Renowned historian James Lacey takes readers behind the scenes in the cabinet rooms, the Pentagon, the Oval Office, and Hyde Park, and at the pivotal conferences—Campobello Island, Casablanca, Tehran—as these disputes raged. Here are colorful portraits of the great figures—and forgotten geniuses—of the day: New Dealers versus industrialists, political power brokers versus the generals, Churchill and the British high command versus the U.S. chiefs of staff, innovators versus entrenched bureaucrats . . . with the master manipulator, Franklin Delano Roosevelt, at the center, setting his brawling patriots one against the other and promoting and capitalizing on the furious turf wars.   Based on years of research and extensive, previously untapped archival resources, The Washington War is the first integrated, comprehensive chronicle of how all these elements—and towering personalities—clashed and ultimately coalesced at each vital turning point, the definitive account of Washington at real war and the titanic political and bureaucratic infighting that miraculously led to final victory. Includes a bonus PDF of a who's who of the Washington Warriors James Lacey Tue, 28 May 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344588 thebookvoice.com 19:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Washington War: FDR's Inner Circle and the Politics of Power That Won World War II Author: James Lacey Narrator: James Lacey, Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Team of Rivals for World War II—the inside story of how FDR and the towering personalities around him waged war in the corridors of Washington, D.C., to secure ultimate victory on the battlefields of Europe and the Pacific.   The Washington War is the story of how the Second World War was fought and won in the capital’s halls of power—and how the United States, which in December 1941 had a nominal army and a decimated naval fleet, was able in only thirty months to fling huge forces onto the European continent and shortly thereafter shatter Imperial Japan’s Pacific strongholds.   Three quarters of a century after the overwhelming defeat of the totalitarian Axis forces, the terrifying, razor-thin calculus on which so many critical decisions turned has been forgotten—but had any of these debates gone the other way, the outcome of the war could have been far different: The army in August 1941, about to be disbanded, saved by a single vote. Production plans that would have delayed adequate war matériel for years after Pearl Harbor, circumvented by one uncompromising man’s courage and drive. The delicate ballet that precluded a separate peace between Stalin and Hitler. The almost-adopted strategy to stage D-Day at a fatally different time and place. It was all a breathtakingly close-run thing, again and again.   Renowned historian James Lacey takes readers behind the scenes in the cabinet rooms, the Pentagon, the Oval Office, and Hyde Park, and at the pivotal conferences—Campobello Island, Casablanca, Tehran—as these disputes raged. Here are colorful portraits of the great figures—and forgotten geniuses—of the day: New Dealers versus industrialists, political power brokers versus the generals, Churchill and the British high command versus the U.S. chiefs of staff, innovators versus entrenched bureaucrats . . . with the master manipulator, Franklin Delano Roosevelt, at the center, setting his brawling patriots one against the other and promoting and capitalizing on the furious turf wars.   Based on years of research and extensive, previously untapped archival resources, The Washington War is the first integrated, comprehensive chronicle of how all these elements—and towering personalities—clashed and ultimately coalesced at each vital turning point, the definitive account of Washington at real war and the titanic political and bureaucratic infighting that miraculously led to final victory. Includes a bonus PDF of a who's who of the Washington Warriors Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Washington War: FDR's Inner Circle and the Politics of Power That Won World War II Author: James Lacey Narrator: James Lacey, Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Team of Rivals for World War II—the inside story of how FDR and the towering personalities around him waged war in the corridors of Washington, D.C., to secure ultimate victory on the battlefields of Europe and the Pacific.   The Washington War is the story of how the Second World War was fought and won in the capital’s halls of power—and how the United States, which in December 1941 had a nominal army and a decimated naval fleet, was able in only thirty months to fling huge forces onto the European continent and shortly thereafter shatter Imperial Japan’s Pacific strongholds.   Three quarters of a century after the overwhelming defeat of the totalitarian Axis forces, the terrifying, razor-thin calculus on which so many critical decisions turned has been forgotten—but had any of these debates gone the other way, the outcome of the war could have been far different: The army in August 1941, about to be disbanded, saved by a single vote. Production plans that would have delayed adequate war matériel for years after Pearl Harbor, circumvented by one uncompromising man’s courage and drive. The delicate ballet that precluded a separate peace between Stalin and Hitler. The almost-adopted strategy to stage D-Day at a fatally different time and place. It was all a breathtakingly close-run thing, again and again.   Renowned historian James Lacey takes readers behind the scenes in the cabinet rooms, the Pentagon, the Oval Office, and Hyde Park, and at the pivotal conferences—Campobello Island, Casablanca, Tehran—as these disputes raged. Here are colorful portraits of the great figures—and forgotten geniuses—of the day: New Dealers versus industrialists, political power brokers versus the generals, Churchill and the British high command versus the U.S. chiefs of staff, innovators versus entrenched bureaucrats . . . with the master manipulator, Franklin Delano Roosevelt, at the center, setting his brawling patriots one against the other and promoting and capitalizing on the furious turf wars.   Based on years of research and extensive, previously untapped archival resources, The Washington War is the first integrated, comprehensive chronicle of how all these elements—and towering personalities—clashed and ultimately coalesced at each vital turning point, the definitive account of Washington at real war and the titanic political and bureaucratic infighting that miraculously led to final victory. Includes a bonus PDF of a who's who of the Washington Warriors https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344563 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Fascism Works: The Politics of Us and Them Author: Jason Stanley Narrator: Macleod Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “No single book is as relevant to the present moment.”—Claudia Rankine, author of Citizen “One of the defining books of the decade.”—Elizabeth Hinton, author of From the War on Poverty to the War on Crime NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS’ CHOICE • Fascist politics are running rampant in America today—and spreading around the world. A Yale philosopher identifies the ten pillars of fascist politics, and charts their horrifying rise and deep history. As the child of refugees of World War II Europe and a renowned philosopher and scholar of propaganda, Jason Stanley has a deep understanding of how democratic societies can be vulnerable to fascism: Nations don’t have to be fascist to suffer from fascist politics. In fact, fascism’s roots have been present in the United States for more than a century. Alarmed by the pervasive rise of fascist tactics both at home and around the globe, Stanley focuses here on the structures that unite them, laying out and analyzing the ten pillars of fascist politics—the language and beliefs that separate people into an “us” and a “them.” He knits together reflections on history, philosophy, sociology, and critical race theory with stories from contemporary Hungary, Poland, India, Myanmar, and the United States, among other nations. He makes clear the immense danger of underestimating the cumulative power of these tactics, which include exploiting a mythic version of a nation’s past; propaganda that twists the language of democratic ideals against themselves; anti-intellectualism directed against universities and experts; law and order politics predicated on the assumption that members of minority groups are criminals; and fierce attacks on labor groups and welfare. These mechanisms all build on one another, creating and reinforcing divisions and shaping a society vulnerable to the appeals of authoritarian leadership. By uncovering disturbing patterns that are as prevalent today as ever, Stanley reveals that the stuff of politics—charged by rhetoric and myth—can quickly become policy and reality. Only by recognizing fascists politics, he argues, may we resist its most harmful effects and return to democratic ideals. “With unsettling insight and disturbing clarity, How Fascism Works is an essential guidebook to our current national dilemma of democracy vs. authoritarianism.”—William Jelani Cobb, author of The Substance of Hope Jason Stanley Tue, 04 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344563 thebookvoice.com 5:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Fascism Works: The Politics of Us and Them Author: Jason Stanley Narrator: Macleod Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “No single book is as relevant to the present moment.”—Claudia Rankine, author of Citizen “One of the defining books of the decade.”—Elizabeth Hinton, author of From the War on Poverty to the War on Crime NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS’ CHOICE • Fascist politics are running rampant in America today—and spreading around the world. A Yale philosopher identifies the ten pillars of fascist politics, and charts their horrifying rise and deep history. As the child of refugees of World War II Europe and a renowned philosopher and scholar of propaganda, Jason Stanley has a deep understanding of how democratic societies can be vulnerable to fascism: Nations don’t have to be fascist to suffer from fascist politics. In fact, fascism’s roots have been present in the United States for more than a century. Alarmed by the pervasive rise of fascist tactics both at home and around the globe, Stanley focuses here on the structures that unite them, laying out and analyzing the ten pillars of fascist politics—the language and beliefs that separate people into an “us” and a “them.” He knits together reflections on history, philosophy, sociology, and critical race theory with stories from contemporary Hungary, Poland, India, Myanmar, and the United States, among other nations. He makes clear the immense danger of underestimating the cumulative power of these tactics, which include exploiting a mythic version of a nation’s past; propaganda that twists the language of democratic ideals against themselves; anti-intellectualism directed against universities and experts; law and order politics predicated on the assumption that members of minority groups are criminals; and fierce attacks on labor groups and welfare. These mechanisms all build on one another, creating and reinforcing divisions and shaping a society vulnerable to the appeals of authoritarian leadership. By uncovering disturbing patterns that are as prevalent today as ever, Stanley reveals that the stuff of politics—charged by rhetoric and myth—can quickly become policy and reality. Only by recognizing fascists politics, he argues, may we resist its most harmful effects and return to democratic ideals. “With unsettling insight and disturbing clarity, How Fascism Works is an essential guidebook to our current national dilemma of democracy vs. authoritarianism.”—William Jelani Cobb, author of The Substance of Hope Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Fascism Works: The Politics of Us and Them Author: Jason Stanley Narrator: Macleod Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “No single book is as relevant to the present moment.”—Claudia Rankine, author of Citizen “One of the defining books of the decade.”—Elizabeth Hinton, author of From the War on Poverty to the War on Crime NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS’ CHOICE • Fascist politics are running rampant in America today—and spreading around the world. A Yale philosopher identifies the ten pillars of fascist politics, and charts their horrifying rise and deep history. As the child of refugees of World War II Europe and a renowned philosopher and scholar of propaganda, Jason Stanley has a deep understanding of how democratic societies can be vulnerable to fascism: Nations don’t have to be fascist to suffer from fascist politics. In fact, fascism’s roots have been present in the United States for more than a century. Alarmed by the pervasive rise of fascist tactics both at home and around the globe, Stanley focuses here on the structures that unite them, laying out and analyzing the ten pillars of fascist politics—the language and beliefs that separate people into an “us” and a “them.” He knits together reflections on history, philosophy, sociology, and critical race theory with stories from contemporary Hungary, Poland, India, Myanmar, and the United States, among other nations. He makes clear the immense danger of underestimating the cumulative power of these tactics, which include exploiting a mythic version of a nation’s past; propaganda that twists the language of democratic ideals against themselves; anti-intellectualism directed against universities and experts; law and order politics predicated on the assumption that members of minority groups are criminals; and fierce attacks on labor groups and welfare. These mechanisms all build on one another, creating and reinforcing divisions and shaping a society vulnerable to the appeals of authoritarian leadership. By uncovering disturbing patterns that are as prevalent today as ever, Stanley reveals that the stuff of politics—charged by rhetoric and myth—can quickly become policy and reality. Only by recognizing fascists politics, he argues, may we resist its most harmful effects and return to democratic ideals. “With unsettling insight and disturbing clarity, How Fascism Works is an essential guidebook to our current national dilemma of democracy vs. authoritarianism.”—William Jelani Cobb, author of The Substance of Hope https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344549 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Contempt: A Memoir of the Clinton Investigation Author: Ken Starr Narrator: Ken Starr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Twenty years after the Starr Report and the Clinton impeachment, former special prosecutor Ken Starr finally shares his definitive account of one of the most divisive periods in American history. You could fill a library with books about the scandals of the Clinton administration, which eventually led to President Clinton's impeachment by the House of Representatives. Bill and Hillary Clinton have told their version of events, as have various journalists and participants. Whenever liberals recall those years, they usually depict independent counsel Ken Starr as an out-of-control, politically driven prosecutor. But as a New York Times columnist asked in 2017, 'What if Ken Starr was right?' What if the popular media in the 1990s completely misunderstood Starr's motives, his tactics, and his ultimate goal: to ensure that no one, especially not the president of the United States, is above the law? Starr -- the man at the eye of the hurricane -- has kept his unique perspective to himself for two full decades. In this long-awaited memoir, he finally sheds light on everything he couldn't tell us during the Clinton years, even in his carefully detailed 'Starr Report' of September 1998. Contempt puts you, the reader, into the shoes of Starr and his team as they tackle the many scandals of that era, from Whitewater to Vince Foster's death to Travelgate to Monica Lewinsky. Starr explains in vivid detail how all those scandals shared a common thread: the Clintons' contempt for our system of justice. This book proves that Bill and Hillary Clinton weren't victims of a so-called 'vast right-wing conspiracy.' They played fast and loose with the law and abused their powers and privileges. Today, from the #MeToo aftermath and Russiagate to President Trump’s impeachment trial, the office of the American presidency is in crisis—and Starr’s insights are more relevant now than ever. Ken Starr Tue, 11 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344549 thebookvoice.com 8:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Contempt: A Memoir of the Clinton Investigation Author: Ken Starr Narrator: Ken Starr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Twenty years after the Starr Report and the Clinton impeachment, former special prosecutor Ken Starr finally shares his definitive account of one of the most divisive periods in American history. You could fill a library with books about the scandals of the Clinton administration, which eventually led to President Clinton's impeachment by the House of Representatives. Bill and Hillary Clinton have told their version of events, as have various journalists and participants. Whenever liberals recall those years, they usually depict independent counsel Ken Starr as an out-of-control, politically driven prosecutor. But as a New York Times columnist asked in 2017, 'What if Ken Starr was right?' What if the popular media in the 1990s completely misunderstood Starr's motives, his tactics, and his ultimate goal: to ensure that no one, especially not the president of the United States, is above the law? Starr -- the man at the eye of the hurricane -- has kept his unique perspective to himself for two full decades. In this long-awaited memoir, he finally sheds light on everything he couldn't tell us during the Clinton years, even in his carefully detailed 'Starr Report' of September 1998. Contempt puts you, the reader, into the shoes of Starr and his team as they tackle the many scandals of that era, from Whitewater to Vince Foster's death to Travelgate to Monica Lewinsky. Starr explains in vivid detail how all those scandals shared a common thread: the Clintons' contempt for our system of justice. This book proves that Bill and Hillary Clinton weren't victims of a so-called 'vast right-wing conspiracy.' They played fast and loose with the law and abused their powers and privileges. Today, from the #MeToo aftermath and Russiagate to President Trump’s impeachment trial, the office of the American presidency is in crisis—and Starr’s insights are more relevant now than ever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Contempt: A Memoir of the Clinton Investigation Author: Ken Starr Narrator: Ken Starr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Twenty years after the Starr Report and the Clinton impeachment, former special prosecutor Ken Starr finally shares his definitive account of one of the most divisive periods in American history. You could fill a library with books about the scandals of the Clinton administration, which eventually led to President Clinton's impeachment by the House of Representatives. Bill and Hillary Clinton have told their version of events, as have various journalists and participants. Whenever liberals recall those years, they usually depict independent counsel Ken Starr as an out-of-control, politically driven prosecutor. But as a New York Times columnist asked in 2017, 'What if Ken Starr was right?' What if the popular media in the 1990s completely misunderstood Starr's motives, his tactics, and his ultimate goal: to ensure that no one, especially not the president of the United States, is above the law? Starr -- the man at the eye of the hurricane -- has kept his unique perspective to himself for two full decades. In this long-awaited memoir, he finally sheds light on everything he couldn't tell us during the Clinton years, even in his carefully detailed 'Starr Report' of September 1998. Contempt puts you, the reader, into the shoes of Starr and his team as they tackle the many scandals of that era, from Whitewater to Vince Foster's death to Travelgate to Monica Lewinsky. Starr explains in vivid detail how all those scandals shared a common thread: the Clintons' contempt for our system of justice. This book proves that Bill and Hillary Clinton weren't victims of a so-called 'vast right-wing conspiracy.' They played fast and loose with the law and abused their powers and privileges. Today, from the #MeToo aftermath and Russiagate to President Trump’s impeachment trial, the office of the American presidency is in crisis—and Starr’s insights are more relevant now than ever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344548 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee: Native America from 1890 to the Present Author: David Treuer Narrator: Tanis Parenteau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: FINALIST FOR THE 2019 NATIONAL BOOK AWARD LONGLISTED FOR THE 2020 ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Named a best book of 2019 by The New York Times, TIME, The Washington Post, NPR, Hudson Booksellers, The New York Public Library, The Dallas Morning News, and Library Journal. 'Chapter after chapter, it's like one shattered myth after another.' - NPR 'An informed, moving and kaleidoscopic portrait... Treuer's powerful book suggests the need for soul-searching about the meanings of American history and the stories we tell ourselves about this nation's past..' - New York Times Book Review, front page A sweeping history—and counter-narrative—of Native American life from the Wounded Knee massacre to the present. The received idea of Native American history—as promulgated by books like Dee Brown's mega-bestselling 1970 Bury My Heart at Wounded Knee—has been that American Indian history essentially ended with the 1890 massacre at Wounded Knee. Not only did one hundred fifty Sioux die at the hands of the U. S. Cavalry, the sense was, but Native civilization did as well. Growing up Ojibwe on a reservation in Minnesota, training as an anthropologist, and researching Native life past and present for his nonfiction and novels, David Treuer has uncovered a different narrative. Because they did not disappear—and not despite but rather because of their intense struggles to preserve their language, their traditions, their families, and their very existence—the story of American Indians since the end of the nineteenth century to the present is one of unprecedented resourcefulness and reinvention. In The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee, Treuer melds history with reportage and memoir. Tracing the tribes' distinctive cultures from first contact, he explores how the depredations of each era spawned new modes of survival. The devastating seizures of land gave rise to increasingly sophisticated legal and political maneuvering that put the lie to the myth that Indians don't know or care about property. The forced assimilation of their children at government-run boarding schools incubated a unifying Native identity. Conscription in the US military and the pull of urban life brought Indians into the mainstream and modern times, even as it steered the emerging shape of self-rule and spawned a new generation of resistance. The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee is the essential, intimate story of a resilient people in a transformative era. David Treuer Tue, 22 Jan 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344548 thebookvoice.com 17:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee: Native America from 1890 to the Present Author: David Treuer Narrator: Tanis Parenteau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: FINALIST FOR THE 2019 NATIONAL BOOK AWARD LONGLISTED FOR THE 2020 ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Named a best book of 2019 by The New York Times, TIME, The Washington Post, NPR, Hudson Booksellers, The New York Public Library, The Dallas Morning News, and Library Journal. 'Chapter after chapter, it's like one shattered myth after another.' - NPR 'An informed, moving and kaleidoscopic portrait... Treuer's powerful book suggests the need for soul-searching about the meanings of American history and the stories we tell ourselves about this nation's past..' - New York Times Book Review, front page A sweeping history—and counter-narrative—of Native American life from the Wounded Knee massacre to the present. The received idea of Native American history—as promulgated by books like Dee Brown's mega-bestselling 1970 Bury My Heart at Wounded Knee—has been that American Indian history essentially ended with the 1890 massacre at Wounded Knee. Not only did one hundred fifty Sioux die at the hands of the U. S. Cavalry, the sense was, but Native civilization did as well. Growing up Ojibwe on a reservation in Minnesota, training as an anthropologist, and researching Native life past and present for his nonfiction and novels, David Treuer has uncovered a different narrative. Because they did not disappear—and not despite but rather because of their intense struggles to preserve their language, their traditions, their families, and their very existence—the story of American Indians since the end of the nineteenth century to the present is one of unprecedented resourcefulness and reinvention. In The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee, Treuer melds history with reportage and memoir. Tracing the tribes' distinctive cultures from first contact, he explores how the depredations of each era spawned new modes of survival. The devastating seizures of land gave rise to increasingly sophisticated legal and political maneuvering that put the lie to the myth that Indians don't know or care about property. The forced assimilation of their children at government-run boarding schools incubated a unifying Native identity. Conscription in the US military and the pull of urban life brought Indians into the mainstream and modern times, even as it steered the emerging shape of self-rule and spawned a new generation of resistance. The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee is the essential, intimate story of a resilient people in a transformative era. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee: Native America from 1890 to the Present Author: David Treuer Narrator: Tanis Parenteau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: FINALIST FOR THE 2019 NATIONAL BOOK AWARD LONGLISTED FOR THE 2020 ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Named a best book of 2019 by The New York Times, TIME, The Washington Post, NPR, Hudson Booksellers, The New York Public Library, The Dallas Morning News, and Library Journal. 'Chapter after chapter, it's like one shattered myth after another.' - NPR 'An informed, moving and kaleidoscopic portrait... Treuer's powerful book suggests the need for soul-searching about the meanings of American history and the stories we tell ourselves about this nation's past..' - New York Times Book Review, front page A sweeping history—and counter-narrative—of Native American life from the Wounded Knee massacre to the present. The received idea of Native American history—as promulgated by books like Dee Brown's mega-bestselling 1970 Bury My Heart at Wounded Knee—has been that American Indian history essentially ended with the 1890 massacre at Wounded Knee. Not only did one hundred fifty Sioux die at the hands of the U. S. Cavalry, the sense was, but Native civilization did as well. Growing up Ojibwe on a reservation in Minnesota, training as an anthropologist, and researching Native life past and present for his nonfiction and novels, David Treuer has uncovered a different narrative. Because they did not disappear—and not despite but rather because of their intense struggles to preserve their language, their traditions, their families, and their very existence—the story of American Indians since the end of the nineteenth century to the present is one of unprecedented resourcefulness and reinvention. In The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee, Treuer melds history with reportage and memoir. Tracing the tribes' distinctive cultures from first contact, he explores how the depredations of each era spawned new modes of survival. The devastating seizures of land gave rise to increasingly sophisticated legal and political maneuvering that put the lie to the myth that Indians don't know or care about property. The forced assimilation of their children at government-run boarding schools incubated a unifying Native identity. Conscription in the US military and the pull of urban life brought Indians into the mainstream and modern times, even as it steered the emerging shape of self-rule and spawned a new generation of resistance. The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee is the essential, intimate story of a resilient people in a transformative era. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344524 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Buried: An Archaeology of the Egyptian Revolution Author: Peter Hessler Narrator: Peter Hessler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A National Book Critics Circle Award Finalist 'Extraordinary...Sensitive and perceptive, Mr. Hessler is a superb literary archaeologist, one who handles what he sees with a bit of wonder that he gets to watch the history of this grand city unfold, one day at a time.” —Wall Street Journal From the acclaimed author of River Town and Oracle Bones, an intimate excavation of life in one of the world's oldest civilizations at a time of convulsive change Drawn by a fascination with Egypt's rich history and culture, Peter Hessler moved with his wife and twin daughters to Cairo in 2011. He wanted to learn Arabic, explore Cairo's neighborhoods, and visit the legendary archaeological digs of Upper Egypt. After his years of covering China for The New Yorker, friends warned him Egypt would be a much quieter place. But not long before he arrived, the Egyptian Arab Spring had begun, and now the country was in chaos. In the midst of the revolution, Hessler often traveled to digs at Amarna and Abydos, where locals live beside the tombs of kings and courtiers, a landscape that they call simply al-Madfuna: 'the Buried.' He and his wife set out to master Arabic, striking up a friendship with their instructor, a cynical political sophisticate. They also befriended Peter's translator, a gay man struggling to find happiness in Egypt's homophobic culture. A different kind of friendship was formed with the neighborhood garbage collector, an illiterate but highly perceptive man named Sayyid, whose access to the trash of Cairo would be its own kind of archaeological excavation. Hessler also met a family of Chinese small-business owners in the lingerie trade; their view of the country proved a bracing counterpoint to the West's conventional wisdom. Through the lives of these and other ordinary people in a time of tragedy and heartache, and through connections between contemporary Egypt and its ancient past, Hessler creates an astonishing portrait of a country and its people. What emerges is a book of uncompromising intelligence and humanity--the story of a land in which a weak state has collapsed but its underlying society remains in many ways painfully the same. A worthy successor to works like Rebecca West's Black Lamb and Grey Falcon and Bruce Chatwin's The Songlines, The Buried bids fair to be recognized as one of the great books of our time. Peter Hessler Tue, 07 May 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344524 thebookvoice.com 16:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Buried: An Archaeology of the Egyptian Revolution Author: Peter Hessler Narrator: Peter Hessler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A National Book Critics Circle Award Finalist 'Extraordinary...Sensitive and perceptive, Mr. Hessler is a superb literary archaeologist, one who handles what he sees with a bit of wonder that he gets to watch the history of this grand city unfold, one day at a time.” —Wall Street Journal From the acclaimed author of River Town and Oracle Bones, an intimate excavation of life in one of the world's oldest civilizations at a time of convulsive change Drawn by a fascination with Egypt's rich history and culture, Peter Hessler moved with his wife and twin daughters to Cairo in 2011. He wanted to learn Arabic, explore Cairo's neighborhoods, and visit the legendary archaeological digs of Upper Egypt. After his years of covering China for The New Yorker, friends warned him Egypt would be a much quieter place. But not long before he arrived, the Egyptian Arab Spring had begun, and now the country was in chaos. In the midst of the revolution, Hessler often traveled to digs at Amarna and Abydos, where locals live beside the tombs of kings and courtiers, a landscape that they call simply al-Madfuna: 'the Buried.' He and his wife set out to master Arabic, striking up a friendship with their instructor, a cynical political sophisticate. They also befriended Peter's translator, a gay man struggling to find happiness in Egypt's homophobic culture. A different kind of friendship was formed with the neighborhood garbage collector, an illiterate but highly perceptive man named Sayyid, whose access to the trash of Cairo would be its own kind of archaeological excavation. Hessler also met a family of Chinese small-business owners in the lingerie trade; their view of the country proved a bracing counterpoint to the West's conventional wisdom. Through the lives of these and other ordinary people in a time of tragedy and heartache, and through connections between contemporary Egypt and its ancient past, Hessler creates an astonishing portrait of a country and its people. What emerges is a book of uncompromising intelligence and humanity--the story of a land in which a weak state has collapsed but its underlying society remains in many ways painfully the same. A worthy successor to works like Rebecca West's Black Lamb and Grey Falcon and Bruce Chatwin's The Songlines, The Buried bids fair to be recognized as one of the great books of our time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Buried: An Archaeology of the Egyptian Revolution Author: Peter Hessler Narrator: Peter Hessler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A National Book Critics Circle Award Finalist 'Extraordinary...Sensitive and perceptive, Mr. Hessler is a superb literary archaeologist, one who handles what he sees with a bit of wonder that he gets to watch the history of this grand city unfold, one day at a time.” —Wall Street Journal From the acclaimed author of River Town and Oracle Bones, an intimate excavation of life in one of the world's oldest civilizations at a time of convulsive change Drawn by a fascination with Egypt's rich history and culture, Peter Hessler moved with his wife and twin daughters to Cairo in 2011. He wanted to learn Arabic, explore Cairo's neighborhoods, and visit the legendary archaeological digs of Upper Egypt. After his years of covering China for The New Yorker, friends warned him Egypt would be a much quieter place. But not long before he arrived, the Egyptian Arab Spring had begun, and now the country was in chaos. In the midst of the revolution, Hessler often traveled to digs at Amarna and Abydos, where locals live beside the tombs of kings and courtiers, a landscape that they call simply al-Madfuna: 'the Buried.' He and his wife set out to master Arabic, striking up a friendship with their instructor, a cynical political sophisticate. They also befriended Peter's translator, a gay man struggling to find happiness in Egypt's homophobic culture. A different kind of friendship was formed with the neighborhood garbage collector, an illiterate but highly perceptive man named Sayyid, whose access to the trash of Cairo would be its own kind of archaeological excavation. Hessler also met a family of Chinese small-business owners in the lingerie trade; their view of the country proved a bracing counterpoint to the West's conventional wisdom. Through the lives of these and other ordinary people in a time of tragedy and heartache, and through connections between contemporary Egypt and its ancient past, Hessler creates an astonishing portrait of a country and its people. What emerges is a book of uncompromising intelligence and humanity--the story of a land in which a weak state has collapsed but its underlying society remains in many ways painfully the same. A worthy successor to works like Rebecca West's Black Lamb and Grey Falcon and Bruce Chatwin's The Songlines, The Buried bids fair to be recognized as one of the great books of our time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344206 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344206]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Russia Hoax: The Illicit Scheme to Clear Hillary Clinton and Frame Donald Trump Author: Gregg Jarrett Narrator: Gregg Jarrett, Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.76 of Total 111 Ratings of Narrator: 3.38 of Total 24 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fox News legal analyst Gregg Jarrett reveals the real story behind Hillary Clinton’s deep state collaborators in government and exposes their nefarious actions during and after the 2016 election. The Russia Hoax reveals how persons within the FBI and Barack Obama’s Justice Department worked improperly to help elect Hillary Clinton and defeat Donald Trump in the 2016 presidential election. When this suspected effort failed, those same people appear to have pursued a contrived investigation of President Trump in an attempt to undo the election results and remove him as president. The evidence suggests that partisans within the FBI and the Department of Justice, driven by personal animus and a misplaced sense of political righteousness, surreptitiously acted to subvert electoral democracy in our country. The book will examine: - How did Hillary Clinton manage to escape prosecution despite compelling evidence she violated the law? - Did Peter Strzok, James Comey, Andrew McCabe, Loretta Lynch, and others obstruct justice by protecting Clinton? - Why was there never a legitimate criminal investigation of Clinton in the Uranium One case? - Are the text messages exchanged between Strzok and FBI lawyer Lisa Page evidence of a concerted effort to undermine the electoral process? - Was there ever any real evidence of ''collusion'' between Trump and the Russians? - Did Trump obstruct justice in the firing of Comey or was he legally exercising his constitutional authority? - Did the FBI and DOJ improperly use a discredited ''dossier'' about Trump to obtain a FISA warrant to spy on Trump associates? - Should Mueller have disqualified himself under the special counsel law based on glaring conflicts of interest? - Was fired National Security Adviser Michael Flynn unfairly charged with making a false statement? With insightful analysis and a fact-filled narrative, The Russia Hoax delves deeply into Democrat wrongdoing. Gregg Jarrett Tue, 24 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344206 thebookvoice.com 8:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344206]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Russia Hoax: The Illicit Scheme to Clear Hillary Clinton and Frame Donald Trump Author: Gregg Jarrett Narrator: Gregg Jarrett, Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.76 of Total 111 Ratings of Narrator: 3.38 of Total 24 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fox News legal analyst Gregg Jarrett reveals the real story behind Hillary Clinton’s deep state collaborators in government and exposes their nefarious actions during and after the 2016 election. The Russia Hoax reveals how persons within the FBI and Barack Obama’s Justice Department worked improperly to help elect Hillary Clinton and defeat Donald Trump in the 2016 presidential election. When this suspected effort failed, those same people appear to have pursued a contrived investigation of President Trump in an attempt to undo the election results and remove him as president. The evidence suggests that partisans within the FBI and the Department of Justice, driven by personal animus and a misplaced sense of political righteousness, surreptitiously acted to subvert electoral democracy in our country. The book will examine: - How did Hillary Clinton manage to escape prosecution despite compelling evidence she violated the law? - Did Peter Strzok, James Comey, Andrew McCabe, Loretta Lynch, and others obstruct justice by protecting Clinton? - Why was there never a legitimate criminal investigation of Clinton in the Uranium One case? - Are the text messages exchanged between Strzok and FBI lawyer Lisa Page evidence of a concerted effort to undermine the electoral process? - Was there ever any real evidence of ''collusion'' between Trump and the Russians? - Did Trump obstruct justice in the firing of Comey or was he legally exercising his constitutional authority? - Did the FBI and DOJ improperly use a discredited ''dossier'' about Trump to obtain a FISA warrant to spy on Trump associates? - Should Mueller have disqualified himself under the special counsel law based on glaring conflicts of interest? - Was fired National Security Adviser Michael Flynn unfairly charged with making a false statement? With insightful analysis and a fact-filled narrative, The Russia Hoax delves deeply into Democrat wrongdoing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344206]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Russia Hoax: The Illicit Scheme to Clear Hillary Clinton and Frame Donald Trump Author: Gregg Jarrett Narrator: Gregg Jarrett, Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.76 of Total 111 Ratings of Narrator: 3.38 of Total 24 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fox News legal analyst Gregg Jarrett reveals the real story behind Hillary Clinton’s deep state collaborators in government and exposes their nefarious actions during and after the 2016 election. The Russia Hoax reveals how persons within the FBI and Barack Obama’s Justice Department worked improperly to help elect Hillary Clinton and defeat Donald Trump in the 2016 presidential election. When this suspected effort failed, those same people appear to have pursued a contrived investigation of President Trump in an attempt to undo the election results and remove him as president. The evidence suggests that partisans within the FBI and the Department of Justice, driven by personal animus and a misplaced sense of political righteousness, surreptitiously acted to subvert electoral democracy in our country. The book will examine: - How did Hillary Clinton manage to escape prosecution despite compelling evidence she violated the law? - Did Peter Strzok, James Comey, Andrew McCabe, Loretta Lynch, and others obstruct justice by protecting Clinton? - Why was there never a legitimate criminal investigation of Clinton in the Uranium One case? - Are the text messages exchanged between Strzok and FBI lawyer Lisa Page evidence of a concerted effort to undermine the electoral process? - Was there ever any real evidence of ''collusion'' between Trump and the Russians? - Did Trump obstruct justice in the firing of Comey or was he legally exercising his constitutional authority? - Did the FBI and DOJ improperly use a discredited ''dossier'' about Trump to obtain a FISA warrant to spy on Trump associates? - Should Mueller have disqualified himself under the special counsel law based on glaring conflicts of interest? - Was fired National Security Adviser Michael Flynn unfairly charged with making a false statement? With insightful analysis and a fact-filled narrative, The Russia Hoax delves deeply into Democrat wrongdoing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344190 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Think You're Wrong (But I'm Listening): A Guide to Grace-Filled Political Conversations Author: Beth A. Silvers, Sarah Stewart Holland Narrator: Sarah Holland, Beth Silvers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: More than ever, politics seem to be driven by discord. People sitting together in pews every Sunday feel like strangers and loved ones at the dinner table feel like enemies. Toxic political dialogue, hate-filled rants on social media, and agenda-driven news stories have become the new norm. But it doesn't have to be this way. In I Think You're Wrong (But I'm Listening), two working moms from opposite ends of the political spectrum teach us that politics don't have to divide us. Instead, we can bring the same care and respect to policy discussions that we bring to the rest of our lives. Sarah Stewart Holland and Beth Silvers, co-hosts of Pantsuit Politics, recently named an Apple Podcasts Show of the Year, give you all of the tools you need to: - Respect the dignity of every person - Recognize that issues are nuanced and can't be reduced to political talking points - Listen in order to understand - Lead with grace and patience Join Sarah from the left and Beth from the right as they teach you that people from opposing political perspectives truly can have calm, grace-­filled conversations with one another. Praise for I Think You're Wrong (But I'm Listening): 'Sarah and Beth are an absolute gift to our culture right now. Not only do they offer balanced perspectives from each political ideology, but they teach us how to dialogue well, without sacri­ficing our humanity.' --Jen Hatmaker, New York Times bestselling author and speaker 'Sarah from the left and Beth from the right serve as our guides through conflict and complexity, delivering us into connection. I wish every person living in the United States would read this compelling book, from the youngest voter to those holding the highest office.' --Emily P. Freeman, Wall Street Journal bestselling author of The Next Right Thing Beth A. Silvers, Sarah Stewart Holland Tue, 05 Feb 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344190 thebookvoice.com 5:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Think You're Wrong (But I'm Listening): A Guide to Grace-Filled Political Conversations Author: Beth A. Silvers, Sarah Stewart Holland Narrator: Sarah Holland, Beth Silvers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: More than ever, politics seem to be driven by discord. People sitting together in pews every Sunday feel like strangers and loved ones at the dinner table feel like enemies. Toxic political dialogue, hate-filled rants on social media, and agenda-driven news stories have become the new norm. But it doesn't have to be this way. In I Think You're Wrong (But I'm Listening), two working moms from opposite ends of the political spectrum teach us that politics don't have to divide us. Instead, we can bring the same care and respect to policy discussions that we bring to the rest of our lives. Sarah Stewart Holland and Beth Silvers, co-hosts of Pantsuit Politics, recently named an Apple Podcasts Show of the Year, give you all of the tools you need to: - Respect the dignity of every person - Recognize that issues are nuanced and can't be reduced to political talking points - Listen in order to understand - Lead with grace and patience Join Sarah from the left and Beth from the right as they teach you that people from opposing political perspectives truly can have calm, grace-­filled conversations with one another. Praise for I Think You're Wrong (But I'm Listening): 'Sarah and Beth are an absolute gift to our culture right now. Not only do they offer balanced perspectives from each political ideology, but they teach us how to dialogue well, without sacri­ficing our humanity.' --Jen Hatmaker, New York Times bestselling author and speaker 'Sarah from the left and Beth from the right serve as our guides through conflict and complexity, delivering us into connection. I wish every person living in the United States would read this compelling book, from the youngest voter to those holding the highest office.' --Emily P. Freeman, Wall Street Journal bestselling author of The Next Right Thing Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Think You're Wrong (But I'm Listening): A Guide to Grace-Filled Political Conversations Author: Beth A. Silvers, Sarah Stewart Holland Narrator: Sarah Holland, Beth Silvers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: More than ever, politics seem to be driven by discord. People sitting together in pews every Sunday feel like strangers and loved ones at the dinner table feel like enemies. Toxic political dialogue, hate-filled rants on social media, and agenda-driven news stories have become the new norm. But it doesn't have to be this way. In I Think You're Wrong (But I'm Listening), two working moms from opposite ends of the political spectrum teach us that politics don't have to divide us. Instead, we can bring the same care and respect to policy discussions that we bring to the rest of our lives. Sarah Stewart Holland and Beth Silvers, co-hosts of Pantsuit Politics, recently named an Apple Podcasts Show of the Year, give you all of the tools you need to: - Respect the dignity of every person - Recognize that issues are nuanced and can't be reduced to political talking points - Listen in order to understand - Lead with grace and patience Join Sarah from the left and Beth from the right as they teach you that people from opposing political perspectives truly can have calm, grace-­filled conversations with one another. Praise for I Think You're Wrong (But I'm Listening): 'Sarah and Beth are an absolute gift to our culture right now. Not only do they offer balanced perspectives from each political ideology, but they teach us how to dialogue well, without sacri­ficing our humanity.' --Jen Hatmaker, New York Times bestselling author and speaker 'Sarah from the left and Beth from the right serve as our guides through conflict and complexity, delivering us into connection. I wish every person living in the United States would read this compelling book, from the youngest voter to those holding the highest office.' --Emily P. Freeman, Wall Street Journal bestselling author of The Next Right Thing https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344052 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black and the Blue: A Cop Reveals the Crimes, Racism, and Injustice in America¿s Law Enforcement Author: Matthew Horace, Ron Harris Narrator: Matthew Horace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During his 28-year career, Matthew Horace rose through the ranks from a police officer working the beat to a federal agent working criminal cases in some of the toughest communities in America to a highly decorated federal law enforcement executive managing high-profile investigations nationwide. Yet it was not until seven years into his service- when Horace found himself face down on the ground with a gun pointed at his head by a white fellow officer-that he fully understood the racism seething within America's police departments. Through gut-wrenching reportage, on-the-ground research, and personal accounts from interviews with police and government officials around the country, Horace presents an insider's examination of archaic police tactics. He dissects some of the nation's most highly publicized police shootings and communities to explain how these systems and tactics have hurt the people they serve, revealing the mistakes that have stoked racist policing, sky-high incarceration rates, and an epidemic of violence. 'Horace's authority as an experienced officer, as well as his obvious integrity and courage, provides the book with a gravitas.' -- The Washington Post 'The Black and the Blue is an affirmation of the critical need for criminal justice reform, all the more urgent because itcomes from an insider who respects his profession yet is willing to reveal its flaws.' -- USA Today Matthew Horace, Ron Harris Tue, 07 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344052 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black and the Blue: A Cop Reveals the Crimes, Racism, and Injustice in America¿s Law Enforcement Author: Matthew Horace, Ron Harris Narrator: Matthew Horace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During his 28-year career, Matthew Horace rose through the ranks from a police officer working the beat to a federal agent working criminal cases in some of the toughest communities in America to a highly decorated federal law enforcement executive managing high-profile investigations nationwide. Yet it was not until seven years into his service- when Horace found himself face down on the ground with a gun pointed at his head by a white fellow officer-that he fully understood the racism seething within America's police departments. Through gut-wrenching reportage, on-the-ground research, and personal accounts from interviews with police and government officials around the country, Horace presents an insider's examination of archaic police tactics. He dissects some of the nation's most highly publicized police shootings and communities to explain how these systems and tactics have hurt the people they serve, revealing the mistakes that have stoked racist policing, sky-high incarceration rates, and an epidemic of violence. 'Horace's authority as an experienced officer, as well as his obvious integrity and courage, provides the book with a gravitas.' -- The Washington Post 'The Black and the Blue is an affirmation of the critical need for criminal justice reform, all the more urgent because itcomes from an insider who respects his profession yet is willing to reveal its flaws.' -- USA Today Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black and the Blue: A Cop Reveals the Crimes, Racism, and Injustice in America¿s Law Enforcement Author: Matthew Horace, Ron Harris Narrator: Matthew Horace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During his 28-year career, Matthew Horace rose through the ranks from a police officer working the beat to a federal agent working criminal cases in some of the toughest communities in America to a highly decorated federal law enforcement executive managing high-profile investigations nationwide. Yet it was not until seven years into his service- when Horace found himself face down on the ground with a gun pointed at his head by a white fellow officer-that he fully understood the racism seething within America's police departments. Through gut-wrenching reportage, on-the-ground research, and personal accounts from interviews with police and government officials around the country, Horace presents an insider's examination of archaic police tactics. He dissects some of the nation's most highly publicized police shootings and communities to explain how these systems and tactics have hurt the people they serve, revealing the mistakes that have stoked racist policing, sky-high incarceration rates, and an epidemic of violence. 'Horace's authority as an experienced officer, as well as his obvious integrity and courage, provides the book with a gravitas.' -- The Washington Post 'The Black and the Blue is an affirmation of the critical need for criminal justice reform, all the more urgent because itcomes from an insider who respects his profession yet is willing to reveal its flaws.' -- USA Today https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343938 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gun Debate: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Kristin A. Goss, Philip J. Cook Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: No topic is more polarizing than guns and gun control. From a gun culture that took root early in American history to the mass shootings that repeatedly bring the public discussion of gun control to a fever pitch, the topic has preoccupied citizens, public officials, and special interest groups for decades. The Gun Debate: What Everyone Needs to Know® delves into the issues that Americans debate when they talk about guns. With a balanced and broad-ranging approach, noted economist Philip J. Cook and political scientist Kristin A. Goss thoroughly cover the latest research, data, and developments on gun ownership, gun violence, the firearms industry, and the regulation of firearms. The authors also tackle sensitive issues such as the effectiveness of gun control, the connection between mental illness and violent crime, the question of whether more guns make us safer, and ways that video games and the media might contribute to gun violence. No discussion of guns in the U.S. would be complete without consideration of the history, culture, and politics that drive the passion behind the debate. Cook and Goss deftly explore the origins of the American gun culture and the makeup of both the gun rights and gun control movements. Written in question-and-answer format, the book will help listeners make sense of the ideologically driven statistics and slogans that characterize our national conversation on firearms. This book is a must-listen for anyone interested in getting a clear view of the issues surrounding guns and gun policy in America. Kristin A. Goss, Philip J. Cook Tue, 24 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343938 thebookvoice.com 7:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gun Debate: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Kristin A. Goss, Philip J. Cook Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: No topic is more polarizing than guns and gun control. From a gun culture that took root early in American history to the mass shootings that repeatedly bring the public discussion of gun control to a fever pitch, the topic has preoccupied citizens, public officials, and special interest groups for decades. The Gun Debate: What Everyone Needs to Know® delves into the issues that Americans debate when they talk about guns. With a balanced and broad-ranging approach, noted economist Philip J. Cook and political scientist Kristin A. Goss thoroughly cover the latest research, data, and developments on gun ownership, gun violence, the firearms industry, and the regulation of firearms. The authors also tackle sensitive issues such as the effectiveness of gun control, the connection between mental illness and violent crime, the question of whether more guns make us safer, and ways that video games and the media might contribute to gun violence. No discussion of guns in the U.S. would be complete without consideration of the history, culture, and politics that drive the passion behind the debate. Cook and Goss deftly explore the origins of the American gun culture and the makeup of both the gun rights and gun control movements. Written in question-and-answer format, the book will help listeners make sense of the ideologically driven statistics and slogans that characterize our national conversation on firearms. This book is a must-listen for anyone interested in getting a clear view of the issues surrounding guns and gun policy in America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gun Debate: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Kristin A. Goss, Philip J. Cook Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: No topic is more polarizing than guns and gun control. From a gun culture that took root early in American history to the mass shootings that repeatedly bring the public discussion of gun control to a fever pitch, the topic has preoccupied citizens, public officials, and special interest groups for decades. The Gun Debate: What Everyone Needs to Know® delves into the issues that Americans debate when they talk about guns. With a balanced and broad-ranging approach, noted economist Philip J. Cook and political scientist Kristin A. Goss thoroughly cover the latest research, data, and developments on gun ownership, gun violence, the firearms industry, and the regulation of firearms. The authors also tackle sensitive issues such as the effectiveness of gun control, the connection between mental illness and violent crime, the question of whether more guns make us safer, and ways that video games and the media might contribute to gun violence. No discussion of guns in the U.S. would be complete without consideration of the history, culture, and politics that drive the passion behind the debate. Cook and Goss deftly explore the origins of the American gun culture and the makeup of both the gun rights and gun control movements. Written in question-and-answer format, the book will help listeners make sense of the ideologically driven statistics and slogans that characterize our national conversation on firearms. This book is a must-listen for anyone interested in getting a clear view of the issues surrounding guns and gun policy in America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343919 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Listen, We Need to Talk: How to Change Attitudes about LGBT Rights Author: Melissa R. Michelson, Brian F. Harrison Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American public opinion tends to be sticky. Although the news cycle might temporarily affect the public's mood on contentious issues like abortion, the death penalty, or gun control, public opinion toward these issues has remained remarkably constant over decades. There are notable exceptions, however, particularly with regard to divisive issues that highlight identity politics. For example, over the past three decades, public support for same-sex marriage has risen from scarcely more than a tenth to a majority of the population. Why have people's minds changed so dramatically on this issue, and why so quickly? It wasn't just that older, more conservative people were dying and being replaced in the population by younger, more progressive people; people were changing their minds. Was this due to the influence of elite leaders like President Obama? Or advocacy campaigns by organizations pushing for greater recognition of the equal rights of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender (LGBT) people? Listen, We Need to Talk tests a new theory, what Brian Harrison and Melissa Michelson call The Theory of Dissonant Identity Priming, about how to change people's attitudes on controversial topics. Harrison and Michelson conducted randomized experiments all over the United States, many in partnership with equality organizations, including Equality Illinois, Georgia Equality, Lambda Legal, Equality Maryland, and Louisiana's Capital City Alliance. They found that people are often willing to change their attitudes about LGBT rights when they find out that others with whom they share an identity (for example, as sports fans or members of a religious group) are also supporters of those rights-particularly when told about support from a leader of the group, and particularly if they find the information somewhat surprising. Fans of the Green Bay Packers football team were influenced by hearing that a Packers Hall-of-Famer is a supporter of LGBT rights. African Americans were influenced by hearing that the Black president of the United States is a supporter. Religious individuals were influenced by hearing that a religious leader is a supporter. And strong partisans were influenced by hearing that a leader of their party is a supporter. Through a series of engaging experiments and compelling evidence, Listen, We Need to Talk provides a blueprint for thinking about how to bring disparate groups together over contentious political issues. Melissa R. Michelson, Brian F. Harrison Tue, 24 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343919 thebookvoice.com 7:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Listen, We Need to Talk: How to Change Attitudes about LGBT Rights Author: Melissa R. Michelson, Brian F. Harrison Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American public opinion tends to be sticky. Although the news cycle might temporarily affect the public's mood on contentious issues like abortion, the death penalty, or gun control, public opinion toward these issues has remained remarkably constant over decades. There are notable exceptions, however, particularly with regard to divisive issues that highlight identity politics. For example, over the past three decades, public support for same-sex marriage has risen from scarcely more than a tenth to a majority of the population. Why have people's minds changed so dramatically on this issue, and why so quickly? It wasn't just that older, more conservative people were dying and being replaced in the population by younger, more progressive people; people were changing their minds. Was this due to the influence of elite leaders like President Obama? Or advocacy campaigns by organizations pushing for greater recognition of the equal rights of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender (LGBT) people? Listen, We Need to Talk tests a new theory, what Brian Harrison and Melissa Michelson call The Theory of Dissonant Identity Priming, about how to change people's attitudes on controversial topics. Harrison and Michelson conducted randomized experiments all over the United States, many in partnership with equality organizations, including Equality Illinois, Georgia Equality, Lambda Legal, Equality Maryland, and Louisiana's Capital City Alliance. They found that people are often willing to change their attitudes about LGBT rights when they find out that others with whom they share an identity (for example, as sports fans or members of a religious group) are also supporters of those rights-particularly when told about support from a leader of the group, and particularly if they find the information somewhat surprising. Fans of the Green Bay Packers football team were influenced by hearing that a Packers Hall-of-Famer is a supporter of LGBT rights. African Americans were influenced by hearing that the Black president of the United States is a supporter. Religious individuals were influenced by hearing that a religious leader is a supporter. And strong partisans were influenced by hearing that a leader of their party is a supporter. Through a series of engaging experiments and compelling evidence, Listen, We Need to Talk provides a blueprint for thinking about how to bring disparate groups together over contentious political issues. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Listen, We Need to Talk: How to Change Attitudes about LGBT Rights Author: Melissa R. Michelson, Brian F. Harrison Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American public opinion tends to be sticky. Although the news cycle might temporarily affect the public's mood on contentious issues like abortion, the death penalty, or gun control, public opinion toward these issues has remained remarkably constant over decades. There are notable exceptions, however, particularly with regard to divisive issues that highlight identity politics. For example, over the past three decades, public support for same-sex marriage has risen from scarcely more than a tenth to a majority of the population. Why have people's minds changed so dramatically on this issue, and why so quickly? It wasn't just that older, more conservative people were dying and being replaced in the population by younger, more progressive people; people were changing their minds. Was this due to the influence of elite leaders like President Obama? Or advocacy campaigns by organizations pushing for greater recognition of the equal rights of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender (LGBT) people? Listen, We Need to Talk tests a new theory, what Brian Harrison and Melissa Michelson call The Theory of Dissonant Identity Priming, about how to change people's attitudes on controversial topics. Harrison and Michelson conducted randomized experiments all over the United States, many in partnership with equality organizations, including Equality Illinois, Georgia Equality, Lambda Legal, Equality Maryland, and Louisiana's Capital City Alliance. They found that people are often willing to change their attitudes about LGBT rights when they find out that others with whom they share an identity (for example, as sports fans or members of a religious group) are also supporters of those rights-particularly when told about support from a leader of the group, and particularly if they find the information somewhat surprising. Fans of the Green Bay Packers football team were influenced by hearing that a Packers Hall-of-Famer is a supporter of LGBT rights. African Americans were influenced by hearing that the Black president of the United States is a supporter. Religious individuals were influenced by hearing that a religious leader is a supporter. And strong partisans were influenced by hearing that a leader of their party is a supporter. Through a series of engaging experiments and compelling evidence, Listen, We Need to Talk provides a blueprint for thinking about how to bring disparate groups together over contentious political issues. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343895 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bury the Chains: Prophets and Rebels in the Fight to Free an Empire's Slaves Author: Adam Hochschild Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the widely acclaimed King Leopold's Ghost comes the taut, gripping account of one of the most brilliantly organized social justice campaigns in history—the fight to free the slaves of the British Empire. In early 1787, twelve men—a printer, a lawyer, a clergyman, and others united by their hatred of slavery—came together in a London printing shop and began a remarkable grass-roots movement, battling for the rights of people on another continent. Masterfully stoking public opinion, the movement's leaders pioneered a variety of techniques that have been adopted by citizens' movements ever since, from consumer boycotts to wall posters and lapel buttons to celebrity endorsements. A deft chronicle of this groundbreaking antislavery crusade and its powerful enemies, Bury the Chains gives a little-celebrated human rights watershed its due at last. Adam Hochschild Tue, 24 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343895 thebookvoice.com 13:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bury the Chains: Prophets and Rebels in the Fight to Free an Empire's Slaves Author: Adam Hochschild Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the widely acclaimed King Leopold's Ghost comes the taut, gripping account of one of the most brilliantly organized social justice campaigns in history—the fight to free the slaves of the British Empire. In early 1787, twelve men—a printer, a lawyer, a clergyman, and others united by their hatred of slavery—came together in a London printing shop and began a remarkable grass-roots movement, battling for the rights of people on another continent. Masterfully stoking public opinion, the movement's leaders pioneered a variety of techniques that have been adopted by citizens' movements ever since, from consumer boycotts to wall posters and lapel buttons to celebrity endorsements. A deft chronicle of this groundbreaking antislavery crusade and its powerful enemies, Bury the Chains gives a little-celebrated human rights watershed its due at last. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bury the Chains: Prophets and Rebels in the Fight to Free an Empire's Slaves Author: Adam Hochschild Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the widely acclaimed King Leopold's Ghost comes the taut, gripping account of one of the most brilliantly organized social justice campaigns in history—the fight to free the slaves of the British Empire. In early 1787, twelve men—a printer, a lawyer, a clergyman, and others united by their hatred of slavery—came together in a London printing shop and began a remarkable grass-roots movement, battling for the rights of people on another continent. Masterfully stoking public opinion, the movement's leaders pioneered a variety of techniques that have been adopted by citizens' movements ever since, from consumer boycotts to wall posters and lapel buttons to celebrity endorsements. A deft chronicle of this groundbreaking antislavery crusade and its powerful enemies, Bury the Chains gives a little-celebrated human rights watershed its due at last. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343888 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Well-Regulated Militia: The Founding Fathers and the Origins of Gun Control in America Author: Saul Cornell Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans are deeply divided over the Second Amendment. Some passionately assert that the Amendment protects an individual's right to own guns. Others, that it does no more than protect the right of states to maintain militias. Now, in the first and only comprehensive history of this bitter controversy, Saul Cornell proves conclusively that both sides are wrong. Cornell, a leading constitutional historian, shows that the Founders understood the right to bear arms as neither an individual nor a collective right, but as a civic right—an obligation citizens owed to the state to arm themselves so that they could participate in a well regulated militia. He shows how the modern 'collective right' view of the Second Amendment, the one federal courts have accepted for over a hundred years, owes more to the Anti-Federalists than the Founders. Likewise, the modern 'individual right' view emerged only in the nineteenth century. The modern debate, Cornell reveals, has its roots in the nineteenth century, during America's first and now largely forgotten gun violence crisis, when the earliest gun control laws were passed and the first cases on the right to bear arms came before the courts. Equally important, he describes how the gun control battle took on a new urgency during Reconstruction, when Republicans and Democrats clashed over the meaning of the right to bear arms and its connection to the Fourteenth Amendment. When the Democrats defeated the Republicans, it elevated the 'collective rights' theory to preeminence and set the terms for constitutional debate over this issue for the next century. A Well-Regulated Militia not only restores the lost meaning of the original Second Amendment, but it provides a clear historical road map that charts how we have arrived at our current impasse over guns. For anyone interested in understanding the great American gun debate, this is a must-listen. Saul Cornell Tue, 24 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343888 thebookvoice.com 9:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Well-Regulated Militia: The Founding Fathers and the Origins of Gun Control in America Author: Saul Cornell Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans are deeply divided over the Second Amendment. Some passionately assert that the Amendment protects an individual's right to own guns. Others, that it does no more than protect the right of states to maintain militias. Now, in the first and only comprehensive history of this bitter controversy, Saul Cornell proves conclusively that both sides are wrong. Cornell, a leading constitutional historian, shows that the Founders understood the right to bear arms as neither an individual nor a collective right, but as a civic right—an obligation citizens owed to the state to arm themselves so that they could participate in a well regulated militia. He shows how the modern 'collective right' view of the Second Amendment, the one federal courts have accepted for over a hundred years, owes more to the Anti-Federalists than the Founders. Likewise, the modern 'individual right' view emerged only in the nineteenth century. The modern debate, Cornell reveals, has its roots in the nineteenth century, during America's first and now largely forgotten gun violence crisis, when the earliest gun control laws were passed and the first cases on the right to bear arms came before the courts. Equally important, he describes how the gun control battle took on a new urgency during Reconstruction, when Republicans and Democrats clashed over the meaning of the right to bear arms and its connection to the Fourteenth Amendment. When the Democrats defeated the Republicans, it elevated the 'collective rights' theory to preeminence and set the terms for constitutional debate over this issue for the next century. A Well-Regulated Militia not only restores the lost meaning of the original Second Amendment, but it provides a clear historical road map that charts how we have arrived at our current impasse over guns. For anyone interested in understanding the great American gun debate, this is a must-listen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Well-Regulated Militia: The Founding Fathers and the Origins of Gun Control in America Author: Saul Cornell Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans are deeply divided over the Second Amendment. Some passionately assert that the Amendment protects an individual's right to own guns. Others, that it does no more than protect the right of states to maintain militias. Now, in the first and only comprehensive history of this bitter controversy, Saul Cornell proves conclusively that both sides are wrong. Cornell, a leading constitutional historian, shows that the Founders understood the right to bear arms as neither an individual nor a collective right, but as a civic right—an obligation citizens owed to the state to arm themselves so that they could participate in a well regulated militia. He shows how the modern 'collective right' view of the Second Amendment, the one federal courts have accepted for over a hundred years, owes more to the Anti-Federalists than the Founders. Likewise, the modern 'individual right' view emerged only in the nineteenth century. The modern debate, Cornell reveals, has its roots in the nineteenth century, during America's first and now largely forgotten gun violence crisis, when the earliest gun control laws were passed and the first cases on the right to bear arms came before the courts. Equally important, he describes how the gun control battle took on a new urgency during Reconstruction, when Republicans and Democrats clashed over the meaning of the right to bear arms and its connection to the Fourteenth Amendment. When the Democrats defeated the Republicans, it elevated the 'collective rights' theory to preeminence and set the terms for constitutional debate over this issue for the next century. A Well-Regulated Militia not only restores the lost meaning of the original Second Amendment, but it provides a clear historical road map that charts how we have arrived at our current impasse over guns. For anyone interested in understanding the great American gun debate, this is a must-listen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343857 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Storm Lake: A Chronicle of Change, Resilience, and Hope from a Heartland Newspaper Author: Art Cullen Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'A reminder that even the smallest newspapers can hold the most powerful among us accountable.'—The New York Times Book Review Watch the documentary Storm Lake on PBS. Iowa plays an outsize role in national politics. Iowa introduced Barack Obama and voted bigly for Donald Trump. But is it a bellwether for America, a harbinger of its future? Art Cullen’s answer is complicated and honest. In truth, Iowa is losing ground. The Trump trade wars are hammering farmers and manufacturers. Health insurance premiums and drug prices are soaring. That’s what Iowans are dealing with, and the problems they face are the problems of the heartland. In this candid and timely book, Art Cullen—the Storm Lake Times newspaperman who won a Pulitzer Prize for taking on big corporate agri-industry and its poisoning of local rivers—describes how the heartland has changed dramatically over his career. In a story where politics, agri­culture, the environment, and immigration all converge, Cullen offers an unsentimental ode to rural America and to the resilient people of a vibrant community of fifteen thousand in Northwest Iowa, as much sur­vivors as their town. Art Cullen Tue, 02 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343857 thebookvoice.com 10:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Storm Lake: A Chronicle of Change, Resilience, and Hope from a Heartland Newspaper Author: Art Cullen Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'A reminder that even the smallest newspapers can hold the most powerful among us accountable.'—The New York Times Book Review Watch the documentary Storm Lake on PBS. Iowa plays an outsize role in national politics. Iowa introduced Barack Obama and voted bigly for Donald Trump. But is it a bellwether for America, a harbinger of its future? Art Cullen’s answer is complicated and honest. In truth, Iowa is losing ground. The Trump trade wars are hammering farmers and manufacturers. Health insurance premiums and drug prices are soaring. That’s what Iowans are dealing with, and the problems they face are the problems of the heartland. In this candid and timely book, Art Cullen—the Storm Lake Times newspaperman who won a Pulitzer Prize for taking on big corporate agri-industry and its poisoning of local rivers—describes how the heartland has changed dramatically over his career. In a story where politics, agri­culture, the environment, and immigration all converge, Cullen offers an unsentimental ode to rural America and to the resilient people of a vibrant community of fifteen thousand in Northwest Iowa, as much sur­vivors as their town. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Storm Lake: A Chronicle of Change, Resilience, and Hope from a Heartland Newspaper Author: Art Cullen Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'A reminder that even the smallest newspapers can hold the most powerful among us accountable.'—The New York Times Book Review Watch the documentary Storm Lake on PBS. Iowa plays an outsize role in national politics. Iowa introduced Barack Obama and voted bigly for Donald Trump. But is it a bellwether for America, a harbinger of its future? Art Cullen’s answer is complicated and honest. In truth, Iowa is losing ground. The Trump trade wars are hammering farmers and manufacturers. Health insurance premiums and drug prices are soaring. That’s what Iowans are dealing with, and the problems they face are the problems of the heartland. In this candid and timely book, Art Cullen—the Storm Lake Times newspaperman who won a Pulitzer Prize for taking on big corporate agri-industry and its poisoning of local rivers—describes how the heartland has changed dramatically over his career. In a story where politics, agri­culture, the environment, and immigration all converge, Cullen offers an unsentimental ode to rural America and to the resilient people of a vibrant community of fifteen thousand in Northwest Iowa, as much sur­vivors as their town. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343854 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Other Side of Freedom: The Case for Hope Author: Deray Mckesson Narrator: Deray Mckesson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'On the Other Side of Freedom reveals the mind and motivations of a young man who has risen to the fore of millennial activism through study, discipline, and conviction. His belief in a world that can be made better, one act at a time, powers his narratives and opens up a view on the costs, consequences, and rewards of leading a movement.'--Henry Louis Gates, Jr. Named one of the best books of the year by NPR and Esquire Finalist for the Lambda Literary Award From the internationally recognized civil rights activist/organizer and host of the podcast Pod Save the People, a meditation on resistance, justice, and freedom, and an intimate portrait of a movement from the front lines. In August 2014, twenty-nine-year-old activist DeRay Mckesson stood with hundreds of others on the streets of Ferguson, Missouri, to push a message of justice and accountability. These protests, and others like them in cities across the country, resulted in the birth of the Black Lives Matter movement. Now, in his first book, Mckesson lays down the intellectual, pragmatic, and political framework for a new liberation movement. Continuing a conversation about activism, resistance, and justice that embraces our nation's complex history, he dissects how deliberate oppression persists, how racial injustice strips our lives of promise, and how technology has added a new dimension to mass action and social change. He argues that our best efforts to combat injustice have been stunted by the belief that racism's wounds are history, and suggests that intellectual purity has curtailed optimistic realism. The book offers a new framework and language for understanding the nature of oppression. With it, we can begin charting a course to dismantle the obvious and subtle structures that limit freedom. Honest, courageous, and imaginative, On the Other Side of Freedom is a work brimming with hope. Drawing from his own experiences as an activist, organizer, educator, and public official, Mckesson exhorts all Americans to work to dismantle the legacy of racism and to imagine the best of what is possible. Honoring the voices of a new generation of activists, On the Other Side of Freedom is a visionary's call to take responsibility for imagining, and then building, the world we want to live in. Deray Mckesson Tue, 04 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343854 thebookvoice.com 3:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Other Side of Freedom: The Case for Hope Author: Deray Mckesson Narrator: Deray Mckesson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'On the Other Side of Freedom reveals the mind and motivations of a young man who has risen to the fore of millennial activism through study, discipline, and conviction. His belief in a world that can be made better, one act at a time, powers his narratives and opens up a view on the costs, consequences, and rewards of leading a movement.'--Henry Louis Gates, Jr. Named one of the best books of the year by NPR and Esquire Finalist for the Lambda Literary Award From the internationally recognized civil rights activist/organizer and host of the podcast Pod Save the People, a meditation on resistance, justice, and freedom, and an intimate portrait of a movement from the front lines. In August 2014, twenty-nine-year-old activist DeRay Mckesson stood with hundreds of others on the streets of Ferguson, Missouri, to push a message of justice and accountability. These protests, and others like them in cities across the country, resulted in the birth of the Black Lives Matter movement. Now, in his first book, Mckesson lays down the intellectual, pragmatic, and political framework for a new liberation movement. Continuing a conversation about activism, resistance, and justice that embraces our nation's complex history, he dissects how deliberate oppression persists, how racial injustice strips our lives of promise, and how technology has added a new dimension to mass action and social change. He argues that our best efforts to combat injustice have been stunted by the belief that racism's wounds are history, and suggests that intellectual purity has curtailed optimistic realism. The book offers a new framework and language for understanding the nature of oppression. With it, we can begin charting a course to dismantle the obvious and subtle structures that limit freedom. Honest, courageous, and imaginative, On the Other Side of Freedom is a work brimming with hope. Drawing from his own experiences as an activist, organizer, educator, and public official, Mckesson exhorts all Americans to work to dismantle the legacy of racism and to imagine the best of what is possible. Honoring the voices of a new generation of activists, On the Other Side of Freedom is a visionary's call to take responsibility for imagining, and then building, the world we want to live in. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Other Side of Freedom: The Case for Hope Author: Deray Mckesson Narrator: Deray Mckesson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'On the Other Side of Freedom reveals the mind and motivations of a young man who has risen to the fore of millennial activism through study, discipline, and conviction. His belief in a world that can be made better, one act at a time, powers his narratives and opens up a view on the costs, consequences, and rewards of leading a movement.'--Henry Louis Gates, Jr. Named one of the best books of the year by NPR and Esquire Finalist for the Lambda Literary Award From the internationally recognized civil rights activist/organizer and host of the podcast Pod Save the People, a meditation on resistance, justice, and freedom, and an intimate portrait of a movement from the front lines. In August 2014, twenty-nine-year-old activist DeRay Mckesson stood with hundreds of others on the streets of Ferguson, Missouri, to push a message of justice and accountability. These protests, and others like them in cities across the country, resulted in the birth of the Black Lives Matter movement. Now, in his first book, Mckesson lays down the intellectual, pragmatic, and political framework for a new liberation movement. Continuing a conversation about activism, resistance, and justice that embraces our nation's complex history, he dissects how deliberate oppression persists, how racial injustice strips our lives of promise, and how technology has added a new dimension to mass action and social change. He argues that our best efforts to combat injustice have been stunted by the belief that racism's wounds are history, and suggests that intellectual purity has curtailed optimistic realism. The book offers a new framework and language for understanding the nature of oppression. With it, we can begin charting a course to dismantle the obvious and subtle structures that limit freedom. Honest, courageous, and imaginative, On the Other Side of Freedom is a work brimming with hope. Drawing from his own experiences as an activist, organizer, educator, and public official, Mckesson exhorts all Americans to work to dismantle the legacy of racism and to imagine the best of what is possible. Honoring the voices of a new generation of activists, On the Other Side of Freedom is a visionary's call to take responsibility for imagining, and then building, the world we want to live in. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343855 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Melting Pot or Civil War?: A Son of Immigrants Makes the Case Against Open Borders Author: Reihan Salam Narrator: Reihan Salam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Long before Covid-19 and the death of George Floyd rocked America, Reihan Salam predicted our current unrest--and provided a blueprint for reuniting the country. 'Tthe years to come may see a new populist revolt, driven by the resentments of working-class Americans of color.” For too long, liberals have suggested that only cruel, racist, or nativist bigots would want to restrict immigration. Anyone motivated by compassion and egalitarianism would choose open, or nearly-open, borders—or so the argument goes. Now, Reihan Salam, the son of Bangladeshi immigrants, turns this argument on its head. In this deeply researched but also deeply personal book, Salam shows why uncontrolled immigration is bad for everyone, including people like his family. Our current system has intensified the isolation of our native poor, and risks ghettoizing the children of poor immigrants. It ignores the challenges posed by the declining demand for less-skilled labor, even as it exacerbates ethnic inequality and deepens our political divides. If we continue on our current course, in which immigration policy serves wealthy insiders who profit from cheap labor, and cosmopolitan extremists attack the legitimacy of borders, the rise of a new ethnic underclass is inevitable. Even more so than now, class politics will be ethnic politics, and national unity will be impossible. Salam offers a solution, if we have the courage to break with the past and craft an immigration policy that serves our long-term national interests. Rejecting both militant multiculturalism and white identity politics, he argues that limiting total immigration and favoring skilled immigrants will combat rising inequality, balance diversity with assimilation, and foster a new nationalism that puts the interests of all Americans—native-born and foreign-born—first. Reihan Salam Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343855 thebookvoice.com 4:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Melting Pot or Civil War?: A Son of Immigrants Makes the Case Against Open Borders Author: Reihan Salam Narrator: Reihan Salam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Long before Covid-19 and the death of George Floyd rocked America, Reihan Salam predicted our current unrest--and provided a blueprint for reuniting the country. 'Tthe years to come may see a new populist revolt, driven by the resentments of working-class Americans of color.” For too long, liberals have suggested that only cruel, racist, or nativist bigots would want to restrict immigration. Anyone motivated by compassion and egalitarianism would choose open, or nearly-open, borders—or so the argument goes. Now, Reihan Salam, the son of Bangladeshi immigrants, turns this argument on its head. In this deeply researched but also deeply personal book, Salam shows why uncontrolled immigration is bad for everyone, including people like his family. Our current system has intensified the isolation of our native poor, and risks ghettoizing the children of poor immigrants. It ignores the challenges posed by the declining demand for less-skilled labor, even as it exacerbates ethnic inequality and deepens our political divides. If we continue on our current course, in which immigration policy serves wealthy insiders who profit from cheap labor, and cosmopolitan extremists attack the legitimacy of borders, the rise of a new ethnic underclass is inevitable. Even more so than now, class politics will be ethnic politics, and national unity will be impossible. Salam offers a solution, if we have the courage to break with the past and craft an immigration policy that serves our long-term national interests. Rejecting both militant multiculturalism and white identity politics, he argues that limiting total immigration and favoring skilled immigrants will combat rising inequality, balance diversity with assimilation, and foster a new nationalism that puts the interests of all Americans—native-born and foreign-born—first. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Melting Pot or Civil War?: A Son of Immigrants Makes the Case Against Open Borders Author: Reihan Salam Narrator: Reihan Salam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Long before Covid-19 and the death of George Floyd rocked America, Reihan Salam predicted our current unrest--and provided a blueprint for reuniting the country. 'Tthe years to come may see a new populist revolt, driven by the resentments of working-class Americans of color.” For too long, liberals have suggested that only cruel, racist, or nativist bigots would want to restrict immigration. Anyone motivated by compassion and egalitarianism would choose open, or nearly-open, borders—or so the argument goes. Now, Reihan Salam, the son of Bangladeshi immigrants, turns this argument on its head. In this deeply researched but also deeply personal book, Salam shows why uncontrolled immigration is bad for everyone, including people like his family. Our current system has intensified the isolation of our native poor, and risks ghettoizing the children of poor immigrants. It ignores the challenges posed by the declining demand for less-skilled labor, even as it exacerbates ethnic inequality and deepens our political divides. If we continue on our current course, in which immigration policy serves wealthy insiders who profit from cheap labor, and cosmopolitan extremists attack the legitimacy of borders, the rise of a new ethnic underclass is inevitable. Even more so than now, class politics will be ethnic politics, and national unity will be impossible. Salam offers a solution, if we have the courage to break with the past and craft an immigration policy that serves our long-term national interests. Rejecting both militant multiculturalism and white identity politics, he argues that limiting total immigration and favoring skilled immigrants will combat rising inequality, balance diversity with assimilation, and foster a new nationalism that puts the interests of all Americans—native-born and foreign-born—first. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343850 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burned: A Story of Murder and the Crime That Wasn't Author: Edward Humes Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Was a monstrous killer brought to justice or an innocent mother condemned? On an April night in 1989, Jo Ann Parks survived a house fire that claimed the lives of her three small children. Though the fire at first seemed a tragic accident, investigators soon reported finding evidence proving that Parks had sabotaged wiring, set several fires herself, and even barricade her four-year-old son inside a closet to prevent his escape. Though she insisted she did nothing wrong, Jo Ann Parks received a life sentence without parole based on the power of forensic fire science that convincingly proved her guilt. But more than a quarter century later, a revolution in the science of fire has exposed many of the incontrovertible truths of 1989 as guesswork in disguise. The California Innocence Project is challenging Parks's conviction and the so-called science behind it, claiming that false assumptions and outright bias convicted an innocent mother of a crime that never actually happened. If Parks is exonerated, she could well be the 'Patient Zero' in an epidemic of overturned guilty verdicts—but only if she wins. Can prosecutors dredge up enough evidence and roadblocks to make sure Jo Ann Parks dies in prison? No matter how her last-ditch effort for freedom turns out, the scenes of betrayal, ruin, and hope will leave readers longing for justice we can trust. Edward Humes Tue, 08 Jan 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343850 thebookvoice.com 9:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burned: A Story of Murder and the Crime That Wasn't Author: Edward Humes Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Was a monstrous killer brought to justice or an innocent mother condemned? On an April night in 1989, Jo Ann Parks survived a house fire that claimed the lives of her three small children. Though the fire at first seemed a tragic accident, investigators soon reported finding evidence proving that Parks had sabotaged wiring, set several fires herself, and even barricade her four-year-old son inside a closet to prevent his escape. Though she insisted she did nothing wrong, Jo Ann Parks received a life sentence without parole based on the power of forensic fire science that convincingly proved her guilt. But more than a quarter century later, a revolution in the science of fire has exposed many of the incontrovertible truths of 1989 as guesswork in disguise. The California Innocence Project is challenging Parks's conviction and the so-called science behind it, claiming that false assumptions and outright bias convicted an innocent mother of a crime that never actually happened. If Parks is exonerated, she could well be the 'Patient Zero' in an epidemic of overturned guilty verdicts—but only if she wins. Can prosecutors dredge up enough evidence and roadblocks to make sure Jo Ann Parks dies in prison? No matter how her last-ditch effort for freedom turns out, the scenes of betrayal, ruin, and hope will leave readers longing for justice we can trust. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burned: A Story of Murder and the Crime That Wasn't Author: Edward Humes Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Was a monstrous killer brought to justice or an innocent mother condemned? On an April night in 1989, Jo Ann Parks survived a house fire that claimed the lives of her three small children. Though the fire at first seemed a tragic accident, investigators soon reported finding evidence proving that Parks had sabotaged wiring, set several fires herself, and even barricade her four-year-old son inside a closet to prevent his escape. Though she insisted she did nothing wrong, Jo Ann Parks received a life sentence without parole based on the power of forensic fire science that convincingly proved her guilt. But more than a quarter century later, a revolution in the science of fire has exposed many of the incontrovertible truths of 1989 as guesswork in disguise. The California Innocence Project is challenging Parks's conviction and the so-called science behind it, claiming that false assumptions and outright bias convicted an innocent mother of a crime that never actually happened. If Parks is exonerated, she could well be the 'Patient Zero' in an epidemic of overturned guilty verdicts—but only if she wins. Can prosecutors dredge up enough evidence and roadblocks to make sure Jo Ann Parks dies in prison? No matter how her last-ditch effort for freedom turns out, the scenes of betrayal, ruin, and hope will leave readers longing for justice we can trust. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343844 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Poison Squad: One Chemist's Single-Minded Crusade for Food Safety at the Turn of the Twentieth Century Author: Deborah Blum Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Notable Book  The inspiration for PBS's AMERICAN EXPERIENCE film The Poison Squad. From Pulitzer Prize winner and New York Times-bestselling author Deborah Blum, the dramatic true story of how food was made safe in the United States and the heroes, led by the inimitable Dr. Harvey Washington Wiley, who fought for change By the end of nineteenth century, food was dangerous. Lethal, even. 'Milk' might contain formaldehyde, most often used to embalm corpses. Decaying meat was preserved with both salicylic acid, a pharmaceutical chemical, and borax, a compound first identified as a cleaning product. This was not by accident; food manufacturers had rushed to embrace the rise of industrial chemistry, and were knowingly selling harmful products. Unchecked by government regulation, basic safety, or even labelling requirements, they put profit before the health of their customers. By some estimates, in New York City alone, thousands of children were killed by 'embalmed milk' every year. Citizens--activists, journalists, scientists, and women's groups--began agitating for change. But even as protective measures were enacted in Europe, American corporations blocked even modest regulations. Then, in 1883, Dr. Harvey Washington Wiley, a chemistry professor from Purdue University, was named chief chemist of the agriculture department, and the agency began methodically investigating food and drink fraud, even conducting shocking human tests on groups of young men who came to be known as, 'The Poison Squad.' Over the next thirty years, a titanic struggle took place, with the courageous and fascinating Dr. Wiley campaigning indefatigably for food safety and consumer protection. Together with a gallant cast, including the muckraking reporter Upton Sinclair, whose fiction revealed the horrific truth about the Chicago stockyards; Fannie Farmer, then the most famous cookbook author in the country; and Henry J. Heinz, one of the few food producers who actively advocated for pure food, Dr. Wiley changed history. When the landmark 1906 Food and Drug Act was finally passed, it was known across the land, as 'Dr. Wiley's Law.' Blum brings to life this timeless and hugely satisfying 'David and Goliath' tale with righteous verve and style, driving home the moral imperative of confronting corporate greed and government corruption with a bracing clarity, which speaks resoundingly to the enormous social and political challenges we face today. Deborah Blum Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343844 thebookvoice.com 11:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Poison Squad: One Chemist's Single-Minded Crusade for Food Safety at the Turn of the Twentieth Century Author: Deborah Blum Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Notable Book  The inspiration for PBS's AMERICAN EXPERIENCE film The Poison Squad. From Pulitzer Prize winner and New York Times-bestselling author Deborah Blum, the dramatic true story of how food was made safe in the United States and the heroes, led by the inimitable Dr. Harvey Washington Wiley, who fought for change By the end of nineteenth century, food was dangerous. Lethal, even. 'Milk' might contain formaldehyde, most often used to embalm corpses. Decaying meat was preserved with both salicylic acid, a pharmaceutical chemical, and borax, a compound first identified as a cleaning product. This was not by accident; food manufacturers had rushed to embrace the rise of industrial chemistry, and were knowingly selling harmful products. Unchecked by government regulation, basic safety, or even labelling requirements, they put profit before the health of their customers. By some estimates, in New York City alone, thousands of children were killed by 'embalmed milk' every year. Citizens--activists, journalists, scientists, and women's groups--began agitating for change. But even as protective measures were enacted in Europe, American corporations blocked even modest regulations. Then, in 1883, Dr. Harvey Washington Wiley, a chemistry professor from Purdue University, was named chief chemist of the agriculture department, and the agency began methodically investigating food and drink fraud, even conducting shocking human tests on groups of young men who came to be known as, 'The Poison Squad.' Over the next thirty years, a titanic struggle took place, with the courageous and fascinating Dr. Wiley campaigning indefatigably for food safety and consumer protection. Together with a gallant cast, including the muckraking reporter Upton Sinclair, whose fiction revealed the horrific truth about the Chicago stockyards; Fannie Farmer, then the most famous cookbook author in the country; and Henry J. Heinz, one of the few food producers who actively advocated for pure food, Dr. Wiley changed history. When the landmark 1906 Food and Drug Act was finally passed, it was known across the land, as 'Dr. Wiley's Law.' Blum brings to life this timeless and hugely satisfying 'David and Goliath' tale with righteous verve and style, driving home the moral imperative of confronting corporate greed and government corruption with a bracing clarity, which speaks resoundingly to the enormous social and political challenges we face today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Poison Squad: One Chemist's Single-Minded Crusade for Food Safety at the Turn of the Twentieth Century Author: Deborah Blum Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Notable Book  The inspiration for PBS's AMERICAN EXPERIENCE film The Poison Squad. From Pulitzer Prize winner and New York Times-bestselling author Deborah Blum, the dramatic true story of how food was made safe in the United States and the heroes, led by the inimitable Dr. Harvey Washington Wiley, who fought for change By the end of nineteenth century, food was dangerous. Lethal, even. 'Milk' might contain formaldehyde, most often used to embalm corpses. Decaying meat was preserved with both salicylic acid, a pharmaceutical chemical, and borax, a compound first identified as a cleaning product. This was not by accident; food manufacturers had rushed to embrace the rise of industrial chemistry, and were knowingly selling harmful products. Unchecked by government regulation, basic safety, or even labelling requirements, they put profit before the health of their customers. By some estimates, in New York City alone, thousands of children were killed by 'embalmed milk' every year. Citizens--activists, journalists, scientists, and women's groups--began agitating for change. But even as protective measures were enacted in Europe, American corporations blocked even modest regulations. Then, in 1883, Dr. Harvey Washington Wiley, a chemistry professor from Purdue University, was named chief chemist of the agriculture department, and the agency began methodically investigating food and drink fraud, even conducting shocking human tests on groups of young men who came to be known as, 'The Poison Squad.' Over the next thirty years, a titanic struggle took place, with the courageous and fascinating Dr. Wiley campaigning indefatigably for food safety and consumer protection. Together with a gallant cast, including the muckraking reporter Upton Sinclair, whose fiction revealed the horrific truth about the Chicago stockyards; Fannie Farmer, then the most famous cookbook author in the country; and Henry J. Heinz, one of the few food producers who actively advocated for pure food, Dr. Wiley changed history. When the landmark 1906 Food and Drug Act was finally passed, it was known across the land, as 'Dr. Wiley's Law.' Blum brings to life this timeless and hugely satisfying 'David and Goliath' tale with righteous verve and style, driving home the moral imperative of confronting corporate greed and government corruption with a bracing clarity, which speaks resoundingly to the enormous social and political challenges we face today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343845 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next American City: The Big Promise of Our Midsize Metros Author: Jayson White, Mick Cornett Narrator: Tom Weitzel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From four-term Oklahoma City Mayor Mick Cornett, a hopeful and illuminating look at the dynamic and inventive urban centers that will lead the United States in coming years. Oklahoma City. Indianapolis. Charleston. Des Moines. What do these cities have in common? They are cities of modest size but outsized accomplishment, powered by a can-do spirit, valuing compromise over confrontation and progress over political victory. These are the cities leading America . . . and they're not waiting for Washington's help. As mayor of one of America's most improved cities, Cornett used a bold, creative, and personal approach to orchestrate his city's renaissance. Once regarded as a forgettable city in 'flyover country,' Oklahoma City has become one of our nation's most dynamic places-and it is not alone. In this book, Cornett translates his city's success-and the success of cities like his-into a vision for the future of our country. The Next American City is a story of civic engagement, inventive public policy, and smart urban design. It is a study of the changes re-shaping American urban life-and a blueprint for those to come. Jayson White, Mick Cornett Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343845 thebookvoice.com 8:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next American City: The Big Promise of Our Midsize Metros Author: Jayson White, Mick Cornett Narrator: Tom Weitzel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From four-term Oklahoma City Mayor Mick Cornett, a hopeful and illuminating look at the dynamic and inventive urban centers that will lead the United States in coming years. Oklahoma City. Indianapolis. Charleston. Des Moines. What do these cities have in common? They are cities of modest size but outsized accomplishment, powered by a can-do spirit, valuing compromise over confrontation and progress over political victory. These are the cities leading America . . . and they're not waiting for Washington's help. As mayor of one of America's most improved cities, Cornett used a bold, creative, and personal approach to orchestrate his city's renaissance. Once regarded as a forgettable city in 'flyover country,' Oklahoma City has become one of our nation's most dynamic places-and it is not alone. In this book, Cornett translates his city's success-and the success of cities like his-into a vision for the future of our country. The Next American City is a story of civic engagement, inventive public policy, and smart urban design. It is a study of the changes re-shaping American urban life-and a blueprint for those to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next American City: The Big Promise of Our Midsize Metros Author: Jayson White, Mick Cornett Narrator: Tom Weitzel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From four-term Oklahoma City Mayor Mick Cornett, a hopeful and illuminating look at the dynamic and inventive urban centers that will lead the United States in coming years. Oklahoma City. Indianapolis. Charleston. Des Moines. What do these cities have in common? They are cities of modest size but outsized accomplishment, powered by a can-do spirit, valuing compromise over confrontation and progress over political victory. These are the cities leading America . . . and they're not waiting for Washington's help. As mayor of one of America's most improved cities, Cornett used a bold, creative, and personal approach to orchestrate his city's renaissance. Once regarded as a forgettable city in 'flyover country,' Oklahoma City has become one of our nation's most dynamic places-and it is not alone. In this book, Cornett translates his city's success-and the success of cities like his-into a vision for the future of our country. The Next American City is a story of civic engagement, inventive public policy, and smart urban design. It is a study of the changes re-shaping American urban life-and a blueprint for those to come. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343843 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: House of Trump, House of Putin: The Untold Story of Donald Trump and the Russian Mafia Author: Craig Unger Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.39 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER “The story Unger weaves with those earlier accounts and his original reporting is fresh, illuminating and more alarming than the intelligence channel described in the Steele dossier.”—The Washington Post House of Trump, House of Putin offers the first comprehensive investigation into the decades-long relationship among Donald Trump, Vladimir Putin, and the Russian Mafia that ultimately helped win Trump the White House. It is a chilling story that begins in the 1970s, when Trump made his first splash in the booming, money-drenched world of New York real estate, and ends with Trump’s inauguration as president of the United States. That moment was the culmination of Vladimir Putin’s long mission to undermine Western democracy, a mission that he and his hand-selected group of oligarchs and Mafia kingpins had ensnared Trump in, starting more than twenty years ago with the massive bailout of a string of sensational Trump hotel and casino failures in Atlantic City. This book confirms the most incredible American paranoias about Russian malevolence. To most, it will be a hair-raising revelation that the Cold War did not end in 1991—that it merely evolved, with Trump’s apartments offering the perfect vehicle for billions of dollars to leave the collapsing Soviet Union. In House of Trump, House of Putin, Craig Unger methodically traces the deep-rooted alliance between the highest echelons of American political operatives and the biggest players in the frightening underworld of the Russian Mafia. He traces Donald Trump’s sordid ascent from foundering real estate tycoon to leader of the free world. He traces Russia’s phoenix like rise from the ashes of the post–Cold War Soviet Union as well as its ceaseless covert efforts to retaliate against the West and reclaim its status as a global superpower. Without Trump, Russia would have lacked a key component in its attempts to return to imperial greatness. Without Russia, Trump would not be president. This essential book is crucial to understanding the real powers at play in the shadows of today’s world. The appearance of key figures in this book—Paul Manafort, Michael Cohen, and Felix Sater to name a few—ring with haunting significance in the wake of Robert Mueller’s report and as others continue to close in on the truth. Craig Unger Tue, 14 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343843 thebookvoice.com 11:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: House of Trump, House of Putin: The Untold Story of Donald Trump and the Russian Mafia Author: Craig Unger Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.39 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER “The story Unger weaves with those earlier accounts and his original reporting is fresh, illuminating and more alarming than the intelligence channel described in the Steele dossier.”—The Washington Post House of Trump, House of Putin offers the first comprehensive investigation into the decades-long relationship among Donald Trump, Vladimir Putin, and the Russian Mafia that ultimately helped win Trump the White House. It is a chilling story that begins in the 1970s, when Trump made his first splash in the booming, money-drenched world of New York real estate, and ends with Trump’s inauguration as president of the United States. That moment was the culmination of Vladimir Putin’s long mission to undermine Western democracy, a mission that he and his hand-selected group of oligarchs and Mafia kingpins had ensnared Trump in, starting more than twenty years ago with the massive bailout of a string of sensational Trump hotel and casino failures in Atlantic City. This book confirms the most incredible American paranoias about Russian malevolence. To most, it will be a hair-raising revelation that the Cold War did not end in 1991—that it merely evolved, with Trump’s apartments offering the perfect vehicle for billions of dollars to leave the collapsing Soviet Union. In House of Trump, House of Putin, Craig Unger methodically traces the deep-rooted alliance between the highest echelons of American political operatives and the biggest players in the frightening underworld of the Russian Mafia. He traces Donald Trump’s sordid ascent from foundering real estate tycoon to leader of the free world. He traces Russia’s phoenix like rise from the ashes of the post–Cold War Soviet Union as well as its ceaseless covert efforts to retaliate against the West and reclaim its status as a global superpower. Without Trump, Russia would have lacked a key component in its attempts to return to imperial greatness. Without Russia, Trump would not be president. This essential book is crucial to understanding the real powers at play in the shadows of today’s world. The appearance of key figures in this book—Paul Manafort, Michael Cohen, and Felix Sater to name a few—ring with haunting significance in the wake of Robert Mueller’s report and as others continue to close in on the truth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: House of Trump, House of Putin: The Untold Story of Donald Trump and the Russian Mafia Author: Craig Unger Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.39 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER “The story Unger weaves with those earlier accounts and his original reporting is fresh, illuminating and more alarming than the intelligence channel described in the Steele dossier.”—The Washington Post House of Trump, House of Putin offers the first comprehensive investigation into the decades-long relationship among Donald Trump, Vladimir Putin, and the Russian Mafia that ultimately helped win Trump the White House. It is a chilling story that begins in the 1970s, when Trump made his first splash in the booming, money-drenched world of New York real estate, and ends with Trump’s inauguration as president of the United States. That moment was the culmination of Vladimir Putin’s long mission to undermine Western democracy, a mission that he and his hand-selected group of oligarchs and Mafia kingpins had ensnared Trump in, starting more than twenty years ago with the massive bailout of a string of sensational Trump hotel and casino failures in Atlantic City. This book confirms the most incredible American paranoias about Russian malevolence. To most, it will be a hair-raising revelation that the Cold War did not end in 1991—that it merely evolved, with Trump’s apartments offering the perfect vehicle for billions of dollars to leave the collapsing Soviet Union. In House of Trump, House of Putin, Craig Unger methodically traces the deep-rooted alliance between the highest echelons of American political operatives and the biggest players in the frightening underworld of the Russian Mafia. He traces Donald Trump’s sordid ascent from foundering real estate tycoon to leader of the free world. He traces Russia’s phoenix like rise from the ashes of the post–Cold War Soviet Union as well as its ceaseless covert efforts to retaliate against the West and reclaim its status as a global superpower. Without Trump, Russia would have lacked a key component in its attempts to return to imperial greatness. Without Russia, Trump would not be president. This essential book is crucial to understanding the real powers at play in the shadows of today’s world. The appearance of key figures in this book—Paul Manafort, Michael Cohen, and Felix Sater to name a few—ring with haunting significance in the wake of Robert Mueller’s report and as others continue to close in on the truth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343836 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bodies in Person: An Account of Civilian Casualties in American Wars Author: Nick McDonell Narrator: Nick Mcdonell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since the beginning of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, uncounted thousands of civilians have died in the fighting and as a result of the destruction. These are deaths for which no one assumes responsibility and which have been presented, historically, as fallout. No one knows their true number.   In The Bodies in Person, Nick McDonell introduces us to some of the civilians who died, along with the rescue workers who tried to save them, U.S. soldiers grappling with their deaths, and everyone in between. He shows us how decent Americans, inside and outside the government and military, looked away from the mounting death toll, even as they claimed to do everything in their power to prevent civilian casualties.    With a novelist's eye — and hundreds of hours of recorded interviews — McDonell brings us the untold story of the innocent dead in America's ongoing wars, from leveled cities to drone operation centers to Capitol back rooms. As we follow him around the world, The Bodies in Person raises questions not only about what it means to be an American, but about the value of a life, what it means to risk one, and what is owed afterward. Nick McDonell Tue, 18 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343836 thebookvoice.com 8:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bodies in Person: An Account of Civilian Casualties in American Wars Author: Nick McDonell Narrator: Nick Mcdonell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since the beginning of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, uncounted thousands of civilians have died in the fighting and as a result of the destruction. These are deaths for which no one assumes responsibility and which have been presented, historically, as fallout. No one knows their true number.   In The Bodies in Person, Nick McDonell introduces us to some of the civilians who died, along with the rescue workers who tried to save them, U.S. soldiers grappling with their deaths, and everyone in between. He shows us how decent Americans, inside and outside the government and military, looked away from the mounting death toll, even as they claimed to do everything in their power to prevent civilian casualties.    With a novelist's eye — and hundreds of hours of recorded interviews — McDonell brings us the untold story of the innocent dead in America's ongoing wars, from leveled cities to drone operation centers to Capitol back rooms. As we follow him around the world, The Bodies in Person raises questions not only about what it means to be an American, but about the value of a life, what it means to risk one, and what is owed afterward. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bodies in Person: An Account of Civilian Casualties in American Wars Author: Nick McDonell Narrator: Nick Mcdonell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since the beginning of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, uncounted thousands of civilians have died in the fighting and as a result of the destruction. These are deaths for which no one assumes responsibility and which have been presented, historically, as fallout. No one knows their true number.   In The Bodies in Person, Nick McDonell introduces us to some of the civilians who died, along with the rescue workers who tried to save them, U.S. soldiers grappling with their deaths, and everyone in between. He shows us how decent Americans, inside and outside the government and military, looked away from the mounting death toll, even as they claimed to do everything in their power to prevent civilian casualties.    With a novelist's eye — and hundreds of hours of recorded interviews — McDonell brings us the untold story of the innocent dead in America's ongoing wars, from leveled cities to drone operation centers to Capitol back rooms. As we follow him around the world, The Bodies in Person raises questions not only about what it means to be an American, but about the value of a life, what it means to risk one, and what is owed afterward. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343826 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: West Wingers: Stories from the Dream Chasers, Change Makers, and Hope Creators Inside the Obama White House Author: Gautam Raghavan Narrator: Deesha Dyer, Darienne Page, Raina Thele, Michael J. Robertson, Hope Hall, Cecilia Muñoz, Heather Foster, Lynn Rosenthal, Brad Jenkins, Michael Strautmanis, Gautam Raghavan, Kyla Garcia, Bill Yosses, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Obama White House staff invites us behind-the-scenes of history for a deeply personal and moving look at the presidency and how a president's staff can change the nation When we elect a president, we elect with them an entire team that will join them in the West Wing to help run the country. Each of these staffers has a story to tell, and in West Wingers, Barack Obama's White House staff reveals how these extraordinary citizens shape the presidency and the nation. In these moving and revealing personal stories, eighteen Obama staffers bring us deep inside the presidency, offering intimate accounts of how they made it to the White House, what they witnessed, and what they accomplished there. In each one we see the human face of government, staffers devoting themselves to the issues that have defined their lives. We hear from a married gay staffer pushing the president towards marriage equality; a senior aide working to implement the Affordable Care Act while battling Stage IV cancer; a hijab-wearing Muslim adviser accompanying the President to a mosque. From the triumphs of Obamacare and marriage equality to the tragedy of the Charleston shooting, this book tells the history of the Obama presidency through the men and women who worked tirelessly to support his vision for America. More than just a history though, West Wingers is an inspiring call to arms for public service, a manifesto for the power of committed public servants to make real change, and a powerful testament to what true diversity, inclusivity, and progress can look like in America. Audiobook Table of Contents: Evolution, by Gautam Raghavan, read by the author Becoming a Man, by Michael Strautmanis, read by the author Imagine Joey Lucas, by Leah Katz-Hernandez, read by Kyla Garcia Laughing Between Two Ferns, by Brad Jenkins, read by the author Amazing Grace, by Heather Foster, read by the author Worth It, by Cecilia Muñoz, read by the author Go Toward the Good, by Hope Hall, read by the author Big F’ing Deal, by Michael J. Robertson, read by the author Alaska, by Raina Thele, read by the author A Call to Action, by Lynn Rosenthal, read by the author Behind the Mahogany Doors, by Bill Yosses, read by the author Full Circle, by Darienne Page, read by the author Imposter, by Deesha Dyer, read by the author September 12, by Ned Price, read by the author Sí Se Puede, by Julie Chavez Rodriguez, read by the author Right Where We Belong, by Rumana Ahmed, read by the author Fiery Latinas, by Stephanie Valencia, read by the author Before We Were Us, by Aneesh Raman, read by the author With a preface and additional sections read by author Gautam Raghavan Gautam Raghavan Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343826 thebookvoice.com 9:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: West Wingers: Stories from the Dream Chasers, Change Makers, and Hope Creators Inside the Obama White House Author: Gautam Raghavan Narrator: Deesha Dyer, Darienne Page, Raina Thele, Michael J. Robertson, Hope Hall, Cecilia Muñoz, Heather Foster, Lynn Rosenthal, Brad Jenkins, Michael Strautmanis, Gautam Raghavan, Kyla Garcia, Bill Yosses, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Obama White House staff invites us behind-the-scenes of history for a deeply personal and moving look at the presidency and how a president's staff can change the nation When we elect a president, we elect with them an entire team that will join them in the West Wing to help run the country. Each of these staffers has a story to tell, and in West Wingers, Barack Obama's White House staff reveals how these extraordinary citizens shape the presidency and the nation. In these moving and revealing personal stories, eighteen Obama staffers bring us deep inside the presidency, offering intimate accounts of how they made it to the White House, what they witnessed, and what they accomplished there. In each one we see the human face of government, staffers devoting themselves to the issues that have defined their lives. We hear from a married gay staffer pushing the president towards marriage equality; a senior aide working to implement the Affordable Care Act while battling Stage IV cancer; a hijab-wearing Muslim adviser accompanying the President to a mosque. From the triumphs of Obamacare and marriage equality to the tragedy of the Charleston shooting, this book tells the history of the Obama presidency through the men and women who worked tirelessly to support his vision for America. More than just a history though, West Wingers is an inspiring call to arms for public service, a manifesto for the power of committed public servants to make real change, and a powerful testament to what true diversity, inclusivity, and progress can look like in America. Audiobook Table of Contents: Evolution, by Gautam Raghavan, read by the author Becoming a Man, by Michael Strautmanis, read by the author Imagine Joey Lucas, by Leah Katz-Hernandez, read by Kyla Garcia Laughing Between Two Ferns, by Brad Jenkins, read by the author Amazing Grace, by Heather Foster, read by the author Worth It, by Cecilia Muñoz, read by the author Go Toward the Good, by Hope Hall, read by the author Big F’ing Deal, by Michael J. Robertson, read by the author Alaska, by Raina Thele, read by the author A Call to Action, by Lynn Rosenthal, read by the author Behind the Mahogany Doors, by Bill Yosses, read by the author Full Circle, by Darienne Page, read by the author Imposter, by Deesha Dyer, read by the author September 12, by Ned Price, read by the author Sí Se Puede, by Julie Chavez Rodriguez, read by the author Right Where We Belong, by Rumana Ahmed, read by the author Fiery Latinas, by Stephanie Valencia, read by the author Before We Were Us, by Aneesh Raman, read by the author With a preface and additional sections read by author Gautam Raghavan Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: West Wingers: Stories from the Dream Chasers, Change Makers, and Hope Creators Inside the Obama White House Author: Gautam Raghavan Narrator: Deesha Dyer, Darienne Page, Raina Thele, Michael J. Robertson, Hope Hall, Cecilia Muñoz, Heather Foster, Lynn Rosenthal, Brad Jenkins, Michael Strautmanis, Gautam Raghavan, Kyla Garcia, Bill Yosses, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Obama White House staff invites us behind-the-scenes of history for a deeply personal and moving look at the presidency and how a president's staff can change the nation When we elect a president, we elect with them an entire team that will join them in the West Wing to help run the country. Each of these staffers has a story to tell, and in West Wingers, Barack Obama's White House staff reveals how these extraordinary citizens shape the presidency and the nation. In these moving and revealing personal stories, eighteen Obama staffers bring us deep inside the presidency, offering intimate accounts of how they made it to the White House, what they witnessed, and what they accomplished there. In each one we see the human face of government, staffers devoting themselves to the issues that have defined their lives. We hear from a married gay staffer pushing the president towards marriage equality; a senior aide working to implement the Affordable Care Act while battling Stage IV cancer; a hijab-wearing Muslim adviser accompanying the President to a mosque. From the triumphs of Obamacare and marriage equality to the tragedy of the Charleston shooting, this book tells the history of the Obama presidency through the men and women who worked tirelessly to support his vision for America. More than just a history though, West Wingers is an inspiring call to arms for public service, a manifesto for the power of committed public servants to make real change, and a powerful testament to what true diversity, inclusivity, and progress can look like in America. Audiobook Table of Contents: Evolution, by Gautam Raghavan, read by the author Becoming a Man, by Michael Strautmanis, read by the author Imagine Joey Lucas, by Leah Katz-Hernandez, read by Kyla Garcia Laughing Between Two Ferns, by Brad Jenkins, read by the author Amazing Grace, by Heather Foster, read by the author Worth It, by Cecilia Muñoz, read by the author Go Toward the Good, by Hope Hall, read by the author Big F’ing Deal, by Michael J. Robertson, read by the author Alaska, by Raina Thele, read by the author A Call to Action, by Lynn Rosenthal, read by the author Behind the Mahogany Doors, by Bill Yosses, read by the author Full Circle, by Darienne Page, read by the author Imposter, by Deesha Dyer, read by the author September 12, by Ned Price, read by the author Sí Se Puede, by Julie Chavez Rodriguez, read by the author Right Where We Belong, by Rumana Ahmed, read by the author Fiery Latinas, by Stephanie Valencia, read by the author Before We Were Us, by Aneesh Raman, read by the author With a preface and additional sections read by author Gautam Raghavan https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343825 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump on the Couch: Inside the Mind of the President Author: Justin A. Frank Narrator: Justin A. Frank, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'A great public service--critical for our time.' --Bandy X. Lee, M.D., M.Div., Yale psychiatrist, expert on violence, and editor of The Dangerous Case of Donald Trump The New York Times-bestselling author of Bush on the Couch shows that Donald Trump is mentally and emotionally unfit to execute the duties of President. No president in the history of the United States has inspired more alarm and confusion than Donald Trump. As questions and concerns about his decisions, behavior, and qualifications for office have multiplied, they point to one primary question: Does he pose a genuine threat to our country? The American Psychiatric Association's Goldwater Rule constrains psychiatrists from offering diagnoses on public figures who are not patients and who have not endorsed such statements. But in Trump on the Couch Clinical Professor of Psychiatry Justin A Frank invokes the moral responsibility that compels him to speak out and present a full portrait of a man who presents us with a clear and present danger. Using observations gained from a close study of Trump's patterns of thought, action, and communication, Dr. Frank uncovers a personality riddled with mental health issues. His analysis is filled with important revelations about our nation's leader, including disturbing insights into his childhood, his family, his business dealings, and his unusual relationship with alternative facts, including how - The absence of a strong maternal force during childhood has led to Trump's remarkable lack of empathy and disregard for women's boundaries; - His compulsion to polarize America has grown out of the way he perceives the world as full of deceitful and destructive persecutors; - His inability to tolerate the pain of frustration has triggered his belief that omnipotence will finally remove it; - His idiosyncratic use of language points to larger issues than even his tweets might suggest. With our country itself at stake, Dr. Frank calls attention to the underlying narcissism, misogyny, deception, and racism that drive the President who endangers it. A penetrating examination of how we as a nation got here and, more important, where we are going, Trump on the Couch sounds a call to action that we cannot ignore. Justin A. Frank Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343825 thebookvoice.com 7:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump on the Couch: Inside the Mind of the President Author: Justin A. Frank Narrator: Justin A. Frank, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'A great public service--critical for our time.' --Bandy X. Lee, M.D., M.Div., Yale psychiatrist, expert on violence, and editor of The Dangerous Case of Donald Trump The New York Times-bestselling author of Bush on the Couch shows that Donald Trump is mentally and emotionally unfit to execute the duties of President. No president in the history of the United States has inspired more alarm and confusion than Donald Trump. As questions and concerns about his decisions, behavior, and qualifications for office have multiplied, they point to one primary question: Does he pose a genuine threat to our country? The American Psychiatric Association's Goldwater Rule constrains psychiatrists from offering diagnoses on public figures who are not patients and who have not endorsed such statements. But in Trump on the Couch Clinical Professor of Psychiatry Justin A Frank invokes the moral responsibility that compels him to speak out and present a full portrait of a man who presents us with a clear and present danger. Using observations gained from a close study of Trump's patterns of thought, action, and communication, Dr. Frank uncovers a personality riddled with mental health issues. His analysis is filled with important revelations about our nation's leader, including disturbing insights into his childhood, his family, his business dealings, and his unusual relationship with alternative facts, including how - The absence of a strong maternal force during childhood has led to Trump's remarkable lack of empathy and disregard for women's boundaries; - His compulsion to polarize America has grown out of the way he perceives the world as full of deceitful and destructive persecutors; - His inability to tolerate the pain of frustration has triggered his belief that omnipotence will finally remove it; - His idiosyncratic use of language points to larger issues than even his tweets might suggest. With our country itself at stake, Dr. Frank calls attention to the underlying narcissism, misogyny, deception, and racism that drive the President who endangers it. A penetrating examination of how we as a nation got here and, more important, where we are going, Trump on the Couch sounds a call to action that we cannot ignore. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump on the Couch: Inside the Mind of the President Author: Justin A. Frank Narrator: Justin A. Frank, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'A great public service--critical for our time.' --Bandy X. Lee, M.D., M.Div., Yale psychiatrist, expert on violence, and editor of The Dangerous Case of Donald Trump The New York Times-bestselling author of Bush on the Couch shows that Donald Trump is mentally and emotionally unfit to execute the duties of President. No president in the history of the United States has inspired more alarm and confusion than Donald Trump. As questions and concerns about his decisions, behavior, and qualifications for office have multiplied, they point to one primary question: Does he pose a genuine threat to our country? The American Psychiatric Association's Goldwater Rule constrains psychiatrists from offering diagnoses on public figures who are not patients and who have not endorsed such statements. But in Trump on the Couch Clinical Professor of Psychiatry Justin A Frank invokes the moral responsibility that compels him to speak out and present a full portrait of a man who presents us with a clear and present danger. Using observations gained from a close study of Trump's patterns of thought, action, and communication, Dr. Frank uncovers a personality riddled with mental health issues. His analysis is filled with important revelations about our nation's leader, including disturbing insights into his childhood, his family, his business dealings, and his unusual relationship with alternative facts, including how - The absence of a strong maternal force during childhood has led to Trump's remarkable lack of empathy and disregard for women's boundaries; - His compulsion to polarize America has grown out of the way he perceives the world as full of deceitful and destructive persecutors; - His inability to tolerate the pain of frustration has triggered his belief that omnipotence will finally remove it; - His idiosyncratic use of language points to larger issues than even his tweets might suggest. With our country itself at stake, Dr. Frank calls attention to the underlying narcissism, misogyny, deception, and racism that drive the President who endangers it. A penetrating examination of how we as a nation got here and, more important, where we are going, Trump on the Couch sounds a call to action that we cannot ignore. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343816 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343816]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buy the Change You Want to See: Use Your Purchasing Power to Make the World a Better Place Author: Wendy Paris, Jane Mosbacher Morris Narrator: Jane Mosbacher Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Eager to change the world? Learn how you can have a greater social impact through your everyday purchases. The money we routinely spend on food, clothes, gifts, and even indulgences is an untapped superpower. What would happen if we slowed down to make more thoughtful decisions about what we buy? For 'mom and pop' stores across the country, and artisan and agricultural communities around the world, every purchase matters. Consumers--whether individuals, small businesses, or corporations--are paying more attention than ever to how their goods are made; and retailers--large and small--are responding by investing in ethical and eco-friendly production. Yet figuring out which brands to support can feel overwhelming. Jane Mosbacher Morris has devoted her career to creating economic opportunities for vulnerable communities around the world, and in this valuable book, she shares her passion and insights on how we, as consumers, can create positive change too. Covering topics that range from why not all factories are evil, to how our morning coffee can be the easiest way for us to use our purchasing power for good, Buy the Change You Want to See makes us better informed consumers. Morris tells inspiring stories about how victims of human trafficking and natural disasters have been empowered by economic opportunity, and she offers practical ideas about how we can support these communities through our purchases--whether it comes to jewelry made from recycled materials in Haiti, sustainably grown and ethically sourced coffee and chocolate from farmers in some of the poorest regions of the world, or mass-produced jeans and shoes made in factories where workers are guaranteed decent working conditions and a fair wage. Wendy Paris, Jane Mosbacher Morris Tue, 29 Jan 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343816 thebookvoice.com 8:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343816]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buy the Change You Want to See: Use Your Purchasing Power to Make the World a Better Place Author: Wendy Paris, Jane Mosbacher Morris Narrator: Jane Mosbacher Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Eager to change the world? Learn how you can have a greater social impact through your everyday purchases. The money we routinely spend on food, clothes, gifts, and even indulgences is an untapped superpower. What would happen if we slowed down to make more thoughtful decisions about what we buy? For 'mom and pop' stores across the country, and artisan and agricultural communities around the world, every purchase matters. Consumers--whether individuals, small businesses, or corporations--are paying more attention than ever to how their goods are made; and retailers--large and small--are responding by investing in ethical and eco-friendly production. Yet figuring out which brands to support can feel overwhelming. Jane Mosbacher Morris has devoted her career to creating economic opportunities for vulnerable communities around the world, and in this valuable book, she shares her passion and insights on how we, as consumers, can create positive change too. Covering topics that range from why not all factories are evil, to how our morning coffee can be the easiest way for us to use our purchasing power for good, Buy the Change You Want to See makes us better informed consumers. Morris tells inspiring stories about how victims of human trafficking and natural disasters have been empowered by economic opportunity, and she offers practical ideas about how we can support these communities through our purchases--whether it comes to jewelry made from recycled materials in Haiti, sustainably grown and ethically sourced coffee and chocolate from farmers in some of the poorest regions of the world, or mass-produced jeans and shoes made in factories where workers are guaranteed decent working conditions and a fair wage. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343816]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buy the Change You Want to See: Use Your Purchasing Power to Make the World a Better Place Author: Wendy Paris, Jane Mosbacher Morris Narrator: Jane Mosbacher Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Eager to change the world? Learn how you can have a greater social impact through your everyday purchases. The money we routinely spend on food, clothes, gifts, and even indulgences is an untapped superpower. What would happen if we slowed down to make more thoughtful decisions about what we buy? For 'mom and pop' stores across the country, and artisan and agricultural communities around the world, every purchase matters. Consumers--whether individuals, small businesses, or corporations--are paying more attention than ever to how their goods are made; and retailers--large and small--are responding by investing in ethical and eco-friendly production. Yet figuring out which brands to support can feel overwhelming. Jane Mosbacher Morris has devoted her career to creating economic opportunities for vulnerable communities around the world, and in this valuable book, she shares her passion and insights on how we, as consumers, can create positive change too. Covering topics that range from why not all factories are evil, to how our morning coffee can be the easiest way for us to use our purchasing power for good, Buy the Change You Want to See makes us better informed consumers. Morris tells inspiring stories about how victims of human trafficking and natural disasters have been empowered by economic opportunity, and she offers practical ideas about how we can support these communities through our purchases--whether it comes to jewelry made from recycled materials in Haiti, sustainably grown and ethically sourced coffee and chocolate from farmers in some of the poorest regions of the world, or mass-produced jeans and shoes made in factories where workers are guaranteed decent working conditions and a fair wage. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343631 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be an Antiracist Author: Ibram X. Kendi Narrator: Ibram X. Kendi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 474 Ratings of Narrator: 3.8 of Total 55 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the National Book Award–winning author of Stamped from the Beginning comes a “groundbreaking” (Time) approach to understanding and uprooting racism and inequality in our society and in ourselves—now updated, with a new preface. “The most courageous book to date on the problem of race in the Western mind.”—The New York Times ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR—The New York Times Book Review, Time, NPR, The Washington Post, Shelf Awareness, Library Journal, Publishers Weekly, Kirkus Reviews Antiracism is a transformative concept that reorients and reenergizes the conversation about racism—and, even more fundamentally, points us toward liberating new ways of thinking about ourselves and each other. At its core, racism is a powerful system that creates false hierarchies of human value; its warped logic extends beyond race, from the way we regard people of different ethnicities or skin colors to the way we treat people of different sexes, gender identities, and body types. Racism intersects with class and culture and geography and even changes the way we see and value ourselves. In How to Be an Antiracist, Kendi takes readers through a widening circle of antiracist ideas—from the most basic concepts to visionary possibilities—that will help readers see all forms of racism clearly, understand their poisonous consequences, and work to oppose them in our systems and in ourselves. Kendi weaves an electrifying combination of ethics, history, law, and science with his own personal story of awakening to antiracism. This is an essential work for anyone who wants to go beyond the awareness of racism to the next step: contributing to the formation of a just and equitable society. Ibram X. Kendi Tue, 13 Aug 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343631 thebookvoice.com 10:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be an Antiracist Author: Ibram X. Kendi Narrator: Ibram X. Kendi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 474 Ratings of Narrator: 3.8 of Total 55 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the National Book Award–winning author of Stamped from the Beginning comes a “groundbreaking” (Time) approach to understanding and uprooting racism and inequality in our society and in ourselves—now updated, with a new preface. “The most courageous book to date on the problem of race in the Western mind.”—The New York Times ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR—The New York Times Book Review, Time, NPR, The Washington Post, Shelf Awareness, Library Journal, Publishers Weekly, Kirkus Reviews Antiracism is a transformative concept that reorients and reenergizes the conversation about racism—and, even more fundamentally, points us toward liberating new ways of thinking about ourselves and each other. At its core, racism is a powerful system that creates false hierarchies of human value; its warped logic extends beyond race, from the way we regard people of different ethnicities or skin colors to the way we treat people of different sexes, gender identities, and body types. Racism intersects with class and culture and geography and even changes the way we see and value ourselves. In How to Be an Antiracist, Kendi takes readers through a widening circle of antiracist ideas—from the most basic concepts to visionary possibilities—that will help readers see all forms of racism clearly, understand their poisonous consequences, and work to oppose them in our systems and in ourselves. Kendi weaves an electrifying combination of ethics, history, law, and science with his own personal story of awakening to antiracism. This is an essential work for anyone who wants to go beyond the awareness of racism to the next step: contributing to the formation of a just and equitable society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be an Antiracist Author: Ibram X. Kendi Narrator: Ibram X. Kendi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 474 Ratings of Narrator: 3.8 of Total 55 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the National Book Award–winning author of Stamped from the Beginning comes a “groundbreaking” (Time) approach to understanding and uprooting racism and inequality in our society and in ourselves—now updated, with a new preface. “The most courageous book to date on the problem of race in the Western mind.”—The New York Times ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR—The New York Times Book Review, Time, NPR, The Washington Post, Shelf Awareness, Library Journal, Publishers Weekly, Kirkus Reviews Antiracism is a transformative concept that reorients and reenergizes the conversation about racism—and, even more fundamentally, points us toward liberating new ways of thinking about ourselves and each other. At its core, racism is a powerful system that creates false hierarchies of human value; its warped logic extends beyond race, from the way we regard people of different ethnicities or skin colors to the way we treat people of different sexes, gender identities, and body types. Racism intersects with class and culture and geography and even changes the way we see and value ourselves. In How to Be an Antiracist, Kendi takes readers through a widening circle of antiracist ideas—from the most basic concepts to visionary possibilities—that will help readers see all forms of racism clearly, understand their poisonous consequences, and work to oppose them in our systems and in ourselves. Kendi weaves an electrifying combination of ethics, history, law, and science with his own personal story of awakening to antiracism. This is an essential work for anyone who wants to go beyond the awareness of racism to the next step: contributing to the formation of a just and equitable society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343612 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unwanted: America, Auschwitz, and a Village Caught In Between Author: Michael Dobbs Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Published in association with the United States Holocaust Memorial Museum, a riveting story of Jewish families seeking to escape Nazi Germany. In 1938, on the eve of World War II, the American journalist Dorothy Thompson wrote that 'a piece of paper with a stamp on it' was 'the difference between life and death.' The Unwanted is the intimate account of a small village on the edge of the Black Forest whose Jewish families desperately pursued American visas to flee the Nazis. Battling formidable bureaucratic obstacles, some make it to the United States while others are unable to obtain the necessary documents. Some are murdered in Auschwitz, their applications for American visas still 'pending.'      Drawing on previously unpublished letters, diaries, interviews, and visa records, Michael Dobbs provides an illuminating account of America's response to the refugee crisis of the 1930s and 1940s. He describes the deportation of German Jews to France in October 1940, along with their continuing quest for American visas. And he re-creates the heated debates among U.S. officials over whether or not to admit refugees amid growing concerns about 'fifth columnists,' at a time when the American public was deeply isolationist, xenophobic, and antisemitic.      A Holocaust story that is both German and American, The Unwanted vividly captures the experiences of a small community struggling to survive amid tumultuous world events. Michael Dobbs Tue, 02 Apr 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343612 thebookvoice.com 11:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unwanted: America, Auschwitz, and a Village Caught In Between Author: Michael Dobbs Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Published in association with the United States Holocaust Memorial Museum, a riveting story of Jewish families seeking to escape Nazi Germany. In 1938, on the eve of World War II, the American journalist Dorothy Thompson wrote that 'a piece of paper with a stamp on it' was 'the difference between life and death.' The Unwanted is the intimate account of a small village on the edge of the Black Forest whose Jewish families desperately pursued American visas to flee the Nazis. Battling formidable bureaucratic obstacles, some make it to the United States while others are unable to obtain the necessary documents. Some are murdered in Auschwitz, their applications for American visas still 'pending.'      Drawing on previously unpublished letters, diaries, interviews, and visa records, Michael Dobbs provides an illuminating account of America's response to the refugee crisis of the 1930s and 1940s. He describes the deportation of German Jews to France in October 1940, along with their continuing quest for American visas. And he re-creates the heated debates among U.S. officials over whether or not to admit refugees amid growing concerns about 'fifth columnists,' at a time when the American public was deeply isolationist, xenophobic, and antisemitic.      A Holocaust story that is both German and American, The Unwanted vividly captures the experiences of a small community struggling to survive amid tumultuous world events. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unwanted: America, Auschwitz, and a Village Caught In Between Author: Michael Dobbs Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Published in association with the United States Holocaust Memorial Museum, a riveting story of Jewish families seeking to escape Nazi Germany. In 1938, on the eve of World War II, the American journalist Dorothy Thompson wrote that 'a piece of paper with a stamp on it' was 'the difference between life and death.' The Unwanted is the intimate account of a small village on the edge of the Black Forest whose Jewish families desperately pursued American visas to flee the Nazis. Battling formidable bureaucratic obstacles, some make it to the United States while others are unable to obtain the necessary documents. Some are murdered in Auschwitz, their applications for American visas still 'pending.'      Drawing on previously unpublished letters, diaries, interviews, and visa records, Michael Dobbs provides an illuminating account of America's response to the refugee crisis of the 1930s and 1940s. He describes the deportation of German Jews to France in October 1940, along with their continuing quest for American visas. And he re-creates the heated debates among U.S. officials over whether or not to admit refugees amid growing concerns about 'fifth columnists,' at a time when the American public was deeply isolationist, xenophobic, and antisemitic.      A Holocaust story that is both German and American, The Unwanted vividly captures the experiences of a small community struggling to survive amid tumultuous world events. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343609 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolutionary: George Washington at War Author: Robert L. O'Connell Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From an acclaimed military historian, a bold reappraisal of young George Washington, an ambitious if reckless soldier destined to become the legendary general who took on the British and, through his leadership, defined the American character How did George Washington become an American icon? Robert L. O’Connell, the New York Times bestselling author of Fierce Patriot and The Ghosts of Cannae, introduces us to Washington before he was Washington: a young soldier champing at the bit for a commission in the British army, frustrated by his position as a minor Virginia aristocrat. Fueled by ego, Washington led a disastrous expedition in the Seven Years’ War, but then the commander grew up. We witness George Washington take up politics and join Virginia’s colonial governing body, the House of Burgesses, where he became ever more attuned to the injustices of life under the British Empire and the paranoid, revolutionary atmosphere of the colonies. When war seemed inevitable, he was the right man—the only man—to lead the nascent American army. We would not be here without George Washington, and O’Connell proves that Washington the general was at least as significant to the founding of the United States as Washington the president. He emerges here as cunning and manipulative, a subtle puppeteer among intimates, and a master cajoler—but all in the cause of rectitude and moderation. Washington became the embodiment of the Revolution itself. He draped himself over the revolutionary process and tamped down its fires. As O’Connell writes, the war was decisive because Washington managed to stop a cycle of violence with the force of personality and personal restraint. In his trademark conversational, witty style, Robert L. O’Connell has written a compelling reexamination of General Washington and his revolutionary world. He cuts through the enigma surrounding Washington to show how the general made all the difference and became a new archetype of revolutionary leader in the process. Revolutionary is a masterful character study of America’s founding conflict filled with lessons about conspiracy, resistance, and leadership that resonate today. Advance praise for Revolutionary “Given the amount of ink spilled over the years, it is not easy to offer a fresh look at George Washington’s leadership role during the war for American independence. But Robert L. O’Connell has done it in Revolutionary. The title announces the insight, which is the otherwise uncontrollable political and military energies released by the war that Washington was able to orchestrate.”—Joseph J. Ellis, author of American Dialogues: The Founders and Us Robert L. O'Connell Tue, 02 Apr 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343609 thebookvoice.com 12:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolutionary: George Washington at War Author: Robert L. O'Connell Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From an acclaimed military historian, a bold reappraisal of young George Washington, an ambitious if reckless soldier destined to become the legendary general who took on the British and, through his leadership, defined the American character How did George Washington become an American icon? Robert L. O’Connell, the New York Times bestselling author of Fierce Patriot and The Ghosts of Cannae, introduces us to Washington before he was Washington: a young soldier champing at the bit for a commission in the British army, frustrated by his position as a minor Virginia aristocrat. Fueled by ego, Washington led a disastrous expedition in the Seven Years’ War, but then the commander grew up. We witness George Washington take up politics and join Virginia’s colonial governing body, the House of Burgesses, where he became ever more attuned to the injustices of life under the British Empire and the paranoid, revolutionary atmosphere of the colonies. When war seemed inevitable, he was the right man—the only man—to lead the nascent American army. We would not be here without George Washington, and O’Connell proves that Washington the general was at least as significant to the founding of the United States as Washington the president. He emerges here as cunning and manipulative, a subtle puppeteer among intimates, and a master cajoler—but all in the cause of rectitude and moderation. Washington became the embodiment of the Revolution itself. He draped himself over the revolutionary process and tamped down its fires. As O’Connell writes, the war was decisive because Washington managed to stop a cycle of violence with the force of personality and personal restraint. In his trademark conversational, witty style, Robert L. O’Connell has written a compelling reexamination of General Washington and his revolutionary world. He cuts through the enigma surrounding Washington to show how the general made all the difference and became a new archetype of revolutionary leader in the process. Revolutionary is a masterful character study of America’s founding conflict filled with lessons about conspiracy, resistance, and leadership that resonate today. Advance praise for Revolutionary “Given the amount of ink spilled over the years, it is not easy to offer a fresh look at George Washington’s leadership role during the war for American independence. But Robert L. O’Connell has done it in Revolutionary. The title announces the insight, which is the otherwise uncontrollable political and military energies released by the war that Washington was able to orchestrate.”—Joseph J. Ellis, author of American Dialogues: The Founders and Us Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolutionary: George Washington at War Author: Robert L. O'Connell Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From an acclaimed military historian, a bold reappraisal of young George Washington, an ambitious if reckless soldier destined to become the legendary general who took on the British and, through his leadership, defined the American character How did George Washington become an American icon? Robert L. O’Connell, the New York Times bestselling author of Fierce Patriot and The Ghosts of Cannae, introduces us to Washington before he was Washington: a young soldier champing at the bit for a commission in the British army, frustrated by his position as a minor Virginia aristocrat. Fueled by ego, Washington led a disastrous expedition in the Seven Years’ War, but then the commander grew up. We witness George Washington take up politics and join Virginia’s colonial governing body, the House of Burgesses, where he became ever more attuned to the injustices of life under the British Empire and the paranoid, revolutionary atmosphere of the colonies. When war seemed inevitable, he was the right man—the only man—to lead the nascent American army. We would not be here without George Washington, and O’Connell proves that Washington the general was at least as significant to the founding of the United States as Washington the president. He emerges here as cunning and manipulative, a subtle puppeteer among intimates, and a master cajoler—but all in the cause of rectitude and moderation. Washington became the embodiment of the Revolution itself. He draped himself over the revolutionary process and tamped down its fires. As O’Connell writes, the war was decisive because Washington managed to stop a cycle of violence with the force of personality and personal restraint. In his trademark conversational, witty style, Robert L. O’Connell has written a compelling reexamination of General Washington and his revolutionary world. He cuts through the enigma surrounding Washington to show how the general made all the difference and became a new archetype of revolutionary leader in the process. Revolutionary is a masterful character study of America’s founding conflict filled with lessons about conspiracy, resistance, and leadership that resonate today. Advance praise for Revolutionary “Given the amount of ink spilled over the years, it is not easy to offer a fresh look at George Washington’s leadership role during the war for American independence. But Robert L. O’Connell has done it in Revolutionary. The title announces the insight, which is the otherwise uncontrollable political and military energies released by the war that Washington was able to orchestrate.”—Joseph J. Ellis, author of American Dialogues: The Founders and Us https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343554 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343554]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Appeasement: Chamberlain, Hitler, Churchill, and the Road to War Author: Tim Bouverie Narrator: John L. Sessions Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • SUNDAY TIMES (UK) BESTSELLER • A gripping history of the British appeasement of Hitler on the eve of World War II “An eye-opening narrative that makes for exciting but at times uncomfortable reading as one reflects on possible lessons for the present.”—Antonia Fraser, author of Mary Queen of Scots On a wet afternoon in September 1938, Prime Minister Neville Chamberlain stepped off an airplane and announced that his visit to Hitler had averted the greatest crisis in recent memory. It was, he later assured the crowd in Downing Street, 'peace for our time.' Less than a year later, Germany invaded Poland and the Second World War began. Appeasement is a groundbreaking history of the disastrous years of indecision, failed diplomacy and parliamentary infighting that enabled Hitler's domination of Europe. Drawing on deep archival research and sources not previously seen by historians, Tim Bouverie has created an unforgettable portrait of the ministers, aristocrats, and amateur diplomats who, through their actions and inaction, shaped their country's policy and determined the fate of Europe. Beginning with the advent of Hitler in 1933, we embark on a fascinating journey from the early days of the Third Reich to the beaches of Dunkirk. Bouverie takes us not only into the backrooms of Parliament and 10 Downing Street but also into the drawing rooms and dining clubs of fading imperial Britain, where Hitler enjoyed surprising support among the ruling class and even some members of the royal family. Both sweeping and intimate, Appeasement is not only an eye-opening history but a timeless lesson on the challenges of standing up to aggression and authoritarianism--and the calamity that results from failing to do so. Tim Bouverie Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343554 thebookvoice.com 22:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343554]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Appeasement: Chamberlain, Hitler, Churchill, and the Road to War Author: Tim Bouverie Narrator: John L. Sessions Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • SUNDAY TIMES (UK) BESTSELLER • A gripping history of the British appeasement of Hitler on the eve of World War II “An eye-opening narrative that makes for exciting but at times uncomfortable reading as one reflects on possible lessons for the present.”—Antonia Fraser, author of Mary Queen of Scots On a wet afternoon in September 1938, Prime Minister Neville Chamberlain stepped off an airplane and announced that his visit to Hitler had averted the greatest crisis in recent memory. It was, he later assured the crowd in Downing Street, 'peace for our time.' Less than a year later, Germany invaded Poland and the Second World War began. Appeasement is a groundbreaking history of the disastrous years of indecision, failed diplomacy and parliamentary infighting that enabled Hitler's domination of Europe. Drawing on deep archival research and sources not previously seen by historians, Tim Bouverie has created an unforgettable portrait of the ministers, aristocrats, and amateur diplomats who, through their actions and inaction, shaped their country's policy and determined the fate of Europe. Beginning with the advent of Hitler in 1933, we embark on a fascinating journey from the early days of the Third Reich to the beaches of Dunkirk. Bouverie takes us not only into the backrooms of Parliament and 10 Downing Street but also into the drawing rooms and dining clubs of fading imperial Britain, where Hitler enjoyed surprising support among the ruling class and even some members of the royal family. Both sweeping and intimate, Appeasement is not only an eye-opening history but a timeless lesson on the challenges of standing up to aggression and authoritarianism--and the calamity that results from failing to do so. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343554]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Appeasement: Chamberlain, Hitler, Churchill, and the Road to War Author: Tim Bouverie Narrator: John L. Sessions Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • SUNDAY TIMES (UK) BESTSELLER • A gripping history of the British appeasement of Hitler on the eve of World War II “An eye-opening narrative that makes for exciting but at times uncomfortable reading as one reflects on possible lessons for the present.”—Antonia Fraser, author of Mary Queen of Scots On a wet afternoon in September 1938, Prime Minister Neville Chamberlain stepped off an airplane and announced that his visit to Hitler had averted the greatest crisis in recent memory. It was, he later assured the crowd in Downing Street, 'peace for our time.' Less than a year later, Germany invaded Poland and the Second World War began. Appeasement is a groundbreaking history of the disastrous years of indecision, failed diplomacy and parliamentary infighting that enabled Hitler's domination of Europe. Drawing on deep archival research and sources not previously seen by historians, Tim Bouverie has created an unforgettable portrait of the ministers, aristocrats, and amateur diplomats who, through their actions and inaction, shaped their country's policy and determined the fate of Europe. Beginning with the advent of Hitler in 1933, we embark on a fascinating journey from the early days of the Third Reich to the beaches of Dunkirk. Bouverie takes us not only into the backrooms of Parliament and 10 Downing Street but also into the drawing rooms and dining clubs of fading imperial Britain, where Hitler enjoyed surprising support among the ruling class and even some members of the royal family. Both sweeping and intimate, Appeasement is not only an eye-opening history but a timeless lesson on the challenges of standing up to aggression and authoritarianism--and the calamity that results from failing to do so. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343524 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Pillar: How Markets and the State Leave the Community Behind Author: Raghuram Rajan Narrator: Raghuram Rajan, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Shortlisted for the Financial Times/McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award From one of the most important economic thinkers of our time, a brilliant and far-seeing analysis of the current populist backlash against globalization. Raghuram Rajan, distinguished University of Chicago professor, former IMF chief economist, head of India's central bank, and author of the 2010 FT-Goldman-Sachs Book of the Year Fault Lines, has an unparalleled vantage point onto the social and economic consequences of globalization and their ultimate effect on our politics. In The Third Pillar he offers up a magnificent big-picture framework for understanding how these three forces--the state, markets, and our communities--interact, why things begin to break down, and how we can find our way back to a more secure and stable plane. The 'third pillar' of the title is the community we live in. Economists all too often understand their field as the relationship between markets and the state, and they leave squishy social issues for other people. That's not just myopic, Rajan argues; it's dangerous. All economics is actually socioeconomics - all markets are embedded in a web of human relations, values and norms. As he shows, throughout history, technological phase shifts have ripped the market out of those old webs and led to violent backlashes, and to what we now call populism. Eventually, a new equilibrium is reached, but it can be ugly and messy, especially if done wrong. Right now, we're doing it wrong. As markets scale up, the state scales up with it, concentrating economic and political power in flourishing central hubs and leaving the periphery to decompose, figuratively and even literally. Instead, Rajan offers a way to rethink the relationship between the market and civil society and argues for a return to strengthening and empowering local communities as an antidote to growing despair and unrest. Rajan is not a doctrinaire conservative, so his ultimate argument that decision-making has to be devolved to the grass roots or our democracy will continue to wither, is sure to be provocative. But even setting aside its solutions, The Third Pillar is a masterpiece of explication, a book that will be a classic of its kind for its offering of a wise, authoritative and humane explanation of the forces that have wrought such a sea change in our lives. Raghuram Rajan Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343524 thebookvoice.com 19:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Pillar: How Markets and the State Leave the Community Behind Author: Raghuram Rajan Narrator: Raghuram Rajan, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Shortlisted for the Financial Times/McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award From one of the most important economic thinkers of our time, a brilliant and far-seeing analysis of the current populist backlash against globalization. Raghuram Rajan, distinguished University of Chicago professor, former IMF chief economist, head of India's central bank, and author of the 2010 FT-Goldman-Sachs Book of the Year Fault Lines, has an unparalleled vantage point onto the social and economic consequences of globalization and their ultimate effect on our politics. In The Third Pillar he offers up a magnificent big-picture framework for understanding how these three forces--the state, markets, and our communities--interact, why things begin to break down, and how we can find our way back to a more secure and stable plane. The 'third pillar' of the title is the community we live in. Economists all too often understand their field as the relationship between markets and the state, and they leave squishy social issues for other people. That's not just myopic, Rajan argues; it's dangerous. All economics is actually socioeconomics - all markets are embedded in a web of human relations, values and norms. As he shows, throughout history, technological phase shifts have ripped the market out of those old webs and led to violent backlashes, and to what we now call populism. Eventually, a new equilibrium is reached, but it can be ugly and messy, especially if done wrong. Right now, we're doing it wrong. As markets scale up, the state scales up with it, concentrating economic and political power in flourishing central hubs and leaving the periphery to decompose, figuratively and even literally. Instead, Rajan offers a way to rethink the relationship between the market and civil society and argues for a return to strengthening and empowering local communities as an antidote to growing despair and unrest. Rajan is not a doctrinaire conservative, so his ultimate argument that decision-making has to be devolved to the grass roots or our democracy will continue to wither, is sure to be provocative. But even setting aside its solutions, The Third Pillar is a masterpiece of explication, a book that will be a classic of its kind for its offering of a wise, authoritative and humane explanation of the forces that have wrought such a sea change in our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Pillar: How Markets and the State Leave the Community Behind Author: Raghuram Rajan Narrator: Raghuram Rajan, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Shortlisted for the Financial Times/McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award From one of the most important economic thinkers of our time, a brilliant and far-seeing analysis of the current populist backlash against globalization. Raghuram Rajan, distinguished University of Chicago professor, former IMF chief economist, head of India's central bank, and author of the 2010 FT-Goldman-Sachs Book of the Year Fault Lines, has an unparalleled vantage point onto the social and economic consequences of globalization and their ultimate effect on our politics. In The Third Pillar he offers up a magnificent big-picture framework for understanding how these three forces--the state, markets, and our communities--interact, why things begin to break down, and how we can find our way back to a more secure and stable plane. The 'third pillar' of the title is the community we live in. Economists all too often understand their field as the relationship between markets and the state, and they leave squishy social issues for other people. That's not just myopic, Rajan argues; it's dangerous. All economics is actually socioeconomics - all markets are embedded in a web of human relations, values and norms. As he shows, throughout history, technological phase shifts have ripped the market out of those old webs and led to violent backlashes, and to what we now call populism. Eventually, a new equilibrium is reached, but it can be ugly and messy, especially if done wrong. Right now, we're doing it wrong. As markets scale up, the state scales up with it, concentrating economic and political power in flourishing central hubs and leaving the periphery to decompose, figuratively and even literally. Instead, Rajan offers a way to rethink the relationship between the market and civil society and argues for a return to strengthening and empowering local communities as an antidote to growing despair and unrest. Rajan is not a doctrinaire conservative, so his ultimate argument that decision-making has to be devolved to the grass roots or our democracy will continue to wither, is sure to be provocative. But even setting aside its solutions, The Third Pillar is a masterpiece of explication, a book that will be a classic of its kind for its offering of a wise, authoritative and humane explanation of the forces that have wrought such a sea change in our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343445 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Antisemitism: Here and Now Author: Deborah E. Lipstadt Narrator: Phoebe Strole, Paul Boehmer, Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ***2019 NATIONAL JEWISH BOOK AWARD WINNER—Jew­ish Edu­ca­tion and Iden­ti­ty Award*** The award-winning author of The Eichmann Trial and Denial: Holocaust History on Trial gives us a penetrating and provocative analysis of the hate that will not die, focusing on its current, virulent incarnations on both the political right and left: from white supremacist demonstrators in Charlottesville, Virginia, to mainstream enablers of antisemitism such as Donald Trump and Jeremy Corbyn, to a gay pride march in Chicago that expelled a group of women for carrying a Star of David banner. Over the last decade there has been a noticeable uptick in antisemitic rhetoric and incidents by left-wing groups targeting Jewish students and Jewish organizations on American college campuses. And the reemergence of the white nationalist movement in America, complete with Nazi slogans and imagery, has been reminiscent of the horrific fascist displays of the 1930s. Throughout Europe, Jews have been attacked by terrorists, and some have been murdered. Where is all this hatred coming from? Is there any significant difference between left-wing and right-wing antisemitism? What role has the anti-Zionist movement played? And what can be done to combat the latest manifestations of an ancient hatred? In a series of letters to an imagined college student and imagined colleague, both of whom are perplexed by this resurgence, acclaimed historian Deborah Lipstadt gives us her own superbly reasoned, brilliantly argued, and certain to be controversial responses to these troubling questions. Deborah E. Lipstadt Tue, 29 Jan 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343445 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Antisemitism: Here and Now Author: Deborah E. Lipstadt Narrator: Phoebe Strole, Paul Boehmer, Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ***2019 NATIONAL JEWISH BOOK AWARD WINNER—Jew­ish Edu­ca­tion and Iden­ti­ty Award*** The award-winning author of The Eichmann Trial and Denial: Holocaust History on Trial gives us a penetrating and provocative analysis of the hate that will not die, focusing on its current, virulent incarnations on both the political right and left: from white supremacist demonstrators in Charlottesville, Virginia, to mainstream enablers of antisemitism such as Donald Trump and Jeremy Corbyn, to a gay pride march in Chicago that expelled a group of women for carrying a Star of David banner. Over the last decade there has been a noticeable uptick in antisemitic rhetoric and incidents by left-wing groups targeting Jewish students and Jewish organizations on American college campuses. And the reemergence of the white nationalist movement in America, complete with Nazi slogans and imagery, has been reminiscent of the horrific fascist displays of the 1930s. Throughout Europe, Jews have been attacked by terrorists, and some have been murdered. Where is all this hatred coming from? Is there any significant difference between left-wing and right-wing antisemitism? What role has the anti-Zionist movement played? And what can be done to combat the latest manifestations of an ancient hatred? In a series of letters to an imagined college student and imagined colleague, both of whom are perplexed by this resurgence, acclaimed historian Deborah Lipstadt gives us her own superbly reasoned, brilliantly argued, and certain to be controversial responses to these troubling questions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Antisemitism: Here and Now Author: Deborah E. Lipstadt Narrator: Phoebe Strole, Paul Boehmer, Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ***2019 NATIONAL JEWISH BOOK AWARD WINNER—Jew­ish Edu­ca­tion and Iden­ti­ty Award*** The award-winning author of The Eichmann Trial and Denial: Holocaust History on Trial gives us a penetrating and provocative analysis of the hate that will not die, focusing on its current, virulent incarnations on both the political right and left: from white supremacist demonstrators in Charlottesville, Virginia, to mainstream enablers of antisemitism such as Donald Trump and Jeremy Corbyn, to a gay pride march in Chicago that expelled a group of women for carrying a Star of David banner. Over the last decade there has been a noticeable uptick in antisemitic rhetoric and incidents by left-wing groups targeting Jewish students and Jewish organizations on American college campuses. And the reemergence of the white nationalist movement in America, complete with Nazi slogans and imagery, has been reminiscent of the horrific fascist displays of the 1930s. Throughout Europe, Jews have been attacked by terrorists, and some have been murdered. Where is all this hatred coming from? Is there any significant difference between left-wing and right-wing antisemitism? What role has the anti-Zionist movement played? And what can be done to combat the latest manifestations of an ancient hatred? In a series of letters to an imagined college student and imagined colleague, both of whom are perplexed by this resurgence, acclaimed historian Deborah Lipstadt gives us her own superbly reasoned, brilliantly argued, and certain to be controversial responses to these troubling questions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343421 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inner Level: How More Equal Societies Reduce Stress, Restore Sanity and Improve Everyone's Well-Being Author: Kate Pickett, Richard Wilkinson Narrator: Shridhar Solanki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking investigation of how inequality infects our minds and gets under our skin Why are people more relaxed and at ease with each other in some countries than others? Why do we worry so much about what others think of us and often feel social life is a stressful performance? Why is mental illness three times as common in the USA as in Germany? Why is the American dream more of a reality in Denmark than the USA? What makes child well-being so much worse in some countries than others? As The Inner Level demonstrates, the answer to all these is inequality. In The Spirit Level Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett put inequality at the center of public debate by showing conclusively that less equal societies fare worse than more equal ones across everything from education to life expectancy. The Inner Level now explains how inequality affects us individually, altering how we think, feel and behave. It sets out the overwhelming evidence that material inequities have powerful psychological effects: when the gap between rich and poor increases, so does the tendency to define and value ourselves and others in terms of superiority and inferiority. A deep well of data and analysis is drawn upon to empirically show, for example, that low social status leads to elevated levels of stress hormones, and how rates of anxiety, depression and addictions are intimately related to the inequality which makes that status paramount. Wilkinson and Pickett describe how these responses to hierarchies evolved, and why the impacts of inequality on us are so severe. In doing so, they challenge the conception that humans are inescapably competitive and self-interested. They undermine, too, the idea that inequality is the product of 'natural' differences in individual ability. This book draws together many of the most urgent problems facing societies today, but it is not just an index of our ills. It demonstrates that societies based on fundamental equalities, sharing and reciprocity generate much higher levels of well-being, and lays out the path towards them. Kate Pickett, Richard Wilkinson Tue, 22 Jan 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343421 thebookvoice.com 11:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inner Level: How More Equal Societies Reduce Stress, Restore Sanity and Improve Everyone's Well-Being Author: Kate Pickett, Richard Wilkinson Narrator: Shridhar Solanki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking investigation of how inequality infects our minds and gets under our skin Why are people more relaxed and at ease with each other in some countries than others? Why do we worry so much about what others think of us and often feel social life is a stressful performance? Why is mental illness three times as common in the USA as in Germany? Why is the American dream more of a reality in Denmark than the USA? What makes child well-being so much worse in some countries than others? As The Inner Level demonstrates, the answer to all these is inequality. In The Spirit Level Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett put inequality at the center of public debate by showing conclusively that less equal societies fare worse than more equal ones across everything from education to life expectancy. The Inner Level now explains how inequality affects us individually, altering how we think, feel and behave. It sets out the overwhelming evidence that material inequities have powerful psychological effects: when the gap between rich and poor increases, so does the tendency to define and value ourselves and others in terms of superiority and inferiority. A deep well of data and analysis is drawn upon to empirically show, for example, that low social status leads to elevated levels of stress hormones, and how rates of anxiety, depression and addictions are intimately related to the inequality which makes that status paramount. Wilkinson and Pickett describe how these responses to hierarchies evolved, and why the impacts of inequality on us are so severe. In doing so, they challenge the conception that humans are inescapably competitive and self-interested. They undermine, too, the idea that inequality is the product of 'natural' differences in individual ability. This book draws together many of the most urgent problems facing societies today, but it is not just an index of our ills. It demonstrates that societies based on fundamental equalities, sharing and reciprocity generate much higher levels of well-being, and lays out the path towards them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inner Level: How More Equal Societies Reduce Stress, Restore Sanity and Improve Everyone's Well-Being Author: Kate Pickett, Richard Wilkinson Narrator: Shridhar Solanki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking investigation of how inequality infects our minds and gets under our skin Why are people more relaxed and at ease with each other in some countries than others? Why do we worry so much about what others think of us and often feel social life is a stressful performance? Why is mental illness three times as common in the USA as in Germany? Why is the American dream more of a reality in Denmark than the USA? What makes child well-being so much worse in some countries than others? As The Inner Level demonstrates, the answer to all these is inequality. In The Spirit Level Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett put inequality at the center of public debate by showing conclusively that less equal societies fare worse than more equal ones across everything from education to life expectancy. The Inner Level now explains how inequality affects us individually, altering how we think, feel and behave. It sets out the overwhelming evidence that material inequities have powerful psychological effects: when the gap between rich and poor increases, so does the tendency to define and value ourselves and others in terms of superiority and inferiority. A deep well of data and analysis is drawn upon to empirically show, for example, that low social status leads to elevated levels of stress hormones, and how rates of anxiety, depression and addictions are intimately related to the inequality which makes that status paramount. Wilkinson and Pickett describe how these responses to hierarchies evolved, and why the impacts of inequality on us are so severe. In doing so, they challenge the conception that humans are inescapably competitive and self-interested. They undermine, too, the idea that inequality is the product of 'natural' differences in individual ability. This book draws together many of the most urgent problems facing societies today, but it is not just an index of our ills. It demonstrates that societies based on fundamental equalities, sharing and reciprocity generate much higher levels of well-being, and lays out the path towards them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343402 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343402]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truths We Hold: An American Journey Author: Kamala Harris Narrator: Kamala Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.76 of Total 106 Ratings of Narrator: 3.9 of Total 30 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller From vice president Kamala Harris, one of America's most inspiring political leaders, comes a book about the core truths that unite us and how best to act upon them.  'A life story that genuinely entrances.' —Los Angeles Times “An engaging read that provides insights into the influences of [Harris’s] life...Revealing and even endearing.” —San Francisco Chronicle The daughter of immigrants and civil rights activists, vice president Kamala Harris was raised in an Oakland, California, community that cared deeply about social justice. As she rose to prominence as one of the political leaders of our time, her experiences would become her guiding light as she grappled with an array of complex issues and learned to bring a voice to the voiceless.  In The Truths We Hold, she reckons with the big challenges we face together. Drawing on the hard-won wisdom and insight from her own career and the work of those who have most inspired her, she communicates a vision of shared struggle, shared purpose, and shared values as we confront the great work of our day. Kamala Harris Tue, 08 Jan 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343402 thebookvoice.com 9:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343402]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truths We Hold: An American Journey Author: Kamala Harris Narrator: Kamala Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.76 of Total 106 Ratings of Narrator: 3.9 of Total 30 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller From vice president Kamala Harris, one of America's most inspiring political leaders, comes a book about the core truths that unite us and how best to act upon them.  'A life story that genuinely entrances.' —Los Angeles Times “An engaging read that provides insights into the influences of [Harris’s] life...Revealing and even endearing.” —San Francisco Chronicle The daughter of immigrants and civil rights activists, vice president Kamala Harris was raised in an Oakland, California, community that cared deeply about social justice. As she rose to prominence as one of the political leaders of our time, her experiences would become her guiding light as she grappled with an array of complex issues and learned to bring a voice to the voiceless.  In The Truths We Hold, she reckons with the big challenges we face together. Drawing on the hard-won wisdom and insight from her own career and the work of those who have most inspired her, she communicates a vision of shared struggle, shared purpose, and shared values as we confront the great work of our day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343402]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truths We Hold: An American Journey Author: Kamala Harris Narrator: Kamala Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.76 of Total 106 Ratings of Narrator: 3.9 of Total 30 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller From vice president Kamala Harris, one of America's most inspiring political leaders, comes a book about the core truths that unite us and how best to act upon them.  'A life story that genuinely entrances.' —Los Angeles Times “An engaging read that provides insights into the influences of [Harris’s] life...Revealing and even endearing.” —San Francisco Chronicle The daughter of immigrants and civil rights activists, vice president Kamala Harris was raised in an Oakland, California, community that cared deeply about social justice. As she rose to prominence as one of the political leaders of our time, her experiences would become her guiding light as she grappled with an array of complex issues and learned to bring a voice to the voiceless.  In The Truths We Hold, she reckons with the big challenges we face together. Drawing on the hard-won wisdom and insight from her own career and the work of those who have most inspired her, she communicates a vision of shared struggle, shared purpose, and shared values as we confront the great work of our day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343399 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Want to Negotiate: The Secret World of Kidnapping, Hostages and Ransom Author: Joel Simon Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Starting in late 2012, Westerners working in Syria -- journalists and aid workers -- began disappearing without a trace. A year later the world learned they had been taken hostage by the Islamic State. Throughout 2014, all the Europeans came home, first the Spanish, then the French, then an Italian, a German, and a Dane. In August 2014, the Islamic State began executing the Americans -- including journalists James Foley and Steven Sotloff, followed by the British hostages. Joel Simon, who in nearly two decades at the Committee to Protect Journalists has worked on dozens of hostages cases, delves into the heated hostage policy debate. The Europeans paid millions of dollars to a terrorist group to free their hostages. The US and the UK refused to do so, arguing that any ransom would be used to fuel terrorism and would make the crime more attractive, increasing the risk to their citizens. We Want to Negotiate is an exploration of the ethical, legal, and strategic considerations of a bedeviling question: Should governments pay ransom to terrorists? Joel Simon Tue, 22 Jan 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343399 thebookvoice.com 5:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Want to Negotiate: The Secret World of Kidnapping, Hostages and Ransom Author: Joel Simon Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Starting in late 2012, Westerners working in Syria -- journalists and aid workers -- began disappearing without a trace. A year later the world learned they had been taken hostage by the Islamic State. Throughout 2014, all the Europeans came home, first the Spanish, then the French, then an Italian, a German, and a Dane. In August 2014, the Islamic State began executing the Americans -- including journalists James Foley and Steven Sotloff, followed by the British hostages. Joel Simon, who in nearly two decades at the Committee to Protect Journalists has worked on dozens of hostages cases, delves into the heated hostage policy debate. The Europeans paid millions of dollars to a terrorist group to free their hostages. The US and the UK refused to do so, arguing that any ransom would be used to fuel terrorism and would make the crime more attractive, increasing the risk to their citizens. We Want to Negotiate is an exploration of the ethical, legal, and strategic considerations of a bedeviling question: Should governments pay ransom to terrorists? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Want to Negotiate: The Secret World of Kidnapping, Hostages and Ransom Author: Joel Simon Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Starting in late 2012, Westerners working in Syria -- journalists and aid workers -- began disappearing without a trace. A year later the world learned they had been taken hostage by the Islamic State. Throughout 2014, all the Europeans came home, first the Spanish, then the French, then an Italian, a German, and a Dane. In August 2014, the Islamic State began executing the Americans -- including journalists James Foley and Steven Sotloff, followed by the British hostages. Joel Simon, who in nearly two decades at the Committee to Protect Journalists has worked on dozens of hostages cases, delves into the heated hostage policy debate. The Europeans paid millions of dollars to a terrorist group to free their hostages. The US and the UK refused to do so, arguing that any ransom would be used to fuel terrorism and would make the crime more attractive, increasing the risk to their citizens. We Want to Negotiate is an exploration of the ethical, legal, and strategic considerations of a bedeviling question: Should governments pay ransom to terrorists? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343346 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War Before the War: Fugitive Slaves and the Struggle for America's Soul from the Revolution to the Civil War Author: Andrew Delbanco Narrator: Ari Fliakos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Excellent . . . stunning.” —Ta-Nehisi Coates The devastating story of how fugitive slaves drove the nation to Civil War A New York Times Notable Book Selection * Winner of the Mark Lynton History Prize* Winner of the Anisfield-Wolf Book Award * A New York Times Critics' Best Book  For decades after its founding, America was really two nations—one slave, one free. There were many reasons why this composite nation ultimately broke apart, but the fact that enslaved black people repeatedly risked their lives to flee their masters in the South in search of freedom in the North proved that the 'united' states was actually a lie. Fugitive slaves exposed the contradiction between the myth that slavery was a benign institution and the reality that a nation based on the principle of human equality was in fact a prison-house in which millions of Americans had no rights at all. By awakening northerners to the true nature of slavery, and by enraging southerners who demanded the return of their human 'property,' fugitive slaves forced the nation to confront the truth about itself. By 1850, with America on the verge of collapse, Congress reached what it hoped was a solution—the notorious Compromise of 1850, which required that fugitive slaves be returned to their masters. Like so many political compromises before and since, it was a deal by which white Americans tried to advance their interests at the expense of black Americans. Yet the Fugitive Slave Act, intended to preserve the Union, in fact set the nation on the path to civil war. It divided not only the American nation, but also the hearts and minds of Americans who struggled with the timeless problem of when to submit to an unjust law and when to resist. The fugitive slave story illuminates what brought us to war with ourselves and the terrible legacies of slavery that are with us still. Andrew Delbanco Tue, 06 Nov 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343346 thebookvoice.com 13:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War Before the War: Fugitive Slaves and the Struggle for America's Soul from the Revolution to the Civil War Author: Andrew Delbanco Narrator: Ari Fliakos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Excellent . . . stunning.” —Ta-Nehisi Coates The devastating story of how fugitive slaves drove the nation to Civil War A New York Times Notable Book Selection * Winner of the Mark Lynton History Prize* Winner of the Anisfield-Wolf Book Award * A New York Times Critics' Best Book  For decades after its founding, America was really two nations—one slave, one free. There were many reasons why this composite nation ultimately broke apart, but the fact that enslaved black people repeatedly risked their lives to flee their masters in the South in search of freedom in the North proved that the 'united' states was actually a lie. Fugitive slaves exposed the contradiction between the myth that slavery was a benign institution and the reality that a nation based on the principle of human equality was in fact a prison-house in which millions of Americans had no rights at all. By awakening northerners to the true nature of slavery, and by enraging southerners who demanded the return of their human 'property,' fugitive slaves forced the nation to confront the truth about itself. By 1850, with America on the verge of collapse, Congress reached what it hoped was a solution—the notorious Compromise of 1850, which required that fugitive slaves be returned to their masters. Like so many political compromises before and since, it was a deal by which white Americans tried to advance their interests at the expense of black Americans. Yet the Fugitive Slave Act, intended to preserve the Union, in fact set the nation on the path to civil war. It divided not only the American nation, but also the hearts and minds of Americans who struggled with the timeless problem of when to submit to an unjust law and when to resist. The fugitive slave story illuminates what brought us to war with ourselves and the terrible legacies of slavery that are with us still. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War Before the War: Fugitive Slaves and the Struggle for America's Soul from the Revolution to the Civil War Author: Andrew Delbanco Narrator: Ari Fliakos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Excellent . . . stunning.” —Ta-Nehisi Coates The devastating story of how fugitive slaves drove the nation to Civil War A New York Times Notable Book Selection * Winner of the Mark Lynton History Prize* Winner of the Anisfield-Wolf Book Award * A New York Times Critics' Best Book  For decades after its founding, America was really two nations—one slave, one free. There were many reasons why this composite nation ultimately broke apart, but the fact that enslaved black people repeatedly risked their lives to flee their masters in the South in search of freedom in the North proved that the 'united' states was actually a lie. Fugitive slaves exposed the contradiction between the myth that slavery was a benign institution and the reality that a nation based on the principle of human equality was in fact a prison-house in which millions of Americans had no rights at all. By awakening northerners to the true nature of slavery, and by enraging southerners who demanded the return of their human 'property,' fugitive slaves forced the nation to confront the truth about itself. By 1850, with America on the verge of collapse, Congress reached what it hoped was a solution—the notorious Compromise of 1850, which required that fugitive slaves be returned to their masters. Like so many political compromises before and since, it was a deal by which white Americans tried to advance their interests at the expense of black Americans. Yet the Fugitive Slave Act, intended to preserve the Union, in fact set the nation on the path to civil war. It divided not only the American nation, but also the hearts and minds of Americans who struggled with the timeless problem of when to submit to an unjust law and when to resist. The fugitive slave story illuminates what brought us to war with ourselves and the terrible legacies of slavery that are with us still. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343310 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modern HERstory: Stories of Women and Nonbinary People Rewriting History Author: Blair Imani Narrator: Tegan Rain Quin, Bree Wernicke, Blair Imani, January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An inspiring and radical celebration of 70 women, girls, and gender nonbinary people who have changed--and are still changing--the world, from the Civil Rights Movement and Stonewall riots through Black Lives Matter and beyond. With a radical and inclusive approach to history, Modern HERstory profiles and celebrates seventy women and nonbinary champions of progressive social change in a bold audiobook for all ages. Despite making huge contributions to the liberation movements of the last century and today, all of these trailblazers come from backgrounds and communities that are traditionally overlooked and under-celebrated: not just women, but people of color, queer people, trans people, disabled people, young people, and people of faith. Authored by rising star activist Blair Imani, Modern HERstory tells the important stories of the leaders and movements that are changing the world right here and right now--and will inspire you to do the same. Blair Imani Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343310 thebookvoice.com 4:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modern HERstory: Stories of Women and Nonbinary People Rewriting History Author: Blair Imani Narrator: Tegan Rain Quin, Bree Wernicke, Blair Imani, January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An inspiring and radical celebration of 70 women, girls, and gender nonbinary people who have changed--and are still changing--the world, from the Civil Rights Movement and Stonewall riots through Black Lives Matter and beyond. With a radical and inclusive approach to history, Modern HERstory profiles and celebrates seventy women and nonbinary champions of progressive social change in a bold audiobook for all ages. Despite making huge contributions to the liberation movements of the last century and today, all of these trailblazers come from backgrounds and communities that are traditionally overlooked and under-celebrated: not just women, but people of color, queer people, trans people, disabled people, young people, and people of faith. Authored by rising star activist Blair Imani, Modern HERstory tells the important stories of the leaders and movements that are changing the world right here and right now--and will inspire you to do the same. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modern HERstory: Stories of Women and Nonbinary People Rewriting History Author: Blair Imani Narrator: Tegan Rain Quin, Bree Wernicke, Blair Imani, January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An inspiring and radical celebration of 70 women, girls, and gender nonbinary people who have changed--and are still changing--the world, from the Civil Rights Movement and Stonewall riots through Black Lives Matter and beyond. With a radical and inclusive approach to history, Modern HERstory profiles and celebrates seventy women and nonbinary champions of progressive social change in a bold audiobook for all ages. Despite making huge contributions to the liberation movements of the last century and today, all of these trailblazers come from backgrounds and communities that are traditionally overlooked and under-celebrated: not just women, but people of color, queer people, trans people, disabled people, young people, and people of faith. Authored by rising star activist Blair Imani, Modern HERstory tells the important stories of the leaders and movements that are changing the world right here and right now--and will inspire you to do the same. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343297 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nationalist Revival: Trade, Immigration, and the Revolt Against Globalization Author: John B. Judis Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why Has Nationalism Come Roaring Back? Trump in America, Brexit in the U.K., anti-EU parties in Italy, Germany, France, the Netherlands, Austria, Poland, and Hungary, and nativist or authoritarian leaders in Turkey, Russia, India, and China -- Why has nationalism suddenly returned with a vengeance? Is the world headed back to the fractious conflicts between nations that led to world wars and depression in the early 20th Century? Why are nationalists so angry about free trade and immigration? Why has globalization become a dirty word? Based on travels in America, Europe, and Asia, veteran political analyst John B. Judis found that almost all people share nationalist sentiments that can be the basis of vibrant democracies as well as repressive dictatorships. Today's outbreak of toxic 'us vs. them' nationalism is an extreme reaction to utopian cosmopolitanism, which advocates open borders, free trade, rampant outsourcing, and has branded nationalist sentiments as bigotry. Can a new international order be created that doesn't dismiss what is constructive about nationalism? As he did for populism in The Populist Explosion, a runaway success after the 2016 election, Judis looks at nationalism from its modern origins in the 1800s to today to find answers. John B. Judis Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343297 thebookvoice.com 4:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nationalist Revival: Trade, Immigration, and the Revolt Against Globalization Author: John B. Judis Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why Has Nationalism Come Roaring Back? Trump in America, Brexit in the U.K., anti-EU parties in Italy, Germany, France, the Netherlands, Austria, Poland, and Hungary, and nativist or authoritarian leaders in Turkey, Russia, India, and China -- Why has nationalism suddenly returned with a vengeance? Is the world headed back to the fractious conflicts between nations that led to world wars and depression in the early 20th Century? Why are nationalists so angry about free trade and immigration? Why has globalization become a dirty word? Based on travels in America, Europe, and Asia, veteran political analyst John B. Judis found that almost all people share nationalist sentiments that can be the basis of vibrant democracies as well as repressive dictatorships. Today's outbreak of toxic 'us vs. them' nationalism is an extreme reaction to utopian cosmopolitanism, which advocates open borders, free trade, rampant outsourcing, and has branded nationalist sentiments as bigotry. Can a new international order be created that doesn't dismiss what is constructive about nationalism? As he did for populism in The Populist Explosion, a runaway success after the 2016 election, Judis looks at nationalism from its modern origins in the 1800s to today to find answers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nationalist Revival: Trade, Immigration, and the Revolt Against Globalization Author: John B. Judis Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why Has Nationalism Come Roaring Back? Trump in America, Brexit in the U.K., anti-EU parties in Italy, Germany, France, the Netherlands, Austria, Poland, and Hungary, and nativist or authoritarian leaders in Turkey, Russia, India, and China -- Why has nationalism suddenly returned with a vengeance? Is the world headed back to the fractious conflicts between nations that led to world wars and depression in the early 20th Century? Why are nationalists so angry about free trade and immigration? Why has globalization become a dirty word? Based on travels in America, Europe, and Asia, veteran political analyst John B. Judis found that almost all people share nationalist sentiments that can be the basis of vibrant democracies as well as repressive dictatorships. Today's outbreak of toxic 'us vs. them' nationalism is an extreme reaction to utopian cosmopolitanism, which advocates open borders, free trade, rampant outsourcing, and has branded nationalist sentiments as bigotry. Can a new international order be created that doesn't dismiss what is constructive about nationalism? As he did for populism in The Populist Explosion, a runaway success after the 2016 election, Judis looks at nationalism from its modern origins in the 1800s to today to find answers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343292 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presidents of War Author: Michael Beschloss Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From a preeminent presidential historian comes a “superb and important” (The New York Times Book Review) saga of America’s wartime chief executives   “Fascinating and heartbreaking . . . timely . . . Beschloss’s broad scope lets you draw important crosscutting lessons about presidential leadership.”—Bill Gates   Widely acclaimed and ten years in the making, Michael Beschloss’s Presidents of War is an intimate and irresistibly readable chronicle of the Chief Executives who took the United States into conflict and mobilized it for victory. From the War of 1812 to Vietnam, we see these leaders considering the difficult decision to send hundreds of thousands of Americans to their deaths; struggling with Congress, the courts, the press, and antiwar protesters; seeking comfort from their spouses and friends; and dropping to their knees in prayer. Through Beschloss’s interviews with surviving participants and findings in original letters and once-classified national security documents, we come to understand how these Presidents were able to withstand the pressures of war—or were broken by them.   Presidents of War combines this sense of immediacy with the overarching context of two centuries of American history, traveling from the time of our Founders, who tried to constrain presidential power, to our modern day, when a single leader has the potential to launch nuclear weapons that can destroy much of the human race. Praise for Presidents of War 'A marvelous narrative. . . . As Beschloss explains, the greatest wartime presidents successfully leaven military action with moral concerns. . . . Beschloss’s writing is clean and concise, and he admirably draws upon new documents. Some of the more titillating tidbits in the book are in the footnotes. . . . There are fascinating nuggets on virtually every page of Presidents of War. It is a superb and important book, superbly rendered.”—Jay Winik, The New York Times Book Review 'Sparkle and bite. . . . Valuable and engrossing study of how our chief executives have discharged the most significant of all their duties. . . . Excellent. . . . A fluent narrative that covers two centuries of national conflict.” —Richard Snow, The Wall Street Journal Michael Beschloss Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343292 thebookvoice.com 26:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presidents of War Author: Michael Beschloss Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From a preeminent presidential historian comes a “superb and important” (The New York Times Book Review) saga of America’s wartime chief executives   “Fascinating and heartbreaking . . . timely . . . Beschloss’s broad scope lets you draw important crosscutting lessons about presidential leadership.”—Bill Gates   Widely acclaimed and ten years in the making, Michael Beschloss’s Presidents of War is an intimate and irresistibly readable chronicle of the Chief Executives who took the United States into conflict and mobilized it for victory. From the War of 1812 to Vietnam, we see these leaders considering the difficult decision to send hundreds of thousands of Americans to their deaths; struggling with Congress, the courts, the press, and antiwar protesters; seeking comfort from their spouses and friends; and dropping to their knees in prayer. Through Beschloss’s interviews with surviving participants and findings in original letters and once-classified national security documents, we come to understand how these Presidents were able to withstand the pressures of war—or were broken by them.   Presidents of War combines this sense of immediacy with the overarching context of two centuries of American history, traveling from the time of our Founders, who tried to constrain presidential power, to our modern day, when a single leader has the potential to launch nuclear weapons that can destroy much of the human race. Praise for Presidents of War 'A marvelous narrative. . . . As Beschloss explains, the greatest wartime presidents successfully leaven military action with moral concerns. . . . Beschloss’s writing is clean and concise, and he admirably draws upon new documents. Some of the more titillating tidbits in the book are in the footnotes. . . . There are fascinating nuggets on virtually every page of Presidents of War. It is a superb and important book, superbly rendered.”—Jay Winik, The New York Times Book Review 'Sparkle and bite. . . . Valuable and engrossing study of how our chief executives have discharged the most significant of all their duties. . . . Excellent. . . . A fluent narrative that covers two centuries of national conflict.” —Richard Snow, The Wall Street Journal Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presidents of War Author: Michael Beschloss Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From a preeminent presidential historian comes a “superb and important” (The New York Times Book Review) saga of America’s wartime chief executives   “Fascinating and heartbreaking . . . timely . . . Beschloss’s broad scope lets you draw important crosscutting lessons about presidential leadership.”—Bill Gates   Widely acclaimed and ten years in the making, Michael Beschloss’s Presidents of War is an intimate and irresistibly readable chronicle of the Chief Executives who took the United States into conflict and mobilized it for victory. From the War of 1812 to Vietnam, we see these leaders considering the difficult decision to send hundreds of thousands of Americans to their deaths; struggling with Congress, the courts, the press, and antiwar protesters; seeking comfort from their spouses and friends; and dropping to their knees in prayer. Through Beschloss’s interviews with surviving participants and findings in original letters and once-classified national security documents, we come to understand how these Presidents were able to withstand the pressures of war—or were broken by them.   Presidents of War combines this sense of immediacy with the overarching context of two centuries of American history, traveling from the time of our Founders, who tried to constrain presidential power, to our modern day, when a single leader has the potential to launch nuclear weapons that can destroy much of the human race. Praise for Presidents of War 'A marvelous narrative. . . . As Beschloss explains, the greatest wartime presidents successfully leaven military action with moral concerns. . . . Beschloss’s writing is clean and concise, and he admirably draws upon new documents. Some of the more titillating tidbits in the book are in the footnotes. . . . There are fascinating nuggets on virtually every page of Presidents of War. It is a superb and important book, superbly rendered.”—Jay Winik, The New York Times Book Review 'Sparkle and bite. . . . Valuable and engrossing study of how our chief executives have discharged the most significant of all their duties. . . . Excellent. . . . A fluent narrative that covers two centuries of national conflict.” —Richard Snow, The Wall Street Journal https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343286 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343286]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impeachment: An American History Author: Jeffrey A. Engel, Peter Baker, Timothy Naftali, Jon Meacham Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Four experts on the American presidency examine the first three times impeachment has been invoked—against Andrew Johnson, Richard Nixon, and Bill Clinton—and explain what it means today. Impeachment is a double-edged sword. Though it was designed to check tyrants, Thomas Jefferson also called impeachment “the most formidable weapon for the purpose of a dominant faction that was ever contrived.” On the one hand, it nullifies the will of voters, the basic foundation of all representative democracies. On the other, its absence from the Constitution would leave the country vulnerable to despotic leadership. It is rarely used, and with good reason. Only three times has a president’s conduct led to such political disarray as to warrant his potential removal from office, transforming a political crisis into a constitutional one. None has yet succeeded. Andrew Johnson was impeached in 1868 for failing to kowtow to congressional leaders—and, in a large sense, for failing to be Abraham Lincoln—yet survived his Senate trial. Richard Nixon resigned in August 1974 after the House Judiciary Committee approved three articles of impeachment against him for lying, obstructing justice, and employing his executive power for personal and political gain. Bill Clinton had an affair with a White House intern, but in 1999 he faced trial in the Senate less for that prurient act than for lying under oath about it. In the first book to consider these three presidents alone—and the one thing they have in common—Jeffrey A. Engel, Jon Meacham, Timothy Naftali, and Peter Baker explain that the basis and process of impeachment is more political than legal. The Constitution states that the president “shall be removed from Office on Impeachment for, and Conviction of, Treason, Bribery, or other high Crimes and Misdemeanors,” leaving room for historical precedent and the temperament of the time to weigh heavily on each case. This book reveals the complicated motives behind each impeachment—never entirely limited to the question of a president’s guilt—and the risks to all sides. Each case depended on factors beyond the president’s behavior: his relationship with Congress, the polarization of the moment, and the power and resilience of the office itself. This is a realist view of impeachment that looks to history for clues about its potential use in the future. Jeffrey A. Engel, Peter Baker, Timothy Naftali, Jon Meacham Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343286 thebookvoice.com 7:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343286]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impeachment: An American History Author: Jeffrey A. Engel, Peter Baker, Timothy Naftali, Jon Meacham Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Four experts on the American presidency examine the first three times impeachment has been invoked—against Andrew Johnson, Richard Nixon, and Bill Clinton—and explain what it means today. Impeachment is a double-edged sword. Though it was designed to check tyrants, Thomas Jefferson also called impeachment “the most formidable weapon for the purpose of a dominant faction that was ever contrived.” On the one hand, it nullifies the will of voters, the basic foundation of all representative democracies. On the other, its absence from the Constitution would leave the country vulnerable to despotic leadership. It is rarely used, and with good reason. Only three times has a president’s conduct led to such political disarray as to warrant his potential removal from office, transforming a political crisis into a constitutional one. None has yet succeeded. Andrew Johnson was impeached in 1868 for failing to kowtow to congressional leaders—and, in a large sense, for failing to be Abraham Lincoln—yet survived his Senate trial. Richard Nixon resigned in August 1974 after the House Judiciary Committee approved three articles of impeachment against him for lying, obstructing justice, and employing his executive power for personal and political gain. Bill Clinton had an affair with a White House intern, but in 1999 he faced trial in the Senate less for that prurient act than for lying under oath about it. In the first book to consider these three presidents alone—and the one thing they have in common—Jeffrey A. Engel, Jon Meacham, Timothy Naftali, and Peter Baker explain that the basis and process of impeachment is more political than legal. The Constitution states that the president “shall be removed from Office on Impeachment for, and Conviction of, Treason, Bribery, or other high Crimes and Misdemeanors,” leaving room for historical precedent and the temperament of the time to weigh heavily on each case. This book reveals the complicated motives behind each impeachment—never entirely limited to the question of a president’s guilt—and the risks to all sides. Each case depended on factors beyond the president’s behavior: his relationship with Congress, the polarization of the moment, and the power and resilience of the office itself. This is a realist view of impeachment that looks to history for clues about its potential use in the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343286]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impeachment: An American History Author: Jeffrey A. Engel, Peter Baker, Timothy Naftali, Jon Meacham Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Four experts on the American presidency examine the first three times impeachment has been invoked—against Andrew Johnson, Richard Nixon, and Bill Clinton—and explain what it means today. Impeachment is a double-edged sword. Though it was designed to check tyrants, Thomas Jefferson also called impeachment “the most formidable weapon for the purpose of a dominant faction that was ever contrived.” On the one hand, it nullifies the will of voters, the basic foundation of all representative democracies. On the other, its absence from the Constitution would leave the country vulnerable to despotic leadership. It is rarely used, and with good reason. Only three times has a president’s conduct led to such political disarray as to warrant his potential removal from office, transforming a political crisis into a constitutional one. None has yet succeeded. Andrew Johnson was impeached in 1868 for failing to kowtow to congressional leaders—and, in a large sense, for failing to be Abraham Lincoln—yet survived his Senate trial. Richard Nixon resigned in August 1974 after the House Judiciary Committee approved three articles of impeachment against him for lying, obstructing justice, and employing his executive power for personal and political gain. Bill Clinton had an affair with a White House intern, but in 1999 he faced trial in the Senate less for that prurient act than for lying under oath about it. In the first book to consider these three presidents alone—and the one thing they have in common—Jeffrey A. Engel, Jon Meacham, Timothy Naftali, and Peter Baker explain that the basis and process of impeachment is more political than legal. The Constitution states that the president “shall be removed from Office on Impeachment for, and Conviction of, Treason, Bribery, or other high Crimes and Misdemeanors,” leaving room for historical precedent and the temperament of the time to weigh heavily on each case. This book reveals the complicated motives behind each impeachment—never entirely limited to the question of a president’s guilt—and the risks to all sides. Each case depended on factors beyond the president’s behavior: his relationship with Congress, the polarization of the moment, and the power and resilience of the office itself. This is a realist view of impeachment that looks to history for clues about its potential use in the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343276 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reagan: An American Journey Author: Bob Spitz Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From New York Times bestselling biographer Bob Spitz, a full and rich biography of an epic American life, capturing what made Ronald Reagan both so beloved and so transformational. More than five years in the making, based on hundreds of interviews and access to previously unavailable documents, and infused with irresistible storytelling charm, Bob Spitz's REAGAN stands fair to be the first truly post-partisan biography of our 40th President, and thus a balm for our own bitterly divided times. It is the quintessential American triumph, brought to life with cinematic vividness: a young man is born into poverty and raised in a series of flyspeck towns in the Midwest by a pious mother and a reckless, alcoholic, largely absent father. Severely near-sighted, the boy lives in his own world, a world of the popular books of the day, and finds his first brush with popularity, even fame, as a young lifeguard. Thanks to his first great love, he imagines a way out, and makes the extraordinary leap to go to college, a modest school by national standards, but an audacious presumption in the context of his family's station. From there, the path is only very dimly lit, but it leads him, thanks to his great charm and greater luck, to a solid career as a radio sportscaster, and then, astonishingly, fatefully, to Hollywood. And the rest, as they say, is history. Bob Spitz's REAGAN is an absorbing, richly detailed, even revelatory chronicle of the full arc of Ronald Reagan's epic life - giving full weight to the Hollywood years, his transition to politics and rocky but ultimately successful run as California governor, and ultimately, of course, his iconic presidency, filled with storm and stress but climaxing with his peace talks with the Soviet Union that would serve as his greatest legacy. It is filled with fresh assessments and shrewd judgments, and doesn't flinch from a full reckoning with the man's strengths and limitations. This is no hagiography: Reagan was never a brilliant student, of anything, and his disinterest in hard-nosed political scheming, while admirable, meant that this side of things was left to the other people in his orbit, not least his wife Nancy; sometimes this delegation could lead to chaos, and worse. But what emerges as a powerful signal through all the noise is an honest inherent sweetness, a gentleness of nature and willingness to see the good in people and in this country, that proved to be a tonic for America in his time, and still is in ours. It was famously said that FDR had a first-rate disposition and a second-rate intellect. Perhaps it is no accident that only FDR had as high a public approval rating leaving office as Reagan did, or that in the years since Reagan has been closing in on FDR on rankings of Presidential greatness. Written with love and irony, which in a great biography is arguably the same thing, Bob Spitz's masterpiece will give no comfort to partisans at either extreme; for the rest of us, it is cause for celebration. Bob Spitz Tue, 02 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343276 thebookvoice.com 32:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reagan: An American Journey Author: Bob Spitz Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From New York Times bestselling biographer Bob Spitz, a full and rich biography of an epic American life, capturing what made Ronald Reagan both so beloved and so transformational. More than five years in the making, based on hundreds of interviews and access to previously unavailable documents, and infused with irresistible storytelling charm, Bob Spitz's REAGAN stands fair to be the first truly post-partisan biography of our 40th President, and thus a balm for our own bitterly divided times. It is the quintessential American triumph, brought to life with cinematic vividness: a young man is born into poverty and raised in a series of flyspeck towns in the Midwest by a pious mother and a reckless, alcoholic, largely absent father. Severely near-sighted, the boy lives in his own world, a world of the popular books of the day, and finds his first brush with popularity, even fame, as a young lifeguard. Thanks to his first great love, he imagines a way out, and makes the extraordinary leap to go to college, a modest school by national standards, but an audacious presumption in the context of his family's station. From there, the path is only very dimly lit, but it leads him, thanks to his great charm and greater luck, to a solid career as a radio sportscaster, and then, astonishingly, fatefully, to Hollywood. And the rest, as they say, is history. Bob Spitz's REAGAN is an absorbing, richly detailed, even revelatory chronicle of the full arc of Ronald Reagan's epic life - giving full weight to the Hollywood years, his transition to politics and rocky but ultimately successful run as California governor, and ultimately, of course, his iconic presidency, filled with storm and stress but climaxing with his peace talks with the Soviet Union that would serve as his greatest legacy. It is filled with fresh assessments and shrewd judgments, and doesn't flinch from a full reckoning with the man's strengths and limitations. This is no hagiography: Reagan was never a brilliant student, of anything, and his disinterest in hard-nosed political scheming, while admirable, meant that this side of things was left to the other people in his orbit, not least his wife Nancy; sometimes this delegation could lead to chaos, and worse. But what emerges as a powerful signal through all the noise is an honest inherent sweetness, a gentleness of nature and willingness to see the good in people and in this country, that proved to be a tonic for America in his time, and still is in ours. It was famously said that FDR had a first-rate disposition and a second-rate intellect. Perhaps it is no accident that only FDR had as high a public approval rating leaving office as Reagan did, or that in the years since Reagan has been closing in on FDR on rankings of Presidential greatness. Written with love and irony, which in a great biography is arguably the same thing, Bob Spitz's masterpiece will give no comfort to partisans at either extreme; for the rest of us, it is cause for celebration. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reagan: An American Journey Author: Bob Spitz Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From New York Times bestselling biographer Bob Spitz, a full and rich biography of an epic American life, capturing what made Ronald Reagan both so beloved and so transformational. More than five years in the making, based on hundreds of interviews and access to previously unavailable documents, and infused with irresistible storytelling charm, Bob Spitz's REAGAN stands fair to be the first truly post-partisan biography of our 40th President, and thus a balm for our own bitterly divided times. It is the quintessential American triumph, brought to life with cinematic vividness: a young man is born into poverty and raised in a series of flyspeck towns in the Midwest by a pious mother and a reckless, alcoholic, largely absent father. Severely near-sighted, the boy lives in his own world, a world of the popular books of the day, and finds his first brush with popularity, even fame, as a young lifeguard. Thanks to his first great love, he imagines a way out, and makes the extraordinary leap to go to college, a modest school by national standards, but an audacious presumption in the context of his family's station. From there, the path is only very dimly lit, but it leads him, thanks to his great charm and greater luck, to a solid career as a radio sportscaster, and then, astonishingly, fatefully, to Hollywood. And the rest, as they say, is history. Bob Spitz's REAGAN is an absorbing, richly detailed, even revelatory chronicle of the full arc of Ronald Reagan's epic life - giving full weight to the Hollywood years, his transition to politics and rocky but ultimately successful run as California governor, and ultimately, of course, his iconic presidency, filled with storm and stress but climaxing with his peace talks with the Soviet Union that would serve as his greatest legacy. It is filled with fresh assessments and shrewd judgments, and doesn't flinch from a full reckoning with the man's strengths and limitations. This is no hagiography: Reagan was never a brilliant student, of anything, and his disinterest in hard-nosed political scheming, while admirable, meant that this side of things was left to the other people in his orbit, not least his wife Nancy; sometimes this delegation could lead to chaos, and worse. But what emerges as a powerful signal through all the noise is an honest inherent sweetness, a gentleness of nature and willingness to see the good in people and in this country, that proved to be a tonic for America in his time, and still is in ours. It was famously said that FDR had a first-rate disposition and a second-rate intellect. Perhaps it is no accident that only FDR had as high a public approval rating leaving office as Reagan did, or that in the years since Reagan has been closing in on FDR on rankings of Presidential greatness. Written with love and irony, which in a great biography is arguably the same thing, Bob Spitz's masterpiece will give no comfort to partisans at either extreme; for the rest of us, it is cause for celebration. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343264 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can Democracy Work?: A Short History of a Radical Idea, from Ancient Athens to Our World Author: James Miller Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A new history of the world's most embattled idea. Today, democracy is the world's only broadly accepted political system, and yet it has become synonymous with disappointment and crisis. How did it come to this? In Can Democracy Work? James Miller, the author of the classic history of 1960s protest Democracy Is in the Streets, offers a lively, surprising, and urgent history of the democratic idea from its first stirrings to the present. As he shows, democracy has always been rife with inner tensions. The ancient Greeks preferred to choose leaders by lottery and regarded elections as inherently corrupt and undemocratic. The French revolutionaries sought to incarnate the popular will, but many of them came to see the people as the enemy. And in the United States, the franchise would be extended to some even as it was taken from others. Amid the wars and revolutions of the twentieth century, communists, liberals, and nationalists all sought to claim the ideals of democracy for themselves--even as they manifestly failed to realize them. Ranging from the theaters of Athens to the tents of Occupy Wall Street, Can Democracy Work? is an entertaining and insightful guide to our most cherished--and vexed--ideal. James Miller Tue, 18 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343264 thebookvoice.com 9:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can Democracy Work?: A Short History of a Radical Idea, from Ancient Athens to Our World Author: James Miller Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A new history of the world's most embattled idea. Today, democracy is the world's only broadly accepted political system, and yet it has become synonymous with disappointment and crisis. How did it come to this? In Can Democracy Work? James Miller, the author of the classic history of 1960s protest Democracy Is in the Streets, offers a lively, surprising, and urgent history of the democratic idea from its first stirrings to the present. As he shows, democracy has always been rife with inner tensions. The ancient Greeks preferred to choose leaders by lottery and regarded elections as inherently corrupt and undemocratic. The French revolutionaries sought to incarnate the popular will, but many of them came to see the people as the enemy. And in the United States, the franchise would be extended to some even as it was taken from others. Amid the wars and revolutions of the twentieth century, communists, liberals, and nationalists all sought to claim the ideals of democracy for themselves--even as they manifestly failed to realize them. Ranging from the theaters of Athens to the tents of Occupy Wall Street, Can Democracy Work? is an entertaining and insightful guide to our most cherished--and vexed--ideal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can Democracy Work?: A Short History of a Radical Idea, from Ancient Athens to Our World Author: James Miller Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A new history of the world's most embattled idea. Today, democracy is the world's only broadly accepted political system, and yet it has become synonymous with disappointment and crisis. How did it come to this? In Can Democracy Work? James Miller, the author of the classic history of 1960s protest Democracy Is in the Streets, offers a lively, surprising, and urgent history of the democratic idea from its first stirrings to the present. As he shows, democracy has always been rife with inner tensions. The ancient Greeks preferred to choose leaders by lottery and regarded elections as inherently corrupt and undemocratic. The French revolutionaries sought to incarnate the popular will, but many of them came to see the people as the enemy. And in the United States, the franchise would be extended to some even as it was taken from others. Amid the wars and revolutions of the twentieth century, communists, liberals, and nationalists all sought to claim the ideals of democracy for themselves--even as they manifestly failed to realize them. Ranging from the theaters of Athens to the tents of Occupy Wall Street, Can Democracy Work? is an entertaining and insightful guide to our most cherished--and vexed--ideal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343250 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343250]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accessory to War: The Unspoken Alliance Between Astrophysics and the Military Author: Neil Degrasse Tyson, Avis Lang Narrator: Courtney B. Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 44 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller An exploration of the age-old complicity between skywatchers and warfighters, from the best-selling author of Astrophysics for People in a Hurry. In this fascinating foray into the centuries-old relationship between science and military power, acclaimed astrophysicist Neil deGrasse Tyson and writer-researcher Avis Lang examine how the methods and tools of astrophysics have been enlisted in the service of war. 'The overlap is strong, and the knowledge flows in both directions,' say the authors, because astrophysicists and military planners care about many of the same things: multi-spectral detection, ranging, tracking, imaging, high ground, nuclear fusion, and access to space. Tyson and Lang call it a 'curiously complicit' alliance. 'The universe is both the ultimate frontier and the highest of high grounds,' they write. 'Shared by both space scientists and space warriors, it’s a laboratory for one and a battlefield for the other. The explorer wants to understand it; the soldier wants to dominate it. But without the right technology—which is more or less the same technology for both parties—nobody can get to it, operate in it, scrutinize it, dominate it, or use it to their advantage and someone else’s disadvantage.' Spanning early celestial navigation to satellite-enabled warfare, Accessory to War is a richly researched and provocative examination of the intersection of science, technology, industry, and power that will introduce Tyson’s millions of fans to yet another dimension of how the universe has shaped our lives and our world. Neil Degrasse Tyson, Avis Lang Tue, 11 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343250 thebookvoice.com 18:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343250]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accessory to War: The Unspoken Alliance Between Astrophysics and the Military Author: Neil Degrasse Tyson, Avis Lang Narrator: Courtney B. Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 44 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller An exploration of the age-old complicity between skywatchers and warfighters, from the best-selling author of Astrophysics for People in a Hurry. In this fascinating foray into the centuries-old relationship between science and military power, acclaimed astrophysicist Neil deGrasse Tyson and writer-researcher Avis Lang examine how the methods and tools of astrophysics have been enlisted in the service of war. 'The overlap is strong, and the knowledge flows in both directions,' say the authors, because astrophysicists and military planners care about many of the same things: multi-spectral detection, ranging, tracking, imaging, high ground, nuclear fusion, and access to space. Tyson and Lang call it a 'curiously complicit' alliance. 'The universe is both the ultimate frontier and the highest of high grounds,' they write. 'Shared by both space scientists and space warriors, it’s a laboratory for one and a battlefield for the other. The explorer wants to understand it; the soldier wants to dominate it. But without the right technology—which is more or less the same technology for both parties—nobody can get to it, operate in it, scrutinize it, dominate it, or use it to their advantage and someone else’s disadvantage.' Spanning early celestial navigation to satellite-enabled warfare, Accessory to War is a richly researched and provocative examination of the intersection of science, technology, industry, and power that will introduce Tyson’s millions of fans to yet another dimension of how the universe has shaped our lives and our world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343250]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accessory to War: The Unspoken Alliance Between Astrophysics and the Military Author: Neil Degrasse Tyson, Avis Lang Narrator: Courtney B. Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 44 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller An exploration of the age-old complicity between skywatchers and warfighters, from the best-selling author of Astrophysics for People in a Hurry. In this fascinating foray into the centuries-old relationship between science and military power, acclaimed astrophysicist Neil deGrasse Tyson and writer-researcher Avis Lang examine how the methods and tools of astrophysics have been enlisted in the service of war. 'The overlap is strong, and the knowledge flows in both directions,' say the authors, because astrophysicists and military planners care about many of the same things: multi-spectral detection, ranging, tracking, imaging, high ground, nuclear fusion, and access to space. Tyson and Lang call it a 'curiously complicit' alliance. 'The universe is both the ultimate frontier and the highest of high grounds,' they write. 'Shared by both space scientists and space warriors, it’s a laboratory for one and a battlefield for the other. The explorer wants to understand it; the soldier wants to dominate it. But without the right technology—which is more or less the same technology for both parties—nobody can get to it, operate in it, scrutinize it, dominate it, or use it to their advantage and someone else’s disadvantage.' Spanning early celestial navigation to satellite-enabled warfare, Accessory to War is a richly researched and provocative examination of the intersection of science, technology, industry, and power that will introduce Tyson’s millions of fans to yet another dimension of how the universe has shaped our lives and our world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343244 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Schoolhouse Gate: Public Education, the Supreme Court, and the Battle for the American Mind Author: Justin Driver Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Washington Post Notable Book of the Year A New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice An award-winning constitutional law scholar at the University of Chicago (who clerked for Judge Merrick B. Garland, Justice Stephen Breyer, and Justice Sandra Day O’Connor) gives us an engaging and alarming book that aims to vindicate the rights of public school stu­dents, which have so often been undermined by the Supreme Court in recent decades.   Judicial decisions assessing the constitutional rights of students in the nation’s public schools have consistently generated bitter controversy. From racial segregation to un­authorized immigration, from antiwar protests to compul­sory flag salutes, from economic inequality to teacher-led prayer—these are but a few of the cultural anxieties dividing American society that the Supreme Court has addressed in elementary and secondary schools. The Schoolhouse Gate gives a fresh, lucid, and provocative account of the historic legal battles waged over education and illuminates contemporary disputes that continue to fracture the nation.   Justin Driver maintains that since the 1970s the Supreme Court has regularly abdicated its responsibility for protecting students’ constitutional rights and risked trans­forming public schools into Constitution-free zones. Students deriving lessons about citizenship from the Court’s decisions in recent decades would conclude that the following actions taken by educators pass constitutional muster: inflicting severe corporal punishment on students without any proce­dural protections, searching students and their possessions without probable cause in bids to uncover violations of school rules, random drug testing of students who are not suspected of wrongdoing, and suppressing student speech for the view­point it espouses. Taking their cue from such decisions, lower courts have upheld a wide array of dubious school actions, including degrading strip searches, repressive dress codes, draconian “zero tolerance” disciplinary policies, and severe restrictions on off-campus speech.   Driver surveys this legal landscape with eloquence, highlights the gripping personal narratives behind landmark clashes, and warns that the repeated failure to honor students’ rights threatens our basic constitutional order. This magiste­rial book will make it impossible to view American schools—or America itself—in the same way again. Justin Driver Tue, 04 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343244 thebookvoice.com 19:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Schoolhouse Gate: Public Education, the Supreme Court, and the Battle for the American Mind Author: Justin Driver Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Washington Post Notable Book of the Year A New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice An award-winning constitutional law scholar at the University of Chicago (who clerked for Judge Merrick B. Garland, Justice Stephen Breyer, and Justice Sandra Day O’Connor) gives us an engaging and alarming book that aims to vindicate the rights of public school stu­dents, which have so often been undermined by the Supreme Court in recent decades.   Judicial decisions assessing the constitutional rights of students in the nation’s public schools have consistently generated bitter controversy. From racial segregation to un­authorized immigration, from antiwar protests to compul­sory flag salutes, from economic inequality to teacher-led prayer—these are but a few of the cultural anxieties dividing American society that the Supreme Court has addressed in elementary and secondary schools. The Schoolhouse Gate gives a fresh, lucid, and provocative account of the historic legal battles waged over education and illuminates contemporary disputes that continue to fracture the nation.   Justin Driver maintains that since the 1970s the Supreme Court has regularly abdicated its responsibility for protecting students’ constitutional rights and risked trans­forming public schools into Constitution-free zones. Students deriving lessons about citizenship from the Court’s decisions in recent decades would conclude that the following actions taken by educators pass constitutional muster: inflicting severe corporal punishment on students without any proce­dural protections, searching students and their possessions without probable cause in bids to uncover violations of school rules, random drug testing of students who are not suspected of wrongdoing, and suppressing student speech for the view­point it espouses. Taking their cue from such decisions, lower courts have upheld a wide array of dubious school actions, including degrading strip searches, repressive dress codes, draconian “zero tolerance” disciplinary policies, and severe restrictions on off-campus speech.   Driver surveys this legal landscape with eloquence, highlights the gripping personal narratives behind landmark clashes, and warns that the repeated failure to honor students’ rights threatens our basic constitutional order. This magiste­rial book will make it impossible to view American schools—or America itself—in the same way again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Schoolhouse Gate: Public Education, the Supreme Court, and the Battle for the American Mind Author: Justin Driver Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Washington Post Notable Book of the Year A New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice An award-winning constitutional law scholar at the University of Chicago (who clerked for Judge Merrick B. Garland, Justice Stephen Breyer, and Justice Sandra Day O’Connor) gives us an engaging and alarming book that aims to vindicate the rights of public school stu­dents, which have so often been undermined by the Supreme Court in recent decades.   Judicial decisions assessing the constitutional rights of students in the nation’s public schools have consistently generated bitter controversy. From racial segregation to un­authorized immigration, from antiwar protests to compul­sory flag salutes, from economic inequality to teacher-led prayer—these are but a few of the cultural anxieties dividing American society that the Supreme Court has addressed in elementary and secondary schools. The Schoolhouse Gate gives a fresh, lucid, and provocative account of the historic legal battles waged over education and illuminates contemporary disputes that continue to fracture the nation.   Justin Driver maintains that since the 1970s the Supreme Court has regularly abdicated its responsibility for protecting students’ constitutional rights and risked trans­forming public schools into Constitution-free zones. Students deriving lessons about citizenship from the Court’s decisions in recent decades would conclude that the following actions taken by educators pass constitutional muster: inflicting severe corporal punishment on students without any proce­dural protections, searching students and their possessions without probable cause in bids to uncover violations of school rules, random drug testing of students who are not suspected of wrongdoing, and suppressing student speech for the view­point it espouses. Taking their cue from such decisions, lower courts have upheld a wide array of dubious school actions, including degrading strip searches, repressive dress codes, draconian “zero tolerance” disciplinary policies, and severe restrictions on off-campus speech.   Driver surveys this legal landscape with eloquence, highlights the gripping personal narratives behind landmark clashes, and warns that the repeated failure to honor students’ rights threatens our basic constitutional order. This magiste­rial book will make it impossible to view American schools—or America itself—in the same way again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343245 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343245]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positive Populism: Revolutionary Ideas to Rebuild Economic Security, Family, and Community in America Author: Steve Hilton Narrator: Steve Hilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The elites still can't believe Donald Trump won or that Britain voted for Brexit. But what’s next for the populist revolution and for the people who believe in it?   Fox News host and former government insider Steve Hilton shows how populism can be a positive force for improving lives, with revolutionary ideas to restore the economic security that working Americans once took for granted, and rebuild the ties of family, community and nation that have been ripped apart by decades of policies that favored big government, big business, and the powerful.   Recounting his own journey from immigrant roots to the heart of power - and his deeply personal battles with the permanent bureaucracy once there - Hilton vividly describes the scale of change that's needed if the true promise of the populist revolution is to be delivered, including:   • An unprecedented assault on centralized government and the administrative state to make sure “Drain The Swamp” is not just a slogan • A completely fresh approach to jobs, schools and skills so every working American can live on what they earn • Practical steps to reverse the disaster of family breakdown so that every child can be raised in a stable, loving home • Ideas to revitalize our communities by giving citizens real control   Whether by challenging the excess power of corporations in our economy or the corrupt influence of donors and lobbyists in our government, the ideas in this book echo the intent of America’s founders by taking power from the ruling class and putting it in the hands of the people. For too long, populism has been defined by those who despise it. By focusing on what populism is for, and not just what it’s against, Hilton provides a coherent philosophy and practical blueprint for how the movement can have an impact beyond one election cycle, and in people's everyday lives. That’s Positive Populism. Steve Hilton Tue, 04 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343245 thebookvoice.com 6:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343245]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positive Populism: Revolutionary Ideas to Rebuild Economic Security, Family, and Community in America Author: Steve Hilton Narrator: Steve Hilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The elites still can't believe Donald Trump won or that Britain voted for Brexit. But what’s next for the populist revolution and for the people who believe in it?   Fox News host and former government insider Steve Hilton shows how populism can be a positive force for improving lives, with revolutionary ideas to restore the economic security that working Americans once took for granted, and rebuild the ties of family, community and nation that have been ripped apart by decades of policies that favored big government, big business, and the powerful.   Recounting his own journey from immigrant roots to the heart of power - and his deeply personal battles with the permanent bureaucracy once there - Hilton vividly describes the scale of change that's needed if the true promise of the populist revolution is to be delivered, including:   • An unprecedented assault on centralized government and the administrative state to make sure “Drain The Swamp” is not just a slogan • A completely fresh approach to jobs, schools and skills so every working American can live on what they earn • Practical steps to reverse the disaster of family breakdown so that every child can be raised in a stable, loving home • Ideas to revitalize our communities by giving citizens real control   Whether by challenging the excess power of corporations in our economy or the corrupt influence of donors and lobbyists in our government, the ideas in this book echo the intent of America’s founders by taking power from the ruling class and putting it in the hands of the people. For too long, populism has been defined by those who despise it. By focusing on what populism is for, and not just what it’s against, Hilton provides a coherent philosophy and practical blueprint for how the movement can have an impact beyond one election cycle, and in people's everyday lives. That’s Positive Populism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343245]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positive Populism: Revolutionary Ideas to Rebuild Economic Security, Family, and Community in America Author: Steve Hilton Narrator: Steve Hilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The elites still can't believe Donald Trump won or that Britain voted for Brexit. But what’s next for the populist revolution and for the people who believe in it?   Fox News host and former government insider Steve Hilton shows how populism can be a positive force for improving lives, with revolutionary ideas to restore the economic security that working Americans once took for granted, and rebuild the ties of family, community and nation that have been ripped apart by decades of policies that favored big government, big business, and the powerful.   Recounting his own journey from immigrant roots to the heart of power - and his deeply personal battles with the permanent bureaucracy once there - Hilton vividly describes the scale of change that's needed if the true promise of the populist revolution is to be delivered, including:   • An unprecedented assault on centralized government and the administrative state to make sure “Drain The Swamp” is not just a slogan • A completely fresh approach to jobs, schools and skills so every working American can live on what they earn • Practical steps to reverse the disaster of family breakdown so that every child can be raised in a stable, loving home • Ideas to revitalize our communities by giving citizens real control   Whether by challenging the excess power of corporations in our economy or the corrupt influence of donors and lobbyists in our government, the ideas in this book echo the intent of America’s founders by taking power from the ruling class and putting it in the hands of the people. For too long, populism has been defined by those who despise it. By focusing on what populism is for, and not just what it’s against, Hilton provides a coherent philosophy and practical blueprint for how the movement can have an impact beyond one election cycle, and in people's everyday lives. That’s Positive Populism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343241 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Most Dangerous Branch: Inside the Supreme Court's Assault on the Constitution Author: David A. Kaplan Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the bestselling tradition of The Nine and The Brethren, The Most Dangerous Branch takes us inside the secret world of the Supreme Court. David A. Kaplan, the former legal affairs editor of Newsweek, shows how the justices subvert the role of the other branches of government—and how we’ve come to accept it at our peril. With the retirement of Justice Anthony Kennedy, the Court has never before been more central in American life. It is the nine justices who too often now decide the controversial issues of our time—from abortion and same-sex marriage, to gun control, campaign finance and voting rights. The Court is so crucial that many voters in 2016 made their choice based on whom they thought their presidential candidate would name to the Court. Donald Trump picked Neil Gorsuch—the key decision of his new administration. Brett Kavanaugh—replacing Kennedy—will be even more important, holding the swing vote over so much social policy. Is that really how democracy is supposed to work? Based on exclusive interviews with the justices and dozens of their law clerks, Kaplan provides fresh details about life behind the scenes at the Court—Clarence Thomas’s simmering rage, Antonin Scalia’s death, Ruth Bader Ginsburg’s celebrity, Breyer Bingo, the petty feuding between Gorsuch and the chief justice, and what John Roberts thinks of his critics. Kaplan presents a sweeping narrative of the justices’ aggrandizement of power over the decades—from Roe v. Wade to Bush v. Gore to Citizens United, to rulings during the 2017-18 term. But the arrogance of the Court isn’t partisan: Conservative and liberal justices alike are guilty of overreach. Challenging conventional wisdom about the Court’s transcendent power, The Most Dangerous Branch is sure to rile both sides of the political aisle. David A. Kaplan Tue, 04 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343241 thebookvoice.com 16:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Most Dangerous Branch: Inside the Supreme Court's Assault on the Constitution Author: David A. Kaplan Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the bestselling tradition of The Nine and The Brethren, The Most Dangerous Branch takes us inside the secret world of the Supreme Court. David A. Kaplan, the former legal affairs editor of Newsweek, shows how the justices subvert the role of the other branches of government—and how we’ve come to accept it at our peril. With the retirement of Justice Anthony Kennedy, the Court has never before been more central in American life. It is the nine justices who too often now decide the controversial issues of our time—from abortion and same-sex marriage, to gun control, campaign finance and voting rights. The Court is so crucial that many voters in 2016 made their choice based on whom they thought their presidential candidate would name to the Court. Donald Trump picked Neil Gorsuch—the key decision of his new administration. Brett Kavanaugh—replacing Kennedy—will be even more important, holding the swing vote over so much social policy. Is that really how democracy is supposed to work? Based on exclusive interviews with the justices and dozens of their law clerks, Kaplan provides fresh details about life behind the scenes at the Court—Clarence Thomas’s simmering rage, Antonin Scalia’s death, Ruth Bader Ginsburg’s celebrity, Breyer Bingo, the petty feuding between Gorsuch and the chief justice, and what John Roberts thinks of his critics. Kaplan presents a sweeping narrative of the justices’ aggrandizement of power over the decades—from Roe v. Wade to Bush v. Gore to Citizens United, to rulings during the 2017-18 term. But the arrogance of the Court isn’t partisan: Conservative and liberal justices alike are guilty of overreach. Challenging conventional wisdom about the Court’s transcendent power, The Most Dangerous Branch is sure to rile both sides of the political aisle. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343241]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Most Dangerous Branch: Inside the Supreme Court's Assault on the Constitution Author: David A. Kaplan Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the bestselling tradition of The Nine and The Brethren, The Most Dangerous Branch takes us inside the secret world of the Supreme Court. David A. Kaplan, the former legal affairs editor of Newsweek, shows how the justices subvert the role of the other branches of government—and how we’ve come to accept it at our peril. With the retirement of Justice Anthony Kennedy, the Court has never before been more central in American life. It is the nine justices who too often now decide the controversial issues of our time—from abortion and same-sex marriage, to gun control, campaign finance and voting rights. The Court is so crucial that many voters in 2016 made their choice based on whom they thought their presidential candidate would name to the Court. Donald Trump picked Neil Gorsuch—the key decision of his new administration. Brett Kavanaugh—replacing Kennedy—will be even more important, holding the swing vote over so much social policy. Is that really how democracy is supposed to work? Based on exclusive interviews with the justices and dozens of their law clerks, Kaplan provides fresh details about life behind the scenes at the Court—Clarence Thomas’s simmering rage, Antonin Scalia’s death, Ruth Bader Ginsburg’s celebrity, Breyer Bingo, the petty feuding between Gorsuch and the chief justice, and what John Roberts thinks of his critics. Kaplan presents a sweeping narrative of the justices’ aggrandizement of power over the decades—from Roe v. Wade to Bush v. Gore to Citizens United, to rulings during the 2017-18 term. But the arrogance of the Court isn’t partisan: Conservative and liberal justices alike are guilty of overreach. Challenging conventional wisdom about the Court’s transcendent power, The Most Dangerous Branch is sure to rile both sides of the political aisle. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343008 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343008]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Law in America: A Short History Author: Lawrence M. Friedman Narrator: Alan Nebelthau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 6, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Lawrence M. Friedman is Professor of Law at Stanford University and author of 23 books about law and legal history. Hailed as American law's greatest living historian, Friedman traces the evolution of America's legal system from the colonial period to the present. A Modern Library Chronicle, this book is concise, insightful, and graced with wit. Lawrence M. Friedman Thu, 06 Mar 2008 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343008 thebookvoice.com 5:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343008]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Law in America: A Short History Author: Lawrence M. Friedman Narrator: Alan Nebelthau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 6, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Lawrence M. Friedman is Professor of Law at Stanford University and author of 23 books about law and legal history. Hailed as American law's greatest living historian, Friedman traces the evolution of America's legal system from the colonial period to the present. A Modern Library Chronicle, this book is concise, insightful, and graced with wit. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343008]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Law in America: A Short History Author: Lawrence M. Friedman Narrator: Alan Nebelthau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 6, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Lawrence M. Friedman is Professor of Law at Stanford University and author of 23 books about law and legal history. Hailed as American law's greatest living historian, Friedman traces the evolution of America's legal system from the colonial period to the present. A Modern Library Chronicle, this book is concise, insightful, and graced with wit. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342982 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Search of Enemies: A CIA Story Author: John Stockwell Narrator: Tom West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 28, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Secret wars' waged by CIA task-forces are usually confined to the pages of spy-thrillers. But when the storyteller is the former Section Chief in charge of planning and field operations in Angola, and his story is true, the 'spy thriller' becomes chilling fact. John Stockwell Fri, 28 Oct 2011 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342982 thebookvoice.com 9:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Search of Enemies: A CIA Story Author: John Stockwell Narrator: Tom West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 28, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Secret wars' waged by CIA task-forces are usually confined to the pages of spy-thrillers. But when the storyteller is the former Section Chief in charge of planning and field operations in Angola, and his story is true, the 'spy thriller' becomes chilling fact. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Search of Enemies: A CIA Story Author: John Stockwell Narrator: Tom West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 28, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Secret wars' waged by CIA task-forces are usually confined to the pages of spy-thrillers. But when the storyteller is the former Section Chief in charge of planning and field operations in Angola, and his story is true, the 'spy thriller' becomes chilling fact. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342785 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Faith: Lessons from an American Believer Author: Antonin Scalia Narrator: Christopher J. Scalia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On Faith is an inspiring collection of the late Supreme Court justice Antonin Scalia's reflections on his own faith, on the challenges that religious believers face in modern America, and on the religious freedoms protected by the Constitution. Featuring a personal introduction by Justice Scalia's son Father Paul Scalia, this volume will enrich every reader's understanding of the legendary justice. Antonin Scalia reflected deeply on matters of religion and shared his insights with many audiences over the course of his remarkable career. As a Supreme Court justice for three decades, he vigorously defended the American constitutional tradition of allowing religion a prominent place in the public square. As a man of faith, he recognized the special challenges of living a distinctively religious life in modern America, and he inspired other believers to meet those challenges. This volume contains Justice Scalia's incisive thoughts on these matters, laced with his characteristic wit. It includes outstanding speeches featured in Scalia Speaks and also draws from his Supreme Court opinions and his articles. In addition to the introduction by Fr. Scalia, other highlights include Fr. Scalia's beautiful homily at his father's funeral Mass and reminiscences from various friends and law clerks whose lives were influenced by Antonin Scalia's faith. Antonin Scalia Tue, 09 Apr 2019 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342785 thebookvoice.com 5:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Faith: Lessons from an American Believer Author: Antonin Scalia Narrator: Christopher J. Scalia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On Faith is an inspiring collection of the late Supreme Court justice Antonin Scalia's reflections on his own faith, on the challenges that religious believers face in modern America, and on the religious freedoms protected by the Constitution. Featuring a personal introduction by Justice Scalia's son Father Paul Scalia, this volume will enrich every reader's understanding of the legendary justice. Antonin Scalia reflected deeply on matters of religion and shared his insights with many audiences over the course of his remarkable career. As a Supreme Court justice for three decades, he vigorously defended the American constitutional tradition of allowing religion a prominent place in the public square. As a man of faith, he recognized the special challenges of living a distinctively religious life in modern America, and he inspired other believers to meet those challenges. This volume contains Justice Scalia's incisive thoughts on these matters, laced with his characteristic wit. It includes outstanding speeches featured in Scalia Speaks and also draws from his Supreme Court opinions and his articles. In addition to the introduction by Fr. Scalia, other highlights include Fr. Scalia's beautiful homily at his father's funeral Mass and reminiscences from various friends and law clerks whose lives were influenced by Antonin Scalia's faith. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Faith: Lessons from an American Believer Author: Antonin Scalia Narrator: Christopher J. Scalia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On Faith is an inspiring collection of the late Supreme Court justice Antonin Scalia's reflections on his own faith, on the challenges that religious believers face in modern America, and on the religious freedoms protected by the Constitution. Featuring a personal introduction by Justice Scalia's son Father Paul Scalia, this volume will enrich every reader's understanding of the legendary justice. Antonin Scalia reflected deeply on matters of religion and shared his insights with many audiences over the course of his remarkable career. As a Supreme Court justice for three decades, he vigorously defended the American constitutional tradition of allowing religion a prominent place in the public square. As a man of faith, he recognized the special challenges of living a distinctively religious life in modern America, and he inspired other believers to meet those challenges. This volume contains Justice Scalia's incisive thoughts on these matters, laced with his characteristic wit. It includes outstanding speeches featured in Scalia Speaks and also draws from his Supreme Court opinions and his articles. In addition to the introduction by Fr. Scalia, other highlights include Fr. Scalia's beautiful homily at his father's funeral Mass and reminiscences from various friends and law clerks whose lives were influenced by Antonin Scalia's faith. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342741 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winners Take All: The Elite Charade of Changing the World Author: Anand Giridharadas Narrator: Anand Giridharadas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 47 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling, groundbreaking investigation of how the global elite's efforts to 'change the world' preserve the status quo and obscure their role in causing the problems they later seek to solve. An essential read for understanding some of the egregious abuses of power that dominate today’s news. Former New York Times columnist Anand Giridharadas takes us into the inner sanctums of a new gilded age, where the rich and powerful fight for equality and justice any way they can--except ways that threaten the social order and their position atop it. We see how they rebrand themselves as saviors of the poor; how they lavishly reward 'thought leaders' who redefine 'change' in winner-friendly ways; and how they constantly seek to do more good, but never less harm. We hear the limousine confessions of a celebrated foundation boss; witness an American president hem and haw about his plutocratic benefactors; and attend a cruise-ship conference where entrepreneurs celebrate their own self-interested magnanimity. Giridharadas asks hard questions: Why, for example, should our gravest problems be solved by the unelected upper crust instead of the public institutions it erodes by lobbying and dodging taxes? He also points toward an answer: Rather than rely on scraps from the winners, we must take on the grueling democratic work of building more robust, egalitarian institutions and truly changing the world. A call to action for elites and everyday citizens alike. Anand Giridharadas Tue, 28 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342741 thebookvoice.com 9:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winners Take All: The Elite Charade of Changing the World Author: Anand Giridharadas Narrator: Anand Giridharadas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 47 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling, groundbreaking investigation of how the global elite's efforts to 'change the world' preserve the status quo and obscure their role in causing the problems they later seek to solve. An essential read for understanding some of the egregious abuses of power that dominate today’s news. Former New York Times columnist Anand Giridharadas takes us into the inner sanctums of a new gilded age, where the rich and powerful fight for equality and justice any way they can--except ways that threaten the social order and their position atop it. We see how they rebrand themselves as saviors of the poor; how they lavishly reward 'thought leaders' who redefine 'change' in winner-friendly ways; and how they constantly seek to do more good, but never less harm. We hear the limousine confessions of a celebrated foundation boss; witness an American president hem and haw about his plutocratic benefactors; and attend a cruise-ship conference where entrepreneurs celebrate their own self-interested magnanimity. Giridharadas asks hard questions: Why, for example, should our gravest problems be solved by the unelected upper crust instead of the public institutions it erodes by lobbying and dodging taxes? He also points toward an answer: Rather than rely on scraps from the winners, we must take on the grueling democratic work of building more robust, egalitarian institutions and truly changing the world. A call to action for elites and everyday citizens alike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winners Take All: The Elite Charade of Changing the World Author: Anand Giridharadas Narrator: Anand Giridharadas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 47 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling, groundbreaking investigation of how the global elite's efforts to 'change the world' preserve the status quo and obscure their role in causing the problems they later seek to solve. An essential read for understanding some of the egregious abuses of power that dominate today’s news. Former New York Times columnist Anand Giridharadas takes us into the inner sanctums of a new gilded age, where the rich and powerful fight for equality and justice any way they can--except ways that threaten the social order and their position atop it. We see how they rebrand themselves as saviors of the poor; how they lavishly reward 'thought leaders' who redefine 'change' in winner-friendly ways; and how they constantly seek to do more good, but never less harm. We hear the limousine confessions of a celebrated foundation boss; witness an American president hem and haw about his plutocratic benefactors; and attend a cruise-ship conference where entrepreneurs celebrate their own self-interested magnanimity. Giridharadas asks hard questions: Why, for example, should our gravest problems be solved by the unelected upper crust instead of the public institutions it erodes by lobbying and dodging taxes? He also points toward an answer: Rather than rely on scraps from the winners, we must take on the grueling democratic work of building more robust, egalitarian institutions and truly changing the world. A call to action for elites and everyday citizens alike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342445 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth Has Changed Author: Josh Fox Narrator: Josh Fox, Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 46 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Emmy Award–winning creator of GASLAND tells his intimate and damning, personal story of our world in crisis. With a foreword by Bill McKibben. The rules have changed. The water has changed. The climate has changed. The truth has changed. We must change. In The Truth Has Changed, Josh Fox turns the rapid-fire shocks that are remaking the very fabric of our lives—writing as a first responder, a reporter, a documentarian, and an activist—into art, literature, and at least one answer to the question of what the future holds. Our normal isn’t normal anymore. The paradigm shift that global warming represents parallels a paradigm shift in how we process truth. Both deeply affect democracy. Josh Fox has had a front row seat—a first responder after 9/11, filming the Deepwater Horizon spill close up from the air and on the ground, a member of Bernie Sanders’s delegation of the Democratic Platform Committee, risking his life to cross a bridge on Thanksgiving Day at Standing Rock, traveling the nation and the world, shooting his films, talking to people everywhere he goes. The Truth Has Changed is his first book, the companion to his new one-man show of the same title, and it’s beautiful. Josh Fox Tue, 30 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342445 thebookvoice.com 2:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth Has Changed Author: Josh Fox Narrator: Josh Fox, Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 46 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Emmy Award–winning creator of GASLAND tells his intimate and damning, personal story of our world in crisis. With a foreword by Bill McKibben. The rules have changed. The water has changed. The climate has changed. The truth has changed. We must change. In The Truth Has Changed, Josh Fox turns the rapid-fire shocks that are remaking the very fabric of our lives—writing as a first responder, a reporter, a documentarian, and an activist—into art, literature, and at least one answer to the question of what the future holds. Our normal isn’t normal anymore. The paradigm shift that global warming represents parallels a paradigm shift in how we process truth. Both deeply affect democracy. Josh Fox has had a front row seat—a first responder after 9/11, filming the Deepwater Horizon spill close up from the air and on the ground, a member of Bernie Sanders’s delegation of the Democratic Platform Committee, risking his life to cross a bridge on Thanksgiving Day at Standing Rock, traveling the nation and the world, shooting his films, talking to people everywhere he goes. The Truth Has Changed is his first book, the companion to his new one-man show of the same title, and it’s beautiful. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth Has Changed Author: Josh Fox Narrator: Josh Fox, Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 46 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Emmy Award–winning creator of GASLAND tells his intimate and damning, personal story of our world in crisis. With a foreword by Bill McKibben. The rules have changed. The water has changed. The climate has changed. The truth has changed. We must change. In The Truth Has Changed, Josh Fox turns the rapid-fire shocks that are remaking the very fabric of our lives—writing as a first responder, a reporter, a documentarian, and an activist—into art, literature, and at least one answer to the question of what the future holds. Our normal isn’t normal anymore. The paradigm shift that global warming represents parallels a paradigm shift in how we process truth. Both deeply affect democracy. Josh Fox has had a front row seat—a first responder after 9/11, filming the Deepwater Horizon spill close up from the air and on the ground, a member of Bernie Sanders’s delegation of the Democratic Platform Committee, risking his life to cross a bridge on Thanksgiving Day at Standing Rock, traveling the nation and the world, shooting his films, talking to people everywhere he goes. The Truth Has Changed is his first book, the companion to his new one-man show of the same title, and it’s beautiful. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342239 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nine Lives: My Time as the West’s Top Spy inside al-Qaeda Author: Aimen Dean Narrator: Assaf Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As one of al-Qaeda’s most respected bomb-makers, Aimen Dean rubbed shoulders with the mastermind of the 9/11 attacks and swore allegiance to Osama bin Laden himself. As a double agent at the heart of al-Qaeda’s chemical weapons program, he foiled attacks on civilians and saved countless lives, brushing with death so often that his handlers began to call him their spy with nine lives. This is the story of how a young Muslim, determined to defend his faith, found himself fighting on the wrong side—and his fateful decision to work undercover for his sworn enemy. From the killing fields of Bosnia to the training camps of Afghanistan, from running money and equipment in Britain to dodging barrel bombs in Syria, we discover what life is like inside the global jihad, and what it will take to stop it once and for all. Aimen Dean Tue, 07 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342239 thebookvoice.com 15:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nine Lives: My Time as the West’s Top Spy inside al-Qaeda Author: Aimen Dean Narrator: Assaf Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As one of al-Qaeda’s most respected bomb-makers, Aimen Dean rubbed shoulders with the mastermind of the 9/11 attacks and swore allegiance to Osama bin Laden himself. As a double agent at the heart of al-Qaeda’s chemical weapons program, he foiled attacks on civilians and saved countless lives, brushing with death so often that his handlers began to call him their spy with nine lives. This is the story of how a young Muslim, determined to defend his faith, found himself fighting on the wrong side—and his fateful decision to work undercover for his sworn enemy. From the killing fields of Bosnia to the training camps of Afghanistan, from running money and equipment in Britain to dodging barrel bombs in Syria, we discover what life is like inside the global jihad, and what it will take to stop it once and for all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nine Lives: My Time as the West’s Top Spy inside al-Qaeda Author: Aimen Dean Narrator: Assaf Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As one of al-Qaeda’s most respected bomb-makers, Aimen Dean rubbed shoulders with the mastermind of the 9/11 attacks and swore allegiance to Osama bin Laden himself. As a double agent at the heart of al-Qaeda’s chemical weapons program, he foiled attacks on civilians and saved countless lives, brushing with death so often that his handlers began to call him their spy with nine lives. This is the story of how a young Muslim, determined to defend his faith, found himself fighting on the wrong side—and his fateful decision to work undercover for his sworn enemy. From the killing fields of Bosnia to the training camps of Afghanistan, from running money and equipment in Britain to dodging barrel bombs in Syria, we discover what life is like inside the global jihad, and what it will take to stop it once and for all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342198 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Palaces for the People: How Social Infrastructure Can Help Fight Inequality, Polarization, and the Decline of Civic Life Author: Eric Klinenberg Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A comprehensive, entertaining, and compelling argument for how rebuilding social infrastructure can help heal divisions in our society and move us forward.”—Jon Stewart NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR • “Engaging.”—Mayor Pete Buttigieg, The New York Times Book Review (Editors’ Choice) We are living in a time of deep divisions. Americans are sorting themselves along racial, religious, and cultural lines, leading to a level of polarization that the country hasn’t seen since the Civil War. Pundits and politicians are calling for us to come together and find common purpose. But how, exactly, can this be done? In Palaces for the People, Eric Klinenberg suggests a way forward. He believes that the future of democratic societies rests not simply on shared values but on shared spaces: the libraries, childcare centers, churches, and parks where crucial connections are formed. Interweaving his own research with examples from around the globe, Klinenberg shows how “social infrastructure” is helping to solve some of our most pressing societal challenges. Richly reported and ultimately uplifting, Palaces for the People offers a blueprint for bridging our seemingly unbridgeable divides. LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE IN NONFICTION “Just brilliant!”—Roman Mars, 99% Invisible “The aim of this sweeping work is to popularize the notion of ‘social infrastructure'—the ‘physical places and organizations that shape the way people interact'. . . . Here, drawing on research in urban planning, behavioral economics, and environmental psychology, as well as on his own fieldwork from around the world, [Eric Klinenberg] posits that a community’s resilience correlates strongly with the robustness of its social infrastructure. The numerous case studies add up to a plea for more investment in the spaces and institutions (parks, libraries, childcare centers) that foster mutual support in civic life.”—The New Yorker “Palaces for the People—the title is taken from the Scottish-American industrialist and philanthropist Andrew Carnegie’s description of the hundreds of libraries he funded—is essentially a calm, lucid exposition of a centuries-old idea, which is really a furious call to action.”—New Statesman “Clear-eyed . . . fascinating.”—Psychology Today Eric Klinenberg Tue, 11 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342198 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Palaces for the People: How Social Infrastructure Can Help Fight Inequality, Polarization, and the Decline of Civic Life Author: Eric Klinenberg Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A comprehensive, entertaining, and compelling argument for how rebuilding social infrastructure can help heal divisions in our society and move us forward.”—Jon Stewart NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR • “Engaging.”—Mayor Pete Buttigieg, The New York Times Book Review (Editors’ Choice) We are living in a time of deep divisions. Americans are sorting themselves along racial, religious, and cultural lines, leading to a level of polarization that the country hasn’t seen since the Civil War. Pundits and politicians are calling for us to come together and find common purpose. But how, exactly, can this be done? In Palaces for the People, Eric Klinenberg suggests a way forward. He believes that the future of democratic societies rests not simply on shared values but on shared spaces: the libraries, childcare centers, churches, and parks where crucial connections are formed. Interweaving his own research with examples from around the globe, Klinenberg shows how “social infrastructure” is helping to solve some of our most pressing societal challenges. Richly reported and ultimately uplifting, Palaces for the People offers a blueprint for bridging our seemingly unbridgeable divides. LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE IN NONFICTION “Just brilliant!”—Roman Mars, 99% Invisible “The aim of this sweeping work is to popularize the notion of ‘social infrastructure'—the ‘physical places and organizations that shape the way people interact'. . . . Here, drawing on research in urban planning, behavioral economics, and environmental psychology, as well as on his own fieldwork from around the world, [Eric Klinenberg] posits that a community’s resilience correlates strongly with the robustness of its social infrastructure. The numerous case studies add up to a plea for more investment in the spaces and institutions (parks, libraries, childcare centers) that foster mutual support in civic life.”—The New Yorker “Palaces for the People—the title is taken from the Scottish-American industrialist and philanthropist Andrew Carnegie’s description of the hundreds of libraries he funded—is essentially a calm, lucid exposition of a centuries-old idea, which is really a furious call to action.”—New Statesman “Clear-eyed . . . fascinating.”—Psychology Today Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Palaces for the People: How Social Infrastructure Can Help Fight Inequality, Polarization, and the Decline of Civic Life Author: Eric Klinenberg Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A comprehensive, entertaining, and compelling argument for how rebuilding social infrastructure can help heal divisions in our society and move us forward.”—Jon Stewart NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR • “Engaging.”—Mayor Pete Buttigieg, The New York Times Book Review (Editors’ Choice) We are living in a time of deep divisions. Americans are sorting themselves along racial, religious, and cultural lines, leading to a level of polarization that the country hasn’t seen since the Civil War. Pundits and politicians are calling for us to come together and find common purpose. But how, exactly, can this be done? In Palaces for the People, Eric Klinenberg suggests a way forward. He believes that the future of democratic societies rests not simply on shared values but on shared spaces: the libraries, childcare centers, churches, and parks where crucial connections are formed. Interweaving his own research with examples from around the globe, Klinenberg shows how “social infrastructure” is helping to solve some of our most pressing societal challenges. Richly reported and ultimately uplifting, Palaces for the People offers a blueprint for bridging our seemingly unbridgeable divides. LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE IN NONFICTION “Just brilliant!”—Roman Mars, 99% Invisible “The aim of this sweeping work is to popularize the notion of ‘social infrastructure'—the ‘physical places and organizations that shape the way people interact'. . . . Here, drawing on research in urban planning, behavioral economics, and environmental psychology, as well as on his own fieldwork from around the world, [Eric Klinenberg] posits that a community’s resilience correlates strongly with the robustness of its social infrastructure. The numerous case studies add up to a plea for more investment in the spaces and institutions (parks, libraries, childcare centers) that foster mutual support in civic life.”—The New Yorker “Palaces for the People—the title is taken from the Scottish-American industrialist and philanthropist Andrew Carnegie’s description of the hundreds of libraries he funded—is essentially a calm, lucid exposition of a centuries-old idea, which is really a furious call to action.”—New Statesman “Clear-eyed . . . fascinating.”—Psychology Today https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342195 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Out of Hatred: The Awakening of a Former White Nationalist Author: Eli Saslow Narrator: Eli Saslow, Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The powerful story of how a prominent white supremacist changed his heart and mind. From the Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter, this is a book to help us understand the American moment and to help us better understand one another.  “Rising Out of Hatred proclaims if the successor to the white nationalist movement can forsake his ideological upbringing, can rebirth himself in antiracism, then we can too no matter the personal cost. This book is an inspiration.” —Ibram X. Kendi, bestselling author of How to Be An Antiracist Derek Black grew up at the epicenter of white nationalism. His father founded Stormfront, the largest racist community on the Internet. His godfather, David Duke, was a KKK Grand Wizard. By the time Derek turned nineteen, he had become an elected politician with his own daily radio show—already regarded as the 'the leading light' of the burgeoning white nationalist movement. 'We can infiltrate,' Derek once told a crowd of white nationalists. 'We can take the country back.' Then he went to college. At New College of Florida, he continued to broadcast his radio show in secret each morning, living a double life until a classmate uncovered his identity and sent an email to the entire school. 'Derek Black ... white supremacist, radio host ... New College student???' The ensuing uproar overtook one of the most liberal colleges in the country. Some students protested Derek's presence on campus, forcing him to reconcile for the first time with the ugliness of his beliefs. Other students found the courage to reach out to him, including an Orthodox Jew who invited Derek to attend weekly Shabbat dinners. It was because of those dinners—and the wide-ranging relationships formed at that table—that Derek started to question the science, history, and prejudices behind his worldview. As white nationalism infiltrated the political mainstream, Derek decided to confront the damage he had done. Rising Out of Hatred tells the story of how white-supremacist ideas migrated from the far-right fringe to the White House through the intensely personal saga of one man who eventually disavowed everything he was taught to believe, at tremendous personal cost. With great empathy and narrative verve, Eli Saslow asks what Derek Black's story can tell us about America's increasingly divided nature. Eli Saslow Tue, 18 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342195 thebookvoice.com 9:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Out of Hatred: The Awakening of a Former White Nationalist Author: Eli Saslow Narrator: Eli Saslow, Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The powerful story of how a prominent white supremacist changed his heart and mind. From the Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter, this is a book to help us understand the American moment and to help us better understand one another.  “Rising Out of Hatred proclaims if the successor to the white nationalist movement can forsake his ideological upbringing, can rebirth himself in antiracism, then we can too no matter the personal cost. This book is an inspiration.” —Ibram X. Kendi, bestselling author of How to Be An Antiracist Derek Black grew up at the epicenter of white nationalism. His father founded Stormfront, the largest racist community on the Internet. His godfather, David Duke, was a KKK Grand Wizard. By the time Derek turned nineteen, he had become an elected politician with his own daily radio show—already regarded as the 'the leading light' of the burgeoning white nationalist movement. 'We can infiltrate,' Derek once told a crowd of white nationalists. 'We can take the country back.' Then he went to college. At New College of Florida, he continued to broadcast his radio show in secret each morning, living a double life until a classmate uncovered his identity and sent an email to the entire school. 'Derek Black ... white supremacist, radio host ... New College student???' The ensuing uproar overtook one of the most liberal colleges in the country. Some students protested Derek's presence on campus, forcing him to reconcile for the first time with the ugliness of his beliefs. Other students found the courage to reach out to him, including an Orthodox Jew who invited Derek to attend weekly Shabbat dinners. It was because of those dinners—and the wide-ranging relationships formed at that table—that Derek started to question the science, history, and prejudices behind his worldview. As white nationalism infiltrated the political mainstream, Derek decided to confront the damage he had done. Rising Out of Hatred tells the story of how white-supremacist ideas migrated from the far-right fringe to the White House through the intensely personal saga of one man who eventually disavowed everything he was taught to believe, at tremendous personal cost. With great empathy and narrative verve, Eli Saslow asks what Derek Black's story can tell us about America's increasingly divided nature. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Out of Hatred: The Awakening of a Former White Nationalist Author: Eli Saslow Narrator: Eli Saslow, Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The powerful story of how a prominent white supremacist changed his heart and mind. From the Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter, this is a book to help us understand the American moment and to help us better understand one another.  “Rising Out of Hatred proclaims if the successor to the white nationalist movement can forsake his ideological upbringing, can rebirth himself in antiracism, then we can too no matter the personal cost. This book is an inspiration.” —Ibram X. Kendi, bestselling author of How to Be An Antiracist Derek Black grew up at the epicenter of white nationalism. His father founded Stormfront, the largest racist community on the Internet. His godfather, David Duke, was a KKK Grand Wizard. By the time Derek turned nineteen, he had become an elected politician with his own daily radio show—already regarded as the 'the leading light' of the burgeoning white nationalist movement. 'We can infiltrate,' Derek once told a crowd of white nationalists. 'We can take the country back.' Then he went to college. At New College of Florida, he continued to broadcast his radio show in secret each morning, living a double life until a classmate uncovered his identity and sent an email to the entire school. 'Derek Black ... white supremacist, radio host ... New College student???' The ensuing uproar overtook one of the most liberal colleges in the country. Some students protested Derek's presence on campus, forcing him to reconcile for the first time with the ugliness of his beliefs. Other students found the courage to reach out to him, including an Orthodox Jew who invited Derek to attend weekly Shabbat dinners. It was because of those dinners—and the wide-ranging relationships formed at that table—that Derek started to question the science, history, and prejudices behind his worldview. As white nationalism infiltrated the political mainstream, Derek decided to confront the damage he had done. Rising Out of Hatred tells the story of how white-supremacist ideas migrated from the far-right fringe to the White House through the intensely personal saga of one man who eventually disavowed everything he was taught to believe, at tremendous personal cost. With great empathy and narrative verve, Eli Saslow asks what Derek Black's story can tell us about America's increasingly divided nature. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342193 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fixer: My Adventures Saving Startups from Death by Politics Author: Bradley Tusk Narrator: Bradley Tusk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The famed political advisor to Uber, FanDuel, Lemonade, Tesla and other startups reveals what really happens at the intersection of politics, tech and business Most new startups today are in highly regulated industries with strong incumbents - transportation, hotels, drones, energy, gaming, education, health care, cannabis, finance, liquor, insurance. The more startups try to snatch a piece of the establishment's pie, the more they risk running into a political wall. That's where Bradley Tusk comes in. Described as 'Silicon Valley's Political Savior' (Fast Company) 'Uber's Political Genius' (Vanity Fair) and 'Silicon Valley's Favorite Fixer' (TechCrunch) Tusk deploys the skills and knowledge he developed working with Chuck Schumer, Michael Bloomberg, Rod Blagojevich, and other political and business legends to help startups fight back. This book goes behind the scenes on how he helped stop the taxi industry from killing Uber in its infancy, how he held insurance companies at bay while startup Lemonade launched in each state, and how he helped online sports betting sites FanDuel and Draft Kings escape the regulatory death grip casinos tried to put on them. As Tusk writes, 'Every new company is essentially a tech startup. And when you disrupt someone in any industry, they don't say thank you. They punch you in the nose. These are the lessons startups need to learn to punch back and survive the clutches of politics.' Combining a firsthand glimpse behind the curtain with tangible advice for how any new venture can play the political game, THE FIXER is a must-read for aspiring entrepreneurs. Includes a PDF of A Quick Guide to Startup Politics. Bradley Tusk Tue, 18 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342193 thebookvoice.com 4:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fixer: My Adventures Saving Startups from Death by Politics Author: Bradley Tusk Narrator: Bradley Tusk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The famed political advisor to Uber, FanDuel, Lemonade, Tesla and other startups reveals what really happens at the intersection of politics, tech and business Most new startups today are in highly regulated industries with strong incumbents - transportation, hotels, drones, energy, gaming, education, health care, cannabis, finance, liquor, insurance. The more startups try to snatch a piece of the establishment's pie, the more they risk running into a political wall. That's where Bradley Tusk comes in. Described as 'Silicon Valley's Political Savior' (Fast Company) 'Uber's Political Genius' (Vanity Fair) and 'Silicon Valley's Favorite Fixer' (TechCrunch) Tusk deploys the skills and knowledge he developed working with Chuck Schumer, Michael Bloomberg, Rod Blagojevich, and other political and business legends to help startups fight back. This book goes behind the scenes on how he helped stop the taxi industry from killing Uber in its infancy, how he held insurance companies at bay while startup Lemonade launched in each state, and how he helped online sports betting sites FanDuel and Draft Kings escape the regulatory death grip casinos tried to put on them. As Tusk writes, 'Every new company is essentially a tech startup. And when you disrupt someone in any industry, they don't say thank you. They punch you in the nose. These are the lessons startups need to learn to punch back and survive the clutches of politics.' Combining a firsthand glimpse behind the curtain with tangible advice for how any new venture can play the political game, THE FIXER is a must-read for aspiring entrepreneurs. Includes a PDF of A Quick Guide to Startup Politics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fixer: My Adventures Saving Startups from Death by Politics Author: Bradley Tusk Narrator: Bradley Tusk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The famed political advisor to Uber, FanDuel, Lemonade, Tesla and other startups reveals what really happens at the intersection of politics, tech and business Most new startups today are in highly regulated industries with strong incumbents - transportation, hotels, drones, energy, gaming, education, health care, cannabis, finance, liquor, insurance. The more startups try to snatch a piece of the establishment's pie, the more they risk running into a political wall. That's where Bradley Tusk comes in. Described as 'Silicon Valley's Political Savior' (Fast Company) 'Uber's Political Genius' (Vanity Fair) and 'Silicon Valley's Favorite Fixer' (TechCrunch) Tusk deploys the skills and knowledge he developed working with Chuck Schumer, Michael Bloomberg, Rod Blagojevich, and other political and business legends to help startups fight back. This book goes behind the scenes on how he helped stop the taxi industry from killing Uber in its infancy, how he held insurance companies at bay while startup Lemonade launched in each state, and how he helped online sports betting sites FanDuel and Draft Kings escape the regulatory death grip casinos tried to put on them. As Tusk writes, 'Every new company is essentially a tech startup. And when you disrupt someone in any industry, they don't say thank you. They punch you in the nose. These are the lessons startups need to learn to punch back and survive the clutches of politics.' Combining a firsthand glimpse behind the curtain with tangible advice for how any new venture can play the political game, THE FIXER is a must-read for aspiring entrepreneurs. Includes a PDF of A Quick Guide to Startup Politics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342171 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Fix: Inside the Opioid Addiction Crisis - and How to End It Author: Ryan Hampton Narrator: Ryan Hampton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nearly every American knows someone who has been affected by the opioid crisis. Addiction is a trans-partisan issue that impacts individuals from every walk of life. Millions of Americans, tired of watching their loved ones die while politicians ignore this issue. Where is the solution? Where is the hope? Where's the outrage? Ryan Hampton is a young man who has made addiction and recovery reform his life's mission. Through the wildly successful non-profit organization Facing Addiction, Hampton has been rocketed to the center of America’s rising recovery movement—quickly emerging as the de facto leader of the national conversation on addiction. He understands firsthand how easy it is to develop a dependency on opioids, and how destructive it can quickly become. Now, he is waging a permanent campaign to change our way of thinking about and addressing addiction in this country. In American Fix, Hampton describes his personal struggle with addiction, outlines the challenges that the recovery movement currently faces, and offers a concrete, comprehensive plan of action towards making America’s addiction crisis a thing of the past. Praise for American Fix: “The opioid crisis affects so many all across America — I’m proud that Ryan found help and is now helping others.” - President Bill Clinton 'As someone who has experienced the problem of addiction from both sides, both as President Obama’s drug czar and as a person in long term recovery myself, I'm able to attest to our woefully inadequate system of treatment, criminal justice and rehabilitation. Ryan Hampton’s book is a powerful and timely contribution to understanding the dimensions of this crisis--and what we can do about it.' - Michael Botticelli, White House Drug Czar, Director of the Office of National Drug Control Policy under President Obama Ryan Hampton Tue, 28 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342171 thebookvoice.com 8:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Fix: Inside the Opioid Addiction Crisis - and How to End It Author: Ryan Hampton Narrator: Ryan Hampton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nearly every American knows someone who has been affected by the opioid crisis. Addiction is a trans-partisan issue that impacts individuals from every walk of life. Millions of Americans, tired of watching their loved ones die while politicians ignore this issue. Where is the solution? Where is the hope? Where's the outrage? Ryan Hampton is a young man who has made addiction and recovery reform his life's mission. Through the wildly successful non-profit organization Facing Addiction, Hampton has been rocketed to the center of America’s rising recovery movement—quickly emerging as the de facto leader of the national conversation on addiction. He understands firsthand how easy it is to develop a dependency on opioids, and how destructive it can quickly become. Now, he is waging a permanent campaign to change our way of thinking about and addressing addiction in this country. In American Fix, Hampton describes his personal struggle with addiction, outlines the challenges that the recovery movement currently faces, and offers a concrete, comprehensive plan of action towards making America’s addiction crisis a thing of the past. Praise for American Fix: “The opioid crisis affects so many all across America — I’m proud that Ryan found help and is now helping others.” - President Bill Clinton 'As someone who has experienced the problem of addiction from both sides, both as President Obama’s drug czar and as a person in long term recovery myself, I'm able to attest to our woefully inadequate system of treatment, criminal justice and rehabilitation. Ryan Hampton’s book is a powerful and timely contribution to understanding the dimensions of this crisis--and what we can do about it.' - Michael Botticelli, White House Drug Czar, Director of the Office of National Drug Control Policy under President Obama Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Fix: Inside the Opioid Addiction Crisis - and How to End It Author: Ryan Hampton Narrator: Ryan Hampton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nearly every American knows someone who has been affected by the opioid crisis. Addiction is a trans-partisan issue that impacts individuals from every walk of life. Millions of Americans, tired of watching their loved ones die while politicians ignore this issue. Where is the solution? Where is the hope? Where's the outrage? Ryan Hampton is a young man who has made addiction and recovery reform his life's mission. Through the wildly successful non-profit organization Facing Addiction, Hampton has been rocketed to the center of America’s rising recovery movement—quickly emerging as the de facto leader of the national conversation on addiction. He understands firsthand how easy it is to develop a dependency on opioids, and how destructive it can quickly become. Now, he is waging a permanent campaign to change our way of thinking about and addressing addiction in this country. In American Fix, Hampton describes his personal struggle with addiction, outlines the challenges that the recovery movement currently faces, and offers a concrete, comprehensive plan of action towards making America’s addiction crisis a thing of the past. Praise for American Fix: “The opioid crisis affects so many all across America — I’m proud that Ryan found help and is now helping others.” - President Bill Clinton 'As someone who has experienced the problem of addiction from both sides, both as President Obama’s drug czar and as a person in long term recovery myself, I'm able to attest to our woefully inadequate system of treatment, criminal justice and rehabilitation. Ryan Hampton’s book is a powerful and timely contribution to understanding the dimensions of this crisis--and what we can do about it.' - Michael Botticelli, White House Drug Czar, Director of the Office of National Drug Control Policy under President Obama https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342147 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342147]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on Terror Series: Part of The Historic Moments in Speech Series Author: The Speech Resource Company Narrator: Robert Wikstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As a response to the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, America led a global counterterrorism campaign of limitless scope. Its military dimension involved major wars in Afghanistan and Iraq, covert operations in Yemen and elsewhere, large-scale military assistance programs for cooperative regimes, and major increases in military spending. Included are speeches from presidents, world leaders, military personnel, and others supporting and opposing the efforts. Produced by the Speech Resource Company and fully narrated by Robert Wikstrom President George W. Bush, morning of 9/11 attackPresident George W. Bush, evening of 9/11 attackDonald Rumsfeld, Pentagon briefing, 9/11/01Senators John Warner & Hillary Clinton, 9/12/01National Day of Prayer, George W. Bush & Billy Graham, 9/13/01George W. Bush address to Congress, 9/20/01Mayor Rudy Giuliani address to the United Nations, 10/1/01George W. Bush, first anniversary of 9/11, 9/11/02George W. Bush, threat of Iraq, 10/7/02George W. Bush, State of the Union, 1/28/03George W. Bush threatens Saddam HusseinSenator Robert Byrd, opposing war in IraqGeorge W. Bush, Operation Iraqi Freedom, 3/19/03Prime Minister Tony Blair, address to Congress, 7/17/03Condoleezza Rice, testimony before the 9/11 CommissionGeorge W. Bush/John Kerry presidential debate, 9/30/04Tony Blair press conference, 7/28/06Former Vice President Dick Cheney reflects on 9/11President Barack Obama, announcing death of Osama bin Laden, 5/1/11Barack Obama, destroying ISIS, 9/10/14Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu address to Congress, 3/3/15Barack Obama, dedication of 9/11 Memorial, 5/15/15General Jack Keane, congressional testimony, 5/21/15Senator John McCain, address to Congress, 11/17/15Hillary Clinton, defeating ISIS, 11/19/15Candidate Hillary Clinton at Stanford University, 3/23/16Jeremy Corbyn, Manchester massacre, 5/26/17President Donald Trump, Pentagon 9/11 Museum, 9/11/17 The Speech Resource Company Tue, 07 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342147 thebookvoice.com 10:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342147]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on Terror Series: Part of The Historic Moments in Speech Series Author: The Speech Resource Company Narrator: Robert Wikstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As a response to the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, America led a global counterterrorism campaign of limitless scope. Its military dimension involved major wars in Afghanistan and Iraq, covert operations in Yemen and elsewhere, large-scale military assistance programs for cooperative regimes, and major increases in military spending. Included are speeches from presidents, world leaders, military personnel, and others supporting and opposing the efforts. Produced by the Speech Resource Company and fully narrated by Robert Wikstrom President George W. Bush, morning of 9/11 attackPresident George W. Bush, evening of 9/11 attackDonald Rumsfeld, Pentagon briefing, 9/11/01Senators John Warner & Hillary Clinton, 9/12/01National Day of Prayer, George W. Bush & Billy Graham, 9/13/01George W. Bush address to Congress, 9/20/01Mayor Rudy Giuliani address to the United Nations, 10/1/01George W. Bush, first anniversary of 9/11, 9/11/02George W. Bush, threat of Iraq, 10/7/02George W. Bush, State of the Union, 1/28/03George W. Bush threatens Saddam HusseinSenator Robert Byrd, opposing war in IraqGeorge W. Bush, Operation Iraqi Freedom, 3/19/03Prime Minister Tony Blair, address to Congress, 7/17/03Condoleezza Rice, testimony before the 9/11 CommissionGeorge W. Bush/John Kerry presidential debate, 9/30/04Tony Blair press conference, 7/28/06Former Vice President Dick Cheney reflects on 9/11President Barack Obama, announcing death of Osama bin Laden, 5/1/11Barack Obama, destroying ISIS, 9/10/14Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu address to Congress, 3/3/15Barack Obama, dedication of 9/11 Memorial, 5/15/15General Jack Keane, congressional testimony, 5/21/15Senator John McCain, address to Congress, 11/17/15Hillary Clinton, defeating ISIS, 11/19/15Candidate Hillary Clinton at Stanford University, 3/23/16Jeremy Corbyn, Manchester massacre, 5/26/17President Donald Trump, Pentagon 9/11 Museum, 9/11/17 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342147]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on Terror Series: Part of The Historic Moments in Speech Series Author: The Speech Resource Company Narrator: Robert Wikstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As a response to the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, America led a global counterterrorism campaign of limitless scope. Its military dimension involved major wars in Afghanistan and Iraq, covert operations in Yemen and elsewhere, large-scale military assistance programs for cooperative regimes, and major increases in military spending. Included are speeches from presidents, world leaders, military personnel, and others supporting and opposing the efforts. Produced by the Speech Resource Company and fully narrated by Robert Wikstrom President George W. Bush, morning of 9/11 attackPresident George W. Bush, evening of 9/11 attackDonald Rumsfeld, Pentagon briefing, 9/11/01Senators John Warner & Hillary Clinton, 9/12/01National Day of Prayer, George W. Bush & Billy Graham, 9/13/01George W. Bush address to Congress, 9/20/01Mayor Rudy Giuliani address to the United Nations, 10/1/01George W. Bush, first anniversary of 9/11, 9/11/02George W. Bush, threat of Iraq, 10/7/02George W. Bush, State of the Union, 1/28/03George W. Bush threatens Saddam HusseinSenator Robert Byrd, opposing war in IraqGeorge W. Bush, Operation Iraqi Freedom, 3/19/03Prime Minister Tony Blair, address to Congress, 7/17/03Condoleezza Rice, testimony before the 9/11 CommissionGeorge W. Bush/John Kerry presidential debate, 9/30/04Tony Blair press conference, 7/28/06Former Vice President Dick Cheney reflects on 9/11President Barack Obama, announcing death of Osama bin Laden, 5/1/11Barack Obama, destroying ISIS, 9/10/14Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu address to Congress, 3/3/15Barack Obama, dedication of 9/11 Memorial, 5/15/15General Jack Keane, congressional testimony, 5/21/15Senator John McCain, address to Congress, 11/17/15Hillary Clinton, defeating ISIS, 11/19/15Candidate Hillary Clinton at Stanford University, 3/23/16Jeremy Corbyn, Manchester massacre, 5/26/17President Donald Trump, Pentagon 9/11 Museum, 9/11/17 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342140 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342140]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jerusalem: A Biblical and Historical Case for the Jewish Capital Author: Jay Sekulow Narrator: Otis Jiry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his new book, New York Times bestselling author Jay Sekulow presents a political and historical rationale for the existence of Israel as a sovereign nation. The State of Israel and its very right to exist is a lynchpin issue not only in the Middle-East, but is a critical issue to the world at large. Whether it is the blatant and stated desire of ISIS, Hamas, Hezbollah, or Iran to wipe Israel from the face of the earth, or the more subtle but equally insidious aim to delegitimize Israel's existence through efforts at UNESCO, the goal is the same-to get rid of Israel. Here is the book that defends, Israel's right to exist as a sovereign nation. As Chief Counsel for the American Center for Law and Justice, Jay Sekulow has fought with Israel hand-in-hand in some of Israel's most strategic, international battles. Now, he has pulled together the definitive and comprehensive look at Israel-one of the world's most controversial nations- and its importance to us as Americans and as a key focal point to the future of the world. He looks at the legal case for its prominence, as well as the historical and political rationale for its existence as a sovereign nation and homeland for Jews today, and encourages readers to stand with him against the hatred, lies, and efforts to delegitimize one of the world's oldest nations. Jay Sekulow Tue, 31 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342140 thebookvoice.com 11:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342140]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jerusalem: A Biblical and Historical Case for the Jewish Capital Author: Jay Sekulow Narrator: Otis Jiry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his new book, New York Times bestselling author Jay Sekulow presents a political and historical rationale for the existence of Israel as a sovereign nation. The State of Israel and its very right to exist is a lynchpin issue not only in the Middle-East, but is a critical issue to the world at large. Whether it is the blatant and stated desire of ISIS, Hamas, Hezbollah, or Iran to wipe Israel from the face of the earth, or the more subtle but equally insidious aim to delegitimize Israel's existence through efforts at UNESCO, the goal is the same-to get rid of Israel. Here is the book that defends, Israel's right to exist as a sovereign nation. As Chief Counsel for the American Center for Law and Justice, Jay Sekulow has fought with Israel hand-in-hand in some of Israel's most strategic, international battles. Now, he has pulled together the definitive and comprehensive look at Israel-one of the world's most controversial nations- and its importance to us as Americans and as a key focal point to the future of the world. He looks at the legal case for its prominence, as well as the historical and political rationale for its existence as a sovereign nation and homeland for Jews today, and encourages readers to stand with him against the hatred, lies, and efforts to delegitimize one of the world's oldest nations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342140]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jerusalem: A Biblical and Historical Case for the Jewish Capital Author: Jay Sekulow Narrator: Otis Jiry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his new book, New York Times bestselling author Jay Sekulow presents a political and historical rationale for the existence of Israel as a sovereign nation. The State of Israel and its very right to exist is a lynchpin issue not only in the Middle-East, but is a critical issue to the world at large. Whether it is the blatant and stated desire of ISIS, Hamas, Hezbollah, or Iran to wipe Israel from the face of the earth, or the more subtle but equally insidious aim to delegitimize Israel's existence through efforts at UNESCO, the goal is the same-to get rid of Israel. Here is the book that defends, Israel's right to exist as a sovereign nation. As Chief Counsel for the American Center for Law and Justice, Jay Sekulow has fought with Israel hand-in-hand in some of Israel's most strategic, international battles. Now, he has pulled together the definitive and comprehensive look at Israel-one of the world's most controversial nations- and its importance to us as Americans and as a key focal point to the future of the world. He looks at the legal case for its prominence, as well as the historical and political rationale for its existence as a sovereign nation and homeland for Jews today, and encourages readers to stand with him against the hatred, lies, and efforts to delegitimize one of the world's oldest nations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342127 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342127]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shadow President: The Truth About Mike Pence Author: Michael D'antonio, Peter Eisner Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this well-rounded, deeply-investigated biography, the first full look at the vice president, two award-winning journalists unmask the real Mike Pence. Little-known outside his home state until Donald Trump made him his running mate, Mike Pence—who proclaims himself a Christian first, a conservative second, and a Republican third—has long worn a carefully-constructed mask of Midwestern nice. Behind his self-proclaimed humility and self-abasing deference, however, hides a man whose own presidential ambitions have blazed since high school. Pence’s drive for power, perhaps inspired by his belief that God might have big plans for him, explains why he shocked his allies by lending Christian credibility to a scandal-plagued candidate like Trump. In this landmark biography, Pulitzer Prize-winner Michael D’Antonio and Emmy-nominated journalist Peter Eisner follow the path Pence followed from Catholic Democrat to conservative evangelical Republican. They reveal how he used his time as rightwing radio star to build connections with powerful donors; how he was a lackluster lawmaker in Congress but a prodigious fundraiser from the GOP’s billionaire benefactors; and how, once he locked in his views on the issues—anti-gay, pro-gun, anti-abortion, pro big-business—he became laser-focused on his own pursuit of power. As THE SHADOW PRESIDENT reveals, Mike Pence is the most important and powerful Christian Right politician America has ever seen. Driven as much by theology as personal ambition, Pence is now positioned to seize the big prize—the presidency—and use it to fashion a nation more pleasing to his god and corporate sponsors. Praise for The Shadow President: 'It presents an entirely damning portrait of Pence. You've seen his colors before, but not so vividly and in this detail.' — Frank Bruni, The New York Times 'Producing a biography of a living, controversial politician is always difficult. D'Antonio and Eisner have succeeded in this well-documented, damning book.'—Kirkus Reviews (starred review) Michael D'antonio, Peter Eisner Tue, 28 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342127 thebookvoice.com 11:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342127]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shadow President: The Truth About Mike Pence Author: Michael D'antonio, Peter Eisner Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this well-rounded, deeply-investigated biography, the first full look at the vice president, two award-winning journalists unmask the real Mike Pence. Little-known outside his home state until Donald Trump made him his running mate, Mike Pence—who proclaims himself a Christian first, a conservative second, and a Republican third—has long worn a carefully-constructed mask of Midwestern nice. Behind his self-proclaimed humility and self-abasing deference, however, hides a man whose own presidential ambitions have blazed since high school. Pence’s drive for power, perhaps inspired by his belief that God might have big plans for him, explains why he shocked his allies by lending Christian credibility to a scandal-plagued candidate like Trump. In this landmark biography, Pulitzer Prize-winner Michael D’Antonio and Emmy-nominated journalist Peter Eisner follow the path Pence followed from Catholic Democrat to conservative evangelical Republican. They reveal how he used his time as rightwing radio star to build connections with powerful donors; how he was a lackluster lawmaker in Congress but a prodigious fundraiser from the GOP’s billionaire benefactors; and how, once he locked in his views on the issues—anti-gay, pro-gun, anti-abortion, pro big-business—he became laser-focused on his own pursuit of power. As THE SHADOW PRESIDENT reveals, Mike Pence is the most important and powerful Christian Right politician America has ever seen. Driven as much by theology as personal ambition, Pence is now positioned to seize the big prize—the presidency—and use it to fashion a nation more pleasing to his god and corporate sponsors. Praise for The Shadow President: 'It presents an entirely damning portrait of Pence. You've seen his colors before, but not so vividly and in this detail.' — Frank Bruni, The New York Times 'Producing a biography of a living, controversial politician is always difficult. D'Antonio and Eisner have succeeded in this well-documented, damning book.'—Kirkus Reviews (starred review) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342127]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shadow President: The Truth About Mike Pence Author: Michael D'antonio, Peter Eisner Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this well-rounded, deeply-investigated biography, the first full look at the vice president, two award-winning journalists unmask the real Mike Pence. Little-known outside his home state until Donald Trump made him his running mate, Mike Pence—who proclaims himself a Christian first, a conservative second, and a Republican third—has long worn a carefully-constructed mask of Midwestern nice. Behind his self-proclaimed humility and self-abasing deference, however, hides a man whose own presidential ambitions have blazed since high school. Pence’s drive for power, perhaps inspired by his belief that God might have big plans for him, explains why he shocked his allies by lending Christian credibility to a scandal-plagued candidate like Trump. In this landmark biography, Pulitzer Prize-winner Michael D’Antonio and Emmy-nominated journalist Peter Eisner follow the path Pence followed from Catholic Democrat to conservative evangelical Republican. They reveal how he used his time as rightwing radio star to build connections with powerful donors; how he was a lackluster lawmaker in Congress but a prodigious fundraiser from the GOP’s billionaire benefactors; and how, once he locked in his views on the issues—anti-gay, pro-gun, anti-abortion, pro big-business—he became laser-focused on his own pursuit of power. As THE SHADOW PRESIDENT reveals, Mike Pence is the most important and powerful Christian Right politician America has ever seen. Driven as much by theology as personal ambition, Pence is now positioned to seize the big prize—the presidency—and use it to fashion a nation more pleasing to his god and corporate sponsors. Praise for The Shadow President: 'It presents an entirely damning portrait of Pence. You've seen his colors before, but not so vividly and in this detail.' — Frank Bruni, The New York Times 'Producing a biography of a living, controversial politician is always difficult. D'Antonio and Eisner have succeeded in this well-documented, damning book.'—Kirkus Reviews (starred review) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342107 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Global Discontents: Conversations on the Rising Threats to Democracy Author: Noam Chomsky, David Barsamian Narrator: David Barsamian, Noam Chomsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Global Discontents by Noam Chomsky, read by Noam Chomsky and David Barsamian. Global Discontents is an essential guide to geopolitics and how to fight back, from the world's leading public intellectual What kind of world are we leaving to our grandchildren? How are the discontents kindled today likely to blaze and explode tomorrow? From escalating climate change to the devastation in Syria, pandemic state surveillance to looming nuclear war, Noam Chomsky takes stock of the world today. Over the course of ten conversations with long-time collaborator David Barsamian, spanning 2013-2016, Chomsky argues in favour of radical changes to a system that cannot possibly cope with what awaits tomorrow. Interwoven with personal reflections spanning from childhood to his eighth decade of life, Global Discontents also marks out Chomsky's own intellectual journey, mapping his progress to revolutionary ideas and global prominence. Noam Chomsky, David Barsamian Thu, 26 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342107 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Global Discontents: Conversations on the Rising Threats to Democracy Author: Noam Chomsky, David Barsamian Narrator: David Barsamian, Noam Chomsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Global Discontents by Noam Chomsky, read by Noam Chomsky and David Barsamian. Global Discontents is an essential guide to geopolitics and how to fight back, from the world's leading public intellectual What kind of world are we leaving to our grandchildren? How are the discontents kindled today likely to blaze and explode tomorrow? From escalating climate change to the devastation in Syria, pandemic state surveillance to looming nuclear war, Noam Chomsky takes stock of the world today. Over the course of ten conversations with long-time collaborator David Barsamian, spanning 2013-2016, Chomsky argues in favour of radical changes to a system that cannot possibly cope with what awaits tomorrow. Interwoven with personal reflections spanning from childhood to his eighth decade of life, Global Discontents also marks out Chomsky's own intellectual journey, mapping his progress to revolutionary ideas and global prominence. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Global Discontents: Conversations on the Rising Threats to Democracy Author: Noam Chomsky, David Barsamian Narrator: David Barsamian, Noam Chomsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Global Discontents by Noam Chomsky, read by Noam Chomsky and David Barsamian. Global Discontents is an essential guide to geopolitics and how to fight back, from the world's leading public intellectual What kind of world are we leaving to our grandchildren? How are the discontents kindled today likely to blaze and explode tomorrow? From escalating climate change to the devastation in Syria, pandemic state surveillance to looming nuclear war, Noam Chomsky takes stock of the world today. Over the course of ten conversations with long-time collaborator David Barsamian, spanning 2013-2016, Chomsky argues in favour of radical changes to a system that cannot possibly cope with what awaits tomorrow. Interwoven with personal reflections spanning from childhood to his eighth decade of life, Global Discontents also marks out Chomsky's own intellectual journey, mapping his progress to revolutionary ideas and global prominence. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342108 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Systems: Conversations with David Barsamian on Global Democratic Uprisings and the New Challenges to U.S. Empire Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: David Barsamian, Noam Chomsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Power Systems by Noam Chomsky, read by Noam Chomsky and David Barsamian. In this new collection of conversations, conducted from 2010 to 2012, Noam Chomsky explores the most immediate and urgent concerns: the future of democracy in the Arab world, the implications of the Fukushima nuclear disaster, the 'class war' fought by U.S. business interests against working people and the poor, the breakdown of mainstream political institutions and the rise of the far right. The latest volume from a long-established, trusted partnership, this collection shows once again that no interlocutor engages with Chomsky more effectively than David Barsamian. These interviews will inspire a new generation of readers, as well as longtime Chomsky fans eager for his latest thinking on the many crises we now confront, both at home and abroad. They confirm that Chomsky is an unparalleled resource for anyone seeking to understand our world today. 'One of the finest minds of the twentieth century' New Yorker 'Noam Chomsky is a global phenomenon . . . he may be the most widely read American voice on foreign policy on the planet today' New York Times Book Review 'Will there ever again be a public intellectual who commands the attention of so many across the planet?' New Statesman Noam Chomsky Thu, 26 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342108 thebookvoice.com 7:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Systems: Conversations with David Barsamian on Global Democratic Uprisings and the New Challenges to U.S. Empire Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: David Barsamian, Noam Chomsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Power Systems by Noam Chomsky, read by Noam Chomsky and David Barsamian. In this new collection of conversations, conducted from 2010 to 2012, Noam Chomsky explores the most immediate and urgent concerns: the future of democracy in the Arab world, the implications of the Fukushima nuclear disaster, the 'class war' fought by U.S. business interests against working people and the poor, the breakdown of mainstream political institutions and the rise of the far right. The latest volume from a long-established, trusted partnership, this collection shows once again that no interlocutor engages with Chomsky more effectively than David Barsamian. These interviews will inspire a new generation of readers, as well as longtime Chomsky fans eager for his latest thinking on the many crises we now confront, both at home and abroad. They confirm that Chomsky is an unparalleled resource for anyone seeking to understand our world today. 'One of the finest minds of the twentieth century' New Yorker 'Noam Chomsky is a global phenomenon . . . he may be the most widely read American voice on foreign policy on the planet today' New York Times Book Review 'Will there ever again be a public intellectual who commands the attention of so many across the planet?' New Statesman Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Systems: Conversations with David Barsamian on Global Democratic Uprisings and the New Challenges to U.S. Empire Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: David Barsamian, Noam Chomsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Power Systems by Noam Chomsky, read by Noam Chomsky and David Barsamian. In this new collection of conversations, conducted from 2010 to 2012, Noam Chomsky explores the most immediate and urgent concerns: the future of democracy in the Arab world, the implications of the Fukushima nuclear disaster, the 'class war' fought by U.S. business interests against working people and the poor, the breakdown of mainstream political institutions and the rise of the far right. The latest volume from a long-established, trusted partnership, this collection shows once again that no interlocutor engages with Chomsky more effectively than David Barsamian. These interviews will inspire a new generation of readers, as well as longtime Chomsky fans eager for his latest thinking on the many crises we now confront, both at home and abroad. They confirm that Chomsky is an unparalleled resource for anyone seeking to understand our world today. 'One of the finest minds of the twentieth century' New Yorker 'Noam Chomsky is a global phenomenon . . . he may be the most widely read American voice on foreign policy on the planet today' New York Times Book Review 'Will there ever again be a public intellectual who commands the attention of so many across the planet?' New Statesman https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342098 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Organized Crime: A Very Short Introduction Author: Georgios Papanicolaou, Georgios A. Antonopoulos Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 20, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For many people around the world, instances of what is described as organized crime may be part of their everyday experience; in their neighborhoods, their streets, and the places they work and live. Policymakers, law enforcement, and the media rarely fail to bring up the issue when discussing the nature and seriousness of contemporary criminal threats, and the appropriate responses towards them. Many more people are familiar with the notion of organized crime, as the film and TV industry regularly draw on fictional and real figures and situations. In this Very Short Introduction, Georgios A. Antonopoulos and Georgios Papanicolaou uncover the reality of organized crime in our world today. Shining a light on the people involved in organized crime, Antonopoulos and Papanicolaou question whether the term 'organized' is used to evoke the image, the operations, and power of a legitimate organization, such as a corporation. Discussing whether there are particular crimes that the label 'organized crime' applies to, or if any crime can be organized, they also consider what happens when organized crime extends beyond borders. Georgios Papanicolaou, Georgios A. Antonopoulos Fri, 20 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342098 thebookvoice.com 4:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Organized Crime: A Very Short Introduction Author: Georgios Papanicolaou, Georgios A. Antonopoulos Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 20, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For many people around the world, instances of what is described as organized crime may be part of their everyday experience; in their neighborhoods, their streets, and the places they work and live. Policymakers, law enforcement, and the media rarely fail to bring up the issue when discussing the nature and seriousness of contemporary criminal threats, and the appropriate responses towards them. Many more people are familiar with the notion of organized crime, as the film and TV industry regularly draw on fictional and real figures and situations. In this Very Short Introduction, Georgios A. Antonopoulos and Georgios Papanicolaou uncover the reality of organized crime in our world today. Shining a light on the people involved in organized crime, Antonopoulos and Papanicolaou question whether the term 'organized' is used to evoke the image, the operations, and power of a legitimate organization, such as a corporation. Discussing whether there are particular crimes that the label 'organized crime' applies to, or if any crime can be organized, they also consider what happens when organized crime extends beyond borders. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Organized Crime: A Very Short Introduction Author: Georgios Papanicolaou, Georgios A. Antonopoulos Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 20, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For many people around the world, instances of what is described as organized crime may be part of their everyday experience; in their neighborhoods, their streets, and the places they work and live. Policymakers, law enforcement, and the media rarely fail to bring up the issue when discussing the nature and seriousness of contemporary criminal threats, and the appropriate responses towards them. Many more people are familiar with the notion of organized crime, as the film and TV industry regularly draw on fictional and real figures and situations. In this Very Short Introduction, Georgios A. Antonopoulos and Georgios Papanicolaou uncover the reality of organized crime in our world today. Shining a light on the people involved in organized crime, Antonopoulos and Papanicolaou question whether the term 'organized' is used to evoke the image, the operations, and power of a legitimate organization, such as a corporation. Discussing whether there are particular crimes that the label 'organized crime' applies to, or if any crime can be organized, they also consider what happens when organized crime extends beyond borders. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342087 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guns across America: Reconciling Gun Rules and Rights Author: Robert J. Spitzer Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In vast swathes of America, the sacredness of the Second Amendment has become a political third rail, never to be questioned. Gun rights supporters wear tri-cornered hats, wave the stars and stripes, and ask what would have happened if the revolutionaries had been unarmed when the British were coming. They have had great success in conflating unfettered gun ownership with the Founding Fathers, the Constitution, and all things American, even in an era of repeated mass shootings. Yet the all-too-familiar narrative of America's gun past, echoed in the Supreme Court's Heller gun rights decision, is not only mythologized, but historically wrong. As Robert J. Spitzer demonstrates in Guns across America, gun ownership is as old as the nation, but so is gun regulation. Drawing on a vast new dataset of early gun laws reflecting every imaginable type of regulation, Spitzer reveals that firearms were actually more strictly regulated in the country's first three centuries than in recent years. The first 'gun grabbers' were not 1960's Chablis-drinking liberals, but seventeenth century rum-guzzling pioneers, and their legacy continued through strict gun regulations in the 1920s and beyond. Spitzer examines interpretations of the Second Amendment, the assault weapons controversy, modern 'stand your ground' laws, and the so-called 'right of rebellion' to show that they play out in America's contemporary political landscape in ways that bear little resemblance to our imagined past. And as gun rights proponents seek to roll back gun laws and press as many guns into as many hands as possible, warning that gun rights are endangered, they sidestep the central question: are stricter gun laws incompatible with robust gun rights? Spitzer answers this question by examining New York State's tough gun laws, where his political analysis is complemented by his own quest for a concealed carry handgun permit and construction of a legal AR-15 assault weapon. Not only can gun rights and rules coexist, but they have throughout American history. Guns across America reveals the long-hidden truth: that gun regulations are in fact as American as apple pie. Robert J. Spitzer Wed, 18 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342087 thebookvoice.com 5:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guns across America: Reconciling Gun Rules and Rights Author: Robert J. Spitzer Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In vast swathes of America, the sacredness of the Second Amendment has become a political third rail, never to be questioned. Gun rights supporters wear tri-cornered hats, wave the stars and stripes, and ask what would have happened if the revolutionaries had been unarmed when the British were coming. They have had great success in conflating unfettered gun ownership with the Founding Fathers, the Constitution, and all things American, even in an era of repeated mass shootings. Yet the all-too-familiar narrative of America's gun past, echoed in the Supreme Court's Heller gun rights decision, is not only mythologized, but historically wrong. As Robert J. Spitzer demonstrates in Guns across America, gun ownership is as old as the nation, but so is gun regulation. Drawing on a vast new dataset of early gun laws reflecting every imaginable type of regulation, Spitzer reveals that firearms were actually more strictly regulated in the country's first three centuries than in recent years. The first 'gun grabbers' were not 1960's Chablis-drinking liberals, but seventeenth century rum-guzzling pioneers, and their legacy continued through strict gun regulations in the 1920s and beyond. Spitzer examines interpretations of the Second Amendment, the assault weapons controversy, modern 'stand your ground' laws, and the so-called 'right of rebellion' to show that they play out in America's contemporary political landscape in ways that bear little resemblance to our imagined past. And as gun rights proponents seek to roll back gun laws and press as many guns into as many hands as possible, warning that gun rights are endangered, they sidestep the central question: are stricter gun laws incompatible with robust gun rights? Spitzer answers this question by examining New York State's tough gun laws, where his political analysis is complemented by his own quest for a concealed carry handgun permit and construction of a legal AR-15 assault weapon. Not only can gun rights and rules coexist, but they have throughout American history. Guns across America reveals the long-hidden truth: that gun regulations are in fact as American as apple pie. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guns across America: Reconciling Gun Rules and Rights Author: Robert J. Spitzer Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In vast swathes of America, the sacredness of the Second Amendment has become a political third rail, never to be questioned. Gun rights supporters wear tri-cornered hats, wave the stars and stripes, and ask what would have happened if the revolutionaries had been unarmed when the British were coming. They have had great success in conflating unfettered gun ownership with the Founding Fathers, the Constitution, and all things American, even in an era of repeated mass shootings. Yet the all-too-familiar narrative of America's gun past, echoed in the Supreme Court's Heller gun rights decision, is not only mythologized, but historically wrong. As Robert J. Spitzer demonstrates in Guns across America, gun ownership is as old as the nation, but so is gun regulation. Drawing on a vast new dataset of early gun laws reflecting every imaginable type of regulation, Spitzer reveals that firearms were actually more strictly regulated in the country's first three centuries than in recent years. The first 'gun grabbers' were not 1960's Chablis-drinking liberals, but seventeenth century rum-guzzling pioneers, and their legacy continued through strict gun regulations in the 1920s and beyond. Spitzer examines interpretations of the Second Amendment, the assault weapons controversy, modern 'stand your ground' laws, and the so-called 'right of rebellion' to show that they play out in America's contemporary political landscape in ways that bear little resemblance to our imagined past. And as gun rights proponents seek to roll back gun laws and press as many guns into as many hands as possible, warning that gun rights are endangered, they sidestep the central question: are stricter gun laws incompatible with robust gun rights? Spitzer answers this question by examining New York State's tough gun laws, where his political analysis is complemented by his own quest for a concealed carry handgun permit and construction of a legal AR-15 assault weapon. Not only can gun rights and rules coexist, but they have throughout American history. Guns across America reveals the long-hidden truth: that gun regulations are in fact as American as apple pie. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342089 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Alignment: Race, Party Transformation, and the Rise of Donald Trump Author: Alan I. Abramowitz Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Alan I. Abramowitz has emerged as a leading spokesman for the view that our current political divide is not confined to a small group of elites and activists but a key feature of the American social and cultural landscape. The polarization of the political and media elites, he argues, arose and persists because it accurately reflects the state of American society. Here, he goes further: the polarization is unique in modern U.S. history. Today's party divide reflects an unprecedented alignment of many different divides: racial and ethnic, religious, ideological, and geographic. Abramowitz shows how the partisan alignment arose out of the breakup of the old New Deal coalition; introduces the most important difference between our current era and past eras, the rise of 'negative partisanship'; explains how this phenomenon paved the way for the Trump presidency; and examines why our polarization could even grow deeper. This statistically based analysis shows that racial anxiety is by far a better predictor of support for Donald Trump than any other factor, including economic discontent. Alan I. Abramowitz Wed, 18 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342089 thebookvoice.com 5:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Alignment: Race, Party Transformation, and the Rise of Donald Trump Author: Alan I. Abramowitz Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Alan I. Abramowitz has emerged as a leading spokesman for the view that our current political divide is not confined to a small group of elites and activists but a key feature of the American social and cultural landscape. The polarization of the political and media elites, he argues, arose and persists because it accurately reflects the state of American society. Here, he goes further: the polarization is unique in modern U.S. history. Today's party divide reflects an unprecedented alignment of many different divides: racial and ethnic, religious, ideological, and geographic. Abramowitz shows how the partisan alignment arose out of the breakup of the old New Deal coalition; introduces the most important difference between our current era and past eras, the rise of 'negative partisanship'; explains how this phenomenon paved the way for the Trump presidency; and examines why our polarization could even grow deeper. This statistically based analysis shows that racial anxiety is by far a better predictor of support for Donald Trump than any other factor, including economic discontent. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Alignment: Race, Party Transformation, and the Rise of Donald Trump Author: Alan I. Abramowitz Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Alan I. Abramowitz has emerged as a leading spokesman for the view that our current political divide is not confined to a small group of elites and activists but a key feature of the American social and cultural landscape. The polarization of the political and media elites, he argues, arose and persists because it accurately reflects the state of American society. Here, he goes further: the polarization is unique in modern U.S. history. Today's party divide reflects an unprecedented alignment of many different divides: racial and ethnic, religious, ideological, and geographic. Abramowitz shows how the partisan alignment arose out of the breakup of the old New Deal coalition; introduces the most important difference between our current era and past eras, the rise of 'negative partisanship'; explains how this phenomenon paved the way for the Trump presidency; and examines why our polarization could even grow deeper. This statistically based analysis shows that racial anxiety is by far a better predictor of support for Donald Trump than any other factor, including economic discontent. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342086 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342086]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Islamophobia: Understanding the Roots and Rise of Fear Author: Khaled A. Beydoun Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “I remember the four words that repeatedly scrolled across my mind after the first plane crashed into the World Trade Center in New York City. ‘Please don’t be Muslims, please don’t be Muslims.’ The four words I whispered to myself on 9/11 reverberated through the mind of every Muslim American that day and every day after . . . . Our fear, and the collective breath or brace for the hateful backlash that ensued, symbolize the existential tightrope that defines Muslim American identity today.” The term “Islamophobia” may be fairly new, but irrational fear and hatred of Islam and Muslims is anything but. Though many speak of Islamophobia’s roots in racism, have we considered how anti-Muslim rhetoric is rooted in our legal system? Using his unique lens as a critical race theorist and law professor, Khaled A. Beydoun captures the many ways in which law, policy, and official state rhetoric have fueled the frightening resurgence of Islamophobia in the United States. Beydoun charts its long and terrible history, from the plight of enslaved African Muslims in the antebellum South and the laws prohibiting Muslim immigrants from becoming citizens to the ways the war on terror assigns blame for any terrorist act to Islam and the myriad trials Muslim Americans face in the Trump era. He passionately argues that by failing to frame Islamophobia as a system of bigotry endorsed and emboldened by law and carried out by government actors, U.S. society ignores the injury it inflicts on both Muslims and non-Muslims. Through the stories of Muslim Americans who have experienced Islamophobia across various racial, ethnic, and socioeconomic lines, Beydoun shares how U.S. laws shatter lives, whether directly or inadvertently. And with an eye toward benefiting society as a whole, he recommends ways for Muslim Americans and their allies to build coalitions with other groups. Like no book before it, American Islamophobia offers a robust and genuine portrait of Muslim America then and now. Khaled A. Beydoun Wed, 18 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342086 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342086]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Islamophobia: Understanding the Roots and Rise of Fear Author: Khaled A. Beydoun Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “I remember the four words that repeatedly scrolled across my mind after the first plane crashed into the World Trade Center in New York City. ‘Please don’t be Muslims, please don’t be Muslims.’ The four words I whispered to myself on 9/11 reverberated through the mind of every Muslim American that day and every day after . . . . Our fear, and the collective breath or brace for the hateful backlash that ensued, symbolize the existential tightrope that defines Muslim American identity today.” The term “Islamophobia” may be fairly new, but irrational fear and hatred of Islam and Muslims is anything but. Though many speak of Islamophobia’s roots in racism, have we considered how anti-Muslim rhetoric is rooted in our legal system? Using his unique lens as a critical race theorist and law professor, Khaled A. Beydoun captures the many ways in which law, policy, and official state rhetoric have fueled the frightening resurgence of Islamophobia in the United States. Beydoun charts its long and terrible history, from the plight of enslaved African Muslims in the antebellum South and the laws prohibiting Muslim immigrants from becoming citizens to the ways the war on terror assigns blame for any terrorist act to Islam and the myriad trials Muslim Americans face in the Trump era. He passionately argues that by failing to frame Islamophobia as a system of bigotry endorsed and emboldened by law and carried out by government actors, U.S. society ignores the injury it inflicts on both Muslims and non-Muslims. Through the stories of Muslim Americans who have experienced Islamophobia across various racial, ethnic, and socioeconomic lines, Beydoun shares how U.S. laws shatter lives, whether directly or inadvertently. And with an eye toward benefiting society as a whole, he recommends ways for Muslim Americans and their allies to build coalitions with other groups. Like no book before it, American Islamophobia offers a robust and genuine portrait of Muslim America then and now. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342086]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Islamophobia: Understanding the Roots and Rise of Fear Author: Khaled A. Beydoun Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “I remember the four words that repeatedly scrolled across my mind after the first plane crashed into the World Trade Center in New York City. ‘Please don’t be Muslims, please don’t be Muslims.’ The four words I whispered to myself on 9/11 reverberated through the mind of every Muslim American that day and every day after . . . . Our fear, and the collective breath or brace for the hateful backlash that ensued, symbolize the existential tightrope that defines Muslim American identity today.” The term “Islamophobia” may be fairly new, but irrational fear and hatred of Islam and Muslims is anything but. Though many speak of Islamophobia’s roots in racism, have we considered how anti-Muslim rhetoric is rooted in our legal system? Using his unique lens as a critical race theorist and law professor, Khaled A. Beydoun captures the many ways in which law, policy, and official state rhetoric have fueled the frightening resurgence of Islamophobia in the United States. Beydoun charts its long and terrible history, from the plight of enslaved African Muslims in the antebellum South and the laws prohibiting Muslim immigrants from becoming citizens to the ways the war on terror assigns blame for any terrorist act to Islam and the myriad trials Muslim Americans face in the Trump era. He passionately argues that by failing to frame Islamophobia as a system of bigotry endorsed and emboldened by law and carried out by government actors, U.S. society ignores the injury it inflicts on both Muslims and non-Muslims. Through the stories of Muslim Americans who have experienced Islamophobia across various racial, ethnic, and socioeconomic lines, Beydoun shares how U.S. laws shatter lives, whether directly or inadvertently. And with an eye toward benefiting society as a whole, he recommends ways for Muslim Americans and their allies to build coalitions with other groups. Like no book before it, American Islamophobia offers a robust and genuine portrait of Muslim America then and now. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342078 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Life of Science: How It Really Works and Why It Matters Author: Jeremy J. Baumberg Narrator: Rory Barnett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A revealing and provocative look at the current state of global science We take the advance of science as given. But how does science really work? Is it truly as healthy as we tend to think? How does the system itself shape what scientists do? The Secret Life of Science takes a clear-eyed and provocative look at the current state of global science, shedding light on a cutthroat and tightly tensioned enterprise that even scientists themselves often don't fully understand. The Secret Life of Science is a dispatch from the front lines of modern science. It paints a startling picture of a complex scientific ecosystem that has become the most competitive free-market environment on the planet. It reveals how big this ecosystem really is, what motivates its participants, and who reaps the rewards. Are there too few scientists in the world or too many? Are some fields expanding at the expense of others? What science is shared or published, and who determines what the public gets to hear about? What is the future of science? Answering these and other questions, this controversial book explains why globalization is not necessarily good for science, nor is the continued growth in the number of scientists. It portrays a scientific community engaged in a race for limited resources that determines whether careers are lost or won, whose research visions become the mainstream, and whose vested interests end up in control. The Secret Life of Science explains why this hypercompetitive environment is stifling the diversity of research and the resiliency of science itself, and why new ideas are needed to ensure that the scientific enterprise remains healthy and vibrant. Jeremy J. Baumberg Wed, 18 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342078 thebookvoice.com 9:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Life of Science: How It Really Works and Why It Matters Author: Jeremy J. Baumberg Narrator: Rory Barnett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A revealing and provocative look at the current state of global science We take the advance of science as given. But how does science really work? Is it truly as healthy as we tend to think? How does the system itself shape what scientists do? The Secret Life of Science takes a clear-eyed and provocative look at the current state of global science, shedding light on a cutthroat and tightly tensioned enterprise that even scientists themselves often don't fully understand. The Secret Life of Science is a dispatch from the front lines of modern science. It paints a startling picture of a complex scientific ecosystem that has become the most competitive free-market environment on the planet. It reveals how big this ecosystem really is, what motivates its participants, and who reaps the rewards. Are there too few scientists in the world or too many? Are some fields expanding at the expense of others? What science is shared or published, and who determines what the public gets to hear about? What is the future of science? Answering these and other questions, this controversial book explains why globalization is not necessarily good for science, nor is the continued growth in the number of scientists. It portrays a scientific community engaged in a race for limited resources that determines whether careers are lost or won, whose research visions become the mainstream, and whose vested interests end up in control. The Secret Life of Science explains why this hypercompetitive environment is stifling the diversity of research and the resiliency of science itself, and why new ideas are needed to ensure that the scientific enterprise remains healthy and vibrant. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Life of Science: How It Really Works and Why It Matters Author: Jeremy J. Baumberg Narrator: Rory Barnett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A revealing and provocative look at the current state of global science We take the advance of science as given. But how does science really work? Is it truly as healthy as we tend to think? How does the system itself shape what scientists do? The Secret Life of Science takes a clear-eyed and provocative look at the current state of global science, shedding light on a cutthroat and tightly tensioned enterprise that even scientists themselves often don't fully understand. The Secret Life of Science is a dispatch from the front lines of modern science. It paints a startling picture of a complex scientific ecosystem that has become the most competitive free-market environment on the planet. It reveals how big this ecosystem really is, what motivates its participants, and who reaps the rewards. Are there too few scientists in the world or too many? Are some fields expanding at the expense of others? What science is shared or published, and who determines what the public gets to hear about? What is the future of science? Answering these and other questions, this controversial book explains why globalization is not necessarily good for science, nor is the continued growth in the number of scientists. It portrays a scientific community engaged in a race for limited resources that determines whether careers are lost or won, whose research visions become the mainstream, and whose vested interests end up in control. The Secret Life of Science explains why this hypercompetitive environment is stifling the diversity of research and the resiliency of science itself, and why new ideas are needed to ensure that the scientific enterprise remains healthy and vibrant. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342065 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Puzzle Palace: Inside the National Security Agency, America's Most Secret Intelligence Organization Author: James Bamford Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this remarkable tour de force of investigative reporting, James Bamford exposes the inner workings of America's largest, most secretive, and arguably most intrusive intelligence agency. The NSA has long eluded public scrutiny, but The Puzzle Palace penetrates its vast network of power and unmasks the people who control it, often with shocking disregard for the law. So sensitive was the information uncovered that the agency twice attempted to suppress the book, threatened the author with prosecution, and even raided one of the libraries he used. This is a brilliant account of the use and abuse of technological espionage. James Bamford Wed, 18 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342065 thebookvoice.com 20:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Puzzle Palace: Inside the National Security Agency, America's Most Secret Intelligence Organization Author: James Bamford Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this remarkable tour de force of investigative reporting, James Bamford exposes the inner workings of America's largest, most secretive, and arguably most intrusive intelligence agency. The NSA has long eluded public scrutiny, but The Puzzle Palace penetrates its vast network of power and unmasks the people who control it, often with shocking disregard for the law. So sensitive was the information uncovered that the agency twice attempted to suppress the book, threatened the author with prosecution, and even raided one of the libraries he used. This is a brilliant account of the use and abuse of technological espionage. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Puzzle Palace: Inside the National Security Agency, America's Most Secret Intelligence Organization Author: James Bamford Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this remarkable tour de force of investigative reporting, James Bamford exposes the inner workings of America's largest, most secretive, and arguably most intrusive intelligence agency. The NSA has long eluded public scrutiny, but The Puzzle Palace penetrates its vast network of power and unmasks the people who control it, often with shocking disregard for the law. So sensitive was the information uncovered that the agency twice attempted to suppress the book, threatened the author with prosecution, and even raided one of the libraries he used. This is a brilliant account of the use and abuse of technological espionage. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341976 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against Impeaching Trump Author: Alan Dershowitz Narrator: Lawrence Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Maybe the question isn’t what happened to Alan Dershowitz. Maybe it’s what happened to everyone else.”—Politico Alan Dershowitz has been called “one of the most prominent and consistent defenders of civil liberties in America” by Politico and “the nation’s most peripatetic civil liberties lawyer and one of its most distinguished defenders of individual rights” by Newsweek. Yet he has come under partisan fire for applying those same principles to Donald Trump during the course of his many appearances in national media outlets as an expert resource on civil and constitutional law. The Case Against Impeaching Trump seeks to reorient the debate over impeachment to the same standard that Dershowitz has continued to uphold for decades: the law of the United States of America, as established by the Constitution. In the author’s own words: “In the fervor to impeach President Trump, his political enemies have ignored the text of the Constitution. As a civil libertarian who voted against Trump, I remind those who would impeach him not to run roughshod over a document that has protected us all for two and a quarter centuries. In this case against impeachment, I make arguments similar to those I made against the impeachment of President Bill Clinton (and that I would be making had Hillary Clinton been elected and Republicans were seeking to impeach her). Impeachment and removal of a president are not entirely political decisions by Congress. Every member takes an oath to uphold the Constitution of the United States, and the Constitution sets out specific substantive criteria that MUST be met. I am thrilled to contribute to this important debate and especially that my book will be so quickly available to readers so they can make up their own minds.” Alan Dershowitz Mon, 09 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341976 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against Impeaching Trump Author: Alan Dershowitz Narrator: Lawrence Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Maybe the question isn’t what happened to Alan Dershowitz. Maybe it’s what happened to everyone else.”—Politico Alan Dershowitz has been called “one of the most prominent and consistent defenders of civil liberties in America” by Politico and “the nation’s most peripatetic civil liberties lawyer and one of its most distinguished defenders of individual rights” by Newsweek. Yet he has come under partisan fire for applying those same principles to Donald Trump during the course of his many appearances in national media outlets as an expert resource on civil and constitutional law. The Case Against Impeaching Trump seeks to reorient the debate over impeachment to the same standard that Dershowitz has continued to uphold for decades: the law of the United States of America, as established by the Constitution. In the author’s own words: “In the fervor to impeach President Trump, his political enemies have ignored the text of the Constitution. As a civil libertarian who voted against Trump, I remind those who would impeach him not to run roughshod over a document that has protected us all for two and a quarter centuries. In this case against impeachment, I make arguments similar to those I made against the impeachment of President Bill Clinton (and that I would be making had Hillary Clinton been elected and Republicans were seeking to impeach her). Impeachment and removal of a president are not entirely political decisions by Congress. Every member takes an oath to uphold the Constitution of the United States, and the Constitution sets out specific substantive criteria that MUST be met. I am thrilled to contribute to this important debate and especially that my book will be so quickly available to readers so they can make up their own minds.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against Impeaching Trump Author: Alan Dershowitz Narrator: Lawrence Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Maybe the question isn’t what happened to Alan Dershowitz. Maybe it’s what happened to everyone else.”—Politico Alan Dershowitz has been called “one of the most prominent and consistent defenders of civil liberties in America” by Politico and “the nation’s most peripatetic civil liberties lawyer and one of its most distinguished defenders of individual rights” by Newsweek. Yet he has come under partisan fire for applying those same principles to Donald Trump during the course of his many appearances in national media outlets as an expert resource on civil and constitutional law. The Case Against Impeaching Trump seeks to reorient the debate over impeachment to the same standard that Dershowitz has continued to uphold for decades: the law of the United States of America, as established by the Constitution. In the author’s own words: “In the fervor to impeach President Trump, his political enemies have ignored the text of the Constitution. As a civil libertarian who voted against Trump, I remind those who would impeach him not to run roughshod over a document that has protected us all for two and a quarter centuries. In this case against impeachment, I make arguments similar to those I made against the impeachment of President Bill Clinton (and that I would be making had Hillary Clinton been elected and Republicans were seeking to impeach her). Impeachment and removal of a president are not entirely political decisions by Congress. Every member takes an oath to uphold the Constitution of the United States, and the Constitution sets out specific substantive criteria that MUST be met. I am thrilled to contribute to this important debate and especially that my book will be so quickly available to readers so they can make up their own minds.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341931 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Harry Became Sally: Responding to the Transgender Moment Author: Ryan T. Anderson Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Can a boy be “trapped” in a girl’s body? Can modern medicine “reassign” sex? Is our sex “assigned” to us in the first place? What is the most loving response to a person experiencing a conflicted sense of gender? What should our law say on matters of “gender identity”? When Harry Became Sally provides thoughtful answers to questions arising from our transgender moment. Drawing on the best insights from biology, psychology, and philosophy, Ryan Anderson offers a nuanced view of human embodiment, a balanced approach to public policy on gender identity, and a sober assessment of the human costs of getting human nature wrong. This book exposes the contrast between the media’s sunny depiction of gender fluidity and the often sad reality of living with gender dysphoria. Everyone has something at stake in the controversies over transgender ideology, and Anderson offers a strategy for pushing back with principle and prudence, compassion and grace. Ryan T. Anderson Tue, 07 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341931 thebookvoice.com 8:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Harry Became Sally: Responding to the Transgender Moment Author: Ryan T. Anderson Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Can a boy be “trapped” in a girl’s body? Can modern medicine “reassign” sex? Is our sex “assigned” to us in the first place? What is the most loving response to a person experiencing a conflicted sense of gender? What should our law say on matters of “gender identity”? When Harry Became Sally provides thoughtful answers to questions arising from our transgender moment. Drawing on the best insights from biology, psychology, and philosophy, Ryan Anderson offers a nuanced view of human embodiment, a balanced approach to public policy on gender identity, and a sober assessment of the human costs of getting human nature wrong. This book exposes the contrast between the media’s sunny depiction of gender fluidity and the often sad reality of living with gender dysphoria. Everyone has something at stake in the controversies over transgender ideology, and Anderson offers a strategy for pushing back with principle and prudence, compassion and grace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Harry Became Sally: Responding to the Transgender Moment Author: Ryan T. Anderson Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Can a boy be “trapped” in a girl’s body? Can modern medicine “reassign” sex? Is our sex “assigned” to us in the first place? What is the most loving response to a person experiencing a conflicted sense of gender? What should our law say on matters of “gender identity”? When Harry Became Sally provides thoughtful answers to questions arising from our transgender moment. Drawing on the best insights from biology, psychology, and philosophy, Ryan Anderson offers a nuanced view of human embodiment, a balanced approach to public policy on gender identity, and a sober assessment of the human costs of getting human nature wrong. This book exposes the contrast between the media’s sunny depiction of gender fluidity and the often sad reality of living with gender dysphoria. Everyone has something at stake in the controversies over transgender ideology, and Anderson offers a strategy for pushing back with principle and prudence, compassion and grace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341880 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marginalized Majority: Claiming Our Power in a Post-Truth America Author: Onnesha Roychoudhuri Narrator: Priya Ayyar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ever since the 2016 election, pundits have been saying our country has never been more divided—that if progressives want to reclaim power, we need to be “pragmatic,” reach across the aisle, and look past identity politics. But what if we’re getting the story all wrong? In The Marginalized Majority, Onnesha Roychoudhuri makes the galvanizing case that our voices are already the majority—and that our plurality of identities is not only our greatest strength but is also at the indisputable core of successful progressive change throughout history. From the civil rights movement to the Women’s March, Saturday Night Live to the mainstream media, Roychoudhuri holds the myths about our disenfranchisement up to the light, illuminating narratives from history that reveal we have far more power than we’re often led to believe. With both clear-eyed hope and electrifying power, she examines our ideas about what’s possible, and what’s necessary—opening up space for action, new realities, and, ultimately, survival. Now, Roychoudhuri urges us, is the time to fight like the majority we already are. Onnesha Roychoudhuri Tue, 10 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341880 thebookvoice.com 5:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marginalized Majority: Claiming Our Power in a Post-Truth America Author: Onnesha Roychoudhuri Narrator: Priya Ayyar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ever since the 2016 election, pundits have been saying our country has never been more divided—that if progressives want to reclaim power, we need to be “pragmatic,” reach across the aisle, and look past identity politics. But what if we’re getting the story all wrong? In The Marginalized Majority, Onnesha Roychoudhuri makes the galvanizing case that our voices are already the majority—and that our plurality of identities is not only our greatest strength but is also at the indisputable core of successful progressive change throughout history. From the civil rights movement to the Women’s March, Saturday Night Live to the mainstream media, Roychoudhuri holds the myths about our disenfranchisement up to the light, illuminating narratives from history that reveal we have far more power than we’re often led to believe. With both clear-eyed hope and electrifying power, she examines our ideas about what’s possible, and what’s necessary—opening up space for action, new realities, and, ultimately, survival. Now, Roychoudhuri urges us, is the time to fight like the majority we already are. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marginalized Majority: Claiming Our Power in a Post-Truth America Author: Onnesha Roychoudhuri Narrator: Priya Ayyar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ever since the 2016 election, pundits have been saying our country has never been more divided—that if progressives want to reclaim power, we need to be “pragmatic,” reach across the aisle, and look past identity politics. But what if we’re getting the story all wrong? In The Marginalized Majority, Onnesha Roychoudhuri makes the galvanizing case that our voices are already the majority—and that our plurality of identities is not only our greatest strength but is also at the indisputable core of successful progressive change throughout history. From the civil rights movement to the Women’s March, Saturday Night Live to the mainstream media, Roychoudhuri holds the myths about our disenfranchisement up to the light, illuminating narratives from history that reveal we have far more power than we’re often led to believe. With both clear-eyed hope and electrifying power, she examines our ideas about what’s possible, and what’s necessary—opening up space for action, new realities, and, ultimately, survival. Now, Roychoudhuri urges us, is the time to fight like the majority we already are. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341852 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341852]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything Trump Touches Dies Author: Rick Wilson Narrator: Rick Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 62 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 15 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Rick Wilson—longtime Republican strategist, political commentator, Daily Beast contributor—the #1 New York Times bestseller about the disease that is destroying the conservative movement and burning down the GOP: Trumpism. Includes an all-new chapter analyzing Trump’s impact on the 2018 elections. In the #1 New York Times bestselling Everything Trump Touches Dies, political campaign strategist and commentator Rick Wilson delivers “a searingly honest, bitingly funny, comprehensive answer to the question we find ourselves asking most mornings: ‘What the hell is going on?’ (Chicago Tribune). The Guardian hails Everything Trump Touches Dies, saying it gives, “more unvarnished truths about Donald Trump than anyone else in the American political establishment has offered. Wilson never holds back.” Rick mercilessly exposes the damage Trump has done to the country, to the Republican Party, and to the conservative movement that has abandoned its principles for the worst President in American history. Wilson unblinkingly dismantles Trump’s deceptions and the illusions to which his supporters cling, shedding light on the guilty parties who empower and enable Trump in Washington and in the media. He calls out the race-war dead-enders who hitched a ride with Trump, the alt-right basement dwellers who worship him, and the social conservatives who looked the other way. Publishers Weekly calls it, “a scathing, profane, unflinching, and laugh-out-loud funny rebuke of Donald Trump and his presidency.” No left-winger, Wilson is a lifelong conservative who delivers his withering critique of Trump from the right. A leader of the Never Trump movement, he warned from the start that Trump would destroy the lives and reputations of everyone in his orbit, and Everything Trump Touches Dies is a deft chronicle the tragicomic political story of our time. From the early campaign days through the shock of election night, to the inconceivable train-wreck of Trump’s first year. Rick Wilson provides not only an insightful analysis of the Trump administration, but also an optimistic path forward for the GOP, the conservative movement, and the country. “Hilarious, smartly written, and usually spot-on” (Kirkus Reviews), Everything Trump Touches Dies is perfect for those on either side of the aisle who need a dose of unvarnished reality, a good laugh, a strong cocktail, and a return to sanity in American politics. Rick Wilson Tue, 07 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341852 thebookvoice.com 10:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341852]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything Trump Touches Dies Author: Rick Wilson Narrator: Rick Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 62 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 15 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Rick Wilson—longtime Republican strategist, political commentator, Daily Beast contributor—the #1 New York Times bestseller about the disease that is destroying the conservative movement and burning down the GOP: Trumpism. Includes an all-new chapter analyzing Trump’s impact on the 2018 elections. In the #1 New York Times bestselling Everything Trump Touches Dies, political campaign strategist and commentator Rick Wilson delivers “a searingly honest, bitingly funny, comprehensive answer to the question we find ourselves asking most mornings: ‘What the hell is going on?’ (Chicago Tribune). The Guardian hails Everything Trump Touches Dies, saying it gives, “more unvarnished truths about Donald Trump than anyone else in the American political establishment has offered. Wilson never holds back.” Rick mercilessly exposes the damage Trump has done to the country, to the Republican Party, and to the conservative movement that has abandoned its principles for the worst President in American history. Wilson unblinkingly dismantles Trump’s deceptions and the illusions to which his supporters cling, shedding light on the guilty parties who empower and enable Trump in Washington and in the media. He calls out the race-war dead-enders who hitched a ride with Trump, the alt-right basement dwellers who worship him, and the social conservatives who looked the other way. Publishers Weekly calls it, “a scathing, profane, unflinching, and laugh-out-loud funny rebuke of Donald Trump and his presidency.” No left-winger, Wilson is a lifelong conservative who delivers his withering critique of Trump from the right. A leader of the Never Trump movement, he warned from the start that Trump would destroy the lives and reputations of everyone in his orbit, and Everything Trump Touches Dies is a deft chronicle the tragicomic political story of our time. From the early campaign days through the shock of election night, to the inconceivable train-wreck of Trump’s first year. Rick Wilson provides not only an insightful analysis of the Trump administration, but also an optimistic path forward for the GOP, the conservative movement, and the country. “Hilarious, smartly written, and usually spot-on” (Kirkus Reviews), Everything Trump Touches Dies is perfect for those on either side of the aisle who need a dose of unvarnished reality, a good laugh, a strong cocktail, and a return to sanity in American politics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341852]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything Trump Touches Dies Author: Rick Wilson Narrator: Rick Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 62 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 15 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Rick Wilson—longtime Republican strategist, political commentator, Daily Beast contributor—the #1 New York Times bestseller about the disease that is destroying the conservative movement and burning down the GOP: Trumpism. Includes an all-new chapter analyzing Trump’s impact on the 2018 elections. In the #1 New York Times bestselling Everything Trump Touches Dies, political campaign strategist and commentator Rick Wilson delivers “a searingly honest, bitingly funny, comprehensive answer to the question we find ourselves asking most mornings: ‘What the hell is going on?’ (Chicago Tribune). The Guardian hails Everything Trump Touches Dies, saying it gives, “more unvarnished truths about Donald Trump than anyone else in the American political establishment has offered. Wilson never holds back.” Rick mercilessly exposes the damage Trump has done to the country, to the Republican Party, and to the conservative movement that has abandoned its principles for the worst President in American history. Wilson unblinkingly dismantles Trump’s deceptions and the illusions to which his supporters cling, shedding light on the guilty parties who empower and enable Trump in Washington and in the media. He calls out the race-war dead-enders who hitched a ride with Trump, the alt-right basement dwellers who worship him, and the social conservatives who looked the other way. Publishers Weekly calls it, “a scathing, profane, unflinching, and laugh-out-loud funny rebuke of Donald Trump and his presidency.” No left-winger, Wilson is a lifelong conservative who delivers his withering critique of Trump from the right. A leader of the Never Trump movement, he warned from the start that Trump would destroy the lives and reputations of everyone in his orbit, and Everything Trump Touches Dies is a deft chronicle the tragicomic political story of our time. From the early campaign days through the shock of election night, to the inconceivable train-wreck of Trump’s first year. Rick Wilson provides not only an insightful analysis of the Trump administration, but also an optimistic path forward for the GOP, the conservative movement, and the country. “Hilarious, smartly written, and usually spot-on” (Kirkus Reviews), Everything Trump Touches Dies is perfect for those on either side of the aisle who need a dose of unvarnished reality, a good laugh, a strong cocktail, and a return to sanity in American politics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341666 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resistance is Futile!: How the Trump-Hating Left Lost Its Collective Mind Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Ann Coulter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 3.57 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since the day Donald Trump announced his presidential campaign, the left has waged a demented war against him.   Liberals used to pride themselves on their ultra-hipness, but Trump has turned them into weeping little girls in pink party dresses. The very people who once mocked right-wingers for (allegedly) overreacting to every little thing are now the ones hyperventilating and hatching insane conspiracy theories. During the campaign, and even more so after his victory, the left went nuts. Everything Trump does sends them into a moral panic. Everything is a constitutional crisis. Members of the self-proclaimed 'Resistance' -- journalists, politicians, professors, judges, comedians, movie stars, Twitter pundits, even Oprah and Lindsey Vonn! -- are literally shaking because Trump is literally Hitler! Now Ann Coulter skewers the various elements of 'The Resistance' -- the pussy-hat brigade, the Russian-collusion witch hunters, the media alarmists, the campus hysterics, and more. They talk about Russia? They're the ones meddling with our democracy by trying to overturn the results of the election with their relentless attacks. The biggest result of the Trump era may be our cultural institutions' total loss of credibility. Ann Coulter Tue, 21 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341666 thebookvoice.com 7:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resistance is Futile!: How the Trump-Hating Left Lost Its Collective Mind Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Ann Coulter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 3.57 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since the day Donald Trump announced his presidential campaign, the left has waged a demented war against him.   Liberals used to pride themselves on their ultra-hipness, but Trump has turned them into weeping little girls in pink party dresses. The very people who once mocked right-wingers for (allegedly) overreacting to every little thing are now the ones hyperventilating and hatching insane conspiracy theories. During the campaign, and even more so after his victory, the left went nuts. Everything Trump does sends them into a moral panic. Everything is a constitutional crisis. Members of the self-proclaimed 'Resistance' -- journalists, politicians, professors, judges, comedians, movie stars, Twitter pundits, even Oprah and Lindsey Vonn! -- are literally shaking because Trump is literally Hitler! Now Ann Coulter skewers the various elements of 'The Resistance' -- the pussy-hat brigade, the Russian-collusion witch hunters, the media alarmists, the campus hysterics, and more. They talk about Russia? They're the ones meddling with our democracy by trying to overturn the results of the election with their relentless attacks. The biggest result of the Trump era may be our cultural institutions' total loss of credibility. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resistance is Futile!: How the Trump-Hating Left Lost Its Collective Mind Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Ann Coulter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 3.57 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since the day Donald Trump announced his presidential campaign, the left has waged a demented war against him.   Liberals used to pride themselves on their ultra-hipness, but Trump has turned them into weeping little girls in pink party dresses. The very people who once mocked right-wingers for (allegedly) overreacting to every little thing are now the ones hyperventilating and hatching insane conspiracy theories. During the campaign, and even more so after his victory, the left went nuts. Everything Trump does sends them into a moral panic. Everything is a constitutional crisis. Members of the self-proclaimed 'Resistance' -- journalists, politicians, professors, judges, comedians, movie stars, Twitter pundits, even Oprah and Lindsey Vonn! -- are literally shaking because Trump is literally Hitler! Now Ann Coulter skewers the various elements of 'The Resistance' -- the pussy-hat brigade, the Russian-collusion witch hunters, the media alarmists, the campus hysterics, and more. They talk about Russia? They're the ones meddling with our democracy by trying to overturn the results of the election with their relentless attacks. The biggest result of the Trump era may be our cultural institutions' total loss of credibility. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341647 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Into the Hands of the Soldiers: Freedom and Chaos in Egypt and the Middle East Author: David D. Kirkpatrick Narrator: David D. Kirkpatrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ONE OF THE ECONOMIST'S BOOKS OF THE YEAR David D. Kirkpatrick, a correspondent for The New York Times, was banned from Egypt for writing this book: the definitive account of the turn back toward authoritarianism in Cairo and across the Middle East. Egypt has long set the paradigm for Arab autocracy. It is the keeper of the peace with Israel and the cornerstone of the American-backed regional order. So when Egyptians rose up to demand democracy in 2011, their thirty months of freedom convulsed the whole region. Now a new strongman, Abdel Fattah el-Sisi, is building a dictatorship so severe some call it totalitarian. The economy sputters, an insurgency simmers, Christians suffer, and the Israeli military has been forced to intervene. But some in Washington—including President Trump—applaud Sisi as a crucial ally. Kirkpatrick lived with his family in Cairo through the revolution, the coup and the bloodshed that followed. Then he returned to Washington to uncover the American role in the tragedy. His heartbreaking story is essential to understanding the Middle East today. David D. Kirkpatrick Tue, 07 Aug 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341647 thebookvoice.com 13:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Into the Hands of the Soldiers: Freedom and Chaos in Egypt and the Middle East Author: David D. Kirkpatrick Narrator: David D. Kirkpatrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ONE OF THE ECONOMIST'S BOOKS OF THE YEAR David D. Kirkpatrick, a correspondent for The New York Times, was banned from Egypt for writing this book: the definitive account of the turn back toward authoritarianism in Cairo and across the Middle East. Egypt has long set the paradigm for Arab autocracy. It is the keeper of the peace with Israel and the cornerstone of the American-backed regional order. So when Egyptians rose up to demand democracy in 2011, their thirty months of freedom convulsed the whole region. Now a new strongman, Abdel Fattah el-Sisi, is building a dictatorship so severe some call it totalitarian. The economy sputters, an insurgency simmers, Christians suffer, and the Israeli military has been forced to intervene. But some in Washington—including President Trump—applaud Sisi as a crucial ally. Kirkpatrick lived with his family in Cairo through the revolution, the coup and the bloodshed that followed. Then he returned to Washington to uncover the American role in the tragedy. His heartbreaking story is essential to understanding the Middle East today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Into the Hands of the Soldiers: Freedom and Chaos in Egypt and the Middle East Author: David D. Kirkpatrick Narrator: David D. Kirkpatrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ONE OF THE ECONOMIST'S BOOKS OF THE YEAR David D. Kirkpatrick, a correspondent for The New York Times, was banned from Egypt for writing this book: the definitive account of the turn back toward authoritarianism in Cairo and across the Middle East. Egypt has long set the paradigm for Arab autocracy. It is the keeper of the peace with Israel and the cornerstone of the American-backed regional order. So when Egyptians rose up to demand democracy in 2011, their thirty months of freedom convulsed the whole region. Now a new strongman, Abdel Fattah el-Sisi, is building a dictatorship so severe some call it totalitarian. The economy sputters, an insurgency simmers, Christians suffer, and the Israeli military has been forced to intervene. But some in Washington—including President Trump—applaud Sisi as a crucial ally. Kirkpatrick lived with his family in Cairo through the revolution, the coup and the bloodshed that followed. Then he returned to Washington to uncover the American role in the tragedy. His heartbreaking story is essential to understanding the Middle East today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341330 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Truth Author: Michiko Kakutani Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From a Pulitzer Prize-winning critic comes an impassioned critique of the West’s retreat from reason. ‘The Death of Truth is destined to become the defining treatise of our age’ David Grann ‘The first great book of the Trump administration … essential reading’ Rolling Stone We live in a time when the very idea of objective truth is mocked and discounted by the US President. Discredited conspiracy theories and ideologies have resurfaced, proven science is once more up for debate, and Russian propaganda floods our screens. The wisdom of the crowd has usurped research and expertise, and we are each left clinging to the beliefs that best confirm our biases. How did truth become an endangered species? This decline began decades ago, and in The Death of Truth, former New York Times critic Michiko Kakutani takes a penetrating look at the cultural forces that contributed to this gathering storm. In social media and literature, television, academia, and political campaigns, Kakutani identifies the trends – originating on both the right and the left – that have combined to elevate subjectivity over factuality, science, and common values. And she returns us to the words of the great critics of authoritarianism, writers like George Orwell and Hannah Arendt, whose work is newly and eerily relevant. With remarkable erudition and insight, Kakutani offers a provocative diagnosis of our current condition and presents a path forward for our truth-challenged times. Michiko Kakutani Tue, 17 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341330 thebookvoice.com 3:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Truth Author: Michiko Kakutani Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From a Pulitzer Prize-winning critic comes an impassioned critique of the West’s retreat from reason. ‘The Death of Truth is destined to become the defining treatise of our age’ David Grann ‘The first great book of the Trump administration … essential reading’ Rolling Stone We live in a time when the very idea of objective truth is mocked and discounted by the US President. Discredited conspiracy theories and ideologies have resurfaced, proven science is once more up for debate, and Russian propaganda floods our screens. The wisdom of the crowd has usurped research and expertise, and we are each left clinging to the beliefs that best confirm our biases. How did truth become an endangered species? This decline began decades ago, and in The Death of Truth, former New York Times critic Michiko Kakutani takes a penetrating look at the cultural forces that contributed to this gathering storm. In social media and literature, television, academia, and political campaigns, Kakutani identifies the trends – originating on both the right and the left – that have combined to elevate subjectivity over factuality, science, and common values. And she returns us to the words of the great critics of authoritarianism, writers like George Orwell and Hannah Arendt, whose work is newly and eerily relevant. With remarkable erudition and insight, Kakutani offers a provocative diagnosis of our current condition and presents a path forward for our truth-challenged times. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Truth Author: Michiko Kakutani Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From a Pulitzer Prize-winning critic comes an impassioned critique of the West’s retreat from reason. ‘The Death of Truth is destined to become the defining treatise of our age’ David Grann ‘The first great book of the Trump administration … essential reading’ Rolling Stone We live in a time when the very idea of objective truth is mocked and discounted by the US President. Discredited conspiracy theories and ideologies have resurfaced, proven science is once more up for debate, and Russian propaganda floods our screens. The wisdom of the crowd has usurped research and expertise, and we are each left clinging to the beliefs that best confirm our biases. How did truth become an endangered species? This decline began decades ago, and in The Death of Truth, former New York Times critic Michiko Kakutani takes a penetrating look at the cultural forces that contributed to this gathering storm. In social media and literature, television, academia, and political campaigns, Kakutani identifies the trends – originating on both the right and the left – that have combined to elevate subjectivity over factuality, science, and common values. And she returns us to the words of the great critics of authoritarianism, writers like George Orwell and Hannah Arendt, whose work is newly and eerily relevant. With remarkable erudition and insight, Kakutani offers a provocative diagnosis of our current condition and presents a path forward for our truth-challenged times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341268 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eyes on the Prize: America's Civil Rights Years, 1954-1965 Author: Juan Williams Narrator: Sean Crisden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the Montgomery bus boycott to the Little Rock Nine to the Selma–Montgomery march, thousands of ordinary people who participated in the American civil rights movement; their stories are told in Eyes on the Prize. From leaders such as Martin Luther King, Jr., to lesser-known figures such as Barbara Rose John and Jim Zwerg, each man and woman made the decision that something had to be done to stop discrimination. These moving accounts of the first decade of the civil rights movement are a tribute to the people, black and white, who took part in the fight for justice and the struggle they endured. Juan Williams Tue, 03 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341268 thebookvoice.com 11:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eyes on the Prize: America's Civil Rights Years, 1954-1965 Author: Juan Williams Narrator: Sean Crisden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the Montgomery bus boycott to the Little Rock Nine to the Selma–Montgomery march, thousands of ordinary people who participated in the American civil rights movement; their stories are told in Eyes on the Prize. From leaders such as Martin Luther King, Jr., to lesser-known figures such as Barbara Rose John and Jim Zwerg, each man and woman made the decision that something had to be done to stop discrimination. These moving accounts of the first decade of the civil rights movement are a tribute to the people, black and white, who took part in the fight for justice and the struggle they endured. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eyes on the Prize: America's Civil Rights Years, 1954-1965 Author: Juan Williams Narrator: Sean Crisden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the Montgomery bus boycott to the Little Rock Nine to the Selma–Montgomery march, thousands of ordinary people who participated in the American civil rights movement; their stories are told in Eyes on the Prize. From leaders such as Martin Luther King, Jr., to lesser-known figures such as Barbara Rose John and Jim Zwerg, each man and woman made the decision that something had to be done to stop discrimination. These moving accounts of the first decade of the civil rights movement are a tribute to the people, black and white, who took part in the fight for justice and the struggle they endured. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341261 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341261]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fiery Angel: Art, Culture, Sex, Politics, and the Struggle for the Soul of the West Author: Michael Walsh Narrator: Michael Walsh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Without an understanding and appreciation of the culture we seek to preserve and protect, the defense of Western civilization is fundamentally futile; a culture that believes in nothing cannot defend itself, because it has nothing to defend. The past not only still has something to tell us, but it also has something that it must tell us. In this profound and wide-ranging historical survey, Michael Walsh illuminates the ways that the narrative and visual arts both reflect and affect the course of political history, outlining the way forward by arguing for the restoration of the Heroic Narrative that forms the basis of all Western cultural and religious traditions. Let us listen, then, to the angels of our nature, for better and worse. They have much to tell us, if only we will listen. Michael Walsh Sat, 30 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341261 thebookvoice.com 8:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341261]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fiery Angel: Art, Culture, Sex, Politics, and the Struggle for the Soul of the West Author: Michael Walsh Narrator: Michael Walsh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Without an understanding and appreciation of the culture we seek to preserve and protect, the defense of Western civilization is fundamentally futile; a culture that believes in nothing cannot defend itself, because it has nothing to defend. The past not only still has something to tell us, but it also has something that it must tell us. In this profound and wide-ranging historical survey, Michael Walsh illuminates the ways that the narrative and visual arts both reflect and affect the course of political history, outlining the way forward by arguing for the restoration of the Heroic Narrative that forms the basis of all Western cultural and religious traditions. Let us listen, then, to the angels of our nature, for better and worse. They have much to tell us, if only we will listen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341261]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fiery Angel: Art, Culture, Sex, Politics, and the Struggle for the Soul of the West Author: Michael Walsh Narrator: Michael Walsh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Without an understanding and appreciation of the culture we seek to preserve and protect, the defense of Western civilization is fundamentally futile; a culture that believes in nothing cannot defend itself, because it has nothing to defend. The past not only still has something to tell us, but it also has something that it must tell us. In this profound and wide-ranging historical survey, Michael Walsh illuminates the ways that the narrative and visual arts both reflect and affect the course of political history, outlining the way forward by arguing for the restoration of the Heroic Narrative that forms the basis of all Western cultural and religious traditions. Let us listen, then, to the angels of our nature, for better and worse. They have much to tell us, if only we will listen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341237 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: At America's Gates: Chinese Immigration during the Exclusion Era, 1882-1943 Author: Erika Lee Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With the Chinese Exclusion Act of 1882, Chinese laborers became the first group in American history to be excluded from the United States on the basis of their race and class. This landmark law changed the course of U.S. immigration history, but we know little about its consequences for the Chinese in America or for the United States as a nation of immigrants. At America's Gates is the first book devoted entirely to both Chinese immigrants and the American immigration officials who sought to keep them out. Erika Lee explores how Chinese exclusion laws not only transformed Chinese American lives, immigration patterns, identities, and families but also recast the United States into a 'gatekeeping nation.' Immigrant identification, border enforcement, surveillance, and deportation policies were extended far beyond any controls that had existed in the United States before. Drawing on a rich trove of historical sources—including recently released immigration records, oral histories, interviews, and letters—Lee brings alive the forgotten journeys, secrets, hardships, and triumphs of Chinese immigrants. Her timely book exposes the legacy of Chinese exclusion in current American immigration control and race relations. Erika Lee Tue, 03 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341237 thebookvoice.com 9:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: At America's Gates: Chinese Immigration during the Exclusion Era, 1882-1943 Author: Erika Lee Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With the Chinese Exclusion Act of 1882, Chinese laborers became the first group in American history to be excluded from the United States on the basis of their race and class. This landmark law changed the course of U.S. immigration history, but we know little about its consequences for the Chinese in America or for the United States as a nation of immigrants. At America's Gates is the first book devoted entirely to both Chinese immigrants and the American immigration officials who sought to keep them out. Erika Lee explores how Chinese exclusion laws not only transformed Chinese American lives, immigration patterns, identities, and families but also recast the United States into a 'gatekeeping nation.' Immigrant identification, border enforcement, surveillance, and deportation policies were extended far beyond any controls that had existed in the United States before. Drawing on a rich trove of historical sources—including recently released immigration records, oral histories, interviews, and letters—Lee brings alive the forgotten journeys, secrets, hardships, and triumphs of Chinese immigrants. Her timely book exposes the legacy of Chinese exclusion in current American immigration control and race relations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: At America's Gates: Chinese Immigration during the Exclusion Era, 1882-1943 Author: Erika Lee Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With the Chinese Exclusion Act of 1882, Chinese laborers became the first group in American history to be excluded from the United States on the basis of their race and class. This landmark law changed the course of U.S. immigration history, but we know little about its consequences for the Chinese in America or for the United States as a nation of immigrants. At America's Gates is the first book devoted entirely to both Chinese immigrants and the American immigration officials who sought to keep them out. Erika Lee explores how Chinese exclusion laws not only transformed Chinese American lives, immigration patterns, identities, and families but also recast the United States into a 'gatekeeping nation.' Immigrant identification, border enforcement, surveillance, and deportation policies were extended far beyond any controls that had existed in the United States before. Drawing on a rich trove of historical sources—including recently released immigration records, oral histories, interviews, and letters—Lee brings alive the forgotten journeys, secrets, hardships, and triumphs of Chinese immigrants. Her timely book exposes the legacy of Chinese exclusion in current American immigration control and race relations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341220 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not Enough: Human Rights in an Unequal World Author: Samuel Moyn Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The age of human rights has been kindest to the rich. Even as state violations of political rights garnered unprecedented attention due to human rights campaigns, a commitment to material equality disappeared. In its place, market fundamentalism has emerged as the dominant force in national and global economies. In this provocative book, Samuel Moyn analyzes how and why we chose to make human rights our highest ideals while simultaneously neglecting the demands of a broader social and economic justice. In a pioneering history of rights stretching back to the Bible, Not Enough charts how twentieth-century welfare states, concerned about both abject poverty and soaring wealth, resolved to fulfill their citizens’ most basic needs without forgetting to contain how much the rich could tower over the rest. In the wake of two world wars and the collapse of empires, new states tried to take welfare beyond its original European and American homelands and went so far as to challenge inequality on a global scale. But their plans were foiled as a neoliberal faith in markets triumphed instead. Moyn places the career of the human rights movement in relation to this disturbing shift from the egalitarian politics of yesterday to the neoliberal globalization of today. Exploring why the rise of human rights has occurred alongside enduring and exploding inequality, and why activists came to seek remedies for indigence without challenging wealth, Not Enough calls for more ambitious ideals and movements to achieve a humane and equitable world. Samuel Moyn Sat, 30 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341220 thebookvoice.com 11:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not Enough: Human Rights in an Unequal World Author: Samuel Moyn Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The age of human rights has been kindest to the rich. Even as state violations of political rights garnered unprecedented attention due to human rights campaigns, a commitment to material equality disappeared. In its place, market fundamentalism has emerged as the dominant force in national and global economies. In this provocative book, Samuel Moyn analyzes how and why we chose to make human rights our highest ideals while simultaneously neglecting the demands of a broader social and economic justice. In a pioneering history of rights stretching back to the Bible, Not Enough charts how twentieth-century welfare states, concerned about both abject poverty and soaring wealth, resolved to fulfill their citizens’ most basic needs without forgetting to contain how much the rich could tower over the rest. In the wake of two world wars and the collapse of empires, new states tried to take welfare beyond its original European and American homelands and went so far as to challenge inequality on a global scale. But their plans were foiled as a neoliberal faith in markets triumphed instead. Moyn places the career of the human rights movement in relation to this disturbing shift from the egalitarian politics of yesterday to the neoliberal globalization of today. Exploring why the rise of human rights has occurred alongside enduring and exploding inequality, and why activists came to seek remedies for indigence without challenging wealth, Not Enough calls for more ambitious ideals and movements to achieve a humane and equitable world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not Enough: Human Rights in an Unequal World Author: Samuel Moyn Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The age of human rights has been kindest to the rich. Even as state violations of political rights garnered unprecedented attention due to human rights campaigns, a commitment to material equality disappeared. In its place, market fundamentalism has emerged as the dominant force in national and global economies. In this provocative book, Samuel Moyn analyzes how and why we chose to make human rights our highest ideals while simultaneously neglecting the demands of a broader social and economic justice. In a pioneering history of rights stretching back to the Bible, Not Enough charts how twentieth-century welfare states, concerned about both abject poverty and soaring wealth, resolved to fulfill their citizens’ most basic needs without forgetting to contain how much the rich could tower over the rest. In the wake of two world wars and the collapse of empires, new states tried to take welfare beyond its original European and American homelands and went so far as to challenge inequality on a global scale. But their plans were foiled as a neoliberal faith in markets triumphed instead. Moyn places the career of the human rights movement in relation to this disturbing shift from the egalitarian politics of yesterday to the neoliberal globalization of today. Exploring why the rise of human rights has occurred alongside enduring and exploding inequality, and why activists came to seek remedies for indigence without challenging wealth, Not Enough calls for more ambitious ideals and movements to achieve a humane and equitable world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341200 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341200]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Death of a Nation: Plantation Politics and the Making of the Democratic Party Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Dinesh D'Souza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 52 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. In Death of a Nation, Dinesh D'Souza tackles the biggest lie of the left—that America is a society based on white supremacy. Now a major motion picture. Who is killing America? Is it really Donald Trump and a GOP filled with white supremacists? In a major new work of historical revisionism, Dinesh D’Souza makes the provocative case that Democrats are the ones killing America by turning it into a massive nanny state modeled on the Southern plantation system. This sweeping alternative history of the Democratic Party goes back to its foundations in the antebellum South. The slaveholding elite devised the plantation as a means of organizing labor and political support. It was a mini welfare state, a cradle to grave system that bred dependency and punished any urge to independence. This model impressed northern Democrats, inspiring the political machines that traded government handouts for votes from ethnic immigrant blocs. Today's Democrats have expanded to a multiracial plantation of ghettos for blacks, barrios for Latinos, and reservations for Native Americans. Whites are the only holdouts resisting full dependency, and so they are blamed for the bigotry and racial exploitation that is actually perpetrated by the left. Death of a Nation's bracing alternative vision of American history explains the Democratic Party's dark past, reinterprets the roles of figures like Van Buren, FDR and LBJ, and exposes the hidden truth that racism comes not from Trump or the conservative right but rather from Democrats and progressives on the left. Dinesh D'Souza Tue, 31 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341200 thebookvoice.com 12:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341200]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Death of a Nation: Plantation Politics and the Making of the Democratic Party Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Dinesh D'Souza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 52 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. In Death of a Nation, Dinesh D'Souza tackles the biggest lie of the left—that America is a society based on white supremacy. Now a major motion picture. Who is killing America? Is it really Donald Trump and a GOP filled with white supremacists? In a major new work of historical revisionism, Dinesh D’Souza makes the provocative case that Democrats are the ones killing America by turning it into a massive nanny state modeled on the Southern plantation system. This sweeping alternative history of the Democratic Party goes back to its foundations in the antebellum South. The slaveholding elite devised the plantation as a means of organizing labor and political support. It was a mini welfare state, a cradle to grave system that bred dependency and punished any urge to independence. This model impressed northern Democrats, inspiring the political machines that traded government handouts for votes from ethnic immigrant blocs. Today's Democrats have expanded to a multiracial plantation of ghettos for blacks, barrios for Latinos, and reservations for Native Americans. Whites are the only holdouts resisting full dependency, and so they are blamed for the bigotry and racial exploitation that is actually perpetrated by the left. Death of a Nation's bracing alternative vision of American history explains the Democratic Party's dark past, reinterprets the roles of figures like Van Buren, FDR and LBJ, and exposes the hidden truth that racism comes not from Trump or the conservative right but rather from Democrats and progressives on the left. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341200]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Death of a Nation: Plantation Politics and the Making of the Democratic Party Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Dinesh D'Souza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 52 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. In Death of a Nation, Dinesh D'Souza tackles the biggest lie of the left—that America is a society based on white supremacy. Now a major motion picture. Who is killing America? Is it really Donald Trump and a GOP filled with white supremacists? In a major new work of historical revisionism, Dinesh D’Souza makes the provocative case that Democrats are the ones killing America by turning it into a massive nanny state modeled on the Southern plantation system. This sweeping alternative history of the Democratic Party goes back to its foundations in the antebellum South. The slaveholding elite devised the plantation as a means of organizing labor and political support. It was a mini welfare state, a cradle to grave system that bred dependency and punished any urge to independence. This model impressed northern Democrats, inspiring the political machines that traded government handouts for votes from ethnic immigrant blocs. Today's Democrats have expanded to a multiracial plantation of ghettos for blacks, barrios for Latinos, and reservations for Native Americans. Whites are the only holdouts resisting full dependency, and so they are blamed for the bigotry and racial exploitation that is actually perpetrated by the left. Death of a Nation's bracing alternative vision of American history explains the Democratic Party's dark past, reinterprets the roles of figures like Van Buren, FDR and LBJ, and exposes the hidden truth that racism comes not from Trump or the conservative right but rather from Democrats and progressives on the left. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Final Move Beyond Iraq: The Final Solution While the World Sleeps Author: Mike Evans Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 1, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Could we lose the war on terror? America is fighting for its life in the first war of the twenty-first century. The battle is for the soul of America, and ground zero is Iraq. While the United States debates, the terrorists are claiming victory and planning to take their show to American soil once again. In The Final Move Beyond Iraq, best-selling author Mike Evans gives us a wake up call, demonstrating conclusively that: An Islamic revolution is spreading and is on the brink of becoming America's greatest threat since the Civil War. Immediate withdrawal from Iraq would be disastrous and will embolden terrorists to attack America at home. Iran is playing a major role in the current violence. The U.S. must strike Iran within the next twelve months, or the next President may be presiding over a nuclear 9/11. American soldiers are risking their lives for our freedom. We must see this war through to the end--or our next battle will be much, much worse. Mike Evans Tue, 01 Jan 2008 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341020 thebookvoice.com 11:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Final Move Beyond Iraq: The Final Solution While the World Sleeps Author: Mike Evans Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 1, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Could we lose the war on terror? America is fighting for its life in the first war of the twenty-first century. The battle is for the soul of America, and ground zero is Iraq. While the United States debates, the terrorists are claiming victory and planning to take their show to American soil once again. In The Final Move Beyond Iraq, best-selling author Mike Evans gives us a wake up call, demonstrating conclusively that: An Islamic revolution is spreading and is on the brink of becoming America's greatest threat since the Civil War. Immediate withdrawal from Iraq would be disastrous and will embolden terrorists to attack America at home. Iran is playing a major role in the current violence. The U.S. must strike Iran within the next twelve months, or the next President may be presiding over a nuclear 9/11. American soldiers are risking their lives for our freedom. We must see this war through to the end--or our next battle will be much, much worse. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Final Move Beyond Iraq: The Final Solution While the World Sleeps Author: Mike Evans Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 1, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Could we lose the war on terror? America is fighting for its life in the first war of the twenty-first century. The battle is for the soul of America, and ground zero is Iraq. While the United States debates, the terrorists are claiming victory and planning to take their show to American soil once again. In The Final Move Beyond Iraq, best-selling author Mike Evans gives us a wake up call, demonstrating conclusively that: An Islamic revolution is spreading and is on the brink of becoming America's greatest threat since the Civil War. Immediate withdrawal from Iraq would be disastrous and will embolden terrorists to attack America at home. Iran is playing a major role in the current violence. The U.S. must strike Iran within the next twelve months, or the next President may be presiding over a nuclear 9/11. American soldiers are risking their lives for our freedom. We must see this war through to the end--or our next battle will be much, much worse. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340870 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Truth: Notes on Falsehood in the Age of Trump Author: Michiko Kakutani Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the Pulitzer Prize–winning critic comes an impassioned critique of America’s retreat from reason We live in a time when the very idea of objective truth is mocked and discounted by the occupants of the White House. Discredited conspiracy theories and ideologies have resurfaced, proven science is once more up for debate, and Russian propaganda floods our screens. The wisdom of the crowd has usurped research and expertise, and we are each left clinging to the beliefs that best confirm our biases.   How did truth become an endangered species in contemporary America? This decline began decades ago, and in The Death of Truth, former New York Times critic Michiko Kakutani takes a penetrating look at the cultural forces that contributed to this gathering storm. In social media and literature, television, academia, and politics, Kakutani identifies the trends—originating on both the right and the left—that have combined to elevate subjectivity over factuality, science, and common values. And she returns us to the words of the great critics of authoritarianism, writers like George Orwell and Hannah Arendt, whose work is newly and eerily relevant.   With remarkable erudition and insight, Kakutani offers a provocative diagnosis of our current condition and points toward a new path for our truth-challenged times. Michiko Kakutani Tue, 17 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340870 thebookvoice.com 3:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Truth: Notes on Falsehood in the Age of Trump Author: Michiko Kakutani Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the Pulitzer Prize–winning critic comes an impassioned critique of America’s retreat from reason We live in a time when the very idea of objective truth is mocked and discounted by the occupants of the White House. Discredited conspiracy theories and ideologies have resurfaced, proven science is once more up for debate, and Russian propaganda floods our screens. The wisdom of the crowd has usurped research and expertise, and we are each left clinging to the beliefs that best confirm our biases.   How did truth become an endangered species in contemporary America? This decline began decades ago, and in The Death of Truth, former New York Times critic Michiko Kakutani takes a penetrating look at the cultural forces that contributed to this gathering storm. In social media and literature, television, academia, and politics, Kakutani identifies the trends—originating on both the right and the left—that have combined to elevate subjectivity over factuality, science, and common values. And she returns us to the words of the great critics of authoritarianism, writers like George Orwell and Hannah Arendt, whose work is newly and eerily relevant.   With remarkable erudition and insight, Kakutani offers a provocative diagnosis of our current condition and points toward a new path for our truth-challenged times. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Truth: Notes on Falsehood in the Age of Trump Author: Michiko Kakutani Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the Pulitzer Prize–winning critic comes an impassioned critique of America’s retreat from reason We live in a time when the very idea of objective truth is mocked and discounted by the occupants of the White House. Discredited conspiracy theories and ideologies have resurfaced, proven science is once more up for debate, and Russian propaganda floods our screens. The wisdom of the crowd has usurped research and expertise, and we are each left clinging to the beliefs that best confirm our biases.   How did truth become an endangered species in contemporary America? This decline began decades ago, and in The Death of Truth, former New York Times critic Michiko Kakutani takes a penetrating look at the cultural forces that contributed to this gathering storm. In social media and literature, television, academia, and politics, Kakutani identifies the trends—originating on both the right and the left—that have combined to elevate subjectivity over factuality, science, and common values. And she returns us to the words of the great critics of authoritarianism, writers like George Orwell and Hannah Arendt, whose work is newly and eerily relevant.   With remarkable erudition and insight, Kakutani offers a provocative diagnosis of our current condition and points toward a new path for our truth-challenged times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340853 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #NeverAgain: A New Generation Draws the Line Author: Lauren Hogg, David Hogg Narrator: Lauren Hogg, David Hogg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From two survivors of the Parkland, Florida, shooting comes a declaration for our times, and an in-depth look at the making of the #NeverAgain movement.   On February 14, 2018, seventeen-year-old David Hogg and his fourteen-year-old sister, Lauren, went to school at Marjory Stoneman Douglas High School, like any normal Wednesday. That day, of course, the world changed. By the next morning, with seventeen classmates and faculty dead, they had joined the leadership of a movement to save their own lives, and the lives of all other young people in America. It's a leadership position they did not seek, and did not want--but events gave them no choice. The morning after the massacre, David Hogg told CNN: 'We're children. You guys are the adults. You need to take some action and play a role. Work together. Get over your politics and get something done.' This book is a manifesto for the movement begun that day, one that has already changed America--with voices of a new generation that are speaking truth to power, and are determined to succeed where their elders have failed. With moral force and clarity, a new generation has made it clear that problems previously deemed unsolvable due to powerful lobbies and political cowardice will be theirs to solve. Born just after Columbine and raised amid seemingly endless war and routine active shooter drills, this generation now says, Enough. This book is their statement of purpose, and the story of their lives. It is the essential guide to the #NeverAgain movement. Includes a PDF of #NEVERFORGET, people killed in gun violence Lauren Hogg, David Hogg Tue, 19 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340853 thebookvoice.com 2:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #NeverAgain: A New Generation Draws the Line Author: Lauren Hogg, David Hogg Narrator: Lauren Hogg, David Hogg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From two survivors of the Parkland, Florida, shooting comes a declaration for our times, and an in-depth look at the making of the #NeverAgain movement.   On February 14, 2018, seventeen-year-old David Hogg and his fourteen-year-old sister, Lauren, went to school at Marjory Stoneman Douglas High School, like any normal Wednesday. That day, of course, the world changed. By the next morning, with seventeen classmates and faculty dead, they had joined the leadership of a movement to save their own lives, and the lives of all other young people in America. It's a leadership position they did not seek, and did not want--but events gave them no choice. The morning after the massacre, David Hogg told CNN: 'We're children. You guys are the adults. You need to take some action and play a role. Work together. Get over your politics and get something done.' This book is a manifesto for the movement begun that day, one that has already changed America--with voices of a new generation that are speaking truth to power, and are determined to succeed where their elders have failed. With moral force and clarity, a new generation has made it clear that problems previously deemed unsolvable due to powerful lobbies and political cowardice will be theirs to solve. Born just after Columbine and raised amid seemingly endless war and routine active shooter drills, this generation now says, Enough. This book is their statement of purpose, and the story of their lives. It is the essential guide to the #NeverAgain movement. Includes a PDF of #NEVERFORGET, people killed in gun violence Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #NeverAgain: A New Generation Draws the Line Author: Lauren Hogg, David Hogg Narrator: Lauren Hogg, David Hogg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From two survivors of the Parkland, Florida, shooting comes a declaration for our times, and an in-depth look at the making of the #NeverAgain movement.   On February 14, 2018, seventeen-year-old David Hogg and his fourteen-year-old sister, Lauren, went to school at Marjory Stoneman Douglas High School, like any normal Wednesday. That day, of course, the world changed. By the next morning, with seventeen classmates and faculty dead, they had joined the leadership of a movement to save their own lives, and the lives of all other young people in America. It's a leadership position they did not seek, and did not want--but events gave them no choice. The morning after the massacre, David Hogg told CNN: 'We're children. You guys are the adults. You need to take some action and play a role. Work together. Get over your politics and get something done.' This book is a manifesto for the movement begun that day, one that has already changed America--with voices of a new generation that are speaking truth to power, and are determined to succeed where their elders have failed. With moral force and clarity, a new generation has made it clear that problems previously deemed unsolvable due to powerful lobbies and political cowardice will be theirs to solve. Born just after Columbine and raised amid seemingly endless war and routine active shooter drills, this generation now says, Enough. This book is their statement of purpose, and the story of their lives. It is the essential guide to the #NeverAgain movement. Includes a PDF of #NEVERFORGET, people killed in gun violence https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340757 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340757]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Political Zoo Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Tim Lundeen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 14, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ladies and gentlemen, welcome to the real national zoo! As Aristotle said, "Man is a political animal." Talk radio sensation and New York Times best-selling author Michael Savage is afraid that the ancient philosopher was all too right, and in ways he never could have imagined. In Savage's funniest, most biting book yet, the nation's fiercest independent thinker invites you to take a riotous tour through The Political Zoo--an outrageous look at today's most prominent politicos and pundits as the reptiles, rats, and birds of prey they most resemble. Animal by animal and cage by cage, Savage brandishes his irreverent wit to keep these beasts in check. Serving as resident biologist and zookeeper, Dr. Savage asks that you watch your step when approaching the widemouth copperhead Ted Turner (also known as Mouthus desouthus), do not feed the ego of stuffed turkey Alec Baldwin (Notalentus anti-americanus), and please keep your children with you at all times around wolf boy Bill Clinton (Fondlem undgropeum). "The world of politics is filled with uncivilized, snarling, rapacious beasts that, like untrained mutts, raise their legs and urinate on everything we hold dear," says Savage. And this sensational book is your guide for navigating the jungle of today's animal-political kingdom. Michael Savage Fri, 14 Apr 2006 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340757 thebookvoice.com 7:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340757]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Political Zoo Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Tim Lundeen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 14, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ladies and gentlemen, welcome to the real national zoo! As Aristotle said, "Man is a political animal." Talk radio sensation and New York Times best-selling author Michael Savage is afraid that the ancient philosopher was all too right, and in ways he never could have imagined. In Savage's funniest, most biting book yet, the nation's fiercest independent thinker invites you to take a riotous tour through The Political Zoo--an outrageous look at today's most prominent politicos and pundits as the reptiles, rats, and birds of prey they most resemble. Animal by animal and cage by cage, Savage brandishes his irreverent wit to keep these beasts in check. Serving as resident biologist and zookeeper, Dr. Savage asks that you watch your step when approaching the widemouth copperhead Ted Turner (also known as Mouthus desouthus), do not feed the ego of stuffed turkey Alec Baldwin (Notalentus anti-americanus), and please keep your children with you at all times around wolf boy Bill Clinton (Fondlem undgropeum). "The world of politics is filled with uncivilized, snarling, rapacious beasts that, like untrained mutts, raise their legs and urinate on everything we hold dear," says Savage. And this sensational book is your guide for navigating the jungle of today's animal-political kingdom. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340757]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Political Zoo Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Tim Lundeen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 14, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ladies and gentlemen, welcome to the real national zoo! As Aristotle said, "Man is a political animal." Talk radio sensation and New York Times best-selling author Michael Savage is afraid that the ancient philosopher was all too right, and in ways he never could have imagined. In Savage's funniest, most biting book yet, the nation's fiercest independent thinker invites you to take a riotous tour through The Political Zoo--an outrageous look at today's most prominent politicos and pundits as the reptiles, rats, and birds of prey they most resemble. Animal by animal and cage by cage, Savage brandishes his irreverent wit to keep these beasts in check. Serving as resident biologist and zookeeper, Dr. Savage asks that you watch your step when approaching the widemouth copperhead Ted Turner (also known as Mouthus desouthus), do not feed the ego of stuffed turkey Alec Baldwin (Notalentus anti-americanus), and please keep your children with you at all times around wolf boy Bill Clinton (Fondlem undgropeum). "The world of politics is filled with uncivilized, snarling, rapacious beasts that, like untrained mutts, raise their legs and urinate on everything we hold dear," says Savage. And this sensational book is your guide for navigating the jungle of today's animal-political kingdom. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340529 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Read & Riot: A Pussy Riot Guide to Activism Author: Nadya Tolokonnikova Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From artist, activist, and Pussy Riot founder Nadya Tolokonnikova, a guerilla guide to radical protest and joyful political resistance. The face of modern protest is wearing a brightly colored ski mask. Nadya Tolokonnikova, founding member of the Russian activist group Pussy Riot, is a creative activist, professional protestor, brazen feminist, shocking visual artist, and force to be reckoned with. Her spontaneous, explosive approach to political action has involved jumping over barbed wire, kissing police officers, giving guerilla performances in crowded subway cars, and going on a hunger strike to protest the abuse of prisoners. She’s been horse-whipped by police in Sochi, temporarily blinded when officers threw green paint in her eyes, and monitored by the Russian government. But what made Nadya an activist icon overnight happened on February 21, 2012, when she was arrested for performing an anti-Putin protest song in a Moscow church. She was sent to a Russian prison for 18 months and emerged as an international symbol of radical resistance, as calls to “Free Pussy Riot” resounded around the world. With her emblematic ski mask, black lipstick, and unwavering bravery, Nadya has become an emissary of hope and optimism despite overwhelming and ugly political corruption. Read & Riot is structured around Nadya’s ten rules for revolution (Be a pirate! Make your government shit its pants! Take back the joy!) and illustrated throughout with stunning examples from her extraordinary life and the philosophies of other revolutionary rebels throughout history. Rooted in action and going beyond the typical “call your senator” guidelines, Read & Riot gives us a refreshing model for civil disobedience, and encourages our right to question every status quo and make political action exciting—even joyful. Nadya Tolokonnikova Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340529 thebookvoice.com 6:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Read & Riot: A Pussy Riot Guide to Activism Author: Nadya Tolokonnikova Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From artist, activist, and Pussy Riot founder Nadya Tolokonnikova, a guerilla guide to radical protest and joyful political resistance. The face of modern protest is wearing a brightly colored ski mask. Nadya Tolokonnikova, founding member of the Russian activist group Pussy Riot, is a creative activist, professional protestor, brazen feminist, shocking visual artist, and force to be reckoned with. Her spontaneous, explosive approach to political action has involved jumping over barbed wire, kissing police officers, giving guerilla performances in crowded subway cars, and going on a hunger strike to protest the abuse of prisoners. She’s been horse-whipped by police in Sochi, temporarily blinded when officers threw green paint in her eyes, and monitored by the Russian government. But what made Nadya an activist icon overnight happened on February 21, 2012, when she was arrested for performing an anti-Putin protest song in a Moscow church. She was sent to a Russian prison for 18 months and emerged as an international symbol of radical resistance, as calls to “Free Pussy Riot” resounded around the world. With her emblematic ski mask, black lipstick, and unwavering bravery, Nadya has become an emissary of hope and optimism despite overwhelming and ugly political corruption. Read & Riot is structured around Nadya’s ten rules for revolution (Be a pirate! Make your government shit its pants! Take back the joy!) and illustrated throughout with stunning examples from her extraordinary life and the philosophies of other revolutionary rebels throughout history. Rooted in action and going beyond the typical “call your senator” guidelines, Read & Riot gives us a refreshing model for civil disobedience, and encourages our right to question every status quo and make political action exciting—even joyful. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Read & Riot: A Pussy Riot Guide to Activism Author: Nadya Tolokonnikova Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From artist, activist, and Pussy Riot founder Nadya Tolokonnikova, a guerilla guide to radical protest and joyful political resistance. The face of modern protest is wearing a brightly colored ski mask. Nadya Tolokonnikova, founding member of the Russian activist group Pussy Riot, is a creative activist, professional protestor, brazen feminist, shocking visual artist, and force to be reckoned with. Her spontaneous, explosive approach to political action has involved jumping over barbed wire, kissing police officers, giving guerilla performances in crowded subway cars, and going on a hunger strike to protest the abuse of prisoners. She’s been horse-whipped by police in Sochi, temporarily blinded when officers threw green paint in her eyes, and monitored by the Russian government. But what made Nadya an activist icon overnight happened on February 21, 2012, when she was arrested for performing an anti-Putin protest song in a Moscow church. She was sent to a Russian prison for 18 months and emerged as an international symbol of radical resistance, as calls to “Free Pussy Riot” resounded around the world. With her emblematic ski mask, black lipstick, and unwavering bravery, Nadya has become an emissary of hope and optimism despite overwhelming and ugly political corruption. Read & Riot is structured around Nadya’s ten rules for revolution (Be a pirate! Make your government shit its pants! Take back the joy!) and illustrated throughout with stunning examples from her extraordinary life and the philosophies of other revolutionary rebels throughout history. Rooted in action and going beyond the typical “call your senator” guidelines, Read & Riot gives us a refreshing model for civil disobedience, and encourages our right to question every status quo and make political action exciting—even joyful. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340517 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340517]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beautiful Country Burn Again: Democracy, Rebellion, and Revolution Author: Ben Fountain Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In a sweeping work of reportage set over the course of 2016, New York Times bestselling author Ben Fountain recounts a surreal year of politics and an exploration of the third American existential crisis Twice before in its history, the United States has been faced with a crisis so severe it was forced to reinvent itself in order to survive: first, the struggle over slavery, culminating in the Civil War, and the second, the Great Depression, which led to President Roosevelt’s New Deal and the establishment of America as a social-democratic state. In a sequence of essays that excavate the past while laying bare the political upheaval of 2016, Ben Fountain argues that the United States may be facing a third existential crisis, one that will require a “burning” of the old order as America attempts to remake itself. Beautiful Country Burn Again narrates a shocking year in American politics, moving from the early days of the Iowa Caucus to the crystalizing moments of the Democratic and Republican national conventions, and culminating in the aftershocks of the weeks following election night. Along the way, Fountain probes deeply into history, illuminating the forces and watershed moments of the past that mirror and precipitated the present, from the hollowed-out notion of the American Dream, to Richard Nixon’s southern strategy, to our weaponized new conception of American exceptionalism, to the cult of celebrity that gave rise to Donald Trump. In an urgent and deeply incisive voice, Ben Fountain has fused history and the present day to paint a startling portrait of the state of our nation.  Beautiful Country Burn Again is a searing indictment of how we came to this point, and where we may be headed. Ben Fountain Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340517 thebookvoice.com 14:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340517]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beautiful Country Burn Again: Democracy, Rebellion, and Revolution Author: Ben Fountain Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In a sweeping work of reportage set over the course of 2016, New York Times bestselling author Ben Fountain recounts a surreal year of politics and an exploration of the third American existential crisis Twice before in its history, the United States has been faced with a crisis so severe it was forced to reinvent itself in order to survive: first, the struggle over slavery, culminating in the Civil War, and the second, the Great Depression, which led to President Roosevelt’s New Deal and the establishment of America as a social-democratic state. In a sequence of essays that excavate the past while laying bare the political upheaval of 2016, Ben Fountain argues that the United States may be facing a third existential crisis, one that will require a “burning” of the old order as America attempts to remake itself. Beautiful Country Burn Again narrates a shocking year in American politics, moving from the early days of the Iowa Caucus to the crystalizing moments of the Democratic and Republican national conventions, and culminating in the aftershocks of the weeks following election night. Along the way, Fountain probes deeply into history, illuminating the forces and watershed moments of the past that mirror and precipitated the present, from the hollowed-out notion of the American Dream, to Richard Nixon’s southern strategy, to our weaponized new conception of American exceptionalism, to the cult of celebrity that gave rise to Donald Trump. In an urgent and deeply incisive voice, Ben Fountain has fused history and the present day to paint a startling portrait of the state of our nation.  Beautiful Country Burn Again is a searing indictment of how we came to this point, and where we may be headed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340517]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beautiful Country Burn Again: Democracy, Rebellion, and Revolution Author: Ben Fountain Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In a sweeping work of reportage set over the course of 2016, New York Times bestselling author Ben Fountain recounts a surreal year of politics and an exploration of the third American existential crisis Twice before in its history, the United States has been faced with a crisis so severe it was forced to reinvent itself in order to survive: first, the struggle over slavery, culminating in the Civil War, and the second, the Great Depression, which led to President Roosevelt’s New Deal and the establishment of America as a social-democratic state. In a sequence of essays that excavate the past while laying bare the political upheaval of 2016, Ben Fountain argues that the United States may be facing a third existential crisis, one that will require a “burning” of the old order as America attempts to remake itself. Beautiful Country Burn Again narrates a shocking year in American politics, moving from the early days of the Iowa Caucus to the crystalizing moments of the Democratic and Republican national conventions, and culminating in the aftershocks of the weeks following election night. Along the way, Fountain probes deeply into history, illuminating the forces and watershed moments of the past that mirror and precipitated the present, from the hollowed-out notion of the American Dream, to Richard Nixon’s southern strategy, to our weaponized new conception of American exceptionalism, to the cult of celebrity that gave rise to Donald Trump. In an urgent and deeply incisive voice, Ben Fountain has fused history and the present day to paint a startling portrait of the state of our nation.  Beautiful Country Burn Again is a searing indictment of how we came to this point, and where we may be headed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340482 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340482]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give People Money: How a Universal Basic Income Would End Poverty, Revolutionize Work, and Remake the World Author: Annie Lowrey Narrator: Annie Lowrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice Shortlisted for the 2018 FT & McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award A brilliantly reported, global look at universal basic income—a stipend given to every citizen—and why it might be necessary in an age of rising inequality, persistent poverty, and dazzling technology. Imagine if every month the government deposited $1,000 into your bank account, with nothing expected in return. It sounds crazy. But it has become one of the most influential and hotly debated policy ideas of our time. Futurists, radicals, libertarians, socialists, union representatives, feminists, conservatives, Bernie supporters, development economists, child-care workers, welfare recipients, and politicians from India to Finland to Canada to Mexico—all are talking about UBI.   In this sparkling and provocative book, economics writer Annie Lowrey examines the UBI movement from many angles. She travels to Kenya to see how a UBI is lifting the poorest people on earth out of destitution, India to see how inefficient government programs are failing the poor, South Korea to interrogate UBI’s intellectual pedigree, and Silicon Valley to meet the tech titans financing UBI pilots in expectation of a world with advanced artificial intelligence and little need for human labor.   Lowrey explores the potential of such a sweeping policy and the challenges the movement faces, among them contradictory aims, uncomfortable costs, and, most powerfully, the entrenched belief that no one should get something for nothing. In the end, she shows how this arcane policy has the potential to solve some of our most intractable economic problems, while offering a new vision of citizenship and a firmer foundation for our society in this age of turbulence and marvels. Annie Lowrey Tue, 10 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340482 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340482]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give People Money: How a Universal Basic Income Would End Poverty, Revolutionize Work, and Remake the World Author: Annie Lowrey Narrator: Annie Lowrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice Shortlisted for the 2018 FT & McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award A brilliantly reported, global look at universal basic income—a stipend given to every citizen—and why it might be necessary in an age of rising inequality, persistent poverty, and dazzling technology. Imagine if every month the government deposited $1,000 into your bank account, with nothing expected in return. It sounds crazy. But it has become one of the most influential and hotly debated policy ideas of our time. Futurists, radicals, libertarians, socialists, union representatives, feminists, conservatives, Bernie supporters, development economists, child-care workers, welfare recipients, and politicians from India to Finland to Canada to Mexico—all are talking about UBI.   In this sparkling and provocative book, economics writer Annie Lowrey examines the UBI movement from many angles. She travels to Kenya to see how a UBI is lifting the poorest people on earth out of destitution, India to see how inefficient government programs are failing the poor, South Korea to interrogate UBI’s intellectual pedigree, and Silicon Valley to meet the tech titans financing UBI pilots in expectation of a world with advanced artificial intelligence and little need for human labor.   Lowrey explores the potential of such a sweeping policy and the challenges the movement faces, among them contradictory aims, uncomfortable costs, and, most powerfully, the entrenched belief that no one should get something for nothing. In the end, she shows how this arcane policy has the potential to solve some of our most intractable economic problems, while offering a new vision of citizenship and a firmer foundation for our society in this age of turbulence and marvels. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340482]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give People Money: How a Universal Basic Income Would End Poverty, Revolutionize Work, and Remake the World Author: Annie Lowrey Narrator: Annie Lowrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice Shortlisted for the 2018 FT & McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award A brilliantly reported, global look at universal basic income—a stipend given to every citizen—and why it might be necessary in an age of rising inequality, persistent poverty, and dazzling technology. Imagine if every month the government deposited $1,000 into your bank account, with nothing expected in return. It sounds crazy. But it has become one of the most influential and hotly debated policy ideas of our time. Futurists, radicals, libertarians, socialists, union representatives, feminists, conservatives, Bernie supporters, development economists, child-care workers, welfare recipients, and politicians from India to Finland to Canada to Mexico—all are talking about UBI.   In this sparkling and provocative book, economics writer Annie Lowrey examines the UBI movement from many angles. She travels to Kenya to see how a UBI is lifting the poorest people on earth out of destitution, India to see how inefficient government programs are failing the poor, South Korea to interrogate UBI’s intellectual pedigree, and Silicon Valley to meet the tech titans financing UBI pilots in expectation of a world with advanced artificial intelligence and little need for human labor.   Lowrey explores the potential of such a sweeping policy and the challenges the movement faces, among them contradictory aims, uncomfortable costs, and, most powerfully, the entrenched belief that no one should get something for nothing. In the end, she shows how this arcane policy has the potential to solve some of our most intractable economic problems, while offering a new vision of citizenship and a firmer foundation for our society in this age of turbulence and marvels. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340280 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340280]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Pluralism: The Populist Threat to Liberal Democracy (Politics and Culture) Author: William A. Galston Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Great Recession, institutional dysfunction, a growing divide between urban and rural prospects, and failed efforts to effectively address immigration have paved the way for a populist backlash that disrupts the postwar bargain between political elites and citizens. Whether today's populism represents a corrective to unfair and obsolete policies or a threat to liberal democracy itself remains up for debate. Yet this much is clear: these challenges indict the triumphalism that accompanied liberal democratic consolidation after the collapse of the Soviet Union. To respond to today's crisis, good leaders must strive for inclusive economic growth while addressing fraught social and cultural issues, including demographic anxiety, with frank attention. Although reforms may stem the populist tide, liberal democratic life will always leave some citizens unsatisfied. This is a permanent source of vulnerability, but liberal democracy will endure so long as citizens believe it is worth fighting for. William A. Galston Tue, 26 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340280 thebookvoice.com 5:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340280]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Pluralism: The Populist Threat to Liberal Democracy (Politics and Culture) Author: William A. Galston Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Great Recession, institutional dysfunction, a growing divide between urban and rural prospects, and failed efforts to effectively address immigration have paved the way for a populist backlash that disrupts the postwar bargain between political elites and citizens. Whether today's populism represents a corrective to unfair and obsolete policies or a threat to liberal democracy itself remains up for debate. Yet this much is clear: these challenges indict the triumphalism that accompanied liberal democratic consolidation after the collapse of the Soviet Union. To respond to today's crisis, good leaders must strive for inclusive economic growth while addressing fraught social and cultural issues, including demographic anxiety, with frank attention. Although reforms may stem the populist tide, liberal democratic life will always leave some citizens unsatisfied. This is a permanent source of vulnerability, but liberal democracy will endure so long as citizens believe it is worth fighting for. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340280]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Pluralism: The Populist Threat to Liberal Democracy (Politics and Culture) Author: William A. Galston Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Great Recession, institutional dysfunction, a growing divide between urban and rural prospects, and failed efforts to effectively address immigration have paved the way for a populist backlash that disrupts the postwar bargain between political elites and citizens. Whether today's populism represents a corrective to unfair and obsolete policies or a threat to liberal democracy itself remains up for debate. Yet this much is clear: these challenges indict the triumphalism that accompanied liberal democratic consolidation after the collapse of the Soviet Union. To respond to today's crisis, good leaders must strive for inclusive economic growth while addressing fraught social and cultural issues, including demographic anxiety, with frank attention. Although reforms may stem the populist tide, liberal democratic life will always leave some citizens unsatisfied. This is a permanent source of vulnerability, but liberal democracy will endure so long as citizens believe it is worth fighting for. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340166 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340166]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impeachment: A Citizen’s Guide Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Benjamin Franklin famously put it, Americans have a republic, if we can keep it. Preserving the Constitution and the democratic system it supports is the public’s responsibility. One route the Constitution provides for discharging that duty―a route rarely traveled―is impeachment. Cass R. Sunstein provides a succinct citizen’s guide to an essential tool of self-government. He illuminates the constitutional design behind impeachment and emphasizes the people’s role in holding presidents accountable. Despite intense interest in the subject, impeachment is widely misunderstood. Sunstein identifies and corrects a number of misconceptions. For example, he shows that the Constitution, not the House of Representatives, establishes grounds for impeachment, and that the president can be impeached for abuses of power that do not violate the law. Even neglect of duty counts among the “high crimes and misdemeanors” delineated in the republic’s foundational document. Sunstein describes how impeachment helps make sense of our constitutional order, particularly the framers’ controversial decision to install an empowered executive in a nation deeply fearful of kings. With an eye toward the past and the future, Impeachment: A Citizen’s Guide considers a host of actual and imaginable arguments for a president’s removal, explaining why some cases are easy and others hard, why some arguments for impeachment have been judicious and others not. In direct and approachable terms, it dispels the fog surrounding impeachment so that Americans of all political convictions may use their ultimate civic authority wisely. Cass R. Sunstein Tue, 03 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340166 thebookvoice.com 4:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340166]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impeachment: A Citizen’s Guide Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Benjamin Franklin famously put it, Americans have a republic, if we can keep it. Preserving the Constitution and the democratic system it supports is the public’s responsibility. One route the Constitution provides for discharging that duty―a route rarely traveled―is impeachment. Cass R. Sunstein provides a succinct citizen’s guide to an essential tool of self-government. He illuminates the constitutional design behind impeachment and emphasizes the people’s role in holding presidents accountable. Despite intense interest in the subject, impeachment is widely misunderstood. Sunstein identifies and corrects a number of misconceptions. For example, he shows that the Constitution, not the House of Representatives, establishes grounds for impeachment, and that the president can be impeached for abuses of power that do not violate the law. Even neglect of duty counts among the “high crimes and misdemeanors” delineated in the republic’s foundational document. Sunstein describes how impeachment helps make sense of our constitutional order, particularly the framers’ controversial decision to install an empowered executive in a nation deeply fearful of kings. With an eye toward the past and the future, Impeachment: A Citizen’s Guide considers a host of actual and imaginable arguments for a president’s removal, explaining why some cases are easy and others hard, why some arguments for impeachment have been judicious and others not. In direct and approachable terms, it dispels the fog surrounding impeachment so that Americans of all political convictions may use their ultimate civic authority wisely. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340166]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impeachment: A Citizen’s Guide Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Benjamin Franklin famously put it, Americans have a republic, if we can keep it. Preserving the Constitution and the democratic system it supports is the public’s responsibility. One route the Constitution provides for discharging that duty―a route rarely traveled―is impeachment. Cass R. Sunstein provides a succinct citizen’s guide to an essential tool of self-government. He illuminates the constitutional design behind impeachment and emphasizes the people’s role in holding presidents accountable. Despite intense interest in the subject, impeachment is widely misunderstood. Sunstein identifies and corrects a number of misconceptions. For example, he shows that the Constitution, not the House of Representatives, establishes grounds for impeachment, and that the president can be impeached for abuses of power that do not violate the law. Even neglect of duty counts among the “high crimes and misdemeanors” delineated in the republic’s foundational document. Sunstein describes how impeachment helps make sense of our constitutional order, particularly the framers’ controversial decision to install an empowered executive in a nation deeply fearful of kings. With an eye toward the past and the future, Impeachment: A Citizen’s Guide considers a host of actual and imaginable arguments for a president’s removal, explaining why some cases are easy and others hard, why some arguments for impeachment have been judicious and others not. In direct and approachable terms, it dispels the fog surrounding impeachment so that Americans of all political convictions may use their ultimate civic authority wisely. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340078 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Your Defence: True Stories of Life and Law Author: Sarah Langford Narrator: Catherine Bailey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: June 28, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of In Your Defence by Sarah Langford, read by Catherine Bailey. Sarah Langford is a barrister. Her job is to stand in court representing the mad and the bad, the vulnerable, the heartbroken and the hopeful. She must become their voice: weave their story around the black and white of the law and tell it to the courtroom. These stories may not make headlines but they will change the lives of ordinary people in extraordinary ways. They are stories which, but for a twist of luck, might have been yours. To work at the Bar is to enter a world shrouded by strange clothing, archaic rituals and inaccessible language. So how does it feel to be an instrument of such an unknowable system? And what does it mean to be at its mercy? Our legal system promises us justice, impartiality and fair judgement. Does it, or can it, deliver this? With remarkable candour, Sarah describes eleven cases which reveal what goes on in our criminal and family courts. She examines how she feels as she defends the person standing in the dock. She tells compelling stories - of domestic fall out, everyday burglary, sexual indiscretion, and children caught up in the law – that are sometimes shocking and often heart-stopping. She shows us how our attitudes and actions can shape not only the outcome of a case, but the legal system itself. I loved this book. It made my heart sing. Written by a woman in the law with compassion, wit and legal know-how, these true life courtroom stories tell it like it is. - Helena Kennedy QC Sarah Langford Thu, 28 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340078 thebookvoice.com 8:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Your Defence: True Stories of Life and Law Author: Sarah Langford Narrator: Catherine Bailey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: June 28, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of In Your Defence by Sarah Langford, read by Catherine Bailey. Sarah Langford is a barrister. Her job is to stand in court representing the mad and the bad, the vulnerable, the heartbroken and the hopeful. She must become their voice: weave their story around the black and white of the law and tell it to the courtroom. These stories may not make headlines but they will change the lives of ordinary people in extraordinary ways. They are stories which, but for a twist of luck, might have been yours. To work at the Bar is to enter a world shrouded by strange clothing, archaic rituals and inaccessible language. So how does it feel to be an instrument of such an unknowable system? And what does it mean to be at its mercy? Our legal system promises us justice, impartiality and fair judgement. Does it, or can it, deliver this? With remarkable candour, Sarah describes eleven cases which reveal what goes on in our criminal and family courts. She examines how she feels as she defends the person standing in the dock. She tells compelling stories - of domestic fall out, everyday burglary, sexual indiscretion, and children caught up in the law – that are sometimes shocking and often heart-stopping. She shows us how our attitudes and actions can shape not only the outcome of a case, but the legal system itself. I loved this book. It made my heart sing. Written by a woman in the law with compassion, wit and legal know-how, these true life courtroom stories tell it like it is. - Helena Kennedy QC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Your Defence: True Stories of Life and Law Author: Sarah Langford Narrator: Catherine Bailey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: June 28, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of In Your Defence by Sarah Langford, read by Catherine Bailey. Sarah Langford is a barrister. Her job is to stand in court representing the mad and the bad, the vulnerable, the heartbroken and the hopeful. She must become their voice: weave their story around the black and white of the law and tell it to the courtroom. These stories may not make headlines but they will change the lives of ordinary people in extraordinary ways. They are stories which, but for a twist of luck, might have been yours. To work at the Bar is to enter a world shrouded by strange clothing, archaic rituals and inaccessible language. So how does it feel to be an instrument of such an unknowable system? And what does it mean to be at its mercy? Our legal system promises us justice, impartiality and fair judgement. Does it, or can it, deliver this? With remarkable candour, Sarah describes eleven cases which reveal what goes on in our criminal and family courts. She examines how she feels as she defends the person standing in the dock. She tells compelling stories - of domestic fall out, everyday burglary, sexual indiscretion, and children caught up in the law – that are sometimes shocking and often heart-stopping. She shows us how our attitudes and actions can shape not only the outcome of a case, but the legal system itself. I loved this book. It made my heart sing. Written by a woman in the law with compassion, wit and legal know-how, these true life courtroom stories tell it like it is. - Helena Kennedy QC https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340066 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340066]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Monarchy of Fear: A Philosopher Looks at Our Political Crisis Author: Martha C. Nussbaum Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s most celebrated moral philosophers comes a thorough examination of the current political crisis and recommendations for how to mend our divided country. For decades Martha C. Nussbaum has been an acclaimed scholar and humanist, earning dozens of honors for her books and essays. In The Monarchy of Fear she turns her attention to the current political crisis that has polarized American since the 2016 election. Although today’s atmosphere is marked by partisanship, divisive rhetoric, and the inability of two halves of the country to communicate with one another, Nussbaum focuses on what so many pollsters and pundits have overlooked. She sees a simple truth at the heart of the problem: the political is always emotional. Globalization has produced feelings of powerlessness in millions of people in the West. That sense of powerlessness bubbles into resentment and blame. Blame of immigrants. Blame of Muslims. Blame of other races. Blame of cultural elites. While this politics of blame is exemplified by the election of Donald Trump and the vote for Brexit, Nussbaum argues it can be found on all sides of the political spectrum, left or right. Drawing on a mix of historical and contemporary examples, from classical Athens to the musical Hamilton, The Monarchy of Fear untangles this web of feelings and provides a roadmap of where to go next. Martha C. Nussbaum Tue, 03 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340066 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340066]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Monarchy of Fear: A Philosopher Looks at Our Political Crisis Author: Martha C. Nussbaum Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s most celebrated moral philosophers comes a thorough examination of the current political crisis and recommendations for how to mend our divided country. For decades Martha C. Nussbaum has been an acclaimed scholar and humanist, earning dozens of honors for her books and essays. In The Monarchy of Fear she turns her attention to the current political crisis that has polarized American since the 2016 election. Although today’s atmosphere is marked by partisanship, divisive rhetoric, and the inability of two halves of the country to communicate with one another, Nussbaum focuses on what so many pollsters and pundits have overlooked. She sees a simple truth at the heart of the problem: the political is always emotional. Globalization has produced feelings of powerlessness in millions of people in the West. That sense of powerlessness bubbles into resentment and blame. Blame of immigrants. Blame of Muslims. Blame of other races. Blame of cultural elites. While this politics of blame is exemplified by the election of Donald Trump and the vote for Brexit, Nussbaum argues it can be found on all sides of the political spectrum, left or right. Drawing on a mix of historical and contemporary examples, from classical Athens to the musical Hamilton, The Monarchy of Fear untangles this web of feelings and provides a roadmap of where to go next. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340066]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Monarchy of Fear: A Philosopher Looks at Our Political Crisis Author: Martha C. Nussbaum Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s most celebrated moral philosophers comes a thorough examination of the current political crisis and recommendations for how to mend our divided country. For decades Martha C. Nussbaum has been an acclaimed scholar and humanist, earning dozens of honors for her books and essays. In The Monarchy of Fear she turns her attention to the current political crisis that has polarized American since the 2016 election. Although today’s atmosphere is marked by partisanship, divisive rhetoric, and the inability of two halves of the country to communicate with one another, Nussbaum focuses on what so many pollsters and pundits have overlooked. She sees a simple truth at the heart of the problem: the political is always emotional. Globalization has produced feelings of powerlessness in millions of people in the West. That sense of powerlessness bubbles into resentment and blame. Blame of immigrants. Blame of Muslims. Blame of other races. Blame of cultural elites. While this politics of blame is exemplified by the election of Donald Trump and the vote for Brexit, Nussbaum argues it can be found on all sides of the political spectrum, left or right. Drawing on a mix of historical and contemporary examples, from classical Athens to the musical Hamilton, The Monarchy of Fear untangles this web of feelings and provides a roadmap of where to go next. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339975 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under Fire: Reporting from the Front Lines of the Trump White House Author: April Ryan Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Veteran White House reporter April Ryan thought she had seen everything in her two decades as a White House correspondent. And then came the Trump administration. In Under Fire, Ryan takes us inside the confusion and chaos of the Trump White House to understand how she and other reporters adjusted to the new normal. She takes us inside the policy debates, the revolving door of personnel appointments, and what it is like when she, as a reporter asking difficult questions, finds herself in the spotlight, becoming part of the story. With the world on edge and a country grappling with a new controversy almost daily, Ryan gives readers a glimpse into current events from her perspective, not only from inside the briefing room but also as a target of those who want to avoid answering probing questions. After reading her new book, readers will have an unprecedented inside view of the Trump White House and what it is like to be a reporter Under Fire. April Ryan Sat, 01 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339975 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under Fire: Reporting from the Front Lines of the Trump White House Author: April Ryan Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Veteran White House reporter April Ryan thought she had seen everything in her two decades as a White House correspondent. And then came the Trump administration. In Under Fire, Ryan takes us inside the confusion and chaos of the Trump White House to understand how she and other reporters adjusted to the new normal. She takes us inside the policy debates, the revolving door of personnel appointments, and what it is like when she, as a reporter asking difficult questions, finds herself in the spotlight, becoming part of the story. With the world on edge and a country grappling with a new controversy almost daily, Ryan gives readers a glimpse into current events from her perspective, not only from inside the briefing room but also as a target of those who want to avoid answering probing questions. After reading her new book, readers will have an unprecedented inside view of the Trump White House and what it is like to be a reporter Under Fire. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under Fire: Reporting from the Front Lines of the Trump White House Author: April Ryan Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Veteran White House reporter April Ryan thought she had seen everything in her two decades as a White House correspondent. And then came the Trump administration. In Under Fire, Ryan takes us inside the confusion and chaos of the Trump White House to understand how she and other reporters adjusted to the new normal. She takes us inside the policy debates, the revolving door of personnel appointments, and what it is like when she, as a reporter asking difficult questions, finds herself in the spotlight, becoming part of the story. With the world on edge and a country grappling with a new controversy almost daily, Ryan gives readers a glimpse into current events from her perspective, not only from inside the briefing room but also as a target of those who want to avoid answering probing questions. After reading her new book, readers will have an unprecedented inside view of the Trump White House and what it is like to be a reporter Under Fire. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339934 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Plot to Destroy Trump: How the Deep State Fabricated the Russian Dossier to Subvert the President Author: Theodore Roosevelt Malloch Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “The DEEP STATE conspired to take down TRUMP. This book fills in all the details, and names names. All Patriots need to read it.” ―Alex Jones, founder, Infowars The Plot to Destroy Trump exposes the deep state conspiracy to discredit and even depose the legitimately elected President Donald J. Trump with the fabricated Russian dossier, including: - How the unsubstantiated accusations of collusion began with former MI6 agent Christopher Steele, Fusion GPS, and the Democratic National Convention on behalf of Hillary Clinton - The opportunistic role played by Russia’s FSB and former KGB agents, according to Putin’s strategy to create chaos in the West - Wikileaks, along with Fake News Award–winner CNN, BuzzFeed, and the other liberal media that all played a part in pushing the information to the American people - The compromised CIA and FBI personnel who took the dossier and ran with it, despite knowing it was unverified - The roles that George Papadopoulos, Carter Page, Bruce and Nellie Ohr, Paul Singer, Paul Manafort, and the Podesta brothers played―or did not play―in the conspiracy against the president How does all this tie together? And what does it mean for Trump’s presidency and American democracy? Ted Malloch names the players, connects the dots, and explains who was behind the plot to create a red November. With a foreword by New York Times bestseller and Trump confidant Roger Stone, The Plot to Destroy Trump uncovers the biggest political scandal since Watergate. Theodore Roosevelt Malloch Tue, 10 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339934 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Plot to Destroy Trump: How the Deep State Fabricated the Russian Dossier to Subvert the President Author: Theodore Roosevelt Malloch Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “The DEEP STATE conspired to take down TRUMP. This book fills in all the details, and names names. All Patriots need to read it.” ―Alex Jones, founder, Infowars The Plot to Destroy Trump exposes the deep state conspiracy to discredit and even depose the legitimately elected President Donald J. Trump with the fabricated Russian dossier, including: - How the unsubstantiated accusations of collusion began with former MI6 agent Christopher Steele, Fusion GPS, and the Democratic National Convention on behalf of Hillary Clinton - The opportunistic role played by Russia’s FSB and former KGB agents, according to Putin’s strategy to create chaos in the West - Wikileaks, along with Fake News Award–winner CNN, BuzzFeed, and the other liberal media that all played a part in pushing the information to the American people - The compromised CIA and FBI personnel who took the dossier and ran with it, despite knowing it was unverified - The roles that George Papadopoulos, Carter Page, Bruce and Nellie Ohr, Paul Singer, Paul Manafort, and the Podesta brothers played―or did not play―in the conspiracy against the president How does all this tie together? And what does it mean for Trump’s presidency and American democracy? Ted Malloch names the players, connects the dots, and explains who was behind the plot to create a red November. With a foreword by New York Times bestseller and Trump confidant Roger Stone, The Plot to Destroy Trump uncovers the biggest political scandal since Watergate. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Plot to Destroy Trump: How the Deep State Fabricated the Russian Dossier to Subvert the President Author: Theodore Roosevelt Malloch Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “The DEEP STATE conspired to take down TRUMP. This book fills in all the details, and names names. All Patriots need to read it.” ―Alex Jones, founder, Infowars The Plot to Destroy Trump exposes the deep state conspiracy to discredit and even depose the legitimately elected President Donald J. Trump with the fabricated Russian dossier, including: - How the unsubstantiated accusations of collusion began with former MI6 agent Christopher Steele, Fusion GPS, and the Democratic National Convention on behalf of Hillary Clinton - The opportunistic role played by Russia’s FSB and former KGB agents, according to Putin’s strategy to create chaos in the West - Wikileaks, along with Fake News Award–winner CNN, BuzzFeed, and the other liberal media that all played a part in pushing the information to the American people - The compromised CIA and FBI personnel who took the dossier and ran with it, despite knowing it was unverified - The roles that George Papadopoulos, Carter Page, Bruce and Nellie Ohr, Paul Singer, Paul Manafort, and the Podesta brothers played―or did not play―in the conspiracy against the president How does all this tie together? And what does it mean for Trump’s presidency and American democracy? Ted Malloch names the players, connects the dots, and explains who was behind the plot to create a red November. With a foreword by New York Times bestseller and Trump confidant Roger Stone, The Plot to Destroy Trump uncovers the biggest political scandal since Watergate. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339933 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hacking ISIS: How to Destroy the Cyber Jihad Author: Christopher Sampson, Malcolm Nance Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book is written by two of the leading terrorist experts in the world - Malcolm Nance, NBC News and MSNBC terrorism analyst and New York Times bestselling author of Defeating ISIS and the forthcoming Hacking ISIS, and Christopher Sampson, cyber-terrorist expert. Malcolm Nance is a 35 year practitioner in Middle East Special Operations and terrorism intelligence activities. Chris Sampson is the terrorism media and cyber warfare expert for the Terror Asymmetric Project and has spent 15 years collecting and exploiting terrorism media. For two years, their Terror Asymmetrics Project has been attacking and exploiting intelligence found on ISIS Dark Web operations. Hacking ISIS will explain and illustrate in graphic detail how ISIS produces religious cultism, recruits vulnerable young people of all religions and nationalities and disseminates their brutal social media to the world. More, the book will map out the cyberspace level tactics on how ISIS spreads its terrifying content, how it distributes tens of thousands of pieces of propaganda daily and is winning the battle in Cyberspace and how to stop it in its tracks. Hacking ISIS is uniquely positioned to give an insider’s view into how this group spreads its ideology and brainwashes tens of thousands of followers to join the cult that is the Islamic State and how average computer users can engage in the removal of ISIS from the internet. Christopher Sampson, Malcolm Nance Tue, 10 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339933 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hacking ISIS: How to Destroy the Cyber Jihad Author: Christopher Sampson, Malcolm Nance Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book is written by two of the leading terrorist experts in the world - Malcolm Nance, NBC News and MSNBC terrorism analyst and New York Times bestselling author of Defeating ISIS and the forthcoming Hacking ISIS, and Christopher Sampson, cyber-terrorist expert. Malcolm Nance is a 35 year practitioner in Middle East Special Operations and terrorism intelligence activities. Chris Sampson is the terrorism media and cyber warfare expert for the Terror Asymmetric Project and has spent 15 years collecting and exploiting terrorism media. For two years, their Terror Asymmetrics Project has been attacking and exploiting intelligence found on ISIS Dark Web operations. Hacking ISIS will explain and illustrate in graphic detail how ISIS produces religious cultism, recruits vulnerable young people of all religions and nationalities and disseminates their brutal social media to the world. More, the book will map out the cyberspace level tactics on how ISIS spreads its terrifying content, how it distributes tens of thousands of pieces of propaganda daily and is winning the battle in Cyberspace and how to stop it in its tracks. Hacking ISIS is uniquely positioned to give an insider’s view into how this group spreads its ideology and brainwashes tens of thousands of followers to join the cult that is the Islamic State and how average computer users can engage in the removal of ISIS from the internet. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hacking ISIS: How to Destroy the Cyber Jihad Author: Christopher Sampson, Malcolm Nance Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book is written by two of the leading terrorist experts in the world - Malcolm Nance, NBC News and MSNBC terrorism analyst and New York Times bestselling author of Defeating ISIS and the forthcoming Hacking ISIS, and Christopher Sampson, cyber-terrorist expert. Malcolm Nance is a 35 year practitioner in Middle East Special Operations and terrorism intelligence activities. Chris Sampson is the terrorism media and cyber warfare expert for the Terror Asymmetric Project and has spent 15 years collecting and exploiting terrorism media. For two years, their Terror Asymmetrics Project has been attacking and exploiting intelligence found on ISIS Dark Web operations. Hacking ISIS will explain and illustrate in graphic detail how ISIS produces religious cultism, recruits vulnerable young people of all religions and nationalities and disseminates their brutal social media to the world. More, the book will map out the cyberspace level tactics on how ISIS spreads its terrifying content, how it distributes tens of thousands of pieces of propaganda daily and is winning the battle in Cyberspace and how to stop it in its tracks. Hacking ISIS is uniquely positioned to give an insider’s view into how this group spreads its ideology and brainwashes tens of thousands of followers to join the cult that is the Islamic State and how average computer users can engage in the removal of ISIS from the internet. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339868 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From the Corner of the Oval Office: One woman’s true story of her accidental career in the Obama White House Author: Beck Dorey-Stein Narrator: Beck Dorey-Stein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 12, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of From the Corner of the Oval Office, written and read by Beck Dorey-Stein. The compulsively readable, behind-the-scenes memoir that takes readers inside the Obama White House, through the eyes of a young staffer learning the ropes, falling in love and finding her place in the world. In 2012, Beck Dorey-Stein was just scraping by in Washington DC when a posting on Craigslist landed her, improbably, in the Oval Office as one of Barack Obama's stenographers. She joined the elite team who accompanied the president wherever he went, recorder and mic in hand. On whirlwind trips across time zones, Beck forged friendships with a tight group of fellow travellers - young men and women who, like her, left their real lives behind to hop aboard Air Force One in service of the president. But as she learned the ropes of protocol, Beck became romantically entangled with a colleague, and suddenly, the political became all too personal. Set against the backdrop of a White House full of glamour, drama and intrigue, this is the story of a young woman making unlikely friendships, getting her heart broken, learning what truly matters and discovering her voice in the process. 'Who knew the West Wing could be so sexy? Beck’s unparalleled access is obvious on every page, along with her knife-sharp humour... Lots of books claim to give real insider glimpses, but this one actually delivers.' Lauren Weisberger, author of The Devil Wears Prada Beck Dorey-Stein Thu, 12 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339868 thebookvoice.com 9:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From the Corner of the Oval Office: One woman’s true story of her accidental career in the Obama White House Author: Beck Dorey-Stein Narrator: Beck Dorey-Stein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 12, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of From the Corner of the Oval Office, written and read by Beck Dorey-Stein. The compulsively readable, behind-the-scenes memoir that takes readers inside the Obama White House, through the eyes of a young staffer learning the ropes, falling in love and finding her place in the world. In 2012, Beck Dorey-Stein was just scraping by in Washington DC when a posting on Craigslist landed her, improbably, in the Oval Office as one of Barack Obama's stenographers. She joined the elite team who accompanied the president wherever he went, recorder and mic in hand. On whirlwind trips across time zones, Beck forged friendships with a tight group of fellow travellers - young men and women who, like her, left their real lives behind to hop aboard Air Force One in service of the president. But as she learned the ropes of protocol, Beck became romantically entangled with a colleague, and suddenly, the political became all too personal. Set against the backdrop of a White House full of glamour, drama and intrigue, this is the story of a young woman making unlikely friendships, getting her heart broken, learning what truly matters and discovering her voice in the process. 'Who knew the West Wing could be so sexy? Beck’s unparalleled access is obvious on every page, along with her knife-sharp humour... Lots of books claim to give real insider glimpses, but this one actually delivers.' Lauren Weisberger, author of The Devil Wears Prada Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From the Corner of the Oval Office: One woman’s true story of her accidental career in the Obama White House Author: Beck Dorey-Stein Narrator: Beck Dorey-Stein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 12, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of From the Corner of the Oval Office, written and read by Beck Dorey-Stein. The compulsively readable, behind-the-scenes memoir that takes readers inside the Obama White House, through the eyes of a young staffer learning the ropes, falling in love and finding her place in the world. In 2012, Beck Dorey-Stein was just scraping by in Washington DC when a posting on Craigslist landed her, improbably, in the Oval Office as one of Barack Obama's stenographers. She joined the elite team who accompanied the president wherever he went, recorder and mic in hand. On whirlwind trips across time zones, Beck forged friendships with a tight group of fellow travellers - young men and women who, like her, left their real lives behind to hop aboard Air Force One in service of the president. But as she learned the ropes of protocol, Beck became romantically entangled with a colleague, and suddenly, the political became all too personal. Set against the backdrop of a White House full of glamour, drama and intrigue, this is the story of a young woman making unlikely friendships, getting her heart broken, learning what truly matters and discovering her voice in the process. 'Who knew the West Wing could be so sexy? Beck’s unparalleled access is obvious on every page, along with her knife-sharp humour... Lots of books claim to give real insider glimpses, but this one actually delivers.' Lauren Weisberger, author of The Devil Wears Prada https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339608 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339608]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conan Doyle for the Defense: The True Story of a Sensational British Murder, a Quest for Justice, and the World's Most Famous Detective Writer Author: Margalit Fox Narrator: Peter Forbes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A wonderfully vivid portrait of the man behind Sherlock Holmes . . . Like all the best historical true crime books, it’s about so much more than crime.”—Tana French, author of In the Woods   A sensational Edwardian murder. A scandalous wrongful conviction. Sir Arthur Conan Doyle to the rescue—a true story.     After a wealthy woman was brutally murdered in her Glasgow home in 1908, the police found a convenient suspect in Oscar Slater, an immigrant Jewish cardsharp. Though he was known to be innocent, Slater was tried, convicted, and consigned to life at hard labor. Outraged by this injustice, Arthur Conan Doyle, already world renowned as the creator of Sherlock Holmes, used the methods of his most famous character to reinvestigate the case, ultimately winning Slater’s freedom. With “an eye for the telling detail, a forensic sense of evidence and a relish for research” (The Wall Street Journal), Margalit Fox immerses readers in the science of Edwardian crime detection and illuminates a watershed moment in its history, when reflexive prejudice began to be replaced by reason and the scientific method. Praise for Conan Doyle for the Defense “Artful and compelling . . . [Fox’s] narrative momentum never flags. . . . Conan Doyle for the Defense will captivate almost any reader while being pure catnip for the devotee of true-crime writing.”—The Washington Post “Developed with brio . . . [Fox] is excellent in linking the 19th-century creation of policing and detection with the development of both detective fiction and the science of forensics—ballistics, fingerprints, toxicology and serology—as well as the quasi science of ‘criminal anthropology.’”—The New York Times Book Review “[Fox] has an eye for the telling detail, a forensic sense of evidence and a relish for research.”—The Wall Street Journal “Gripping . . . The book works on two levels, much like a good Holmes case. First, it is a fluid story of a crime. . . . Second, and more pertinently, it is a deeper story of how prejudice against a class of people, the covering up of sloppy police work and a poisonous political atmosphere can doom an innocent. We should all heed Holmes’s salutary lesson: rationally follow the facts to find the truth.”—Time Margalit Fox Tue, 26 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339608 thebookvoice.com 7:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339608]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conan Doyle for the Defense: The True Story of a Sensational British Murder, a Quest for Justice, and the World's Most Famous Detective Writer Author: Margalit Fox Narrator: Peter Forbes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A wonderfully vivid portrait of the man behind Sherlock Holmes . . . Like all the best historical true crime books, it’s about so much more than crime.”—Tana French, author of In the Woods   A sensational Edwardian murder. A scandalous wrongful conviction. Sir Arthur Conan Doyle to the rescue—a true story.     After a wealthy woman was brutally murdered in her Glasgow home in 1908, the police found a convenient suspect in Oscar Slater, an immigrant Jewish cardsharp. Though he was known to be innocent, Slater was tried, convicted, and consigned to life at hard labor. Outraged by this injustice, Arthur Conan Doyle, already world renowned as the creator of Sherlock Holmes, used the methods of his most famous character to reinvestigate the case, ultimately winning Slater’s freedom. With “an eye for the telling detail, a forensic sense of evidence and a relish for research” (The Wall Street Journal), Margalit Fox immerses readers in the science of Edwardian crime detection and illuminates a watershed moment in its history, when reflexive prejudice began to be replaced by reason and the scientific method. Praise for Conan Doyle for the Defense “Artful and compelling . . . [Fox’s] narrative momentum never flags. . . . Conan Doyle for the Defense will captivate almost any reader while being pure catnip for the devotee of true-crime writing.”—The Washington Post “Developed with brio . . . [Fox] is excellent in linking the 19th-century creation of policing and detection with the development of both detective fiction and the science of forensics—ballistics, fingerprints, toxicology and serology—as well as the quasi science of ‘criminal anthropology.’”—The New York Times Book Review “[Fox] has an eye for the telling detail, a forensic sense of evidence and a relish for research.”—The Wall Street Journal “Gripping . . . The book works on two levels, much like a good Holmes case. First, it is a fluid story of a crime. . . . Second, and more pertinently, it is a deeper story of how prejudice against a class of people, the covering up of sloppy police work and a poisonous political atmosphere can doom an innocent. We should all heed Holmes’s salutary lesson: rationally follow the facts to find the truth.”—Time Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339608]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conan Doyle for the Defense: The True Story of a Sensational British Murder, a Quest for Justice, and the World's Most Famous Detective Writer Author: Margalit Fox Narrator: Peter Forbes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A wonderfully vivid portrait of the man behind Sherlock Holmes . . . Like all the best historical true crime books, it’s about so much more than crime.”—Tana French, author of In the Woods   A sensational Edwardian murder. A scandalous wrongful conviction. Sir Arthur Conan Doyle to the rescue—a true story.     After a wealthy woman was brutally murdered in her Glasgow home in 1908, the police found a convenient suspect in Oscar Slater, an immigrant Jewish cardsharp. Though he was known to be innocent, Slater was tried, convicted, and consigned to life at hard labor. Outraged by this injustice, Arthur Conan Doyle, already world renowned as the creator of Sherlock Holmes, used the methods of his most famous character to reinvestigate the case, ultimately winning Slater’s freedom. With “an eye for the telling detail, a forensic sense of evidence and a relish for research” (The Wall Street Journal), Margalit Fox immerses readers in the science of Edwardian crime detection and illuminates a watershed moment in its history, when reflexive prejudice began to be replaced by reason and the scientific method. Praise for Conan Doyle for the Defense “Artful and compelling . . . [Fox’s] narrative momentum never flags. . . . Conan Doyle for the Defense will captivate almost any reader while being pure catnip for the devotee of true-crime writing.”—The Washington Post “Developed with brio . . . [Fox] is excellent in linking the 19th-century creation of policing and detection with the development of both detective fiction and the science of forensics—ballistics, fingerprints, toxicology and serology—as well as the quasi science of ‘criminal anthropology.’”—The New York Times Book Review “[Fox] has an eye for the telling detail, a forensic sense of evidence and a relish for research.”—The Wall Street Journal “Gripping . . . The book works on two levels, much like a good Holmes case. First, it is a fluid story of a crime. . . . Second, and more pertinently, it is a deeper story of how prejudice against a class of people, the covering up of sloppy police work and a poisonous political atmosphere can doom an innocent. We should all heed Holmes’s salutary lesson: rationally follow the facts to find the truth.”—Time https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339553 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outrage, Inc.: How the Liberal Mob Ruined Science, Journalism, and Hollywood Author: Derek Hunter Narrator: Derek Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Derek Hunter—one of the most entertaining political writers today—comes an insightful, alarming look at how progressives have took over academia, pop culture, and journalism in order to declare everything liberal great, and everything great, liberal. Progressives love to attack conservatives as anti-science, wallowing in fake news, and culturally backwards. But who are the real denialists here? There are three institutions in American life run by gatekeepers who have stopped letting in anyone who questions their liberal script: academia, journalism, and pop culture. They use their cult-like groupthink consensus as ''proof'' that science, reporting, and entertainment will always back up the Democrats. They give their most political members awards, and then say the awards make their liberal beliefs true. Worse, they are using that consensus to pull the country even further to the left, by bullying and silencing dissent from even those they've allowed in. Just a few years ago, the media pretended they were honest brokers. Now a CNN segment is seven liberals versus a sacrificial lamb. MSNBC ate their sacrificial lamb. Well, Chris Matthews did. Tired of being forced to believe or else, Derek Hunter exposes the manufactured truths and unwritten commandments of the Establishment. With research and a biting, sarcastic wit, he explains: - The growing role of celebrities in the political world, and movies with a ''message'' that dominate awards season, but rarely the box office. - The unquestioning reporting on ''studies'' that don’t prove what they say they prove. - The hidden bias of ''fact-checking,'' when the media cherry picks which facts they check. - Celebrity scientists like Bill Nye and Neil deGrasse Tyson blending liberal activism with pretend expertise outside their fields. Clever, controversial, and convincing, Derek Hunter's book gets to the root of America's biggest cultural war lies. Derek Hunter Tue, 19 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339553 thebookvoice.com 7:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outrage, Inc.: How the Liberal Mob Ruined Science, Journalism, and Hollywood Author: Derek Hunter Narrator: Derek Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Derek Hunter—one of the most entertaining political writers today—comes an insightful, alarming look at how progressives have took over academia, pop culture, and journalism in order to declare everything liberal great, and everything great, liberal. Progressives love to attack conservatives as anti-science, wallowing in fake news, and culturally backwards. But who are the real denialists here? There are three institutions in American life run by gatekeepers who have stopped letting in anyone who questions their liberal script: academia, journalism, and pop culture. They use their cult-like groupthink consensus as ''proof'' that science, reporting, and entertainment will always back up the Democrats. They give their most political members awards, and then say the awards make their liberal beliefs true. Worse, they are using that consensus to pull the country even further to the left, by bullying and silencing dissent from even those they've allowed in. Just a few years ago, the media pretended they were honest brokers. Now a CNN segment is seven liberals versus a sacrificial lamb. MSNBC ate their sacrificial lamb. Well, Chris Matthews did. Tired of being forced to believe or else, Derek Hunter exposes the manufactured truths and unwritten commandments of the Establishment. With research and a biting, sarcastic wit, he explains: - The growing role of celebrities in the political world, and movies with a ''message'' that dominate awards season, but rarely the box office. - The unquestioning reporting on ''studies'' that don’t prove what they say they prove. - The hidden bias of ''fact-checking,'' when the media cherry picks which facts they check. - Celebrity scientists like Bill Nye and Neil deGrasse Tyson blending liberal activism with pretend expertise outside their fields. Clever, controversial, and convincing, Derek Hunter's book gets to the root of America's biggest cultural war lies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outrage, Inc.: How the Liberal Mob Ruined Science, Journalism, and Hollywood Author: Derek Hunter Narrator: Derek Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Derek Hunter—one of the most entertaining political writers today—comes an insightful, alarming look at how progressives have took over academia, pop culture, and journalism in order to declare everything liberal great, and everything great, liberal. Progressives love to attack conservatives as anti-science, wallowing in fake news, and culturally backwards. But who are the real denialists here? There are three institutions in American life run by gatekeepers who have stopped letting in anyone who questions their liberal script: academia, journalism, and pop culture. They use their cult-like groupthink consensus as ''proof'' that science, reporting, and entertainment will always back up the Democrats. They give their most political members awards, and then say the awards make their liberal beliefs true. Worse, they are using that consensus to pull the country even further to the left, by bullying and silencing dissent from even those they've allowed in. Just a few years ago, the media pretended they were honest brokers. Now a CNN segment is seven liberals versus a sacrificial lamb. MSNBC ate their sacrificial lamb. Well, Chris Matthews did. Tired of being forced to believe or else, Derek Hunter exposes the manufactured truths and unwritten commandments of the Establishment. With research and a biting, sarcastic wit, he explains: - The growing role of celebrities in the political world, and movies with a ''message'' that dominate awards season, but rarely the box office. - The unquestioning reporting on ''studies'' that don’t prove what they say they prove. - The hidden bias of ''fact-checking,'' when the media cherry picks which facts they check. - Celebrity scientists like Bill Nye and Neil deGrasse Tyson blending liberal activism with pretend expertise outside their fields. Clever, controversial, and convincing, Derek Hunter's book gets to the root of America's biggest cultural war lies. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339548 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1968: Radical Protest and Its Enemies Author: Richard Vinen Narrator: Tim Gerard Reynolds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A major new history of one of the seminal years in the postwar world, when rebellion and disaffection broke out on an extraordinary scale. The year 1968 saw an extraordinary range of protests across much of the western world. Some of these were genuinely revolutionary—around ten million French workers went on strike and the whole state teetered on the brink of collapse. Others were more easily contained, but had profound longer-term implications—terrorist groups, feminist collectives, gay rights activists could all trace important roots to 1968. 1968 is a striking and original attempt half a century later to show how these events, which in some ways still seem so current, stemmed from histories and societies which are in practice now extraordinarily remote from our own time. 1968 pursues the story into the 1970s to show both the ever more violent forms of radicalization that stemmed from 1968 and the brutal reaction that brought the era to an end. Richard Vinen Tue, 03 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339548 thebookvoice.com 13:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1968: Radical Protest and Its Enemies Author: Richard Vinen Narrator: Tim Gerard Reynolds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A major new history of one of the seminal years in the postwar world, when rebellion and disaffection broke out on an extraordinary scale. The year 1968 saw an extraordinary range of protests across much of the western world. Some of these were genuinely revolutionary—around ten million French workers went on strike and the whole state teetered on the brink of collapse. Others were more easily contained, but had profound longer-term implications—terrorist groups, feminist collectives, gay rights activists could all trace important roots to 1968. 1968 is a striking and original attempt half a century later to show how these events, which in some ways still seem so current, stemmed from histories and societies which are in practice now extraordinarily remote from our own time. 1968 pursues the story into the 1970s to show both the ever more violent forms of radicalization that stemmed from 1968 and the brutal reaction that brought the era to an end. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1968: Radical Protest and Its Enemies Author: Richard Vinen Narrator: Tim Gerard Reynolds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A major new history of one of the seminal years in the postwar world, when rebellion and disaffection broke out on an extraordinary scale. The year 1968 saw an extraordinary range of protests across much of the western world. Some of these were genuinely revolutionary—around ten million French workers went on strike and the whole state teetered on the brink of collapse. Others were more easily contained, but had profound longer-term implications—terrorist groups, feminist collectives, gay rights activists could all trace important roots to 1968. 1968 is a striking and original attempt half a century later to show how these events, which in some ways still seem so current, stemmed from histories and societies which are in practice now extraordinarily remote from our own time. 1968 pursues the story into the 1970s to show both the ever more violent forms of radicalization that stemmed from 1968 and the brutal reaction that brought the era to an end. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337114 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Plot to Destroy Democracy: How Putin and His Spies Are Undermining America and Dismantling the West Author: Malcolm Nance Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A provocative, comprehensive analysis of Vladimir Putin and Russia's master plan to destroy democracy in the age of Donald Trump. In the greatest intelligence operation in the history of the world, Donald Trump was made President of the United States with the assistance of a foreign power. For the first time, The Plot to Destroy Democracy reveals the dramatic story of how blackmail, espionage, assassination, and psychological warfare were used by Vladimir Putin and his spy agencies to steal the 2016 U.S. election -- and attempted to bring about the fall of NATO, the European Union, and western democracy. It will show how Russia and its fifth column allies tried to flip the cornerstones of democracy in order to re-engineer the world political order that has kept most of the world free since 1945. Career U.S. Intelligence officer Malcolm Nance will examine how Russia has used cyber warfare, political propaganda, and manipulation of our perception of reality -- and will do so again -- to weaponize American news, traditional media, social media, and the workings of the internet to attack and break apart democratic institutions from within, and what we can expect to come should we fail to stop their next attack. Nance has utilized top secret Russian-sourced political and hybrid warfare strategy documents to demonstrate the master plan to undermine American institutions that has been in effect from the Cold War to the present day. Based on original research and countless interviews with espionage experts, Nance examines how Putin's recent hacking accomplished a crucial first step for destabilizing the West for Russia, and why Putin is just the man to do it. Nance exposes how Russia has supported the campaigns of right-wing extremists throughout both the U.S. and Europe to leverage an axis of autocracy, and how Putin's agencies have worked since 2010 to bring fringe candidate Donald Trump into elections. Revelatory, insightful, and shocking, The Plot To Destroy Democracy puts a professional spy lens on Putin's plot and unravels it play-by-play. In the end, he provides a better understanding of why Putin's efforts are a serious threat to our national security and global alliances -- in much more than one election -- and a blistering indictment of Putin's puppet, President Donald J. Trump. Malcolm Nance Tue, 26 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337114 thebookvoice.com 12:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Plot to Destroy Democracy: How Putin and His Spies Are Undermining America and Dismantling the West Author: Malcolm Nance Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A provocative, comprehensive analysis of Vladimir Putin and Russia's master plan to destroy democracy in the age of Donald Trump. In the greatest intelligence operation in the history of the world, Donald Trump was made President of the United States with the assistance of a foreign power. For the first time, The Plot to Destroy Democracy reveals the dramatic story of how blackmail, espionage, assassination, and psychological warfare were used by Vladimir Putin and his spy agencies to steal the 2016 U.S. election -- and attempted to bring about the fall of NATO, the European Union, and western democracy. It will show how Russia and its fifth column allies tried to flip the cornerstones of democracy in order to re-engineer the world political order that has kept most of the world free since 1945. Career U.S. Intelligence officer Malcolm Nance will examine how Russia has used cyber warfare, political propaganda, and manipulation of our perception of reality -- and will do so again -- to weaponize American news, traditional media, social media, and the workings of the internet to attack and break apart democratic institutions from within, and what we can expect to come should we fail to stop their next attack. Nance has utilized top secret Russian-sourced political and hybrid warfare strategy documents to demonstrate the master plan to undermine American institutions that has been in effect from the Cold War to the present day. Based on original research and countless interviews with espionage experts, Nance examines how Putin's recent hacking accomplished a crucial first step for destabilizing the West for Russia, and why Putin is just the man to do it. Nance exposes how Russia has supported the campaigns of right-wing extremists throughout both the U.S. and Europe to leverage an axis of autocracy, and how Putin's agencies have worked since 2010 to bring fringe candidate Donald Trump into elections. Revelatory, insightful, and shocking, The Plot To Destroy Democracy puts a professional spy lens on Putin's plot and unravels it play-by-play. In the end, he provides a better understanding of why Putin's efforts are a serious threat to our national security and global alliances -- in much more than one election -- and a blistering indictment of Putin's puppet, President Donald J. Trump. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Plot to Destroy Democracy: How Putin and His Spies Are Undermining America and Dismantling the West Author: Malcolm Nance Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A provocative, comprehensive analysis of Vladimir Putin and Russia's master plan to destroy democracy in the age of Donald Trump. In the greatest intelligence operation in the history of the world, Donald Trump was made President of the United States with the assistance of a foreign power. For the first time, The Plot to Destroy Democracy reveals the dramatic story of how blackmail, espionage, assassination, and psychological warfare were used by Vladimir Putin and his spy agencies to steal the 2016 U.S. election -- and attempted to bring about the fall of NATO, the European Union, and western democracy. It will show how Russia and its fifth column allies tried to flip the cornerstones of democracy in order to re-engineer the world political order that has kept most of the world free since 1945. Career U.S. Intelligence officer Malcolm Nance will examine how Russia has used cyber warfare, political propaganda, and manipulation of our perception of reality -- and will do so again -- to weaponize American news, traditional media, social media, and the workings of the internet to attack and break apart democratic institutions from within, and what we can expect to come should we fail to stop their next attack. Nance has utilized top secret Russian-sourced political and hybrid warfare strategy documents to demonstrate the master plan to undermine American institutions that has been in effect from the Cold War to the present day. Based on original research and countless interviews with espionage experts, Nance examines how Putin's recent hacking accomplished a crucial first step for destabilizing the West for Russia, and why Putin is just the man to do it. Nance exposes how Russia has supported the campaigns of right-wing extremists throughout both the U.S. and Europe to leverage an axis of autocracy, and how Putin's agencies have worked since 2010 to bring fringe candidate Donald Trump into elections. Revelatory, insightful, and shocking, The Plot To Destroy Democracy puts a professional spy lens on Putin's plot and unravels it play-by-play. In the end, he provides a better understanding of why Putin's efforts are a serious threat to our national security and global alliances -- in much more than one election -- and a blistering indictment of Putin's puppet, President Donald J. Trump. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337062 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World as It Is: A Memoir of the Obama White House Author: Ben Rhodes Narrator: Ben Rhodes, Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From one of Barack Obama’s closest aides comes a revelatory behind-the-scenes account of his presidency—and how idealism can confront harsh reality and still survive—in the tradition of Arthur Schlesinger, Jr.’s A Thousand Days: John F. Kennedy in the White House.   For nearly ten years, Ben Rhodes saw almost everything that happened at the center of the Obama administration—first as a speechwriter, then as deputy national security advisor, and finally as a multipurpose aide and close collaborator. He started every morning in the Oval Office with the President’s Daily Briefing, traveled the world with Obama, and was at the center of some of the most consequential and controversial moments of the presidency. Now he tells the full story of his partnership—and, ultimately, friendship—with a man who also happened to be a historic president of the United States.   Rhodes was not your typical presidential confidant, and this is not your typical White House memoir. Rendered in vivid, novelistic detail by someone who was a writer before he was a staffer, this is a rare look inside the most poignant, tense, and consequential moments of the Obama presidency—waiting out the bin Laden raid in the Situation Room, responding to the Arab Spring, reaching a nuclear agreement with Iran, leading secret negotiations with the Cuban government to normalize relations, and confronting the resurgence of nationalism and nativism that culminated in the election of Donald Trump.   In The World as It Is, Rhodes shows what it was like to be there—from the early days of the Obama campaign to the final hours of the presidency. It is a story populated by such characters as Susan Rice, Samantha Power, Hillary Clinton, Bob Gates, and—above all—Barack Obama, who comes to life on the page in moments of great urgency and disarming intimacy. This is the most vivid portrayal yet of Obama’s worldview and presidency, a chronicle of a political education by a writer of enormous talent, and an essential record of the forces that shaped the last decade. Read by Mark Deakins. Prologue read by the author. Advance praise for The World as It Is “Ben Rhodes is one of the most brilliant minds and powerful storytellers I've ever known. In The World as It Is, he doesn't just bring you inside the room for key moments of Obama's presidency, he captivates you with the journey of an idealistic young staffer who becomes the president's closest friend and advisor—a journey that both cynics and believers will find riveting and hopeful.”—Jon Favreau Ben Rhodes Tue, 05 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337062 thebookvoice.com 15:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World as It Is: A Memoir of the Obama White House Author: Ben Rhodes Narrator: Ben Rhodes, Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From one of Barack Obama’s closest aides comes a revelatory behind-the-scenes account of his presidency—and how idealism can confront harsh reality and still survive—in the tradition of Arthur Schlesinger, Jr.’s A Thousand Days: John F. Kennedy in the White House.   For nearly ten years, Ben Rhodes saw almost everything that happened at the center of the Obama administration—first as a speechwriter, then as deputy national security advisor, and finally as a multipurpose aide and close collaborator. He started every morning in the Oval Office with the President’s Daily Briefing, traveled the world with Obama, and was at the center of some of the most consequential and controversial moments of the presidency. Now he tells the full story of his partnership—and, ultimately, friendship—with a man who also happened to be a historic president of the United States.   Rhodes was not your typical presidential confidant, and this is not your typical White House memoir. Rendered in vivid, novelistic detail by someone who was a writer before he was a staffer, this is a rare look inside the most poignant, tense, and consequential moments of the Obama presidency—waiting out the bin Laden raid in the Situation Room, responding to the Arab Spring, reaching a nuclear agreement with Iran, leading secret negotiations with the Cuban government to normalize relations, and confronting the resurgence of nationalism and nativism that culminated in the election of Donald Trump.   In The World as It Is, Rhodes shows what it was like to be there—from the early days of the Obama campaign to the final hours of the presidency. It is a story populated by such characters as Susan Rice, Samantha Power, Hillary Clinton, Bob Gates, and—above all—Barack Obama, who comes to life on the page in moments of great urgency and disarming intimacy. This is the most vivid portrayal yet of Obama’s worldview and presidency, a chronicle of a political education by a writer of enormous talent, and an essential record of the forces that shaped the last decade. Read by Mark Deakins. Prologue read by the author. Advance praise for The World as It Is “Ben Rhodes is one of the most brilliant minds and powerful storytellers I've ever known. In The World as It Is, he doesn't just bring you inside the room for key moments of Obama's presidency, he captivates you with the journey of an idealistic young staffer who becomes the president's closest friend and advisor—a journey that both cynics and believers will find riveting and hopeful.”—Jon Favreau Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World as It Is: A Memoir of the Obama White House Author: Ben Rhodes Narrator: Ben Rhodes, Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From one of Barack Obama’s closest aides comes a revelatory behind-the-scenes account of his presidency—and how idealism can confront harsh reality and still survive—in the tradition of Arthur Schlesinger, Jr.’s A Thousand Days: John F. Kennedy in the White House.   For nearly ten years, Ben Rhodes saw almost everything that happened at the center of the Obama administration—first as a speechwriter, then as deputy national security advisor, and finally as a multipurpose aide and close collaborator. He started every morning in the Oval Office with the President’s Daily Briefing, traveled the world with Obama, and was at the center of some of the most consequential and controversial moments of the presidency. Now he tells the full story of his partnership—and, ultimately, friendship—with a man who also happened to be a historic president of the United States.   Rhodes was not your typical presidential confidant, and this is not your typical White House memoir. Rendered in vivid, novelistic detail by someone who was a writer before he was a staffer, this is a rare look inside the most poignant, tense, and consequential moments of the Obama presidency—waiting out the bin Laden raid in the Situation Room, responding to the Arab Spring, reaching a nuclear agreement with Iran, leading secret negotiations with the Cuban government to normalize relations, and confronting the resurgence of nationalism and nativism that culminated in the election of Donald Trump.   In The World as It Is, Rhodes shows what it was like to be there—from the early days of the Obama campaign to the final hours of the presidency. It is a story populated by such characters as Susan Rice, Samantha Power, Hillary Clinton, Bob Gates, and—above all—Barack Obama, who comes to life on the page in moments of great urgency and disarming intimacy. This is the most vivid portrayal yet of Obama’s worldview and presidency, a chronicle of a political education by a writer of enormous talent, and an essential record of the forces that shaped the last decade. Read by Mark Deakins. Prologue read by the author. Advance praise for The World as It Is “Ben Rhodes is one of the most brilliant minds and powerful storytellers I've ever known. In The World as It Is, he doesn't just bring you inside the room for key moments of Obama's presidency, he captivates you with the journey of an idealistic young staffer who becomes the president's closest friend and advisor—a journey that both cynics and believers will find riveting and hopeful.”—Jon Favreau https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337057 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Matters: How Modern Feminism Lost Touch with Science, Love, and Common Sense Author: Mona Charen Narrator: Mona Charen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Author of the New York Times bestseller Useful Idiots and popular columnist Mona Charen takes a close, reasoned look at the aggressive feminist agenda undermining the success and happiness of men and women across the country In this smart, deeply necessary critique, Mona Charen unpacks the ways feminism fails us at home, in the workplace, and in our personal relationships--by promising that we can have it all, do it all, and be it all. Here, she upends the feminist agenda and the liberal conversation surrounding women's issues by asking tough and crucial questions, such as: - Did women's full equality require the total destruction of the nuclear family? - Did it require a sexual revolution that would dismantle traditions of modesty, courtship, and fidelity that had characterized relations between the sexes for centuries? - Did it cause the broken dating culture and the rape crisis on our college campuses? - Did it require war between the sexes that would deem men the 'enemy' of women? - Have the strides of feminism made women happier in their home and work life. (The answer is No.) Sex Matters tracks the price we have paid for denying sex differences and stoking the war of the sexes--family breakdown, declining female happiness, aimlessness among men, and increasing inequality. Marshaling copious social science research as well as her own experience as a professional as well as a wife and mother, Mona Charen calls for a sexual ceasefire for the sake of women, men, and children. Mona Charen Tue, 26 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337057 thebookvoice.com 9:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Matters: How Modern Feminism Lost Touch with Science, Love, and Common Sense Author: Mona Charen Narrator: Mona Charen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Author of the New York Times bestseller Useful Idiots and popular columnist Mona Charen takes a close, reasoned look at the aggressive feminist agenda undermining the success and happiness of men and women across the country In this smart, deeply necessary critique, Mona Charen unpacks the ways feminism fails us at home, in the workplace, and in our personal relationships--by promising that we can have it all, do it all, and be it all. Here, she upends the feminist agenda and the liberal conversation surrounding women's issues by asking tough and crucial questions, such as: - Did women's full equality require the total destruction of the nuclear family? - Did it require a sexual revolution that would dismantle traditions of modesty, courtship, and fidelity that had characterized relations between the sexes for centuries? - Did it cause the broken dating culture and the rape crisis on our college campuses? - Did it require war between the sexes that would deem men the 'enemy' of women? - Have the strides of feminism made women happier in their home and work life. (The answer is No.) Sex Matters tracks the price we have paid for denying sex differences and stoking the war of the sexes--family breakdown, declining female happiness, aimlessness among men, and increasing inequality. Marshaling copious social science research as well as her own experience as a professional as well as a wife and mother, Mona Charen calls for a sexual ceasefire for the sake of women, men, and children. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Matters: How Modern Feminism Lost Touch with Science, Love, and Common Sense Author: Mona Charen Narrator: Mona Charen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Author of the New York Times bestseller Useful Idiots and popular columnist Mona Charen takes a close, reasoned look at the aggressive feminist agenda undermining the success and happiness of men and women across the country In this smart, deeply necessary critique, Mona Charen unpacks the ways feminism fails us at home, in the workplace, and in our personal relationships--by promising that we can have it all, do it all, and be it all. Here, she upends the feminist agenda and the liberal conversation surrounding women's issues by asking tough and crucial questions, such as: - Did women's full equality require the total destruction of the nuclear family? - Did it require a sexual revolution that would dismantle traditions of modesty, courtship, and fidelity that had characterized relations between the sexes for centuries? - Did it cause the broken dating culture and the rape crisis on our college campuses? - Did it require war between the sexes that would deem men the 'enemy' of women? - Have the strides of feminism made women happier in their home and work life. (The answer is No.) Sex Matters tracks the price we have paid for denying sex differences and stoking the war of the sexes--family breakdown, declining female happiness, aimlessness among men, and increasing inequality. Marshaling copious social science research as well as her own experience as a professional as well as a wife and mother, Mona Charen calls for a sexual ceasefire for the sake of women, men, and children. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337034 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Has Anyone Seen the President? Author: Michael Lewis Narrator: Michael Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michael Lewis goes to Washington! Who better to shine a light into the shadows of the nation's capital in the age of Trump than the bestselling author of Liar's Poker and The Big Short? In this audio investigation—unavailable in book form—Lewis narrates his 2018 report from Washington originally published in Bloomberg View. From inside the White House press room—which Lewis describes as having “the cramped, uncared-for feel of a public toilet”—to a balcony overlooking “a sea of white people” in the Trump International Hotel, to Steve Bannon’s Capitol Hill townhouse, where he joins the former campaign CEO to watch the State of the Union address, Lewis takes listeners on an unforgettable behind-the-scenes tour. Michael Lewis Tue, 19 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337034 thebookvoice.com 1:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Has Anyone Seen the President? Author: Michael Lewis Narrator: Michael Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michael Lewis goes to Washington! Who better to shine a light into the shadows of the nation's capital in the age of Trump than the bestselling author of Liar's Poker and The Big Short? In this audio investigation—unavailable in book form—Lewis narrates his 2018 report from Washington originally published in Bloomberg View. From inside the White House press room—which Lewis describes as having “the cramped, uncared-for feel of a public toilet”—to a balcony overlooking “a sea of white people” in the Trump International Hotel, to Steve Bannon’s Capitol Hill townhouse, where he joins the former campaign CEO to watch the State of the Union address, Lewis takes listeners on an unforgettable behind-the-scenes tour. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Has Anyone Seen the President? Author: Michael Lewis Narrator: Michael Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michael Lewis goes to Washington! Who better to shine a light into the shadows of the nation's capital in the age of Trump than the bestselling author of Liar's Poker and The Big Short? In this audio investigation—unavailable in book form—Lewis narrates his 2018 report from Washington originally published in Bloomberg View. From inside the White House press room—which Lewis describes as having “the cramped, uncared-for feel of a public toilet”—to a balcony overlooking “a sea of white people” in the Trump International Hotel, to Steve Bannon’s Capitol Hill townhouse, where he joins the former campaign CEO to watch the State of the Union address, Lewis takes listeners on an unforgettable behind-the-scenes tour. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336979 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taming the Sun: Innovations to Harness Solar Energy and Power the Planet Author: Varun Sivaram Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Solar energy, once a niche application for a limited market, has become the cheapest and fastest-growing power source on earth. What's more, its potential is nearly limitless. But in Taming the Sun, energy expert Varun Sivaram warns that the world is not yet equipped to harness erratic sunshine to meet most of its energy needs. And if solar's current surge peters out, prospects for replacing fossil fuels and averting catastrophic climate change will dim. Innovation can brighten those prospects, Sivaram explains. Financial innovation is already enticing deep-pocketed investors to fund solar projects around the world. Technological innovation could replace today's solar panels with coatings as cheap as paint and employ artificial photosynthesis to store intermittent sunshine as convenient fuels. And systemic innovation could add flexibility to the world's power grids and other energy systems so they can dependably channel the sun's unreliable energy. Unleashing all this innovation will require visionary public policy: funding researchers developing next-generation solar technologies, refashioning energy systems and economic markets, and putting together a diverse clean energy portfolio. Although solar can't power the planet by itself, it can be the centerpiece of a global clean energy revolution. Varun Sivaram Tue, 12 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336979 thebookvoice.com 11:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taming the Sun: Innovations to Harness Solar Energy and Power the Planet Author: Varun Sivaram Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Solar energy, once a niche application for a limited market, has become the cheapest and fastest-growing power source on earth. What's more, its potential is nearly limitless. But in Taming the Sun, energy expert Varun Sivaram warns that the world is not yet equipped to harness erratic sunshine to meet most of its energy needs. And if solar's current surge peters out, prospects for replacing fossil fuels and averting catastrophic climate change will dim. Innovation can brighten those prospects, Sivaram explains. Financial innovation is already enticing deep-pocketed investors to fund solar projects around the world. Technological innovation could replace today's solar panels with coatings as cheap as paint and employ artificial photosynthesis to store intermittent sunshine as convenient fuels. And systemic innovation could add flexibility to the world's power grids and other energy systems so they can dependably channel the sun's unreliable energy. Unleashing all this innovation will require visionary public policy: funding researchers developing next-generation solar technologies, refashioning energy systems and economic markets, and putting together a diverse clean energy portfolio. Although solar can't power the planet by itself, it can be the centerpiece of a global clean energy revolution. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taming the Sun: Innovations to Harness Solar Energy and Power the Planet Author: Varun Sivaram Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Solar energy, once a niche application for a limited market, has become the cheapest and fastest-growing power source on earth. What's more, its potential is nearly limitless. But in Taming the Sun, energy expert Varun Sivaram warns that the world is not yet equipped to harness erratic sunshine to meet most of its energy needs. And if solar's current surge peters out, prospects for replacing fossil fuels and averting catastrophic climate change will dim. Innovation can brighten those prospects, Sivaram explains. Financial innovation is already enticing deep-pocketed investors to fund solar projects around the world. Technological innovation could replace today's solar panels with coatings as cheap as paint and employ artificial photosynthesis to store intermittent sunshine as convenient fuels. And systemic innovation could add flexibility to the world's power grids and other energy systems so they can dependably channel the sun's unreliable energy. Unleashing all this innovation will require visionary public policy: funding researchers developing next-generation solar technologies, refashioning energy systems and economic markets, and putting together a diverse clean energy portfolio. Although solar can't power the planet by itself, it can be the centerpiece of a global clean energy revolution. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336827 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Asesinato en el parque Sinaloa Author: élmer Mendoza Narrator: Eduardo Díaz De León Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 14, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Una nueva entrega de la saga del Zurdo Mendieta y un relato trepidante en el que la violencia, el narcotráfico, la corrupción y el amor se entretejen en un retrato perfecto del presente de nuestro país. Edgar «el Zurdo» Mendienta ha decidido retirarse de las fuerzas policiales. Desencantado y hastiado por la violencia, parece sucumbir ante el consumo autodestructivo de whisky, cuando Abel Sánchez, viejo amigo y mentor, hace que vuelva como detective por un favor al que El Zurdo no puede negarse: hallar al asesino de su hijo, el abogado Pedro Sánchez Morán, quien fue encontrado muerto en el Parque Sinaloa. La policía de Los Mochis cerró el caso sin investigación alguna, pues dan por hecho que Pedro fue asesinado por su novia, la también abogada Larissa Carlón, cuya muerte reciente fue asumida como suicidio. Elementos de la Marina patrullan Los Mochis; el Perro Laveaga, cabecilla del cártel del Pacífico, se ha fugado de la prisión de máxima seguridad de Barranca Plana y todo parece indicar que está escondido en alguna parte de la ciudad. El poderoso narcotraficante está actuando con imprudente descuido; confía demasiado en el Grano Biz, su lugarteniente en la zona, y, además, su obsesión por una mujer lo tiene trastornado. El deseo más grande del Perro es reencontrarse con Daniela K, locutora de gran audiencia, quien ha prometido hacer una radionovela sobre la vida del capo. Asesinato en el Parque Sinaloa es un laberinto de intrigas y complicidades, de senderos que convergen en la pasión y el crimen. Élmer Mendoza nos entrega una obra maestra del género, una novela vertiginosa quenos recuerda que la pregunta fundamental de la literatura policiaca es la misma del amor: ¿quién diablos es el culpable? élmer Mendoza Thu, 14 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336827 thebookvoice.com 6:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Asesinato en el parque Sinaloa Author: élmer Mendoza Narrator: Eduardo Díaz De León Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 14, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Una nueva entrega de la saga del Zurdo Mendieta y un relato trepidante en el que la violencia, el narcotráfico, la corrupción y el amor se entretejen en un retrato perfecto del presente de nuestro país. Edgar «el Zurdo» Mendienta ha decidido retirarse de las fuerzas policiales. Desencantado y hastiado por la violencia, parece sucumbir ante el consumo autodestructivo de whisky, cuando Abel Sánchez, viejo amigo y mentor, hace que vuelva como detective por un favor al que El Zurdo no puede negarse: hallar al asesino de su hijo, el abogado Pedro Sánchez Morán, quien fue encontrado muerto en el Parque Sinaloa. La policía de Los Mochis cerró el caso sin investigación alguna, pues dan por hecho que Pedro fue asesinado por su novia, la también abogada Larissa Carlón, cuya muerte reciente fue asumida como suicidio. Elementos de la Marina patrullan Los Mochis; el Perro Laveaga, cabecilla del cártel del Pacífico, se ha fugado de la prisión de máxima seguridad de Barranca Plana y todo parece indicar que está escondido en alguna parte de la ciudad. El poderoso narcotraficante está actuando con imprudente descuido; confía demasiado en el Grano Biz, su lugarteniente en la zona, y, además, su obsesión por una mujer lo tiene trastornado. El deseo más grande del Perro es reencontrarse con Daniela K, locutora de gran audiencia, quien ha prometido hacer una radionovela sobre la vida del capo. Asesinato en el Parque Sinaloa es un laberinto de intrigas y complicidades, de senderos que convergen en la pasión y el crimen. Élmer Mendoza nos entrega una obra maestra del género, una novela vertiginosa quenos recuerda que la pregunta fundamental de la literatura policiaca es la misma del amor: ¿quién diablos es el culpable? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Asesinato en el parque Sinaloa Author: élmer Mendoza Narrator: Eduardo Díaz De León Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 14, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Una nueva entrega de la saga del Zurdo Mendieta y un relato trepidante en el que la violencia, el narcotráfico, la corrupción y el amor se entretejen en un retrato perfecto del presente de nuestro país. Edgar «el Zurdo» Mendienta ha decidido retirarse de las fuerzas policiales. Desencantado y hastiado por la violencia, parece sucumbir ante el consumo autodestructivo de whisky, cuando Abel Sánchez, viejo amigo y mentor, hace que vuelva como detective por un favor al que El Zurdo no puede negarse: hallar al asesino de su hijo, el abogado Pedro Sánchez Morán, quien fue encontrado muerto en el Parque Sinaloa. La policía de Los Mochis cerró el caso sin investigación alguna, pues dan por hecho que Pedro fue asesinado por su novia, la también abogada Larissa Carlón, cuya muerte reciente fue asumida como suicidio. Elementos de la Marina patrullan Los Mochis; el Perro Laveaga, cabecilla del cártel del Pacífico, se ha fugado de la prisión de máxima seguridad de Barranca Plana y todo parece indicar que está escondido en alguna parte de la ciudad. El poderoso narcotraficante está actuando con imprudente descuido; confía demasiado en el Grano Biz, su lugarteniente en la zona, y, además, su obsesión por una mujer lo tiene trastornado. El deseo más grande del Perro es reencontrarse con Daniela K, locutora de gran audiencia, quien ha prometido hacer una radionovela sobre la vida del capo. Asesinato en el Parque Sinaloa es un laberinto de intrigas y complicidades, de senderos que convergen en la pasión y el crimen. Élmer Mendoza nos entrega una obra maestra del género, una novela vertiginosa quenos recuerda que la pregunta fundamental de la literatura policiaca es la misma del amor: ¿quién diablos es el culpable? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336813 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obama: An Oral History Author: Brian Abrams Narrator: Emily Sutton-Smith, Tom Parks, Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first ever comprehensive oral history of President Obama’s administration and the complex political machine that created and powered a landmark American presidency. In this candid oral history of a presidential tenure, author Brian Abrams reveals the behind-the-scenes stories that illuminate the eight years of the Obama White House through more than one hundred exclusive interviews. Among those given a voice in this extraordinary account are Obama’s cabinet secretaries; his teams of speechwriters, legal advisers, and campaign strategists; as well as lawmakers on both sides of the aisle who fought for or against his agenda. They recall the early struggles of an idealistic outsider candidate and speak openly about the exacting work that led to cornerstone legislation. They share the failures and dissent that met Obama’s efforts and revisit the paths to his accomplishments. As eyewitnesses to history, their accounts combine to deliver an unfiltered view of Obama’s battle to deliver on his promise of hope and change. This provocative collage of anecdotes, personal reminiscences, and impressions from confidants and critics not only provides an authoritative window into the events that defined an era but also offers the first published account into the making of the forty-fourth president of the United States—one that history will soon not forget. Brian Abrams Tue, 10 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336813 thebookvoice.com 13:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obama: An Oral History Author: Brian Abrams Narrator: Emily Sutton-Smith, Tom Parks, Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first ever comprehensive oral history of President Obama’s administration and the complex political machine that created and powered a landmark American presidency. In this candid oral history of a presidential tenure, author Brian Abrams reveals the behind-the-scenes stories that illuminate the eight years of the Obama White House through more than one hundred exclusive interviews. Among those given a voice in this extraordinary account are Obama’s cabinet secretaries; his teams of speechwriters, legal advisers, and campaign strategists; as well as lawmakers on both sides of the aisle who fought for or against his agenda. They recall the early struggles of an idealistic outsider candidate and speak openly about the exacting work that led to cornerstone legislation. They share the failures and dissent that met Obama’s efforts and revisit the paths to his accomplishments. As eyewitnesses to history, their accounts combine to deliver an unfiltered view of Obama’s battle to deliver on his promise of hope and change. This provocative collage of anecdotes, personal reminiscences, and impressions from confidants and critics not only provides an authoritative window into the events that defined an era but also offers the first published account into the making of the forty-fourth president of the United States—one that history will soon not forget. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obama: An Oral History Author: Brian Abrams Narrator: Emily Sutton-Smith, Tom Parks, Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first ever comprehensive oral history of President Obama’s administration and the complex political machine that created and powered a landmark American presidency. In this candid oral history of a presidential tenure, author Brian Abrams reveals the behind-the-scenes stories that illuminate the eight years of the Obama White House through more than one hundred exclusive interviews. Among those given a voice in this extraordinary account are Obama’s cabinet secretaries; his teams of speechwriters, legal advisers, and campaign strategists; as well as lawmakers on both sides of the aisle who fought for or against his agenda. They recall the early struggles of an idealistic outsider candidate and speak openly about the exacting work that led to cornerstone legislation. They share the failures and dissent that met Obama’s efforts and revisit the paths to his accomplishments. As eyewitnesses to history, their accounts combine to deliver an unfiltered view of Obama’s battle to deliver on his promise of hope and change. This provocative collage of anecdotes, personal reminiscences, and impressions from confidants and critics not only provides an authoritative window into the events that defined an era but also offers the first published account into the making of the forty-fourth president of the United States—one that history will soon not forget. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336664 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcoming the Stranger: Justice, Compassion & Truth in the Immigration Debate Author: Matthew Soerens, Jenny Yang Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Immigration is one of the most complicated issues of our time. Voices on all sides argue strongly for action and change. Christians find themselves torn between the desire to uphold laws and the call to minister to the vulnerable. In this book World Relief immigration experts Matthew Soerens and Jenny Yang move beyond the rhetoric to offer a Christian response to immigration. They put a human face on the issue and tell stories of immigrants' experiences in and out of the system. With careful historical understanding and thoughtful policy analysis, they debunk myths and misconceptions about immigration and show the limitations of the current immigration system. Ultimately they point toward immigration reform that is compassionate, sensible, and just as they offer concrete ways for you and your church to welcome and minister to your immigrant neighbors. This revised edition includes new material on refugees and updates in light of changes in political realities. Matthew Soerens, Jenny Yang Tue, 24 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336664 thebookvoice.com 8:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcoming the Stranger: Justice, Compassion & Truth in the Immigration Debate Author: Matthew Soerens, Jenny Yang Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Immigration is one of the most complicated issues of our time. Voices on all sides argue strongly for action and change. Christians find themselves torn between the desire to uphold laws and the call to minister to the vulnerable. In this book World Relief immigration experts Matthew Soerens and Jenny Yang move beyond the rhetoric to offer a Christian response to immigration. They put a human face on the issue and tell stories of immigrants' experiences in and out of the system. With careful historical understanding and thoughtful policy analysis, they debunk myths and misconceptions about immigration and show the limitations of the current immigration system. Ultimately they point toward immigration reform that is compassionate, sensible, and just as they offer concrete ways for you and your church to welcome and minister to your immigrant neighbors. This revised edition includes new material on refugees and updates in light of changes in political realities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcoming the Stranger: Justice, Compassion & Truth in the Immigration Debate Author: Matthew Soerens, Jenny Yang Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Immigration is one of the most complicated issues of our time. Voices on all sides argue strongly for action and change. Christians find themselves torn between the desire to uphold laws and the call to minister to the vulnerable. In this book World Relief immigration experts Matthew Soerens and Jenny Yang move beyond the rhetoric to offer a Christian response to immigration. They put a human face on the issue and tell stories of immigrants' experiences in and out of the system. With careful historical understanding and thoughtful policy analysis, they debunk myths and misconceptions about immigration and show the limitations of the current immigration system. Ultimately they point toward immigration reform that is compassionate, sensible, and just as they offer concrete ways for you and your church to welcome and minister to your immigrant neighbors. This revised edition includes new material on refugees and updates in light of changes in political realities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336639 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336639]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Letters to an American Christian Author: Bruce Riley Ashford Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 1, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What does it mean to be an American Christian? In Letters to an American Christian, Bruce Riley Ashford, author of One Nation Under God, addresses overarching issues of the relationship of Christianity and politics, speaks to the way historic Christian belief informs specific hot-button political issues, and challenges readers to take seriously both our heavenly and earthly citizenships. Written as a series of letters to 'Christian'—a young college student who is a new believer—Letters to an American Christian will help every reader think carefully about how Christianity informs what it means to be an American. In the midst of a rapidly changing national and political landscape, Letters to an American Christian reminds us of two important truths: we cannot afford to shrink away from our earthly citizenship, and we cannot afford to lose sight of our heavenly citizenship. Bruce Riley Ashford Fri, 01 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336639 thebookvoice.com 6:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336639]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Letters to an American Christian Author: Bruce Riley Ashford Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 1, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What does it mean to be an American Christian? In Letters to an American Christian, Bruce Riley Ashford, author of One Nation Under God, addresses overarching issues of the relationship of Christianity and politics, speaks to the way historic Christian belief informs specific hot-button political issues, and challenges readers to take seriously both our heavenly and earthly citizenships. Written as a series of letters to 'Christian'—a young college student who is a new believer—Letters to an American Christian will help every reader think carefully about how Christianity informs what it means to be an American. In the midst of a rapidly changing national and political landscape, Letters to an American Christian reminds us of two important truths: we cannot afford to shrink away from our earthly citizenship, and we cannot afford to lose sight of our heavenly citizenship. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336639]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Letters to an American Christian Author: Bruce Riley Ashford Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 1, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What does it mean to be an American Christian? In Letters to an American Christian, Bruce Riley Ashford, author of One Nation Under God, addresses overarching issues of the relationship of Christianity and politics, speaks to the way historic Christian belief informs specific hot-button political issues, and challenges readers to take seriously both our heavenly and earthly citizenships. Written as a series of letters to 'Christian'—a young college student who is a new believer—Letters to an American Christian will help every reader think carefully about how Christianity informs what it means to be an American. In the midst of a rapidly changing national and political landscape, Letters to an American Christian reminds us of two important truths: we cannot afford to shrink away from our earthly citizenship, and we cannot afford to lose sight of our heavenly citizenship. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336601 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 15:17 to Paris: The True Story of a Terrorist, a Train and Three American Heroes Author: Spencer Stone, Alek Skarlatos, Anthony Sadler Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 15:17 to Paris is an amazing true story of friendship and bravery, of near terrorist attack averted by three young men who found the heroic unity and strength inside themselves at the moment when they, and 500 other innocent travellers, needed it most. An ISIS terrorist planned to kill more than 500 people. He would have succeeded except for three American friends who refused to give in to fear. On August 21, 2015, Ayoub El-Khazzani boarded train #9364 in Brussels, bound for Paris. There could be no doubt about his mission: he had an AK-47, a pistol, a box cutter, and enough ammunition to obliterate every passenger on board. Slipping into the bathroom in secret, he armed his weapons. Another major ISIS attack was about to begin. Khazzani wasn't expecting Anthony Sadler, Alek Skarlatos, and Spencer Stone. Stone was a martial arts enthusiast and airman first class in the US Air Force, Skarlatos was a member of the Oregon National Guard, and all three were fearless. But their decision, to charge the gunman, then overpower him even as he turned first his gun, then his knife, on Stone, depended on a lifetime of loyalty, support, and faith. Their friendship was forged as they came of age together in California: going to church, playing paintball, teaching each other to swear, and sticking together when they got in trouble at school. Years later, that friendship would give all of them the courage to stand in the path of one of the world's deadliest terrorist organizations. The 15:17 to Paris is an amazing true story of friendship and bravery, of near tragedy averted by three young men who found the heroic unity and strength inside themselves at the moment when they, and 500 other innocent travellers, needed it most. Spencer Stone, Alek Skarlatos, Anthony Sadler Thu, 28 Dec 2017 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336601 thebookvoice.com 8:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 15:17 to Paris: The True Story of a Terrorist, a Train and Three American Heroes Author: Spencer Stone, Alek Skarlatos, Anthony Sadler Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 15:17 to Paris is an amazing true story of friendship and bravery, of near terrorist attack averted by three young men who found the heroic unity and strength inside themselves at the moment when they, and 500 other innocent travellers, needed it most. An ISIS terrorist planned to kill more than 500 people. He would have succeeded except for three American friends who refused to give in to fear. On August 21, 2015, Ayoub El-Khazzani boarded train #9364 in Brussels, bound for Paris. There could be no doubt about his mission: he had an AK-47, a pistol, a box cutter, and enough ammunition to obliterate every passenger on board. Slipping into the bathroom in secret, he armed his weapons. Another major ISIS attack was about to begin. Khazzani wasn't expecting Anthony Sadler, Alek Skarlatos, and Spencer Stone. Stone was a martial arts enthusiast and airman first class in the US Air Force, Skarlatos was a member of the Oregon National Guard, and all three were fearless. But their decision, to charge the gunman, then overpower him even as he turned first his gun, then his knife, on Stone, depended on a lifetime of loyalty, support, and faith. Their friendship was forged as they came of age together in California: going to church, playing paintball, teaching each other to swear, and sticking together when they got in trouble at school. Years later, that friendship would give all of them the courage to stand in the path of one of the world's deadliest terrorist organizations. The 15:17 to Paris is an amazing true story of friendship and bravery, of near tragedy averted by three young men who found the heroic unity and strength inside themselves at the moment when they, and 500 other innocent travellers, needed it most. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 15:17 to Paris: The True Story of a Terrorist, a Train and Three American Heroes Author: Spencer Stone, Alek Skarlatos, Anthony Sadler Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 15:17 to Paris is an amazing true story of friendship and bravery, of near terrorist attack averted by three young men who found the heroic unity and strength inside themselves at the moment when they, and 500 other innocent travellers, needed it most. An ISIS terrorist planned to kill more than 500 people. He would have succeeded except for three American friends who refused to give in to fear. On August 21, 2015, Ayoub El-Khazzani boarded train #9364 in Brussels, bound for Paris. There could be no doubt about his mission: he had an AK-47, a pistol, a box cutter, and enough ammunition to obliterate every passenger on board. Slipping into the bathroom in secret, he armed his weapons. Another major ISIS attack was about to begin. Khazzani wasn't expecting Anthony Sadler, Alek Skarlatos, and Spencer Stone. Stone was a martial arts enthusiast and airman first class in the US Air Force, Skarlatos was a member of the Oregon National Guard, and all three were fearless. But their decision, to charge the gunman, then overpower him even as he turned first his gun, then his knife, on Stone, depended on a lifetime of loyalty, support, and faith. Their friendship was forged as they came of age together in California: going to church, playing paintball, teaching each other to swear, and sticking together when they got in trouble at school. Years later, that friendship would give all of them the courage to stand in the path of one of the world's deadliest terrorist organizations. The 15:17 to Paris is an amazing true story of friendship and bravery, of near tragedy averted by three young men who found the heroic unity and strength inside themselves at the moment when they, and 500 other innocent travellers, needed it most. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336585 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Left For Dead?: The Strange Death and Rebirth of the Labour Party Author: Lewis Goodall Narrator: Alex James-Cox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A timely and provocative account of the fall of New Labour, the rise of Corbyn, and what it means for the left in Britain. ‘Lewis Goodall is one of the most exciting voices in British politics right now’ Emily Maitlis ‘Hugely illuminating, thought-provoking and moving in its seriousness and optimism’ Lord Andrew Adonis ESSENTIAL READING DURING LABOUR’S LEADERSHIP CAMPAIGN. In the 21st Century the Labour Party has undergone the most extraordinary transformation in its history. After more than a decade of political dominance, the party lost two consecutive general elections and found its leadership usurped by the obscure far-left MP Jeremy Corbyn. As Britain voted to leave the EU, Labour seemed destined for long term irrelevance. In Left for Dead? journalist Lewis Goodall tells the full story of this political journey with unprecedented access to all its key players, from Blair to Corbyn. Weaving together personal memoir, exclusive interviews, juicy gossip and incisive critique, he travels from the streets of his childhood in the shadow of the Birmingham Rover factory to the corridors of power in Westminster, tracing the journey of the party from the twilight of the ‘Third Way’ to the tumult of the financial crisis to the ravages of Brexit and Corbynism. Because one thing is for certain – the traditional social democratic centre-left which we have known since the war is barely twitching in the road. But what has replaced it? Where has it come from? And what does it mean for the long-term future of the Labour Party? Lewis Goodall Thu, 20 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336585 thebookvoice.com 15:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Left For Dead?: The Strange Death and Rebirth of the Labour Party Author: Lewis Goodall Narrator: Alex James-Cox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A timely and provocative account of the fall of New Labour, the rise of Corbyn, and what it means for the left in Britain. ‘Lewis Goodall is one of the most exciting voices in British politics right now’ Emily Maitlis ‘Hugely illuminating, thought-provoking and moving in its seriousness and optimism’ Lord Andrew Adonis ESSENTIAL READING DURING LABOUR’S LEADERSHIP CAMPAIGN. In the 21st Century the Labour Party has undergone the most extraordinary transformation in its history. After more than a decade of political dominance, the party lost two consecutive general elections and found its leadership usurped by the obscure far-left MP Jeremy Corbyn. As Britain voted to leave the EU, Labour seemed destined for long term irrelevance. In Left for Dead? journalist Lewis Goodall tells the full story of this political journey with unprecedented access to all its key players, from Blair to Corbyn. Weaving together personal memoir, exclusive interviews, juicy gossip and incisive critique, he travels from the streets of his childhood in the shadow of the Birmingham Rover factory to the corridors of power in Westminster, tracing the journey of the party from the twilight of the ‘Third Way’ to the tumult of the financial crisis to the ravages of Brexit and Corbynism. Because one thing is for certain – the traditional social democratic centre-left which we have known since the war is barely twitching in the road. But what has replaced it? Where has it come from? And what does it mean for the long-term future of the Labour Party? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Left For Dead?: The Strange Death and Rebirth of the Labour Party Author: Lewis Goodall Narrator: Alex James-Cox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A timely and provocative account of the fall of New Labour, the rise of Corbyn, and what it means for the left in Britain. ‘Lewis Goodall is one of the most exciting voices in British politics right now’ Emily Maitlis ‘Hugely illuminating, thought-provoking and moving in its seriousness and optimism’ Lord Andrew Adonis ESSENTIAL READING DURING LABOUR’S LEADERSHIP CAMPAIGN. In the 21st Century the Labour Party has undergone the most extraordinary transformation in its history. After more than a decade of political dominance, the party lost two consecutive general elections and found its leadership usurped by the obscure far-left MP Jeremy Corbyn. As Britain voted to leave the EU, Labour seemed destined for long term irrelevance. In Left for Dead? journalist Lewis Goodall tells the full story of this political journey with unprecedented access to all its key players, from Blair to Corbyn. Weaving together personal memoir, exclusive interviews, juicy gossip and incisive critique, he travels from the streets of his childhood in the shadow of the Birmingham Rover factory to the corridors of power in Westminster, tracing the journey of the party from the twilight of the ‘Third Way’ to the tumult of the financial crisis to the ravages of Brexit and Corbynism. Because one thing is for certain – the traditional social democratic centre-left which we have known since the war is barely twitching in the road. But what has replaced it? Where has it come from? And what does it mean for the long-term future of the Labour Party? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336578 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336578]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Life of Crime: The Memoirs of a High Court Judge Author: Harry Ognall Narrator: Mike Grady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A frank and witty memoir of life at the Bar and on the Bench, from former High Court Judge The Hon. Sir Harry Ognall. For many years, Harry Ognall enjoyed a formidable reputation as an advocate at the criminal Bar. As counsel, and later as judge, he was involved in numerous high-profile trials, both in Britain and abroad. Among many cases as a QC, he prosecuted Peter Sutcliffe, the so-called ‘Yorkshire Ripper’. He successfully defended six officers of the Air Force of Zimbabwe at their trial in Harare, where they faced a charge of treasonable sabotage. As a judge, he presided over the trial of Colin Stagg (the alleged ‘Wimbledon Common murderer’), the trial arising from the Lyme Bay canoe tragedy and the trial for the first time in the United Kingdom of a doctor’s alleged involvement in euthanasia. Thoughtful and provocative, Sir Harry has advice for the aspiring young advocate, and invests this penetrating memoir with warmth, humour and understanding. His frank portrait of a lifetime in the criminal law offers unique perspectives on some of the most notorious cases of the twentieth century, as well as fascinating insights into a colourful professional life and the burdens and responsibilities that come with the privilege of high judicial office. Harry Ognall Thu, 02 Nov 2017 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336578 thebookvoice.com 5:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336578]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Life of Crime: The Memoirs of a High Court Judge Author: Harry Ognall Narrator: Mike Grady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A frank and witty memoir of life at the Bar and on the Bench, from former High Court Judge The Hon. Sir Harry Ognall. For many years, Harry Ognall enjoyed a formidable reputation as an advocate at the criminal Bar. As counsel, and later as judge, he was involved in numerous high-profile trials, both in Britain and abroad. Among many cases as a QC, he prosecuted Peter Sutcliffe, the so-called ‘Yorkshire Ripper’. He successfully defended six officers of the Air Force of Zimbabwe at their trial in Harare, where they faced a charge of treasonable sabotage. As a judge, he presided over the trial of Colin Stagg (the alleged ‘Wimbledon Common murderer’), the trial arising from the Lyme Bay canoe tragedy and the trial for the first time in the United Kingdom of a doctor’s alleged involvement in euthanasia. Thoughtful and provocative, Sir Harry has advice for the aspiring young advocate, and invests this penetrating memoir with warmth, humour and understanding. His frank portrait of a lifetime in the criminal law offers unique perspectives on some of the most notorious cases of the twentieth century, as well as fascinating insights into a colourful professional life and the burdens and responsibilities that come with the privilege of high judicial office. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336578]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Life of Crime: The Memoirs of a High Court Judge Author: Harry Ognall Narrator: Mike Grady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A frank and witty memoir of life at the Bar and on the Bench, from former High Court Judge The Hon. Sir Harry Ognall. For many years, Harry Ognall enjoyed a formidable reputation as an advocate at the criminal Bar. As counsel, and later as judge, he was involved in numerous high-profile trials, both in Britain and abroad. Among many cases as a QC, he prosecuted Peter Sutcliffe, the so-called ‘Yorkshire Ripper’. He successfully defended six officers of the Air Force of Zimbabwe at their trial in Harare, where they faced a charge of treasonable sabotage. As a judge, he presided over the trial of Colin Stagg (the alleged ‘Wimbledon Common murderer’), the trial arising from the Lyme Bay canoe tragedy and the trial for the first time in the United Kingdom of a doctor’s alleged involvement in euthanasia. Thoughtful and provocative, Sir Harry has advice for the aspiring young advocate, and invests this penetrating memoir with warmth, humour and understanding. His frank portrait of a lifetime in the criminal law offers unique perspectives on some of the most notorious cases of the twentieth century, as well as fascinating insights into a colourful professional life and the burdens and responsibilities that come with the privilege of high judicial office. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336429 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flat Earth News: AN AWARD WINNING REPORTER EX Author: Nick Davies Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 1, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Finally I was forced to admit that I work in a corrupted profession.' When award-winning journalist Nick Davies decided to break Fleet Street's unwritten rule by investigating his own colleagues, he found that the business of reporting the truth had been slowly subverted by the mass production of ignorance. Working with a network of off-the-record sources, Davies uncovered the story of the prestigious 'Sunday' newspaper which allowed the CIA and MI6 to plant fiction in its columns; the newsroom which routinely rejects stories about black people; the respected paper that hired a professional fraudster to set up a front company to entrap senior political figures; the newspapers which support law and order while paying cash bribes to bent detectives. Davies names names and exposes the national stories which turn out to be pseudo events manufactured by the PR industry, and the global news stories which prove to be fiction generated by a new machinery of international propaganda. He shows the effect of this on a world where consumers believe a mass of stories which, in truth, are as false as the idea that the Earth is flat - from the millennium bug to the WMD in Iraq - tainting government policy, perverting popular belief. With the help of researchers from Cardiff University, who ran a ground-breaking analysis of our daily news, Davies found most reporters, most of the time, are not allowed to dig up stories or check their facts - a profession corrupted at the core. Nick Davies Mon, 01 Jun 2009 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336429 thebookvoice.com 17:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flat Earth News: AN AWARD WINNING REPORTER EX Author: Nick Davies Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 1, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Finally I was forced to admit that I work in a corrupted profession.' When award-winning journalist Nick Davies decided to break Fleet Street's unwritten rule by investigating his own colleagues, he found that the business of reporting the truth had been slowly subverted by the mass production of ignorance. Working with a network of off-the-record sources, Davies uncovered the story of the prestigious 'Sunday' newspaper which allowed the CIA and MI6 to plant fiction in its columns; the newsroom which routinely rejects stories about black people; the respected paper that hired a professional fraudster to set up a front company to entrap senior political figures; the newspapers which support law and order while paying cash bribes to bent detectives. Davies names names and exposes the national stories which turn out to be pseudo events manufactured by the PR industry, and the global news stories which prove to be fiction generated by a new machinery of international propaganda. He shows the effect of this on a world where consumers believe a mass of stories which, in truth, are as false as the idea that the Earth is flat - from the millennium bug to the WMD in Iraq - tainting government policy, perverting popular belief. With the help of researchers from Cardiff University, who ran a ground-breaking analysis of our daily news, Davies found most reporters, most of the time, are not allowed to dig up stories or check their facts - a profession corrupted at the core. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flat Earth News: AN AWARD WINNING REPORTER EX Author: Nick Davies Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 1, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Finally I was forced to admit that I work in a corrupted profession.' When award-winning journalist Nick Davies decided to break Fleet Street's unwritten rule by investigating his own colleagues, he found that the business of reporting the truth had been slowly subverted by the mass production of ignorance. Working with a network of off-the-record sources, Davies uncovered the story of the prestigious 'Sunday' newspaper which allowed the CIA and MI6 to plant fiction in its columns; the newsroom which routinely rejects stories about black people; the respected paper that hired a professional fraudster to set up a front company to entrap senior political figures; the newspapers which support law and order while paying cash bribes to bent detectives. Davies names names and exposes the national stories which turn out to be pseudo events manufactured by the PR industry, and the global news stories which prove to be fiction generated by a new machinery of international propaganda. He shows the effect of this on a world where consumers believe a mass of stories which, in truth, are as false as the idea that the Earth is flat - from the millennium bug to the WMD in Iraq - tainting government policy, perverting popular belief. With the help of researchers from Cardiff University, who ran a ground-breaking analysis of our daily news, Davies found most reporters, most of the time, are not allowed to dig up stories or check their facts - a profession corrupted at the core. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335790 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335790]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect Weapon: War, Sabotage, and Fear in the Cyber Age Author: David E. Sanger Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NOW AN HBO® DOCUMENTARY FROM AWARD-WINNING DIRECTOR JOHN MAGGIO • “An important—and deeply sobering—new book about cyberwarfare” (Nicholas Kristof, New York Times) The Perfect Weapon is the startling inside story of how the rise of cyberweapons transformed geopolitics like nothing since the invention of the atomic bomb. Cheap to acquire, easy to deny, and usable for a variety of malicious purposes, cyber is now the weapon of choice for democracies, dictators, and terrorists. Two presidents—Bush and Obama—drew first blood with Operation Olympic Games, which used malicious code to blow up Iran’s nuclear centrifuges, and yet America proved remarkably unprepared when its own weapons were stolen from its arsenal and, during President Trump’s first year, turned back on the United States and its allies. And if Obama would begin his presidency by helping to launch the new era of cyberwar, he would end it struggling unsuccessfully to defend against Russia’s broad attack on the 2016 US election.  Moving from the White House Situation Room to the dens of Chinese government hackers to the boardrooms of Silicon Valley, New York Times national security correspondent David Sanger reveals a world coming face-to-face with the perils of technological revolution, where everyone is a target. “Timely and bracing . . . With the deep knowledge and bright clarity that have long characterized his work, Sanger recounts the cunning and dangerous development of cyberspace into the global battlefield of the 21st century.” —Washington Post David E. Sanger Tue, 19 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335790 thebookvoice.com 12:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335790]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect Weapon: War, Sabotage, and Fear in the Cyber Age Author: David E. Sanger Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NOW AN HBO® DOCUMENTARY FROM AWARD-WINNING DIRECTOR JOHN MAGGIO • “An important—and deeply sobering—new book about cyberwarfare” (Nicholas Kristof, New York Times) The Perfect Weapon is the startling inside story of how the rise of cyberweapons transformed geopolitics like nothing since the invention of the atomic bomb. Cheap to acquire, easy to deny, and usable for a variety of malicious purposes, cyber is now the weapon of choice for democracies, dictators, and terrorists. Two presidents—Bush and Obama—drew first blood with Operation Olympic Games, which used malicious code to blow up Iran’s nuclear centrifuges, and yet America proved remarkably unprepared when its own weapons were stolen from its arsenal and, during President Trump’s first year, turned back on the United States and its allies. And if Obama would begin his presidency by helping to launch the new era of cyberwar, he would end it struggling unsuccessfully to defend against Russia’s broad attack on the 2016 US election.  Moving from the White House Situation Room to the dens of Chinese government hackers to the boardrooms of Silicon Valley, New York Times national security correspondent David Sanger reveals a world coming face-to-face with the perils of technological revolution, where everyone is a target. “Timely and bracing . . . With the deep knowledge and bright clarity that have long characterized his work, Sanger recounts the cunning and dangerous development of cyberspace into the global battlefield of the 21st century.” —Washington Post Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335790]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect Weapon: War, Sabotage, and Fear in the Cyber Age Author: David E. Sanger Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NOW AN HBO® DOCUMENTARY FROM AWARD-WINNING DIRECTOR JOHN MAGGIO • “An important—and deeply sobering—new book about cyberwarfare” (Nicholas Kristof, New York Times) The Perfect Weapon is the startling inside story of how the rise of cyberweapons transformed geopolitics like nothing since the invention of the atomic bomb. Cheap to acquire, easy to deny, and usable for a variety of malicious purposes, cyber is now the weapon of choice for democracies, dictators, and terrorists. Two presidents—Bush and Obama—drew first blood with Operation Olympic Games, which used malicious code to blow up Iran’s nuclear centrifuges, and yet America proved remarkably unprepared when its own weapons were stolen from its arsenal and, during President Trump’s first year, turned back on the United States and its allies. And if Obama would begin his presidency by helping to launch the new era of cyberwar, he would end it struggling unsuccessfully to defend against Russia’s broad attack on the 2016 US election.  Moving from the White House Situation Room to the dens of Chinese government hackers to the boardrooms of Silicon Valley, New York Times national security correspondent David Sanger reveals a world coming face-to-face with the perils of technological revolution, where everyone is a target. “Timely and bracing . . . With the deep knowledge and bright clarity that have long characterized his work, Sanger recounts the cunning and dangerous development of cyberspace into the global battlefield of the 21st century.” —Washington Post https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335761 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335761]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Squeezed: Why Our Families Can't Afford America Author: Alissa Quart Narrator: Carly Robins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Brilliant—a keen, elegantly written, and scorching account of the American family today. Through vivid stories, sharp analysis and wit, Quart anatomizes the middle class’s fall while also offering solutions and hope.”  — Barbara Ehrenreich, author of Nickel and Dimed Families today are squeezed on every side—from high childcare costs and harsh employment policies to workplaces without paid family leave or even dependable and regular working hours. Many realize that attaining the standard of living their parents managed has become impossible. Alissa Quart, executive editor of the Economic Hardship Reporting Project, examines the lives of many middle-class Americans who can now barely afford to raise children. Through gripping firsthand storytelling, Quart shows how our country has failed its families. Her subjects—from professors to lawyers to caregivers to nurses—have been wrung out by a system that doesn’t support them, and enriches only a tiny elite. Interlacing her own experience with close-up reporting on families that are just getting by, Quart reveals parenthood itself to be financially overwhelming, except for the wealthiest. She offers real solutions to these problems, including outlining necessary policy shifts, as well as detailing the DIY tactics some families are already putting into motion, and argues for the cultural reevaluation of parenthood and caregiving. Written in the spirit of Barbara Ehrenreich and Jennifer Senior, Squeezed is an eye-opening audiobook. Powerfully argued, deeply reported, and ultimately hopeful, it casts a bright, clarifying light on families struggling to thrive in an economy that holds too few options. It will make listeners think differently about their lives and those of their neighbors. Alissa Quart Tue, 26 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335761 thebookvoice.com 8:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335761]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Squeezed: Why Our Families Can't Afford America Author: Alissa Quart Narrator: Carly Robins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Brilliant—a keen, elegantly written, and scorching account of the American family today. Through vivid stories, sharp analysis and wit, Quart anatomizes the middle class’s fall while also offering solutions and hope.”  — Barbara Ehrenreich, author of Nickel and Dimed Families today are squeezed on every side—from high childcare costs and harsh employment policies to workplaces without paid family leave or even dependable and regular working hours. Many realize that attaining the standard of living their parents managed has become impossible. Alissa Quart, executive editor of the Economic Hardship Reporting Project, examines the lives of many middle-class Americans who can now barely afford to raise children. Through gripping firsthand storytelling, Quart shows how our country has failed its families. Her subjects—from professors to lawyers to caregivers to nurses—have been wrung out by a system that doesn’t support them, and enriches only a tiny elite. Interlacing her own experience with close-up reporting on families that are just getting by, Quart reveals parenthood itself to be financially overwhelming, except for the wealthiest. She offers real solutions to these problems, including outlining necessary policy shifts, as well as detailing the DIY tactics some families are already putting into motion, and argues for the cultural reevaluation of parenthood and caregiving. Written in the spirit of Barbara Ehrenreich and Jennifer Senior, Squeezed is an eye-opening audiobook. Powerfully argued, deeply reported, and ultimately hopeful, it casts a bright, clarifying light on families struggling to thrive in an economy that holds too few options. It will make listeners think differently about their lives and those of their neighbors. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335761]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Squeezed: Why Our Families Can't Afford America Author: Alissa Quart Narrator: Carly Robins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Brilliant—a keen, elegantly written, and scorching account of the American family today. Through vivid stories, sharp analysis and wit, Quart anatomizes the middle class’s fall while also offering solutions and hope.”  — Barbara Ehrenreich, author of Nickel and Dimed Families today are squeezed on every side—from high childcare costs and harsh employment policies to workplaces without paid family leave or even dependable and regular working hours. Many realize that attaining the standard of living their parents managed has become impossible. Alissa Quart, executive editor of the Economic Hardship Reporting Project, examines the lives of many middle-class Americans who can now barely afford to raise children. Through gripping firsthand storytelling, Quart shows how our country has failed its families. Her subjects—from professors to lawyers to caregivers to nurses—have been wrung out by a system that doesn’t support them, and enriches only a tiny elite. Interlacing her own experience with close-up reporting on families that are just getting by, Quart reveals parenthood itself to be financially overwhelming, except for the wealthiest. She offers real solutions to these problems, including outlining necessary policy shifts, as well as detailing the DIY tactics some families are already putting into motion, and argues for the cultural reevaluation of parenthood and caregiving. Written in the spirit of Barbara Ehrenreich and Jennifer Senior, Squeezed is an eye-opening audiobook. Powerfully argued, deeply reported, and ultimately hopeful, it casts a bright, clarifying light on families struggling to thrive in an economy that holds too few options. It will make listeners think differently about their lives and those of their neighbors. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335723 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335723]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Desert and the Sea: 977 Days Captive on the Somali Pirate Coast Author: Michael Scott Moore Narrator: Corey Snow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michael Scott Moore, a journalist and the author of Sweetness and Blood, incorporates personal narrative and rigorous investigative journalism in this profound and revelatory memoir of his three-year captivity by Somali pirates—a riveting, thoughtful, and emotionally resonant exploration of foreign policy, religious extremism, and the costs of survival. In January 2012, having covered a Somali pirate trial in Hamburg for Spiegel Online International—and funded by a grant from the Pulitzer Center on Crisis Reporting—Michael Scott Moore traveled to the Horn of Africa to write about piracy and ways to end it. In a terrible twist of fate, Moore himself was kidnapped and subsequently held captive by Somali pirates. Subjected to conditions that break even the strongest spirits—physical injury, starvation, isolation, terror—Moore’s survival is a testament to his indomitable strength of mind. In September 2014, after 977 days, he walked free when his ransom was put together by the help of several US and German institutions, friends, colleagues, and his strong-willed mother.  Yet Moore’s own struggle is only part of the story: The Desert and the Sea falls at the intersection of reportage, memoir, and history. Caught between Muslim pirates, the looming threat of Al-Shabaab, and the rise of ISIS, Moore observes the worlds that surrounded him—the economics and history of piracy; the effects of post-colonialism; the politics of hostage negotiation and ransom; while also conjuring the various faces of Islam—and places his ordeal in the context of the larger political and historical issues.            A sort of Catch-22 meets Black Hawk Down, The Desert and the Sea is written with dark humor, candor, and a journalist’s clinical distance and eye for detail. Moore offers an intimate and otherwise inaccessible view of life as we cannot fathom it, brilliantly weaving his own experience as a hostage with the social, economic, religious, and political factors creating it. The Desert and the Sea is wildly compelling and a book that will take its place next to titles like Den of Lions and Even Silence Has an End. Michael Scott Moore Tue, 24 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335723 thebookvoice.com 12:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335723]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Desert and the Sea: 977 Days Captive on the Somali Pirate Coast Author: Michael Scott Moore Narrator: Corey Snow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michael Scott Moore, a journalist and the author of Sweetness and Blood, incorporates personal narrative and rigorous investigative journalism in this profound and revelatory memoir of his three-year captivity by Somali pirates—a riveting, thoughtful, and emotionally resonant exploration of foreign policy, religious extremism, and the costs of survival. In January 2012, having covered a Somali pirate trial in Hamburg for Spiegel Online International—and funded by a grant from the Pulitzer Center on Crisis Reporting—Michael Scott Moore traveled to the Horn of Africa to write about piracy and ways to end it. In a terrible twist of fate, Moore himself was kidnapped and subsequently held captive by Somali pirates. Subjected to conditions that break even the strongest spirits—physical injury, starvation, isolation, terror—Moore’s survival is a testament to his indomitable strength of mind. In September 2014, after 977 days, he walked free when his ransom was put together by the help of several US and German institutions, friends, colleagues, and his strong-willed mother.  Yet Moore’s own struggle is only part of the story: The Desert and the Sea falls at the intersection of reportage, memoir, and history. Caught between Muslim pirates, the looming threat of Al-Shabaab, and the rise of ISIS, Moore observes the worlds that surrounded him—the economics and history of piracy; the effects of post-colonialism; the politics of hostage negotiation and ransom; while also conjuring the various faces of Islam—and places his ordeal in the context of the larger political and historical issues.            A sort of Catch-22 meets Black Hawk Down, The Desert and the Sea is written with dark humor, candor, and a journalist’s clinical distance and eye for detail. Moore offers an intimate and otherwise inaccessible view of life as we cannot fathom it, brilliantly weaving his own experience as a hostage with the social, economic, religious, and political factors creating it. The Desert and the Sea is wildly compelling and a book that will take its place next to titles like Den of Lions and Even Silence Has an End. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335723]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Desert and the Sea: 977 Days Captive on the Somali Pirate Coast Author: Michael Scott Moore Narrator: Corey Snow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michael Scott Moore, a journalist and the author of Sweetness and Blood, incorporates personal narrative and rigorous investigative journalism in this profound and revelatory memoir of his three-year captivity by Somali pirates—a riveting, thoughtful, and emotionally resonant exploration of foreign policy, religious extremism, and the costs of survival. In January 2012, having covered a Somali pirate trial in Hamburg for Spiegel Online International—and funded by a grant from the Pulitzer Center on Crisis Reporting—Michael Scott Moore traveled to the Horn of Africa to write about piracy and ways to end it. In a terrible twist of fate, Moore himself was kidnapped and subsequently held captive by Somali pirates. Subjected to conditions that break even the strongest spirits—physical injury, starvation, isolation, terror—Moore’s survival is a testament to his indomitable strength of mind. In September 2014, after 977 days, he walked free when his ransom was put together by the help of several US and German institutions, friends, colleagues, and his strong-willed mother.  Yet Moore’s own struggle is only part of the story: The Desert and the Sea falls at the intersection of reportage, memoir, and history. Caught between Muslim pirates, the looming threat of Al-Shabaab, and the rise of ISIS, Moore observes the worlds that surrounded him—the economics and history of piracy; the effects of post-colonialism; the politics of hostage negotiation and ransom; while also conjuring the various faces of Islam—and places his ordeal in the context of the larger political and historical issues.            A sort of Catch-22 meets Black Hawk Down, The Desert and the Sea is written with dark humor, candor, and a journalist’s clinical distance and eye for detail. Moore offers an intimate and otherwise inaccessible view of life as we cannot fathom it, brilliantly weaving his own experience as a hostage with the social, economic, religious, and political factors creating it. The Desert and the Sea is wildly compelling and a book that will take its place next to titles like Den of Lions and Even Silence Has an End. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335696 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335696]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From the Corner of the Oval: A Memoir Author: Beck Dorey-Stein Narrator: Beck Dorey-Stein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • What if you lived out the drama of your twenties on Air Force One?   “[This] breezy page turner is essentially Bridget Jones goes to the White House.”—The New York Times   RECOMMENDED READING theSkimm • Today • Entertainment Weekly • Refinery29 • Bustle • PopSugar • Vanity Fair •  The New York Times Editors’ Choice • Paste In 2012, Beck Dorey-Stein is working five part-time jobs and just scraping by when a posting on Craigslist lands her, improbably, in the Oval Office as one of Barack Obama’s stenographers. The ultimate D.C. outsider, she joins the elite team who accompany the president wherever he goes, recorder and mic in hand. On whirlwind trips across time zones, Beck forges friendships with a dynamic group of fellow travelers—young men and women who, like her, leave their real lives behind to hop aboard Air Force One in service of the president.   As she learns to navigate White House protocols and more than once runs afoul of the hierarchy, Beck becomes romantically entangled with a consummate D.C. insider, and suddenly the political becomes all too personal. Against a backdrop of glamour, drama, and intrigue, this is the story of a young woman learning what truly matters, and, in the process, discovering her voice. Praise for From the Corner of the Oval “Who knew the West Wing could be so sexy? Beck Dorey-Stein’s unparalleled access is obvious on every page, along with her knife-sharp humor. I tore through the entire book on a four-hour flight and loved reading all about the brilliant yet hard-partying people who once surrounded the leader of the free world. Lots of books claim to give real insider glimpses, but this one actually delivers.”—Lauren Weisberger, author of The Devil Wears Prada “Dorey-Stein . . . writes with wit and self-deprecating humor.”—The Wall Street Journal “Addictively readable . . . Dorey-Stein’s spunk and her sparkling, crackling prose had me cheering for her through each adventure. . . . She never loses her starry-eyed optimism, her pinch-me wonderment, her Working Girl pluck.”—Paul Begala, The New York Times Book Review (Editors’ Choice) Beck Dorey-Stein Tue, 10 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335696 thebookvoice.com 9:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335696]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From the Corner of the Oval: A Memoir Author: Beck Dorey-Stein Narrator: Beck Dorey-Stein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • What if you lived out the drama of your twenties on Air Force One?   “[This] breezy page turner is essentially Bridget Jones goes to the White House.”—The New York Times   RECOMMENDED READING theSkimm • Today • Entertainment Weekly • Refinery29 • Bustle • PopSugar • Vanity Fair •  The New York Times Editors’ Choice • Paste In 2012, Beck Dorey-Stein is working five part-time jobs and just scraping by when a posting on Craigslist lands her, improbably, in the Oval Office as one of Barack Obama’s stenographers. The ultimate D.C. outsider, she joins the elite team who accompany the president wherever he goes, recorder and mic in hand. On whirlwind trips across time zones, Beck forges friendships with a dynamic group of fellow travelers—young men and women who, like her, leave their real lives behind to hop aboard Air Force One in service of the president.   As she learns to navigate White House protocols and more than once runs afoul of the hierarchy, Beck becomes romantically entangled with a consummate D.C. insider, and suddenly the political becomes all too personal. Against a backdrop of glamour, drama, and intrigue, this is the story of a young woman learning what truly matters, and, in the process, discovering her voice. Praise for From the Corner of the Oval “Who knew the West Wing could be so sexy? Beck Dorey-Stein’s unparalleled access is obvious on every page, along with her knife-sharp humor. I tore through the entire book on a four-hour flight and loved reading all about the brilliant yet hard-partying people who once surrounded the leader of the free world. Lots of books claim to give real insider glimpses, but this one actually delivers.”—Lauren Weisberger, author of The Devil Wears Prada “Dorey-Stein . . . writes with wit and self-deprecating humor.”—The Wall Street Journal “Addictively readable . . . Dorey-Stein’s spunk and her sparkling, crackling prose had me cheering for her through each adventure. . . . She never loses her starry-eyed optimism, her pinch-me wonderment, her Working Girl pluck.”—Paul Begala, The New York Times Book Review (Editors’ Choice) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335696]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From the Corner of the Oval: A Memoir Author: Beck Dorey-Stein Narrator: Beck Dorey-Stein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • What if you lived out the drama of your twenties on Air Force One?   “[This] breezy page turner is essentially Bridget Jones goes to the White House.”—The New York Times   RECOMMENDED READING theSkimm • Today • Entertainment Weekly • Refinery29 • Bustle • PopSugar • Vanity Fair •  The New York Times Editors’ Choice • Paste In 2012, Beck Dorey-Stein is working five part-time jobs and just scraping by when a posting on Craigslist lands her, improbably, in the Oval Office as one of Barack Obama’s stenographers. The ultimate D.C. outsider, she joins the elite team who accompany the president wherever he goes, recorder and mic in hand. On whirlwind trips across time zones, Beck forges friendships with a dynamic group of fellow travelers—young men and women who, like her, leave their real lives behind to hop aboard Air Force One in service of the president.   As she learns to navigate White House protocols and more than once runs afoul of the hierarchy, Beck becomes romantically entangled with a consummate D.C. insider, and suddenly the political becomes all too personal. Against a backdrop of glamour, drama, and intrigue, this is the story of a young woman learning what truly matters, and, in the process, discovering her voice. Praise for From the Corner of the Oval “Who knew the West Wing could be so sexy? Beck Dorey-Stein’s unparalleled access is obvious on every page, along with her knife-sharp humor. I tore through the entire book on a four-hour flight and loved reading all about the brilliant yet hard-partying people who once surrounded the leader of the free world. Lots of books claim to give real insider glimpses, but this one actually delivers.”—Lauren Weisberger, author of The Devil Wears Prada “Dorey-Stein . . . writes with wit and self-deprecating humor.”—The Wall Street Journal “Addictively readable . . . Dorey-Stein’s spunk and her sparkling, crackling prose had me cheering for her through each adventure. . . . She never loses her starry-eyed optimism, her pinch-me wonderment, her Working Girl pluck.”—Paul Begala, The New York Times Book Review (Editors’ Choice) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335551 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring the War Home: The White Power Movement and Paramilitary America Author: Kathleen Belew Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The white power movement in America wants a revolution. It has declared all-out war against the federal government and its agents, and has carried out—with military precision—an escalating campaign of terror against the American public. Its soldiers are not lone wolves but are highly organized cadres motivated by a coherent and deeply troubling worldview of white supremacy, anticommunism, and apocalypse. In Bring the War Home, Kathleen Belew gives us the first full history of the movement that consolidated in the 1970s and 1980s around a potent sense of betrayal in the Vietnam War and made tragic headlines in the 1995 bombing of the Oklahoma City federal building. Returning to an America ripped apart by a war that, in their view, they were not allowed to win, a small but driven group of veterans, active-duty personnel, and civilian supporters concluded that waging war on their own country was justified. They unified people from a variety of militant groups, including Klansmen, neo-Nazis, skinheads, radical tax protestors, and white separatists. The white power movement operated with discipline and clarity, undertaking assassinations, mercenary soldiering, armed robbery, counterfeiting, and weapons trafficking. Its command structure gave women a prominent place in brokering intergroup alliances and giving birth to future recruits. Belew's disturbing history reveals how war cannot be contained in time and space. In its wake, grievances intensify and violence becomes a logical course of action for some. Bring the War Home argues for awareness of the heightened potential for paramilitarism in a present defined by ongoing war. Kathleen Belew Tue, 29 May 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335551 thebookvoice.com 10:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring the War Home: The White Power Movement and Paramilitary America Author: Kathleen Belew Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The white power movement in America wants a revolution. It has declared all-out war against the federal government and its agents, and has carried out—with military precision—an escalating campaign of terror against the American public. Its soldiers are not lone wolves but are highly organized cadres motivated by a coherent and deeply troubling worldview of white supremacy, anticommunism, and apocalypse. In Bring the War Home, Kathleen Belew gives us the first full history of the movement that consolidated in the 1970s and 1980s around a potent sense of betrayal in the Vietnam War and made tragic headlines in the 1995 bombing of the Oklahoma City federal building. Returning to an America ripped apart by a war that, in their view, they were not allowed to win, a small but driven group of veterans, active-duty personnel, and civilian supporters concluded that waging war on their own country was justified. They unified people from a variety of militant groups, including Klansmen, neo-Nazis, skinheads, radical tax protestors, and white separatists. The white power movement operated with discipline and clarity, undertaking assassinations, mercenary soldiering, armed robbery, counterfeiting, and weapons trafficking. Its command structure gave women a prominent place in brokering intergroup alliances and giving birth to future recruits. Belew's disturbing history reveals how war cannot be contained in time and space. In its wake, grievances intensify and violence becomes a logical course of action for some. Bring the War Home argues for awareness of the heightened potential for paramilitarism in a present defined by ongoing war. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring the War Home: The White Power Movement and Paramilitary America Author: Kathleen Belew Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The white power movement in America wants a revolution. It has declared all-out war against the federal government and its agents, and has carried out—with military precision—an escalating campaign of terror against the American public. Its soldiers are not lone wolves but are highly organized cadres motivated by a coherent and deeply troubling worldview of white supremacy, anticommunism, and apocalypse. In Bring the War Home, Kathleen Belew gives us the first full history of the movement that consolidated in the 1970s and 1980s around a potent sense of betrayal in the Vietnam War and made tragic headlines in the 1995 bombing of the Oklahoma City federal building. Returning to an America ripped apart by a war that, in their view, they were not allowed to win, a small but driven group of veterans, active-duty personnel, and civilian supporters concluded that waging war on their own country was justified. They unified people from a variety of militant groups, including Klansmen, neo-Nazis, skinheads, radical tax protestors, and white separatists. The white power movement operated with discipline and clarity, undertaking assassinations, mercenary soldiering, armed robbery, counterfeiting, and weapons trafficking. Its command structure gave women a prominent place in brokering intergroup alliances and giving birth to future recruits. Belew's disturbing history reveals how war cannot be contained in time and space. In its wake, grievances intensify and violence becomes a logical course of action for some. Bring the War Home argues for awareness of the heightened potential for paramilitarism in a present defined by ongoing war. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335514 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going to the Mountain: Life Lessons from My Grandfather, Nelson Mandela Author: Ndaba Mandela Narrator: Ndaba Mandela, Michael Boatman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first-ever book to tell Nelson Mandela's life through the eyes of the grandson who was raised by him, chronicling Ndaba Mandela's life living with, and learning from, one of the greatest leaders and humanitarians the world has ever known. To the rest of the world, Nelson Mandela was a giant: an anti-apartheid revolutionary, a world-renowned humanitarian, and South Africa's first black president. To Ndaba Mandela, he was simply 'Granddad.' In Going to the Mountain, Ndaba tells how he came to live with Mandela shortly after he turned eleven--having met each other only once, years before, when Mandela was imprisoned at Victor Verster Prison -- and how the two of them slowly, cautiously built a relationship that would affect both their lives in extraordinary ways. It wasn't an easy transition. Mandela had high expectations for those around him, especially his family, and Ndaba chafed at the strict rules and exacting guidelines in his grandfather's home. But at the same time -- through overheard calls from foreign dignitaries as well as the Xhosa folk wisdom that his grandfather shared with him at every opportunity -- Ndaba was learning how to be a man. On a scale both personal and epic, Ndaba's extraordinary journey mirrors that of South Africa's coming of age -- from the segregated Soweto ghettos into which he was born to the privileged life in which he grew up and the turbulent yet exciting times in which he carries on his grandfather's legacy. Going to the Mountain is, in the end, a story about unlocking the power within each of us. It's a cautionary tale about how a child's life can go one way or the other, depending upon the intervention of a caring soul--and about the awesome power of love to serve as a catalyst for change. Ndaba Mandela Tue, 26 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335514 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going to the Mountain: Life Lessons from My Grandfather, Nelson Mandela Author: Ndaba Mandela Narrator: Ndaba Mandela, Michael Boatman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first-ever book to tell Nelson Mandela's life through the eyes of the grandson who was raised by him, chronicling Ndaba Mandela's life living with, and learning from, one of the greatest leaders and humanitarians the world has ever known. To the rest of the world, Nelson Mandela was a giant: an anti-apartheid revolutionary, a world-renowned humanitarian, and South Africa's first black president. To Ndaba Mandela, he was simply 'Granddad.' In Going to the Mountain, Ndaba tells how he came to live with Mandela shortly after he turned eleven--having met each other only once, years before, when Mandela was imprisoned at Victor Verster Prison -- and how the two of them slowly, cautiously built a relationship that would affect both their lives in extraordinary ways. It wasn't an easy transition. Mandela had high expectations for those around him, especially his family, and Ndaba chafed at the strict rules and exacting guidelines in his grandfather's home. But at the same time -- through overheard calls from foreign dignitaries as well as the Xhosa folk wisdom that his grandfather shared with him at every opportunity -- Ndaba was learning how to be a man. On a scale both personal and epic, Ndaba's extraordinary journey mirrors that of South Africa's coming of age -- from the segregated Soweto ghettos into which he was born to the privileged life in which he grew up and the turbulent yet exciting times in which he carries on his grandfather's legacy. Going to the Mountain is, in the end, a story about unlocking the power within each of us. It's a cautionary tale about how a child's life can go one way or the other, depending upon the intervention of a caring soul--and about the awesome power of love to serve as a catalyst for change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going to the Mountain: Life Lessons from My Grandfather, Nelson Mandela Author: Ndaba Mandela Narrator: Ndaba Mandela, Michael Boatman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first-ever book to tell Nelson Mandela's life through the eyes of the grandson who was raised by him, chronicling Ndaba Mandela's life living with, and learning from, one of the greatest leaders and humanitarians the world has ever known. To the rest of the world, Nelson Mandela was a giant: an anti-apartheid revolutionary, a world-renowned humanitarian, and South Africa's first black president. To Ndaba Mandela, he was simply 'Granddad.' In Going to the Mountain, Ndaba tells how he came to live with Mandela shortly after he turned eleven--having met each other only once, years before, when Mandela was imprisoned at Victor Verster Prison -- and how the two of them slowly, cautiously built a relationship that would affect both their lives in extraordinary ways. It wasn't an easy transition. Mandela had high expectations for those around him, especially his family, and Ndaba chafed at the strict rules and exacting guidelines in his grandfather's home. But at the same time -- through overheard calls from foreign dignitaries as well as the Xhosa folk wisdom that his grandfather shared with him at every opportunity -- Ndaba was learning how to be a man. On a scale both personal and epic, Ndaba's extraordinary journey mirrors that of South Africa's coming of age -- from the segregated Soweto ghettos into which he was born to the privileged life in which he grew up and the turbulent yet exciting times in which he carries on his grandfather's legacy. Going to the Mountain is, in the end, a story about unlocking the power within each of us. It's a cautionary tale about how a child's life can go one way or the other, depending upon the intervention of a caring soul--and about the awesome power of love to serve as a catalyst for change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335509 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yes We (Still) Can: Politics in the Age of Obama, Twitter, and Trump Author: Dan Pfeiffer Narrator: Dan Pfeiffer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Obama's former communications director and current co-host of Pod Save America comes a colorful account of how politics, the media, and the Internet changed during the Obama presidency and how Democrats can fight back in the Trump era. On November 9th, 2016, Dan Pfeiffer woke up like most of the world wondering WTF just happened. How had Donald Trump won the White House? How was it that a decent and thoughtful president had been succeeded by a buffoonish reality star, and what do we do now? Instead of throwing away his phone and moving to another country (which were his first and second thoughts), Pfeiffer decided to tell this surreal story, recounting how Barack Obama navigated the insane political forces that created Trump, explaining why everyone got 2016 wrong, and offering a path for where Democrats go from here. Pfeiffer was one of Obama's first hires when he decided to run for president, and was at his side through two presidential campaigns and six years in the White House. Using never-before-heard stories and behind-the-scenes anecdotes, Yes We (Still) Can examines how Obama succeeded despite Twitter trolls, Fox News (and their fake news), and a Republican Party that lost its collective mind. An irreverent, no-BS take on the crazy politics of our time, Yes We (Still) Can is a must-read for everyone who is disturbed by Trump, misses Obama, and is marching, calling, and hoping for a better future for the country. Dan Pfeiffer Tue, 19 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335509 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yes We (Still) Can: Politics in the Age of Obama, Twitter, and Trump Author: Dan Pfeiffer Narrator: Dan Pfeiffer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Obama's former communications director and current co-host of Pod Save America comes a colorful account of how politics, the media, and the Internet changed during the Obama presidency and how Democrats can fight back in the Trump era. On November 9th, 2016, Dan Pfeiffer woke up like most of the world wondering WTF just happened. How had Donald Trump won the White House? How was it that a decent and thoughtful president had been succeeded by a buffoonish reality star, and what do we do now? Instead of throwing away his phone and moving to another country (which were his first and second thoughts), Pfeiffer decided to tell this surreal story, recounting how Barack Obama navigated the insane political forces that created Trump, explaining why everyone got 2016 wrong, and offering a path for where Democrats go from here. Pfeiffer was one of Obama's first hires when he decided to run for president, and was at his side through two presidential campaigns and six years in the White House. Using never-before-heard stories and behind-the-scenes anecdotes, Yes We (Still) Can examines how Obama succeeded despite Twitter trolls, Fox News (and their fake news), and a Republican Party that lost its collective mind. An irreverent, no-BS take on the crazy politics of our time, Yes We (Still) Can is a must-read for everyone who is disturbed by Trump, misses Obama, and is marching, calling, and hoping for a better future for the country. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yes We (Still) Can: Politics in the Age of Obama, Twitter, and Trump Author: Dan Pfeiffer Narrator: Dan Pfeiffer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Obama's former communications director and current co-host of Pod Save America comes a colorful account of how politics, the media, and the Internet changed during the Obama presidency and how Democrats can fight back in the Trump era. On November 9th, 2016, Dan Pfeiffer woke up like most of the world wondering WTF just happened. How had Donald Trump won the White House? How was it that a decent and thoughtful president had been succeeded by a buffoonish reality star, and what do we do now? Instead of throwing away his phone and moving to another country (which were his first and second thoughts), Pfeiffer decided to tell this surreal story, recounting how Barack Obama navigated the insane political forces that created Trump, explaining why everyone got 2016 wrong, and offering a path for where Democrats go from here. Pfeiffer was one of Obama's first hires when he decided to run for president, and was at his side through two presidential campaigns and six years in the White House. Using never-before-heard stories and behind-the-scenes anecdotes, Yes We (Still) Can examines how Obama succeeded despite Twitter trolls, Fox News (and their fake news), and a Republican Party that lost its collective mind. An irreverent, no-BS take on the crazy politics of our time, Yes We (Still) Can is a must-read for everyone who is disturbed by Trump, misses Obama, and is marching, calling, and hoping for a better future for the country. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335507 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stone's Rules: How to Win at Politics, Business, and Style Author: Roger Stone Narrator: Paul Costanzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: At long last, America’s most notorious political operative has released his operating manual! A freedom fighter to his admirers, a dirty trickster to his detractors, the flamboyant, outrageous, articulate, and extraordinarily well-dressed Roger Stone lays out Stone’s Rules—the maxims that have governed his legendary career as a campaign operative for four American presidents, from Richard Nixon to Donald Trump. As a raconteur, pundit, prognosticator, and battle-scarred veteran of America’s political wars, Roger Stone shares his lessons on punking liberals and playing the media, gives an inside look at his push to legalize marijuana, details how much linen to show at the cuff of an impeccably-cut suit, lays out how and why LBJ orchestrated the murder of JFK, and reveals how to make the truly great marinara sauce that is the foundation of Stone’s legendary Sunday Gravy. Part Machiavelli's The Prince, part Sun Tzu’s The Art of War, Stone’s Rules is an operating manual for navigating the rough-and-tumble of life. Roger Stone Tue, 22 May 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335507 thebookvoice.com 3:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stone's Rules: How to Win at Politics, Business, and Style Author: Roger Stone Narrator: Paul Costanzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: At long last, America’s most notorious political operative has released his operating manual! A freedom fighter to his admirers, a dirty trickster to his detractors, the flamboyant, outrageous, articulate, and extraordinarily well-dressed Roger Stone lays out Stone’s Rules—the maxims that have governed his legendary career as a campaign operative for four American presidents, from Richard Nixon to Donald Trump. As a raconteur, pundit, prognosticator, and battle-scarred veteran of America’s political wars, Roger Stone shares his lessons on punking liberals and playing the media, gives an inside look at his push to legalize marijuana, details how much linen to show at the cuff of an impeccably-cut suit, lays out how and why LBJ orchestrated the murder of JFK, and reveals how to make the truly great marinara sauce that is the foundation of Stone’s legendary Sunday Gravy. Part Machiavelli's The Prince, part Sun Tzu’s The Art of War, Stone’s Rules is an operating manual for navigating the rough-and-tumble of life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stone's Rules: How to Win at Politics, Business, and Style Author: Roger Stone Narrator: Paul Costanzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: At long last, America’s most notorious political operative has released his operating manual! A freedom fighter to his admirers, a dirty trickster to his detractors, the flamboyant, outrageous, articulate, and extraordinarily well-dressed Roger Stone lays out Stone’s Rules—the maxims that have governed his legendary career as a campaign operative for four American presidents, from Richard Nixon to Donald Trump. As a raconteur, pundit, prognosticator, and battle-scarred veteran of America’s political wars, Roger Stone shares his lessons on punking liberals and playing the media, gives an inside look at his push to legalize marijuana, details how much linen to show at the cuff of an impeccably-cut suit, lays out how and why LBJ orchestrated the murder of JFK, and reveals how to make the truly great marinara sauce that is the foundation of Stone’s legendary Sunday Gravy. Part Machiavelli's The Prince, part Sun Tzu’s The Art of War, Stone’s Rules is an operating manual for navigating the rough-and-tumble of life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335434 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335434]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mad Politics: Keeping Your Sanity in a World Gone Crazy Author: Dr. Gina Loudon Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If the definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over but expecting a different result, America has been insane since the Reagan era. But the election of Donald Trump is certainly not like what America has done before. The media delights in diagnosing President Trump as “mad”—but what if he’s actually the cure for a country who’s been going mad for years? In Mad Politics, Fox News commentator, radio host, and psychologist Dr. Gina Loudon diagnoses the problem with America’s status quo politics. Loudon has unique insight into both the Trump campaign and the larger political landscape as a media surrogate for President Trump’s campaign, the wife of a former Senator from Missouri, the host of a national Television show (America Trends), a seasoned psychological analyst on FOX News, CNN and others, and a twice pedigreed Master and Ph.D. With authority and wit, Mad Politics exposes cultural patterns that have led to today’s political narcissism. She scans the psychological literature and illuminates a formula to answer the question: How can we restore a sound mind to the body politic? The answer, Loudon concludes, may be in joining Trump in a complete rejection of political correctness. Dr. Gina Loudon Tue, 04 Sep 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335434 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335434]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mad Politics: Keeping Your Sanity in a World Gone Crazy Author: Dr. Gina Loudon Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If the definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over but expecting a different result, America has been insane since the Reagan era. But the election of Donald Trump is certainly not like what America has done before. The media delights in diagnosing President Trump as “mad”—but what if he’s actually the cure for a country who’s been going mad for years? In Mad Politics, Fox News commentator, radio host, and psychologist Dr. Gina Loudon diagnoses the problem with America’s status quo politics. Loudon has unique insight into both the Trump campaign and the larger political landscape as a media surrogate for President Trump’s campaign, the wife of a former Senator from Missouri, the host of a national Television show (America Trends), a seasoned psychological analyst on FOX News, CNN and others, and a twice pedigreed Master and Ph.D. With authority and wit, Mad Politics exposes cultural patterns that have led to today’s political narcissism. She scans the psychological literature and illuminates a formula to answer the question: How can we restore a sound mind to the body politic? The answer, Loudon concludes, may be in joining Trump in a complete rejection of political correctness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335434]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mad Politics: Keeping Your Sanity in a World Gone Crazy Author: Dr. Gina Loudon Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If the definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over but expecting a different result, America has been insane since the Reagan era. But the election of Donald Trump is certainly not like what America has done before. The media delights in diagnosing President Trump as “mad”—but what if he’s actually the cure for a country who’s been going mad for years? In Mad Politics, Fox News commentator, radio host, and psychologist Dr. Gina Loudon diagnoses the problem with America’s status quo politics. Loudon has unique insight into both the Trump campaign and the larger political landscape as a media surrogate for President Trump’s campaign, the wife of a former Senator from Missouri, the host of a national Television show (America Trends), a seasoned psychological analyst on FOX News, CNN and others, and a twice pedigreed Master and Ph.D. With authority and wit, Mad Politics exposes cultural patterns that have led to today’s political narcissism. She scans the psychological literature and illuminates a formula to answer the question: How can we restore a sound mind to the body politic? The answer, Loudon concludes, may be in joining Trump in a complete rejection of political correctness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335002 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Middletown, America: One Town's Passage from Trauma to Hope Author: Gail Sheehy Narrator: Sandra Burr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The single event that we know as 9/11 is over, but the shock waves continue to radiate outward, generated by orange alerts, terrorism lockdowns, and the shrinking of personal liberties we once took for granted. The stories in this book, of real people faced with extraordinary trauma and gradually transcending it, are the best antidote to our fears. Middletown, America is a book of hope. All Americans were hit with some degree of trauma on September 11, 2001, but no place was hit harder than Middletown, New Jersey. Gail Sheehy spent the better part of two years walking the journey from grief toward renewal with fifty members of the community that lost more people in the World Trade Center than any other outside New York City. Her subjects are the women, men, and children who remained after the devastation and who are putting their lives back together. Sheehy tells the story of four widowed moms from New Jersey who started out scarcely knowing the difference between the House and the Senate, yet turned their sorrow and anger into action and became formidable witnesses to the failures of the country’s leadership to connect the dots before September 11. Sheehy follows the four moms as they fight White House attempts to thwart the independent commission investigating 9/11 and expose efforts at a cover-up. What would become of the young wives carrying children their husbands would never see, wives who had watched their dreams literally go up in smoke in that amphitheater of death across the river? Amazingly, each finds her own door to the light. Here, too, is the story of the widow and widower who met in the waiting room of a mental-health agency and brought each other back from the brink of despair across a bridge of love. Sheehy also reveals how bereft mothers who will never have another son or daughter found reasons to recommit to life. And she follows in the footsteps of the robbed children, documenting the incredible resilience of four-year-olds, the anger of teenagers, the courage of sisters and brothers. Sheehy follows survivors who escaped the burning towers only to find themselves trapped inside a tower of inner torment, from which it took love, family, and faith to free themselves. She is taken into the confidence of the night crew at Ground Zero, police officers who worked in that pit for eight months straight and then faced the “returning home” phenomenon. She recounts the confessions of religious leaders who struggled to explain the inexplicable to their flocks. Mental-health professionals confide in her, as do corporate chiefs, educators, friends and neighbors, town officials, and volunteers who rose to the occasion and committed themselves to healing their wounded community. As a journalist who conducted more than nine hundred interviews, Gail Sheehy is an impeccable researcher. As a writer with a novelistic gift, she weaves the individual stories into a compelling narrative. Middletown, America illuminates every stage of a tumultuous passage—from shock, passivity, and panic attacks, to rising anger and deep grieving, and on to the secret romances and startling relapses, the realignment of faith, the return of a capacity to love and be loved, and, finally, the commitment to constructing new lives. Gail Sheehy Tue, 16 May 2017 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335002 thebookvoice.com 17:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Middletown, America: One Town's Passage from Trauma to Hope Author: Gail Sheehy Narrator: Sandra Burr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The single event that we know as 9/11 is over, but the shock waves continue to radiate outward, generated by orange alerts, terrorism lockdowns, and the shrinking of personal liberties we once took for granted. The stories in this book, of real people faced with extraordinary trauma and gradually transcending it, are the best antidote to our fears. Middletown, America is a book of hope. All Americans were hit with some degree of trauma on September 11, 2001, but no place was hit harder than Middletown, New Jersey. Gail Sheehy spent the better part of two years walking the journey from grief toward renewal with fifty members of the community that lost more people in the World Trade Center than any other outside New York City. Her subjects are the women, men, and children who remained after the devastation and who are putting their lives back together. Sheehy tells the story of four widowed moms from New Jersey who started out scarcely knowing the difference between the House and the Senate, yet turned their sorrow and anger into action and became formidable witnesses to the failures of the country’s leadership to connect the dots before September 11. Sheehy follows the four moms as they fight White House attempts to thwart the independent commission investigating 9/11 and expose efforts at a cover-up. What would become of the young wives carrying children their husbands would never see, wives who had watched their dreams literally go up in smoke in that amphitheater of death across the river? Amazingly, each finds her own door to the light. Here, too, is the story of the widow and widower who met in the waiting room of a mental-health agency and brought each other back from the brink of despair across a bridge of love. Sheehy also reveals how bereft mothers who will never have another son or daughter found reasons to recommit to life. And she follows in the footsteps of the robbed children, documenting the incredible resilience of four-year-olds, the anger of teenagers, the courage of sisters and brothers. Sheehy follows survivors who escaped the burning towers only to find themselves trapped inside a tower of inner torment, from which it took love, family, and faith to free themselves. She is taken into the confidence of the night crew at Ground Zero, police officers who worked in that pit for eight months straight and then faced the “returning home” phenomenon. She recounts the confessions of religious leaders who struggled to explain the inexplicable to their flocks. Mental-health professionals confide in her, as do corporate chiefs, educators, friends and neighbors, town officials, and volunteers who rose to the occasion and committed themselves to healing their wounded community. As a journalist who conducted more than nine hundred interviews, Gail Sheehy is an impeccable researcher. As a writer with a novelistic gift, she weaves the individual stories into a compelling narrative. Middletown, America illuminates every stage of a tumultuous passage—from shock, passivity, and panic attacks, to rising anger and deep grieving, and on to the secret romances and startling relapses, the realignment of faith, the return of a capacity to love and be loved, and, finally, the commitment to constructing new lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Middletown, America: One Town's Passage from Trauma to Hope Author: Gail Sheehy Narrator: Sandra Burr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The single event that we know as 9/11 is over, but the shock waves continue to radiate outward, generated by orange alerts, terrorism lockdowns, and the shrinking of personal liberties we once took for granted. The stories in this book, of real people faced with extraordinary trauma and gradually transcending it, are the best antidote to our fears. Middletown, America is a book of hope. All Americans were hit with some degree of trauma on September 11, 2001, but no place was hit harder than Middletown, New Jersey. Gail Sheehy spent the better part of two years walking the journey from grief toward renewal with fifty members of the community that lost more people in the World Trade Center than any other outside New York City. Her subjects are the women, men, and children who remained after the devastation and who are putting their lives back together. Sheehy tells the story of four widowed moms from New Jersey who started out scarcely knowing the difference between the House and the Senate, yet turned their sorrow and anger into action and became formidable witnesses to the failures of the country’s leadership to connect the dots before September 11. Sheehy follows the four moms as they fight White House attempts to thwart the independent commission investigating 9/11 and expose efforts at a cover-up. What would become of the young wives carrying children their husbands would never see, wives who had watched their dreams literally go up in smoke in that amphitheater of death across the river? Amazingly, each finds her own door to the light. Here, too, is the story of the widow and widower who met in the waiting room of a mental-health agency and brought each other back from the brink of despair across a bridge of love. Sheehy also reveals how bereft mothers who will never have another son or daughter found reasons to recommit to life. And she follows in the footsteps of the robbed children, documenting the incredible resilience of four-year-olds, the anger of teenagers, the courage of sisters and brothers. Sheehy follows survivors who escaped the burning towers only to find themselves trapped inside a tower of inner torment, from which it took love, family, and faith to free themselves. She is taken into the confidence of the night crew at Ground Zero, police officers who worked in that pit for eight months straight and then faced the “returning home” phenomenon. She recounts the confessions of religious leaders who struggled to explain the inexplicable to their flocks. Mental-health professionals confide in her, as do corporate chiefs, educators, friends and neighbors, town officials, and volunteers who rose to the occasion and committed themselves to healing their wounded community. As a journalist who conducted more than nine hundred interviews, Gail Sheehy is an impeccable researcher. As a writer with a novelistic gift, she weaves the individual stories into a compelling narrative. Middletown, America illuminates every stage of a tumultuous passage—from shock, passivity, and panic attacks, to rising anger and deep grieving, and on to the secret romances and startling relapses, the realignment of faith, the return of a capacity to love and be loved, and, finally, the commitment to constructing new lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334857 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Terrorist Factory: ISIS, the Yazidi Genocide, and Exporting Terror Author: Father Patrick Desbois, Costel Nastasie Narrator: David de Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting, behind-the-scenes look of the Yazidi genocide and the terrorist threat it holds for the West, based on the investigation by Father Patrick Desbois, Costel Nastasie, and their team at Yahad–In Unum, as first shown on 60 Minutes. With testimony drawn from more than 200 interviews with Yazidi survivors―girls, women, boys, and men―recorded during 11 investigative trips to refugee camps in Iraqi Kurdistan. 'If you read only one book on this subject, it should be this one.”―Lara Logan, 60 Minutes The massacre of the Yazidi people by ISIS was nothing less than genocide. In refugee camps in Iraqi Kurdistan, the authors brought a skilled team to interview more than a hundred ISIS survivors and document what they experienced and saw. These former slaves observed their torturers and know from the inside the secret facilities that ISIS has kept hidden from the world. What their testimony reveals is an organization whose ambition is power, regardless of their claim to be 'soldiers of God.' Their fighters are paid with sex, money, and the power of life and death over captives. Their promised paradise is here and now, not after death. Men who didn't swear allegiance were executed. Women became slaves for sex or reproduction, and their offspring may still serve the cause. In mobile training camps, the captured children were drugged, indoctrinated, and taught to shoot Kalashnikovs, plant explosives, and handle suicide vests. They are the intended products of the terrorist factory. In this taut, disturbing account, the authors document a utilitarian genocide that still holds an implicit threat to other counties, including those in the West. Father Patrick Desbois, Costel Nastasie Tue, 03 Jul 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334857 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Terrorist Factory: ISIS, the Yazidi Genocide, and Exporting Terror Author: Father Patrick Desbois, Costel Nastasie Narrator: David de Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting, behind-the-scenes look of the Yazidi genocide and the terrorist threat it holds for the West, based on the investigation by Father Patrick Desbois, Costel Nastasie, and their team at Yahad–In Unum, as first shown on 60 Minutes. With testimony drawn from more than 200 interviews with Yazidi survivors―girls, women, boys, and men―recorded during 11 investigative trips to refugee camps in Iraqi Kurdistan. 'If you read only one book on this subject, it should be this one.”―Lara Logan, 60 Minutes The massacre of the Yazidi people by ISIS was nothing less than genocide. In refugee camps in Iraqi Kurdistan, the authors brought a skilled team to interview more than a hundred ISIS survivors and document what they experienced and saw. These former slaves observed their torturers and know from the inside the secret facilities that ISIS has kept hidden from the world. What their testimony reveals is an organization whose ambition is power, regardless of their claim to be 'soldiers of God.' Their fighters are paid with sex, money, and the power of life and death over captives. Their promised paradise is here and now, not after death. Men who didn't swear allegiance were executed. Women became slaves for sex or reproduction, and their offspring may still serve the cause. In mobile training camps, the captured children were drugged, indoctrinated, and taught to shoot Kalashnikovs, plant explosives, and handle suicide vests. They are the intended products of the terrorist factory. In this taut, disturbing account, the authors document a utilitarian genocide that still holds an implicit threat to other counties, including those in the West. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Terrorist Factory: ISIS, the Yazidi Genocide, and Exporting Terror Author: Father Patrick Desbois, Costel Nastasie Narrator: David de Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting, behind-the-scenes look of the Yazidi genocide and the terrorist threat it holds for the West, based on the investigation by Father Patrick Desbois, Costel Nastasie, and their team at Yahad–In Unum, as first shown on 60 Minutes. With testimony drawn from more than 200 interviews with Yazidi survivors―girls, women, boys, and men―recorded during 11 investigative trips to refugee camps in Iraqi Kurdistan. 'If you read only one book on this subject, it should be this one.”―Lara Logan, 60 Minutes The massacre of the Yazidi people by ISIS was nothing less than genocide. In refugee camps in Iraqi Kurdistan, the authors brought a skilled team to interview more than a hundred ISIS survivors and document what they experienced and saw. These former slaves observed their torturers and know from the inside the secret facilities that ISIS has kept hidden from the world. What their testimony reveals is an organization whose ambition is power, regardless of their claim to be 'soldiers of God.' Their fighters are paid with sex, money, and the power of life and death over captives. Their promised paradise is here and now, not after death. Men who didn't swear allegiance were executed. Women became slaves for sex or reproduction, and their offspring may still serve the cause. In mobile training camps, the captured children were drugged, indoctrinated, and taught to shoot Kalashnikovs, plant explosives, and handle suicide vests. They are the intended products of the terrorist factory. In this taut, disturbing account, the authors document a utilitarian genocide that still holds an implicit threat to other counties, including those in the West. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334834 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334834]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fantasyland: How America Went Haywire: A 500-Year History Author: Kurt Andersen Narrator: Kurt Andersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 7, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Fantasyland, written and read by Kurt Anderson. You’re entitled to your own opinion but not your own facts Fantasy is the USA’s primary product. From the Pilgrim Fathers onward America has been a place where renegades and freaks came in search of freedom to create their own realities with little objectively regulated truth standing in their way. The freedom to invent and believe whatever the hell you like is, in some ways, an unwritten constitutional right. But, this do-your-own-thing freedom also is the driving credo of America's current transformation where the difference between opinion and fact is rapidly crumbling. So how did we get to this weird pseudo-reality, where science and objective facts are dismissed in favour of opinions and wild speculation, or indeed, fantasies? The post truth, fake news, free-for-all mentality isn’t exactly a new phenomenon. If you want to understand Trump's America, how the lines between reality and illusion have become dangerously blurred, you have to go back to the very beginning and take a dizzying road trip across five centuries of crackpot delusion and make-believe from Salem to Scientology. Fantasyland is a journey that connects the dots between crazed franchises of true believers – a rich freak show tapestry from Mormons to Flat-Earthers and satanic panic, new age quacks to anti-vaxxers, conspiracy theorists of every stripe, creationists to climate change deniers, UFO-obsessives to gun-toting libertarians, showmen hucksters from P T Barnum to Trump himself, all topped off with a dangerous dose of anti-government paranoia and pseudoscience. Along the way, New York Times bestselling author Kurt Andersen has created a unique and raucous history of America and a new paradigm for understanding our post-factual world. Kurt Andersen Thu, 07 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334834 thebookvoice.com 19:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334834]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fantasyland: How America Went Haywire: A 500-Year History Author: Kurt Andersen Narrator: Kurt Andersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 7, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Fantasyland, written and read by Kurt Anderson. You’re entitled to your own opinion but not your own facts Fantasy is the USA’s primary product. From the Pilgrim Fathers onward America has been a place where renegades and freaks came in search of freedom to create their own realities with little objectively regulated truth standing in their way. The freedom to invent and believe whatever the hell you like is, in some ways, an unwritten constitutional right. But, this do-your-own-thing freedom also is the driving credo of America's current transformation where the difference between opinion and fact is rapidly crumbling. So how did we get to this weird pseudo-reality, where science and objective facts are dismissed in favour of opinions and wild speculation, or indeed, fantasies? The post truth, fake news, free-for-all mentality isn’t exactly a new phenomenon. If you want to understand Trump's America, how the lines between reality and illusion have become dangerously blurred, you have to go back to the very beginning and take a dizzying road trip across five centuries of crackpot delusion and make-believe from Salem to Scientology. Fantasyland is a journey that connects the dots between crazed franchises of true believers – a rich freak show tapestry from Mormons to Flat-Earthers and satanic panic, new age quacks to anti-vaxxers, conspiracy theorists of every stripe, creationists to climate change deniers, UFO-obsessives to gun-toting libertarians, showmen hucksters from P T Barnum to Trump himself, all topped off with a dangerous dose of anti-government paranoia and pseudoscience. Along the way, New York Times bestselling author Kurt Andersen has created a unique and raucous history of America and a new paradigm for understanding our post-factual world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334834]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fantasyland: How America Went Haywire: A 500-Year History Author: Kurt Andersen Narrator: Kurt Andersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 7, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Fantasyland, written and read by Kurt Anderson. You’re entitled to your own opinion but not your own facts Fantasy is the USA’s primary product. From the Pilgrim Fathers onward America has been a place where renegades and freaks came in search of freedom to create their own realities with little objectively regulated truth standing in their way. The freedom to invent and believe whatever the hell you like is, in some ways, an unwritten constitutional right. But, this do-your-own-thing freedom also is the driving credo of America's current transformation where the difference between opinion and fact is rapidly crumbling. So how did we get to this weird pseudo-reality, where science and objective facts are dismissed in favour of opinions and wild speculation, or indeed, fantasies? The post truth, fake news, free-for-all mentality isn’t exactly a new phenomenon. If you want to understand Trump's America, how the lines between reality and illusion have become dangerously blurred, you have to go back to the very beginning and take a dizzying road trip across five centuries of crackpot delusion and make-believe from Salem to Scientology. Fantasyland is a journey that connects the dots between crazed franchises of true believers – a rich freak show tapestry from Mormons to Flat-Earthers and satanic panic, new age quacks to anti-vaxxers, conspiracy theorists of every stripe, creationists to climate change deniers, UFO-obsessives to gun-toting libertarians, showmen hucksters from P T Barnum to Trump himself, all topped off with a dangerous dose of anti-government paranoia and pseudoscience. Along the way, New York Times bestselling author Kurt Andersen has created a unique and raucous history of America and a new paradigm for understanding our post-factual world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334805 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Human Advantage: The Future of American Work in an Age of Smart Machines Author: Jay W. Richards Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author and economist Jay W. Richards makes the definitive case for how the free market and individual responsibility can save the American Dream in an age of automation and mass disruption. For two and a half centuries, America has been held together by the belief that if you work hard and conduct yourself responsibly in this country, you will be able to prosper and leave a better life for your children. But over the past decade, that idea has come into crisis. A recession, the mass outsourcing of stable jobs, and a coming wave of automation that will replace millions of blue- and white-collar jobs alike have left many people worried that the game is rigged and that our best days are behind us.      In this story-driven manifesto on the future of American work, Jay Richards argues that such thinking is counterproductive--making us more fragile, more dependent, and less equipped to succeed in a rapidly changing economy. If we're going to survive, we need a new model for how ordinary people can thrive in this age of mass disruption. Richards pulls back the curtain on what's really happening in our economy, dispatching myths about capitalism, greed, and upward mobility. And he tells the stories of how real individuals have begun to rebuild a culture of virtue, capitalizing on the skills that are most uniquely human: creativity, resilience, and empathy for the needs of others.      Destined to take its place alongside classics like Economics in One Lesson, The Human Advantage is the essential book for understanding the future of American work, and how each of us can make this era of staggering change work on our behalf. Jay W. Richards Tue, 19 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334805 thebookvoice.com 8:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Human Advantage: The Future of American Work in an Age of Smart Machines Author: Jay W. Richards Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author and economist Jay W. Richards makes the definitive case for how the free market and individual responsibility can save the American Dream in an age of automation and mass disruption. For two and a half centuries, America has been held together by the belief that if you work hard and conduct yourself responsibly in this country, you will be able to prosper and leave a better life for your children. But over the past decade, that idea has come into crisis. A recession, the mass outsourcing of stable jobs, and a coming wave of automation that will replace millions of blue- and white-collar jobs alike have left many people worried that the game is rigged and that our best days are behind us.      In this story-driven manifesto on the future of American work, Jay Richards argues that such thinking is counterproductive--making us more fragile, more dependent, and less equipped to succeed in a rapidly changing economy. If we're going to survive, we need a new model for how ordinary people can thrive in this age of mass disruption. Richards pulls back the curtain on what's really happening in our economy, dispatching myths about capitalism, greed, and upward mobility. And he tells the stories of how real individuals have begun to rebuild a culture of virtue, capitalizing on the skills that are most uniquely human: creativity, resilience, and empathy for the needs of others.      Destined to take its place alongside classics like Economics in One Lesson, The Human Advantage is the essential book for understanding the future of American work, and how each of us can make this era of staggering change work on our behalf. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Human Advantage: The Future of American Work in an Age of Smart Machines Author: Jay W. Richards Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author and economist Jay W. Richards makes the definitive case for how the free market and individual responsibility can save the American Dream in an age of automation and mass disruption. For two and a half centuries, America has been held together by the belief that if you work hard and conduct yourself responsibly in this country, you will be able to prosper and leave a better life for your children. But over the past decade, that idea has come into crisis. A recession, the mass outsourcing of stable jobs, and a coming wave of automation that will replace millions of blue- and white-collar jobs alike have left many people worried that the game is rigged and that our best days are behind us.      In this story-driven manifesto on the future of American work, Jay Richards argues that such thinking is counterproductive--making us more fragile, more dependent, and less equipped to succeed in a rapidly changing economy. If we're going to survive, we need a new model for how ordinary people can thrive in this age of mass disruption. Richards pulls back the curtain on what's really happening in our economy, dispatching myths about capitalism, greed, and upward mobility. And he tells the stories of how real individuals have begun to rebuild a culture of virtue, capitalizing on the skills that are most uniquely human: creativity, resilience, and empathy for the needs of others.      Destined to take its place alongside classics like Economics in One Lesson, The Human Advantage is the essential book for understanding the future of American work, and how each of us can make this era of staggering change work on our behalf. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334800 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World As It Is: Inside the Obama White House Author: Ben Rhodes Narrator: Ben Rhodes, Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook of The World As It Is by Ben Rhodes, read by Mark Deakins with and introduction read by the author. This is a book about two people making the most important decisions in the world. One is Barack Obama. The other is Ben Rhodes. The World As It Is tells the full story of what it means to work alongside a radical leader; of how idealism can confront reality and survive; of how the White House really functions; and of what it is to have a partnership, and ultimately a friendship, with a historic president. A young writer and Washington outsider, Ben Rhodes was plucked from obscurity aged 29. Chosen for his original perspective and gift with language, his role was to help shape the nation’s hopes and sense of itself. For nearly ten years, Rhodes was at the centre of the Obama Administration – first as a speechwriter, then a policymaker, and finally a multi-purpose aide and close collaborator. Rhodes puts us in the room at the most tense and poignant moments in recent history: starting every morning with Obama in the Daily Briefing; waiting out the bin Laden raid in the Situation Room; reaching a nuclear agreement with Iran; leading secret negotiations with the Cuban government; confronting the resurgence of nationalism that led to the election of Donald Trump. This is the most vivid portrayal yet of Obama’s presidency. It is an essential record of the last decade. But it also shows us what it means to hold the pen, and to write the words that change our world. Ben Rhodes Thu, 07 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334800 thebookvoice.com 15:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World As It Is: Inside the Obama White House Author: Ben Rhodes Narrator: Ben Rhodes, Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook of The World As It Is by Ben Rhodes, read by Mark Deakins with and introduction read by the author. This is a book about two people making the most important decisions in the world. One is Barack Obama. The other is Ben Rhodes. The World As It Is tells the full story of what it means to work alongside a radical leader; of how idealism can confront reality and survive; of how the White House really functions; and of what it is to have a partnership, and ultimately a friendship, with a historic president. A young writer and Washington outsider, Ben Rhodes was plucked from obscurity aged 29. Chosen for his original perspective and gift with language, his role was to help shape the nation’s hopes and sense of itself. For nearly ten years, Rhodes was at the centre of the Obama Administration – first as a speechwriter, then a policymaker, and finally a multi-purpose aide and close collaborator. Rhodes puts us in the room at the most tense and poignant moments in recent history: starting every morning with Obama in the Daily Briefing; waiting out the bin Laden raid in the Situation Room; reaching a nuclear agreement with Iran; leading secret negotiations with the Cuban government; confronting the resurgence of nationalism that led to the election of Donald Trump. This is the most vivid portrayal yet of Obama’s presidency. It is an essential record of the last decade. But it also shows us what it means to hold the pen, and to write the words that change our world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World As It Is: Inside the Obama White House Author: Ben Rhodes Narrator: Ben Rhodes, Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook of The World As It Is by Ben Rhodes, read by Mark Deakins with and introduction read by the author. This is a book about two people making the most important decisions in the world. One is Barack Obama. The other is Ben Rhodes. The World As It Is tells the full story of what it means to work alongside a radical leader; of how idealism can confront reality and survive; of how the White House really functions; and of what it is to have a partnership, and ultimately a friendship, with a historic president. A young writer and Washington outsider, Ben Rhodes was plucked from obscurity aged 29. Chosen for his original perspective and gift with language, his role was to help shape the nation’s hopes and sense of itself. For nearly ten years, Rhodes was at the centre of the Obama Administration – first as a speechwriter, then a policymaker, and finally a multi-purpose aide and close collaborator. Rhodes puts us in the room at the most tense and poignant moments in recent history: starting every morning with Obama in the Daily Briefing; waiting out the bin Laden raid in the Situation Room; reaching a nuclear agreement with Iran; leading secret negotiations with the Cuban government; confronting the resurgence of nationalism that led to the election of Donald Trump. This is the most vivid portrayal yet of Obama’s presidency. It is an essential record of the last decade. But it also shows us what it means to hold the pen, and to write the words that change our world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334754 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crime Scene Investigation PT.2 Author: Robert C. Shaler Narrator: Robert C. Shaler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Profesor Robert C. Shaler continues his in-depth look at all aspects of crime scene investigation in part two. Popularized in the media by highly rated police procedurals, crime scene invesigation is an often misunderstood field of eneavor. Shaler breaks down the intricacies of how investigations are conducted in the real world, examining suhc aspects as bloodstain analysis, shooting scenes, and 'forensic bugs.' Robert C. Shaler Fri, 12 Aug 2011 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334754 thebookvoice.com 8:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crime Scene Investigation PT.2 Author: Robert C. Shaler Narrator: Robert C. Shaler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Profesor Robert C. Shaler continues his in-depth look at all aspects of crime scene investigation in part two. Popularized in the media by highly rated police procedurals, crime scene invesigation is an often misunderstood field of eneavor. Shaler breaks down the intricacies of how investigations are conducted in the real world, examining suhc aspects as bloodstain analysis, shooting scenes, and 'forensic bugs.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crime Scene Investigation PT.2 Author: Robert C. Shaler Narrator: Robert C. Shaler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Profesor Robert C. Shaler continues his in-depth look at all aspects of crime scene investigation in part two. Popularized in the media by highly rated police procedurals, crime scene invesigation is an often misunderstood field of eneavor. Shaler breaks down the intricacies of how investigations are conducted in the real world, examining suhc aspects as bloodstain analysis, shooting scenes, and 'forensic bugs.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334479 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La batalla por el paraíso: Puerto Rico y el capitalismo del desastre Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Valentina Latina Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: June 1, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Entre los escombros del huracán Maria, los puertorriqueños y los “Puertopians” ultra-ricos están atrapados en una batalla campal sobre cómo reconstruir la isla. En esta vital y asombrosa investigación, la autora de best-sellers y activista Naomi Klein, revela cómo las fuerzas de las políticas de 'shock' y del capitalismo del desastre, buscan minar la visión radical y resiliente de una recuperación justa. El cien por ciento de las regalías por la venta de este libro irán directamente a JunteGente, un espacio de encuentro entre organizaciones en resistencia al capitalismo del desastre y que luchan por una recuperación justa y sostenible de Puerto Rico. Para más información visite http://juntegente.org/ Naomi Klein es una periodista, columnista, documentalista internacionalmente reconocida por sus best-sellers No Logo: El poder de las marcas, La doctrina del shock: El auge del Capitalismo del desastre, Esto lo cambia todo: El capitalismo contra el clima y Decir no, no basta. Klein es uno de los principales corresponsales del the Intercept y colaboradora de la revista the Nation. Es escritora asociada de la Puffin Foundation en the Nation Institute, y su trabajo se publica para diarios progresistas como the New York Times, Le Monde y the Guardian. Klein es miembro de la junta directiva del grupo activista medioambiental 350.org y colaboradora del Leap Manifesto de Canadá, una iniciativa para una rápida transición basada en la justicia de los combustibles fósiles. En noviembre de 2016 Klein fue galardonada con el prestigioso Premio de la Paz de Sidney, según el jurado del premio, por “inspirarnos a defendernos a nivel local, nacional e internacional exigiendo un nuevo proyecto para cohabitar el planeta respetando los derechos humanos y la igualdad”. Naomi Klein Fri, 01 Jun 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334479 thebookvoice.com 2:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La batalla por el paraíso: Puerto Rico y el capitalismo del desastre Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Valentina Latina Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: June 1, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Entre los escombros del huracán Maria, los puertorriqueños y los “Puertopians” ultra-ricos están atrapados en una batalla campal sobre cómo reconstruir la isla. En esta vital y asombrosa investigación, la autora de best-sellers y activista Naomi Klein, revela cómo las fuerzas de las políticas de 'shock' y del capitalismo del desastre, buscan minar la visión radical y resiliente de una recuperación justa. El cien por ciento de las regalías por la venta de este libro irán directamente a JunteGente, un espacio de encuentro entre organizaciones en resistencia al capitalismo del desastre y que luchan por una recuperación justa y sostenible de Puerto Rico. Para más información visite http://juntegente.org/ Naomi Klein es una periodista, columnista, documentalista internacionalmente reconocida por sus best-sellers No Logo: El poder de las marcas, La doctrina del shock: El auge del Capitalismo del desastre, Esto lo cambia todo: El capitalismo contra el clima y Decir no, no basta. Klein es uno de los principales corresponsales del the Intercept y colaboradora de la revista the Nation. Es escritora asociada de la Puffin Foundation en the Nation Institute, y su trabajo se publica para diarios progresistas como the New York Times, Le Monde y the Guardian. Klein es miembro de la junta directiva del grupo activista medioambiental 350.org y colaboradora del Leap Manifesto de Canadá, una iniciativa para una rápida transición basada en la justicia de los combustibles fósiles. En noviembre de 2016 Klein fue galardonada con el prestigioso Premio de la Paz de Sidney, según el jurado del premio, por “inspirarnos a defendernos a nivel local, nacional e internacional exigiendo un nuevo proyecto para cohabitar el planeta respetando los derechos humanos y la igualdad”. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La batalla por el paraíso: Puerto Rico y el capitalismo del desastre Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Valentina Latina Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: June 1, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Entre los escombros del huracán Maria, los puertorriqueños y los “Puertopians” ultra-ricos están atrapados en una batalla campal sobre cómo reconstruir la isla. En esta vital y asombrosa investigación, la autora de best-sellers y activista Naomi Klein, revela cómo las fuerzas de las políticas de 'shock' y del capitalismo del desastre, buscan minar la visión radical y resiliente de una recuperación justa. El cien por ciento de las regalías por la venta de este libro irán directamente a JunteGente, un espacio de encuentro entre organizaciones en resistencia al capitalismo del desastre y que luchan por una recuperación justa y sostenible de Puerto Rico. Para más información visite http://juntegente.org/ Naomi Klein es una periodista, columnista, documentalista internacionalmente reconocida por sus best-sellers No Logo: El poder de las marcas, La doctrina del shock: El auge del Capitalismo del desastre, Esto lo cambia todo: El capitalismo contra el clima y Decir no, no basta. Klein es uno de los principales corresponsales del the Intercept y colaboradora de la revista the Nation. Es escritora asociada de la Puffin Foundation en the Nation Institute, y su trabajo se publica para diarios progresistas como the New York Times, Le Monde y the Guardian. Klein es miembro de la junta directiva del grupo activista medioambiental 350.org y colaboradora del Leap Manifesto de Canadá, una iniciativa para una rápida transición basada en la justicia de los combustibles fósiles. En noviembre de 2016 Klein fue galardonada con el prestigioso Premio de la Paz de Sidney, según el jurado del premio, por “inspirarnos a defendernos a nivel local, nacional e internacional exigiendo un nuevo proyecto para cohabitar el planeta respetando los derechos humanos y la igualdad”. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334419 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ship of Fools: How a Selfish Ruling Class Is Bringing America to the Brink of Revolution Author: Tucker Carlson Narrator: Tucker Carlson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 211 Ratings of Narrator: 4.22 of Total 36 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller from FOX News star of Tucker Carlson Tonight offers “a targeted snipe at the Democrats and Republicans and their elite enablers” (New York Journal of Books) in a funny political commentary on how America’s ruling class has failed everyday Americans. “Informal and often humorous…an entertainingly told narrative of elite malfeasance” (Publishers Weekly), Tucker Carlson’s Ship of Fools tells the truth about the new American elites, a group whose power and wealth has grown beyond imagination even as the rest of the country has withered. The people who run America now barely interact with it. They fly on their own planes, ski on their own mountains, watch sporting events far from the stands in sky boxes. They have total contempt for you. In Ship of Fools, Tucker Carlson offers a blistering critique of our new overlords and answers the all-important question: How do we put the country back on course? Traditional liberals are gone, he writes. The patchouli-scented hand-wringers who worried about whales and defended free speech have been replaced by globalists who hide their hard-edged economic agenda behind the smokescreen of identity politics. They’ll outsource your job while lecturing you about transgender bathrooms. Left and right, Carlson says, are no longer meaningful categories in America. “The rift is between those who benefit from the status quo, and those who don’t.” Our leaders are fools, Carlson concludes, “unaware that they are captains of a sinking ship.” But in the signature and witty style that viewers of Tucker Carlson Tonight enjoy so much, Ship of Fools is “bulging with big and interesting ideas, presented succinctly with wit and precision, each chapter a potential book in itself” (The Washington Times). Tucker Carlson Tue, 02 Oct 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334419 thebookvoice.com 6:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ship of Fools: How a Selfish Ruling Class Is Bringing America to the Brink of Revolution Author: Tucker Carlson Narrator: Tucker Carlson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 211 Ratings of Narrator: 4.22 of Total 36 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller from FOX News star of Tucker Carlson Tonight offers “a targeted snipe at the Democrats and Republicans and their elite enablers” (New York Journal of Books) in a funny political commentary on how America’s ruling class has failed everyday Americans. “Informal and often humorous…an entertainingly told narrative of elite malfeasance” (Publishers Weekly), Tucker Carlson’s Ship of Fools tells the truth about the new American elites, a group whose power and wealth has grown beyond imagination even as the rest of the country has withered. The people who run America now barely interact with it. They fly on their own planes, ski on their own mountains, watch sporting events far from the stands in sky boxes. They have total contempt for you. In Ship of Fools, Tucker Carlson offers a blistering critique of our new overlords and answers the all-important question: How do we put the country back on course? Traditional liberals are gone, he writes. The patchouli-scented hand-wringers who worried about whales and defended free speech have been replaced by globalists who hide their hard-edged economic agenda behind the smokescreen of identity politics. They’ll outsource your job while lecturing you about transgender bathrooms. Left and right, Carlson says, are no longer meaningful categories in America. “The rift is between those who benefit from the status quo, and those who don’t.” Our leaders are fools, Carlson concludes, “unaware that they are captains of a sinking ship.” But in the signature and witty style that viewers of Tucker Carlson Tonight enjoy so much, Ship of Fools is “bulging with big and interesting ideas, presented succinctly with wit and precision, each chapter a potential book in itself” (The Washington Times). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ship of Fools: How a Selfish Ruling Class Is Bringing America to the Brink of Revolution Author: Tucker Carlson Narrator: Tucker Carlson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 211 Ratings of Narrator: 4.22 of Total 36 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller from FOX News star of Tucker Carlson Tonight offers “a targeted snipe at the Democrats and Republicans and their elite enablers” (New York Journal of Books) in a funny political commentary on how America’s ruling class has failed everyday Americans. “Informal and often humorous…an entertainingly told narrative of elite malfeasance” (Publishers Weekly), Tucker Carlson’s Ship of Fools tells the truth about the new American elites, a group whose power and wealth has grown beyond imagination even as the rest of the country has withered. The people who run America now barely interact with it. They fly on their own planes, ski on their own mountains, watch sporting events far from the stands in sky boxes. They have total contempt for you. In Ship of Fools, Tucker Carlson offers a blistering critique of our new overlords and answers the all-important question: How do we put the country back on course? Traditional liberals are gone, he writes. The patchouli-scented hand-wringers who worried about whales and defended free speech have been replaced by globalists who hide their hard-edged economic agenda behind the smokescreen of identity politics. They’ll outsource your job while lecturing you about transgender bathrooms. Left and right, Carlson says, are no longer meaningful categories in America. “The rift is between those who benefit from the status quo, and those who don’t.” Our leaders are fools, Carlson concludes, “unaware that they are captains of a sinking ship.” But in the signature and witty style that viewers of Tucker Carlson Tonight enjoy so much, Ship of Fools is “bulging with big and interesting ideas, presented succinctly with wit and precision, each chapter a potential book in itself” (The Washington Times). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334157 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The White House Queen: The Elegance and Strength of Michelle Obama Author: Raymond Sturgis Narrator: Syreeta Divine Mass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 38 minutes Release date: May 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: First Lady Michelle Obama is a remarkable figure, and author Raymond Sturgis carefully selected the words of this book to highlight the passion and life of Michelle Obama. Many know of her many achievements, however, what about her agenda to help change the nutritional conditions of America's children. Also, her outstanding stance to help educate children and those that need quality education and living conditions stem from her background of community and education. See, Mrs. Obama majored in sociology and minored in African American studies and graduated cum laude with a Bachelor of Arts in 1985. She earned her Juris Doctor (J.D.) degree from Harvard Law School in 1988. At Harvard she participated in demonstrations advocating the hiring of professors who were members of minorities and worked for the Harvard Legal Aid Bureau, assisting low-income tenants with housing cases. Although she understands that everything she does is under a microscope, and her critics would always search and find the nearest Television monitor to highlight her faults, she remains firm to her cause of helping others. This book is a wonderful composite of literature that celebrates the love and respect of Michelle Obama, who is second to none in quality, leadership, and character. Raymond Sturgis Thu, 10 May 2018 01:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334157 thebookvoice.com 1:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The White House Queen: The Elegance and Strength of Michelle Obama Author: Raymond Sturgis Narrator: Syreeta Divine Mass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 38 minutes Release date: May 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: First Lady Michelle Obama is a remarkable figure, and author Raymond Sturgis carefully selected the words of this book to highlight the passion and life of Michelle Obama. Many know of her many achievements, however, what about her agenda to help change the nutritional conditions of America's children. Also, her outstanding stance to help educate children and those that need quality education and living conditions stem from her background of community and education. See, Mrs. Obama majored in sociology and minored in African American studies and graduated cum laude with a Bachelor of Arts in 1985. She earned her Juris Doctor (J.D.) degree from Harvard Law School in 1988. At Harvard she participated in demonstrations advocating the hiring of professors who were members of minorities and worked for the Harvard Legal Aid Bureau, assisting low-income tenants with housing cases. Although she understands that everything she does is under a microscope, and her critics would always search and find the nearest Television monitor to highlight her faults, she remains firm to her cause of helping others. This book is a wonderful composite of literature that celebrates the love and respect of Michelle Obama, who is second to none in quality, leadership, and character. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The White House Queen: The Elegance and Strength of Michelle Obama Author: Raymond Sturgis Narrator: Syreeta Divine Mass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 38 minutes Release date: May 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: First Lady Michelle Obama is a remarkable figure, and author Raymond Sturgis carefully selected the words of this book to highlight the passion and life of Michelle Obama. Many know of her many achievements, however, what about her agenda to help change the nutritional conditions of America's children. Also, her outstanding stance to help educate children and those that need quality education and living conditions stem from her background of community and education. See, Mrs. Obama majored in sociology and minored in African American studies and graduated cum laude with a Bachelor of Arts in 1985. She earned her Juris Doctor (J.D.) degree from Harvard Law School in 1988. At Harvard she participated in demonstrations advocating the hiring of professors who were members of minorities and worked for the Harvard Legal Aid Bureau, assisting low-income tenants with housing cases. Although she understands that everything she does is under a microscope, and her critics would always search and find the nearest Television monitor to highlight her faults, she remains firm to her cause of helping others. This book is a wonderful composite of literature that celebrates the love and respect of Michelle Obama, who is second to none in quality, leadership, and character.